Elektronapon Gromobranska Oprema Katalog

Catalogue
2017 / 2018
Your reliable
partner for
intelligent
solutions.
1
Contents
01 Metering enclosures
Meterboxes 28 Group metering enclosures 32
02 Panelboards
invicta 46 apex & apex PLUS 52
03 DIN rail & media enclosures
IC2 72 GD 73 VT 74
04 Main switchgear
MCCBs 96 DIN NH fuses 112 Load break switches 113
05 Modular protection devices
MCBs 188 RCBOs 196 RCCBs 200
06 Control and indication
Isolating 234 Changeover 235 Selector switches 236
07 Light and energy management
Time switches 255 Delay timers 258 Dimmers 259
08 Switches and sockets
silhouette 312 visage 318 premiere 330
09 Building automation
KNX easy 377 KNX system 397
10 Trunking systems
VK 432 DNG 430 HNG 431
2
enclosures
Metering
quadro M modular switchboards 36
Panelboards
elite 54 elite 400 56 Tee-off boxes 58
enclosures
DIN rail
vector 75 golf enclosures 76 Home networking enclosures 79 TN media boxes 80 vega D 82
switchgear
Main
Manual and Auto transfer switches 115 Earth leakage relays and toroids 118
Protection
devices
Add-on blocks 202 Surge devices 204 BS88 Fuses 206
indication
Control &
Contactors 237 Relays 239 Push buttons 240 Indicator lights 241 DIN sockets 241 Emerg kits 243
Light & energy

management
Motion and presence detectors 262 Energy meters 266 Volt & Ammeters 267 Multimeters 268 CTs 269 Switches and
sockets
Weatherproof switches and sockets 346 Isolators 347

automation
Building
Trunking
systems
LFR 432 LF 434 LFH 434 SL Skirting 433 SL Floor 433 EK 433
3
There’s
plenty to do.
Let’s get
started.
The time for
renovated electrical
installations and
intelligent solutions
is now.
4
Dear friends and partners,
We all value experience. Routine helps us to be fast and reliable,

which can save us time, money and hard work. Yet there are also
moments when we need to leave the familiar behind and take
advantage of golden opportunities just waiting to be discovered
and seized.
This is one of those moments.
Renewable energy sources and innovative building technologies are

creating opportunities to make more intelligent and energy-efficient
homes. And with our Ambient Assisted Living (AAL) solutions, we will
be able to help older people and those who require special care to
live safely and independently in the future.
The latest studies indicate that many properties will first have to be
adapted to accommodate the solar power systems, energy storage
units and intelligent building controls that characterise smart homes.
As of 2014, 15.3 million UK homes could benefit from improvements
to aid in energy-efficient living and working. Large-scale renovation
and modernisation are needed if renewable energy is to help achieve
an 80 percent cut in the UK’s carbon emissions by 2050.
This work requires specialists. There’s plenty to do. Let’s get started.
We at Hager Group will support you with the very best products,
solutions and services. And we are constantly evolving and improving:
we have more than 800 team members working on better products
and innovative technologies to make your work easier and your
customers’ lives more comfortable. At the same time, we are increas-
ing our focus on services so that we can provide you and your
customers with expert support.
When it comes to change, we practise what we preach. And we rely

on expert partners like you to help us set the trends for the future.
This future is starting right now, and I’m looking forward to shaping
it with you.
Yours sincerely,
Daniel Hager
Hager Group CEO
5
Under one
roof
Members of Hager Group
One family
The world is changing, and we are changing with it.
As a family company, we have grown steadily over the
last sixty years to become a reliable partner to expert
technicians and electrical wholesalers around the world.
All while remaining true to ourselves and to our values.
And so we continue today, with a number of well-known
brands – each with their own distinctive strengths –
working together under the Hager Group umbrella.
6
Hager Forum in Obernai, France, is a place
where we can work with customers and
partners to shape the future. That makes it
a perfect symbol of the innovative power
of Hager Group.
Your trust Our strengths

As a partner and customer, you can choose from the entire We have huge opportunities ahead. The upcoming
range of products and services offered by every member modernisation of existing buildings, intelligent building
of our brand family. Our new corporate image highlights our technology, digital services, new energy sources and
shared strengths even more clearly. From now on, each technologies – all of this opens up new, exciting potential
of our brands will be easily recognisable as a ‘Member of for you and for us. At the same time, business requirements
Hager Group’. The new corporate image also involves some are becoming more and more complex. That’s why it’s
colour and design changes. Our core promise remains the so important for you to have Hager Group specialists
same: we will always work with you to succeed together. supporting you with all of their expertise. Together, we
are stronger. Together, we will overcome the complex
challenges of our time with simple, impressive solutions –
just as we have been doing for the last six decades.
7
Technology
as a friend
8
Hager Design turns
technical products
into familiar friends.
Before we start designing

a new product, we think
about the people it is
going to serve. Will it assist
or entertain, observe or
protect, save time or save
energy? Ideally, whatever it
does, users will feel it is a
reliable ‘friend’. We need to Erwin van Handenhoven
know how to connect with Hager Group Design Director
people on an emotional
level, to ensure that in
return they feel connected
to our products.
Technology for people Ingeniously simple

Responsible design builds on an ethical Our products are important, but never over-the-
foundation. At Hager, this foundation is all top. If it’s not necessary, we leave it out. The
about respecting people and caring about essence remains. Straightforward in both form
their well-being. And it’s not just about and function: simple to install, simple to use.
today – we want to inspire our customers Simply Hager!
for years to come. That’s why we include
them in every stage of the design process – Looking ahead to the future
from installer to planner, to end user. Hager systems are not stagnant – they are
expanding, gaining more and more visibility in
An honest brand our customer’s homes. This has implications
Hager products are world-renowned for their for our present design language. We call it ‘New
quality, which is visibly and tangibly unveiled in Start’. The aim of New Start is to meet our
their design. The unmistakeable, explicit and customers where they are, and carry them with
clear brand image tells customers straight away us into the future: with innovative ideas, new
that these products are part of ‘the family’. designs and expressive materials. The new Hager
This is our signature, the Hager DNA, which catalogue is full of ‘New Starters’ – along with
embodies two central principles. lots of ‘old friends’. Come and explore!
Friendly, serene, balanced

An honest, authentic design that blends
naturally into everyday life, without gadgets
or cheap effects.
9
10
Touching
and inspiring
“Everything you see and touch highlights
the notion of ease and quality.”
Daniel Hager
Hager Electro has cleared the way for system improvements and a
broader product offering, confirming our strong commitment to the
Australian market. A market that remains bouyant and brimming with
opportunity for growth, as many Australian contractors are not willing
to compromise on quality, reliability or safety.
Most of the product ranges that we currently offer, were specificially

developed for the Australian market. This includes our onekonekt
range of modular devices for the residential sector, our invicta and
performa ranges of panelboards and our Good Design Award winning
range of Switches and sockets.
With more Australian-specific releases anticipated for the future and a

broader product offering available we are always a step ahead when it
comes to design and innovation.
11
E3
Global warming, a shortage of natural resources, social cohesion and
the transition to renewable energy: there are many challenges facing
businesses and society today. Hager Group is pursuing a variety of
initiatives to promote sustainable development with its “E3” approach.
Environ
E for Environment We work continuously to reduce our carbon footprint.
Our priorities include optimising the transport of our
products and cutting the amount of energy we use in
production to further reduce our Carbon footprint.
12
Ethics
E for Ethics We need skilled, motivated and healthy employees in order to
offer our customers the best services and products. That’s why
we provide all our team members with a safe, healthy working
environment, support their professional growth and offer them
opportunities for further development. We also promote diver-
sity and adherence to an Ethics Code throughout the company.
ment
Energy
E for Energy
Hager Group helps its customers to save energy intelligently.
We also analyse and optimise our products’ environmental
performance throughout development and production. By pro-
viding a detailed environmental profile for most of our products,
we can be fully transparent with our customers and ourselves.
13
Products approved.
Quality certified.
To sell worldwide, Hager has to submit
its products through many approval
processes. To qualify, every piece of
electrical equipment is constructed
according to very precise standards
and passes a set of precise controls to
verify its ability to function and test its
performance and reliability. Compliance
with standards is monitored each year
through testing inspections for every
manufacturing site.
If every day in Australia, thousands

of professionals use Hager products,
this is not a coincidence! The quality
of these products is thus recognized
because they are carefully developed
and monitored by strict controls.
To ensure this care and rigor, we have

submitted all of our design processes,
manufacturing, marketing services and
professional accompaniment to an
Independent organization to perform
checks and issue ISO 9001 certification.
These ISO 9001 certifications sign our

commitment to a policy of continuous and
shared progress. It is issued according to
each country’s different recognized and
accredited certification bodies.
14
AS/NZS Standards
Hager design products that meet the
highest quality and performance standards
for markets all over the world. Without
exception, this also applies to the Australian
& New Zealand standards, for which we
manufacture according to Australian & New
Zealand requirements. In conjunction with
the AS/NZS 3000 wiring rules, you can
be ensured that Hager products are fit for
purpose and meet the safety needs of the
electrical installer and end user.
RCM Certification
To this end, Hager is a subscriber to the
electrical equipment safety system (EESS).
Compliance to Australian Standards,
typically those products used in everyday
homes throughout Australia and New
Zealand, can be found at www.erac.gov.au.
Those products are also marked with the
Regulatory Compliance Mark or RCM.
15
Counterfeiting.
A plague gaining
ground...
16
The counterfeiting of products is gaining ground throughout
the world. Counterfeit products don‘t bring any guarantee of
safety or quality. These products can be dangerous, contain
inappropriate materials or be of poor quality. Sometimes
only the external appearance is preserved and the vital
functions are removed to reduce the costs!
To ensure customers can check the authenticity

of our products we have set up a simple and rapid
procedure called: check.hager.com
Authentication Process Dedicated Website

All of our circuit breakers, switches and earth Our customers can access this database to
leakage circuit breakers have been assigned check the authenticity of a Hager product by
a unique identification number which can going to https://check.hager.com. The website
be located on the side of the product. The will check the validity of the i.d. number on
identification number from each product is then the product and confirm if the product is
stored in a protected data base. If it doesn’t have an authentic Hager product or a suspected
a number please contact us immediately. counterfeit product, this result will be immediate.
Action Plan Ethical Charter

Check the identification number by going to As a manufacturer we commit to provide
https://check.hager.com. If check.hager.com our customers with the means to check the
identifies the product as a counterfeit contact authenticity of our products and communicate
Hager on 01952 675612 along with the details the results of any investigations.
of the wholesaler from which the product was
purchased. We will then take all the appropriate Our distributors commit to support our actions
information and collect the product for analysis. by ensuring that products purchased are not
If necessary we will take appropriate legal action. counterfeit and informing us of any offers of
counterfeit products.
17
Hager
project solutions
We provide a complete electrical

solution for residential, commercial
and multi-residential projects, from
the main switchboard all the way
down to the light switch on the wall.
18
Project Management
As part of the solution, our project team
can offer End-to-End project management
from quotation, and design services,
to full assembly of packaged product
solutions in switchboards, panel boards
and group metering boards, delivery
to site and after sales service.
How can we help?

• Quick quotation turnaround
• Design services (AutoCAD drawings
with discrimination table) Customer Service & Nationwide Sales
• Fully assembled switchboards P: 1300 850 253
• Packaged product solutions F: 1300 424 372
delivered on site E: customerservice@hagerelectro.com.au
• Custom made solutions
• End to End project management hagerelectro.com.au
19
01 02 03
silhouette switches Electronic switches 2 x 2.1A USB
and sockets and dimmers mechanisms
At only 4mm off the wall and with The new electronic push button 2 x 2.1A USB mechanisms are
easy to install features, along switches and dimmers utilise our available as a double powerpoint in
with real metal covers, our new patented Rotoloc fitment system. silhouette, visage and premiere styles
silhouette range brings a much This means they can be fitted into or as individual mechanisms. Pg.343
needed fresh and stunning design any Rotoloc compatible switch
to the Australian market. Pg.312 plate across all of our wiring
accessory styles. Pg.339
05 06 07
Meterboxes Group metering performa elite 400
Our residential meterboxes are
enclosures and stainless steel
approved for single and multi-
Our range of Group Metering The elite 400 enclosure is rated
phase installations and are available
Enclosures for multiple tenancy from 250A to 400A and has a hybrid
with an array of state specific
installations are designed to provide chassis option that combines a
features to assist in the compliance
a multi-tenancy metering solution 1.5mod chassis with a 1 mod chassis.
laws of each state. Pg.28
according to the service installation The elite enclosure range also comes
rules in your state. Pg.32 with the option of a complete 1.2mm,
316 stainless steel enclosure. Pg.56
20
04
4 pole RCBOs
A space saving solution to protect 4 pole
New product ranges Page
loads with a 4 module wide RCD and

MCB protection device. The 4P RCBO is 10 apex and elite chassis and accessories 52
available in 6kA and 10kA and is suitable
for 3 phase unbalanced loads and
11 golf home networking surface mount enclosures 79
balanced loads when 400V AC is between
phases. Pg.196
12 Manual transfer switches 115
13 Automatic transfer switches 116
14 Fuse combination switches 117
15 6kA and 10kA single pole RCBOs 196
16 Class II fine surge protection devices 204
17 Changeover switches 235
18 Current transformers 269
20 premiere - decorative surrounds 336
21 Specialty application modules 343
22 Matt black mechanisms 340

08
Corridor detector 23 Shallow mount weatherproof socket 346
The corridor detector is perfect for 24 KNX easy building automation 377
covering large areas up to 4m x 20m
long. They automatically switch on 25 KNX system building automation 397
lighting when movement is detected
and light is needed. Pg.262
21
Metering enclosures
and switchboards
Our residential metering solutions ensure you have everything you need for your next
installation. For single homes or multiple units up to 9 tenancies, we supply ready to use
solutions making your next job quick and simple. Along with this, our new and innovative
quadro M modular switchboard system enables a fast and efficient assembly, to not only
meet regulations, but keep your project on time and within budget.
01 Page
Guide to the Hager metering enclosure range 24
enclosures
Metering
Meterboxes 28
Group Metering Enclosures 32
Project solutions - Quadro M switchboards 36
Technical information 38
Metering enclosures
Guide to the Hager metering enclosure range
enclosures
Metering
Enclosures Meterboxes
Page 28
General GMEs
Page 32
VIC GMEs
Page 33
No. of Meters Single meter Unwired - space for 6 or 9 Prewired for 4, 6 or 8
Unwired - space for 6 or 9
Wired Unwired Unwired Prewired or unwired
DIN rail - VYMBQ / V / NSW 24 pole 32 pole 14 pole
- VYMB66 supplied with GD10T
- VYMBQ-P / VYMBV-P are meters
only enclosures.
Depth VYMB66 series - 275mm 380mm 380mm
VYMBQ/NSW/V series - 278mm
Material 1.2mm galvanised steel 1.5mm galvanised steel 1.5mm galvanised steel
Colour RAL 7035 RAL 7035 RAL 7035
IP IP23 IP23 IP23
N & E Links N&E links with Split N&E links with Split N&E links with
VYMBQ/NSW/V only bridged Neutrals bridged Neutrals
Doors Padlockable flush door catch in Lockable door with 3 point locking Lockable door with 3 point locking
VYMBQ/NSW/V series system and padlockable swinghandle system and padlockable handle
24 Subject to technical modification / New Ended Replacement

Metering enclosures
Guide to the Hager metering enclosure range
enclosures
Metering
SA GMEs Quadro switchboards Quadro switchboard enclosures
Page 34 Page 36 Page 36
Prewired for 4, 6 or 8 Designed to specification Designed to specification
Prewired Prewired Prewired

14 pole
380mm 150mm or 300mm deep modular frame 405mm depth in enclosure
1.5mm galvanised steel 1.6mm galvanised steel 1.6mm galvanised steel

RAL 7035 RAL 7035 or X15 orange RAL 7035 or X15 orange
IP23 IP30 IP65 - single door, IP55 - double door

Split N&E links with N&E up to 630A N&E up to 630A
bridged Neutrals MEN point MEN point
Lockable door with 3 point locking system and Lockable door with 3 point locking system and Lockable door with 3 point locking system and
padlockable handle complete with 97000 key lock padlockable swinghandle padlockable swinghandle
Subject to technical modification / New Ended Replacement 25

Residential
meterboxes
single dwelling
Our single dwelling meterboxes are specifically designed The range is designed for single or multi-phase residential
to meet Australian Standards and comply with the local and light commercial installations. Generally installed
Service Installation Rules of each state. outdoors, the meterboxes are compliant with AS/NZS 3012,
for temporary to permanent installations.
Characteristics:
--1.2mm Z275 galvanised steel construction
--Powdercoated inside and out in RAL 7035 (light grey)
--IP23 enclosure with a flush door catch
--Patented cable retainers
--Large UV stable cable entry
Advantages: --Knockouts that work
--Strong and reliable --Consumer Neutral and Earth Links
--Safe and easy to use cable management --24 pole DIN with no centre piece
--Supplied components make the difference --12 mod busbar & 18 x pole fillers in state meterboxes
26
Expert tips
enclosures
Metering
01 02 03 04
Complies with AS/NZS 3012 The patented cable A strong door retainer The large UV stable sliding
and meets the requirements retainers have 3 secure means the door can cable entry has an easy
of service installation rules cord rentention areas remain open when screw tighten knob to keep
of each state. allowing you to keep the needed, especially cables safe and tidy. Also
door closed. A SNO15DA during installation and with rear cable knockouts
DIN socket outlet will finish maintenance. for the meter section.
the job nicely.
05 06
The N and E links are with A generous component
AS/NZS 61439.3 compliant bag in the state meterboxes
and provided with RCD contains: 18 x pole fillers,
expansion to 3 circuits. Single phase 12mod wide
Suitable for product with busbar, 2 x cable ties and
rated current up to 100A. door padlocking kit.
27
Metering enclosures
Meterboxes
Meterboxes approved for single Residential meterboxes QLD features VIC features
residential installations. - 3 padlock positions on door - RAL9002 powdercoated - RAL9002 powdercoated
- 75mm behind panel - Flush door catch - Flush door catch
enclosures
Common features - Supplied with a GD10T - Service isolation link - Service fuse
Metering
- IP23 - Unpainted - Consumer N&E links - Consumer N&E links

- 1.2mm galvanised steel chassis AS/NZS 5112 compliant AS/NZS 5112 compliant
NSW features - Meter Neutral link cover - Meter Neutral link
- RAL9002 powdercoated
- Flush door catch Technical information Page 38
- Consumer N&E links
AS/NZS 5112 compliant
Residential meterboxes
Description Characteristics Size in mm (HxWxD) Cat ref.
Empty enclosure for universal use Drilled black panel 600x600x275 VYMB66-D
- 75mm behind panel (with multiple meter/fuse pilot holes)
- Supplied with a GD10T Undrilled black panel 600x600x275 VYMB66-U
- 3 padlock positions on door
VYMB66-U
QLD meterboxes
100A brass
Description terminals 16mm2 25mm2 Size in mm (HxWxD) Cat ref.
AS/NZS3012 compliant for Neutral 21 3 688x488x278 VYMBQ
temp to permanent Earth 9 2
- 24 pole DIN Rail
- Patented cable retainer
- Service isolation link
VYMBQ AS/NZS 5112 compliant
- Meter Neutral link cover
Meters only enclosure 520x488x278 VYMBQ-P
- Service isolation link
NSW meterboxes
100A brass
AS/NZS3012 compliant for Neutral 21 3 688x488x278 VYMBNSW
- 24 pole DIN Rail
VYMBNSW
VIC meterboxes
100A brass
AS/NZS3012 compliant for Neutral 21 3 688x488x278 VYMBV
- 24 pole DIN Rail
- 12 module busbar
- Service fuse holder
VYMBV - Meter Neutral link
Meters only enclosure 430x488x278 VYMBV-P
- Service fuse holder
- Meter Neutral link
Accessories
Description Characteristics Cat ref.
Plastic sub-board 10 module wide GD10T
GD10T DIN rail and no back
Black panel - Undrilled Suits VYMB66 series VZMB003
White panel - QLD - Undrilled Suits VYMBQ series and VYMBNSW VZMB001
White panel - VIC - Undrilled Suits VYMBV series VZMB002
Replacement door Suits VYMBQ, VYMBNSW, VYBVIC VZMB004

Residential
distribution solutions
Beautifully simple
The complete system
From it’s award winning aesthetics on the outside, to our installer
friendly onekonekt protection device range, home networking or a
combination of both, the golf distribution system is the most flexible,
comprehensive and beautifully simple solution on the market today.
Residential
group metering
enclosures
Our range of prewired and unwired enclosures for multiple fitted with the relevant tenancy MCBs, meter fuse or meter
tenancy installations are constructed with a robust 1.5mm isolators, service fuse holders and suitable main switches
galvanised steel and are complete with Consumer Neutral to comply with Supply Authority Rules and Regulations in
and Earth links. The prewired metering enclosures are your state.
Advantages:
--Prewired for single meters only and non-wired for Characteristics:

multi-metering configurations.
--Protection rating: --IP23
--Key lockable and padlockable
--Body: --Galvanised steel Z275
--Tenancy main switch MCBs
--Body thickness: --1.5mm
--Pre-labelled for SIR compliance
--Powdercoated
--Surface finish:
--Consumer neutral and earth links RAL7035
--Front panel removal for cable access and mounting --Rating: --6kA for 0.1 sec
30
Expert tips
enclosures
Metering
01 02 03 04
Meet the requirements of Prewired enclosure options There is ample DIN space The slim key lockable
service and installation available for VIC, SA and in the board to accomodate handle is also padlockable
rules for each state. QLD. Unwired enclosures tenancy Main Switch and and has a 3 point locking
available to meet your public metering. system for added security
single phase or 3 phase
installation requirements.
05 06 07 08
Connection points for Easy to access cables with Cable tie access Designed with the installer
Neutral, Earth and Active wall or plinth mounting. points allow easy cable in mind, the easy to install
links. management within the group metering enclosure
enclosure. will save you time.
31
Metering enclosures
Group Metering Enclosures - General Multi-tenancy
Common features Rating: Plinth features:

- Space for single phase - 6kA 0.1sec - Removable front panel for
or 3 phase metering easy cable access
enclosures
- Lockable Material: - Complete with bolts for mounting

Metering
- IP23 - 1.5mm Galvabond Z275 - Provision for Authority seals

- Hinged meter panel
- 32 pole of DIN space Finish: Material:
- Consumer Neutral & earth links - Powdercoated RAL 7035 - 1.5mm Galvabond Z275
- Depth behind panel 150mm
- Clearance front panel to door Approvals: Finish:
175mm - Complies to AS/NZS 61439 - Powdercoated RAL 7035
Technical information Page 39
General Unwired Enclosures

600 x 600 meter panels - 32 poles of DIN VYGMN6
600 x 900 meter panels - 32 poles of DIN VYGMN9
VYGMN6
Plinths
Description Cat ref.
Suits VYGMN6, VYGMN9 enclosure - 400mm high VZGM002
VZGM002
Accessories
Meter panels Undrilled for 4 VZGM004
Undrilled for 6 VZGM005
Universal Insulating panel (Active link) VZGM007
Padlockable swing handle (no key and no cylinder insert) VZGM008
Lock cylinder with key 92268 FL73Z
Lock cylinder with key CL001 VZGM009
Blank insert FL78Z3AU

Metering enclosures
Group Metering Enclosures - VIC Multi-tenancy
Common features Prewired features: Unwired features Plinth features:

- Lockable - Prewired for single phase metering - Space for single phase or 3 phase - Removable front panel for
- IP23 - Tenancy Sub Main MCBs metering easy cable access
enclosures
- Consumer Neutral & earth links - 100A service fuses - Consumer DIN space - Complete with bolts for mounting
Metering
- Hinged meter panel - Provision for Authority seals
- Depth behind panel 150mm Approvals: Approvals:
- SIR compliant labelling - VIC SIR Approval #SIR141216B - VIC SIR Approval #SIR141216B Material:
- Segregated area for provision - Complies to AS/NZS 61439 and AS/ - Complies to AS/NZS 61439 - 1.5mm Galvabond Z275
of Supply Capacity Control NZS 3000
Device if required Finish:
- Powdercoated RAL 7035
Rating:
- 6kA 0.1sec Technical information Page 40
Material:
- 1.5mm Galvabond Z275
Finish:
- Powdercoated RAL 7035
VIC Prewired Enclosures

For 4 single phase meters - 4 x single phase 40A tenancy MCBs VYGMV4W
- Cables can easily be removed - 4 x 100A meter fuses
for 2 or 3 tenancy arrangements - 14 poles of DIN (10 spare)
- Cables can be removed - 6 x 100A meter fuses
for 5 tenancy - 14 poles of DIN (8 spare)
VYGMV6W
- Cables can be removed - 8 x 100A meter fuses
for 7 tenancy - Space for public meter
- 14 poles of DIN (6 spare)
VIC Unwired Enclosures

600 x 600 meter panels - 14 poles of DIN VYGMV6
600 x 900 meter panels - 14 poles of DIN VYGMV9
Plinths
Suits VYGMV4W enclosure - 400mm high VZGM001
Suits VYGMV6W, VYGMV8W, VYGMV6, VYGMV9 enclosure - 400mm high VZGM002
VZGM002
Accessories
Lock cylinder with key CL001 VZGM009

Metering enclosures
Group Metering Enclosures - SA Multi-tenancy
Enclosure features Rating: Plinth features:

- Prewired for single phase metering - 6kA 0.1sec - Removable front panel for
- Lockable easy cable access
enclosures
- IP23 Material: - Complete with bolts for mounting

Metering
- Consumer Neutral & earth links - 1.5mm Galvabond Z275 - Provision for Authority seals
- Hinged meter panel
- Depth behind panel 150mm Finish: Material:
- SIR compliant labelling - Powdercoated RAL 7035 - 1.5mm Galvabond Z275
- Segregated area for provision
of Supply Capacity Control Approvals: Finish:
Device if required - Complies to AS/NZS 61439 and AS/ - Powdercoated RAL 7035
NZS 3000
SA Prewired Enclosures
For 4 single phase meters - 100A MCCB Main Switch VYGMS4W
- Cables can easily be removed - 4 x single phase 63A tenancy MCBs
for 2 or 3 tenancy arrangements - 4 x single phase 63A MCB meter isolators
VYGMS6W - Cables can be removed - 6 x single phase 63A tenancy MCBs
for 5 tenancy arrangement - 6 x single phase 63A MCB meter isolators
- Cables can be removed - 8 x single phase 63A tenancy MCBs
for 7 tenancy arrangement - 8 x single phase 63A MCB meter isolators
Plinths
Suits VYGMS4W enclosure - 400mm high VZGM001
Suits VYGMS6W, VYGMS8W enclosure - 400mm high VZGM002
VZGM002
Accessories
Lock cylinder with key 97000 VZGM010

onekonekt MPDs
one range, one busbar,
one solution
The use of busbar in our industry is not a new concept. However,
providing a full range of residential protection devices, for both single
phase and three phase installations, that connect to the same busbar,
increasing safety, reducing installation time, improving technical
characteristics and aesthetics within one system, definitely is.
hagerelectro.com.au/onekonekt
quadro M 630A
Modular switchboard
system
Flexible switchboard
solution
From a simple metering panel to a main
switchboard designed for up to 630A, our quadro
M modular switchboard system offers a diverse
range of options for power distribution in all
multi-residential and commercial applications.
36
enclosures
Metering
High level
of finish
quadro M enclosures have
a fully welded galvanised
steel construction and the
complete quadro M range is
finished off with a RAL7035
ripple powdercoating.
Full suite
of devices
We can provide a full solution of modules
and kits including CT chambers,
panelboard kits, main switch modules
and authority modules which can be fully
assembled, wired and fitted within the
enclosure, tested and delivered to site.
Quotation service
Our team can provide you with technical and
cost effective quoting solutions to single line
diagram / quote requests backed by PowerCAD
industry leading electrical software. For project
quotes and to receive our Project Pricing
Request Form contact us on 1300 850 253.
For more information on quadro M modular switchboard solutions

or to contact us, visit our website at hagerelectro.com.au
37
Metering enclosures
Meterboxes
General
purpose
VIC QLD NSW ACT (600 x 600)
enclosures
Metering
24P DIN /
VYMBV VYMBQ VYMBNSW VYMBNSW
Temp to Perm.
10P DIN - VYMB66-D VYMB66-D VYMB66-U
Meters only VYMBV-P VYMBQ-P VYMBQ-P VYMBQ-P
H
Dimensions Enclosure Panel Depth
behind
(mm) H W D H W D panel
VYMB66 605 605 275 575 560 6 75
VYMBQ 688 488 278 480 460 6 75
VYMBQ-P 520 488 278 480 460 6 75
VYMBNSW 688 488 278 480 460 6 75
D w
VYMBV 688 488 278 400 380 6 75
VYMBV-P 430 488 278 400 380 6 75
*Height of cable entry cover on top of enclosure = 9mm
VYMB66-D (Drilled panel) VYMBQ - with 24 pole DIN VYMBV - with 24 pole DIN
VYMB66-U (Undrilled panel) VYMBQ-P - Panel only VYMBNSW - with 24 pole DIN VYMBV-P - Panel only
Regulatory AS3000 AS3000 AS3000 AS3000

AS/NZS 3012 AS/NZS 3012 AS/NZS 3012
VESI Approved #SIR140715B
Material 1.2mm Z275 galvanised steel 1.2mm Z275 galvanised steel 1.2mm Z275 galvanised steel 1.2mm Z275 galvanised steel
Colour Unpainted Powdercoated RAL7035 (light grey) Powdercoated RAL7035 (light grey) Powdercoated RAL7035 (light grey)
Panel Black - pre-drilled (-D) White BMC with cable knockouts Black - predrilled White BMC with cable knockouts
Black - undrilled (-U)
IP rating IP23 IP23 IP23 IP23
Cable entries Top and bottom entry and rear 6 rear knockouts into meter section 6 rear knockouts into meter section 6 rear knockouts into meter section
knockouts and 115mm W cable entry on top and 115mm W cable entry on top and 115mm W cable entry on top
Electrical - GD10T surface mount enclosure - Clear service isolation link fitted - Consumer neutral link - Sealable meter neutral link
- 6mm Earth crimp lug - Consumer neutral link - 3 x RCD Neutral links - Sealable service fuse holder
- 3 x RCD Neutral links - Earth link - Consumer neutral link
- Earth link - 3 x RCD Neutral links
- Earth link
Component N/A VYMBQ only: VYMBNSW: VYMBV only:

Bag 20 x pole fillers 18 x pole fillers 18 x pole fillers
12 pole busbar (KDN180A) 12 pole busbar (KDN180A) 12 pole busbar (KDN180A)
3 x cable ties Cable ties Cable ties
Door padlock kit Door padlock kit Door padlock kit
1 x 6mm cable lug 1 x 6mm cable lug 1 x 6mm cable lug
1 x sheet vinyl circuit ID labels 1 x sheet vinyl circuit ID labels 1 x sheet vinyl circuit ID labels
1 x meter neutral link cover
38 Subject to technical modification

Metering enclosures
Group Metering Enclosures - General Multi-tenancy
Enclosure Panel Clearance

Clearance
Dimensions in front of Matching
behind
(mm) H W D H W D panel to plinth
panel
enclosures
door
Metering
VYGMN6 1050 625 360 600 600 6 150 175 VZGM002
VYGMN9 1350 625 360 900 600 6 150 175 VZGM002
B
H
Dimensions
A X
Plinth
H W D X Y A B
VZGM002 400 625 360 560 260 530 250
Y
NOTE: For metering layout possibilities,
please contact your local Hager Representative.
D W
Cat. No. VYGMN6 VYGMN9
Description General 6 Unwired General 9 Unwired
Design
Accommodates multiple occupancy metering.
No access to Authority wiring without breaking Authority seal.
Enclosure manufactured from non-flammable Galvanised steel.
General
Dimensions meet all requirements of relevant area SIR
Panel can be fixed & sealed in compliance with relevant area SIR
No obstruction for movement of the panel in the action of opening or closing
Construction
GME enclosures are made from 1.5mm Z275 hot dipped zinc plated steel with additional powder coating of
Enclosure
60micron to meet all corrosion requirements.
Spread of fire All openings are well below 5mm to prevent any spread of fire.
Clearance behind panel is 150mm. Clearance from panel to enclosure door of 175mm to accommodate all
Panel clearances
known domestic metering.
Enclosure Ventilation and condensation drainage Door is vented, 10mm holes in base for drainage.
Swing handle on door of enclosure can be padlocked. SA comes with a 97000 key lock. Optional key locks
Sealing and locking
CL001 or 92268 available as an accessory.
Non removable fixed earth stud rear of panel Permanent earthing facilities are provided
Door Hinged door with latch and retainer to retain door in the open position
External finish Ripple finish powder coat, 60micron - RAL 7035 (light Grey)
Enclosure
Wired according to
N/A N/A
AS/NZS 3000 & relevant SIR
Complies with AS/NZS 61439 Y Y
Form of construction Form 1 Form 1
IP Rating IP23 IP23
Meter Panel
Vertically hinged Y Y
Complies to single phase metering footprint, as per relevant area SIR requirements. All holes are chamfered to
Pre Drilled holes
ensure no sharp edges.
Material Reinforced phenolic resin.
Compliance Glow wire test to 960ºC
Construction & Supplemental equipment
Wiring holes Panel wiring holes are pre-moulded into panel (sealed) with “knock-out” membrane
Panel is right side hinged with removable offset double hinge flap opening >80Deg. Tool req’d to open with
Fixing and Sealing
separate sealing stud.
Mounting of Equipment Meter panel is designed & arranged for the mounting of Authority equipment only
TriCab LSFLEX®R-30 (X-HF-110), flexible cable 0.6/1kV 110°C Oxygen Index >32, HCL Emission <0.5%
Cable Cross-linked, Thermoset, Elastomeric, Flame Retardant, Low Smoke, Zero Halogen Splash resistant to oil,
skydrol, petrol, acid, sea water. Resists ozone and UV.
Active links
NA NA
NETEC brand
Meter Neutral Link 100A Black ( 7 x 16mm2) ( 10 x 16mm2)
Incomer termination Unwired board, M/S as per installers preference Unwired board, M/S as per installers preference
Supply Protection Device / Rating Not supplied Not supplied
Tenancy Sub Circuits Not supplied Not supplied
Plinth VZGM002 VZGM002
Subject to technical modification 39

Metering enclosures
Group Metering Enclosures - VIC Multi-tenancy

Clearance
behind
panel
enclosures
door
Metering
VYGMV4W 1050 440 360 600 415 6 150 175 VZGM001

VYGMV6W 1050 625 360 600 600 6 150 175 VZGM002
VYGMV8W 1350 625 360 900 600 6 150 175 VZGM002
VYGMV6 1050 625 360 600 600 6 150 175 VZGM002
H VYGMV9 1350 625 360 900 600 6 150 175 VZGM002
Dimensions
Plinth
H W D X Y A B
A X
VZGM001 400 440 360 375 260 345 250
VZGM002 400 625 360 560 260 530 250
Y
D W NOTE: For metering layout possibilities,
Cat. No. VYGMV4W VYGMV6W VYGMV8W VYGMV6 VYGMV9

Description VIC 4 Wired VIC 6 Wired VIC 8 Wired VIC 6 Unwired VIC 9 Unwired
Design
Authority wiring area is segregated from consumer wiring.
General Enclosure manufactured from non-flammable Galvanised steel.
Construction
GME enclosures are made from 1.5mm Z275 hot dipped zinc plated steel with additional powder coating of 60micron to meet all
Enclosure
corrosion requirements.
Panel clearances Clearance behind panel is 150mm. Clearance from panel to enclosure door of 175mm to accommodate all known domestic metering.
Enclosure Ventilation and
Door is vented, 10mm holes in base for drainage.
condensation drainage
Sealing and locking Swing handle on door of enclosure can be padlocked. Optional key locks CL001 or 92268 available as an accessory.
Non removable fixed earth stud
Permanent earthing facilities are provided
rear of panel
Enclosure
Wired according to
Y Y Y N/A N/A
Complies with AS/NZS 61439 Y Y Y Y Y
Form of construction Form 1 Form 1 Form 1 Form 1 Form 1
IP Rating IP23 IP23 IP23 IP23 IP23
Meter Panel
Vertically hinged Y Y Y Y Y
Pre Drilled holes Complies to single phase metering footprint, as per relevant area SIR requirements. All holes are chamfered to ensure no sharp edges.
Fixing and Sealing Panel is right side hinged with removable offset double hinge flap opening >80Deg. Tool req’d to open with separate sealing stud.
Labelling Engraved labels with minimum 3mm height lettering. Permanent, legible and convenient
Meter Isolator links Meter isolation fuse arranged on panel as defined in Victorian SIRs
TriCab LSFLEX®R-30 (X-HF-110), flexible cable 0.6/1kV 110°C Oxygen Index >32, HCL Emission <0.5% Cross-linked, Thermoset,
Cable
Elastomeric, Flame Retardant, Low Smoke, Zero Halogen Splash resistant to oil, skydrol, petrol, acid, sea water. Resists ozone and UV.
Active links
NA NA NA NA NA
NETEC brand
Meter Neutral Link 100A Black ( 5 x 16mm2) ( 7 x 16mm2) ( 10 x 16mm2) ( 7 x 16mm2) ( 10 x 16mm2)
Direct connect to 125A Direct connect to 125A Direct connect to 125A
DIN Terminal Block - DIN Terminal Block - DIN Terminal Block - Unwired board, M/S as Unwired board, M/S as
Incomer termination
Hager KRN199 -≤35mm Hager KRN199 -≤35mm Hager KRN199 -≤35mm2 per installers preference per installers preference
2 2
flexible cable flexible cable flexible cable

Supply Protection Device /
LH901 / 100A LH901 / 100A LH901 / 100A Not supplied Not supplied
Rating
Tenancy Sub Circuits 4 x MSN140 / 40A 6 x MSN140 / 40A 8 x MSN140 / 40A Not supplied Not supplied
VZGM001 VZGM002 VZGM002 VZGM002 VZGM002
Plinth GME Plinths are made from 1.5mm Z275 hot dipped zinc plated steel with additional powder coating of 60micron to meet all corrosion
requirements. With provision for authority seal.

Metering enclosures
Group Metering Enclosures - SA Multi-tenancy

Clearance
behind
panel
enclosures
door
Metering
VYGMS4W 1050 440 360 590 415 6 150 175 VZGM001
VYGMS6W 1050 625 360 600 600 6 150 175 VZGM002
VYGMS8W 1350 625 360 900 600 6 150 175 VZGM002
H B
Dimensions
Plinth
H W D X Y A B
A X
VZGM001 400 440 360 375 260 345 250
VZGM002 400 625 360 560 260 530 250
Y
NOTE: For metering layout possibilities,
D W
Cat. No. VYGMS4W VYGMS6W VYGMS8W

Description SA 4 Wired SA 6 Wired SA 8 Wired
Design
Authority wiring area is segregated from consumer wiring.
General Enclosure manufactured from non-flammable Galvanised steel.
Construction
GME enclosures are made from 1.5mm Z275 hot dipped zinc plated steel with additional powder coating of 60micron to meet
Enclosure
all corrosion requirements.
Clearance behind panel is 150mm. Clearance from panel to enclosure door of 175mm to accommodate all known domestic
Panel clearances
metering.
Enclosure Ventilation and condensation
Door is vented, 10mm holes in base for drainage.
drainage
Sealing and locking Swing handle on door of enclosure can be padlocked. Optional key locks CL001 or 92268 available as an accessory.
Non removable fixed earth stud rear of
Permanent earthing facilities are provided
panel
Enclosure
Wired according to
Y Y Y
Complies with AS/NZS 61439 Y Y Y
Form of construction Form 1 Form 1 Form 1
IP Rating IP23 IP23 IP23
Meter Panel
Vertically hinged Y Y Y
Complies to single phase metering footprint, as per relevant area SIR requirements. All holes are chamfered to ensure no
Pre Drilled holes
sharp edges.
Panel is right side hinged with removable offset double hinge flap opening >80Deg. Tool req’d to open with separate sealing
Fixing and Sealing
stud.
Labelling Engraved labels with minimum 3mm height lettering. Permanent, legible and convenient
Meter Isolator link arrangement on panel as defined in relevant area SIR. Except for SA Meter Isolator uses MSN163 MCB
Meter Isolator links
63A, lockable in OFF position.
TriCab LSFLEX®R-30 (X-HF-110), flexible cable 0.6/1kV 110°C Oxygen Index >32, HCL Emission <0.5% Cross-linked,
Cable Thermoset, Elastomeric, Flame Retardant, Low Smoke, Zero Halogen Splash resistant to oil, skydrol, petrol, acid, sea water.
Resists ozone and UV.
Active links
NA NA NA
NETEC brand
Meter Neutral Link 100A Black ( 5 x 16mm2) ( 7 x 16mm2) ( 10 x 16mm2)
Supply Protection Device / Rating HHA100U HHA125U HHA160U
Tenancy Sub Circuits 4 x MSN140 / 40A 6 x MSN140 / 40A 8 x MSN140 / 40A
VZGM001 VZGM002 VZGM002
Plinth GME Plinths are made from 1.5mm Z275 hot dipped zinc plated steel with additional powder coating of 60micron to meet all
corrosion requirements. With provision for authority seal.

Invicta and
performa panelboards
Powering a building to its potential; it‘s what we do. We have the perfect solutions to help an
office, factory or industrial site save energy and keep their occupants safe. Our performa™
panelboards can all be pre-fitted & wired if required, with our comprehensive range of circuit
protection, meters, time clocks, AOB 3 phase earth leakage & control devices, making your
next job quick & simple, c reating the perfect electrical ecosystem for a building.
02 Page
Guide to the Hager panelboard range 44
invicta panelboards 46
performa apex and apex PLUS panelboards 52
performa elite IP66 panelboards 54
Panelboards
performa elite 400 IP66 panelboards 56
Tee-off boxes 58
Panelboards
Guide to the Hager panelboard range
Panelboards
invicta panelboards apex panelboards apex PLUS panelboards

Enclosures Page 46 Page 52 Page 52
No. of Poles 24, 36, 48 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 96 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 96
Chassis type Standard Standard Standard or split
DIN rail 2 x 6 pole 2 x 6 pole 2 x 6 Pole & 24 Pole
Depth 135mm 200mm 200mm
Material 1.2mm galvanised steel 1.6mm galvanised steel 1.6mm galvanised steel
Colour RAL 7035 RAL 7035 or X15 orange RAL 7035 or X15 orange
IP IP30 IP43 IP43

N & E Links N&E links with Split N&E links with Split N&E links with
large connection points bridged Neutrals bridged Neutrals
Doors Lockable door (CL001) Lockable door (CL001) with 3 point Lockable door (CL001) with 3 point
locking system locking system
performa
panelboard
accessories
(apex and
elite series)
Main switch and
Spare chassis Gland plates
secondary switch kits
References JPDxxxxC Main switch - JPA0xxxK For apex - JPAGPALU
Secondary switch - JPA0xxx0 For elite - JPEGPALU

Panelboards
Guide to the Hager panelboard range
Panelboards
elite panelboards elite 400 panelboards Extension boxes Tee-off boxes
Page 54 Page 56 Page 58
24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 96 18, 30, 36, 42, 48, 60, 72, 96 Blank or 2 rows of 24 pole 3 pole fuse or MCCB
Standard or split Standard or Hybrid N/A N/A
2 x 6 Pole & 24 Pole 2 x 6 Pole Blank(mounting pan) or 48 pole N/A
250mm 250mm apex series - 200mm 250mm
elite series - 250mm
1.6mm galvanised steel or 1.6mm galvanised steel or 1.2mm galvanised steel or 1.2mm galvanised steel
1.2mm 316 stainless steel 1.2mm 316 stainless steel elite series - 1.2mm 316 stainless steel
RAL 7035 or X15 orange RAL 7035 or X15 orange RAL 7035 or X15 orange RAL 7035
IP66 IP66 IP43 (apex) IP66 (elite) IP20

Split N&E links with Split N&E links with N & E links optional N/A
bridged Neutrals bridged Neutrals
Lockable door (CL001) with 3 point Lockable door (CL001) with 3 point Lockable door (CL001) N/A
locking system and padlockable locking system and padlockable
swinghandle swinghandle
Cylinder inserts
Pole fillers Wall mount brackets Smoke seal
for elite swinghandle
1 mod - JVC0PFL FLxxZ FL85Z JPASMSEALx
1.5 mod - JPE015PFL

Panelboards
invicta panelboards
Description Features - Fully type tested chassis Technical information Page 60

invicta panelboards have been - Available in up to 48 poles - 2 x 6 pole DIN space each side of
developed as an optimized solution - 1.2mm tough powdercoated main incomer
for small to medium commercial galvanised steel construction - Lockable door (CL001)
installations and large home projects. - Powdercoated RAL7035 (light grey) - Safety pole fillers remain with
- IP30 chassis when escutcheon is
- Complete with either a 160A or removed
250A main isolator switch prefitted - Circuit identification card
- Split earth and neutral links for easy - Positive MCB alignment system
cabling - AS/NZS 61439.3 compliant
Panelboards
invicta panelboards
Description Characteristics Cat. ref
With 160A main switch 24 pole chassis JVC2400S16TW
JVC2400S16TW With 250A main switch 48 pole chassis JVC4800S25TW
Extension boxes
Description Characteristics Cat. ref
Supplied without gland plates. 2 row 18 DIN JVC0EXTDW
Gland plates only required if
JVC0EXTDW mounting as a stand alone.
Accessories
Description Characteristics Width Cat. ref
Incomer link kit For 3Ø 80-125A MCB 4.5mod JVC0M12
For 3Ø up to 63A MCB 3 mod JVC0M06
MEN kit JVC0MEN
Gland plates JVC0GPL
Safety pole fillers (10Pk) JVC0PFL
Door lock and key (CL001) JVC0LCK
Spare keys (CL001) 2 keys JVC0LSK
Document holder JK2X007AU

Panelboard
solutions
Panelboards
invicta panelboards onekombo ADC3xxT
Developed as an optimised solution for Our onekombo RCBO range

small to medium commercial installations offers a breaking capacity
and large home projects. Available in 24, of 6kA, is type A and can be
36 and 48 pole swiftly mounted with all other
modular protection devices in
invicta panelboards.
performaTM panelboards RCBOs ADA1/AD1
Ideal for multi-residential, commercial and industrial applications. Our commercial single module
Available in 24 to 96 pole, with X15 orange colour option and many RCBO range is available either
other options as set out below. More than 500 variations assembled in with a 6kA breaking capacity
Australia for quick delivery. for the new ADA1 offer, or 10kA
breaking capacity for the AD1
apex apex PLUS elite elite 400 offer. Both are type A and come
with a functional earth lead.
IP rating IP43 IP43 IP66 IP66
24 pole of addition DIN  
13 split chassis option   
Stainless steel option  
Hybrid chassis option 
47
performa TM
panelboard range
Our range of performa™ panelboards is designed and options and 24 poles of additional DIN in the apex PLUS.
assembled in Australia and can either be supplied standard The elite series has an IP66 rating, is available in a high
or fully loaded and wired. current standard or hybrid chassis and with a 316 stainless
The apex and apex PLUS series are available in 24 to steel material option across the entire range.
96 pole standard chassis, with 13 different split chassis
Characterisitcs:
Advantages:
--Chassis sizes: --24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 96
--Hinged, removable and reversible door and
escutcheon --160/250/400A isolator
--Incomers:
or 160A/200A MCCB
--Can be supplied standard or fully loaded and wired
--24 pole of additional
--apex PLUS features:
--Common accessories such as extension boxes, gland DIN space
plates handles and smoke seal
--apex PLUS
--13 types
--Direct connection (no switch) option. split chassis options:
--elite range has a maximised depth for air flow & cables --elite rated current: --250A or 400A
48
Expert tips
Panelboards
01 02 03 04
A tough 1.6mm galvanised The entire performa™ The apex and apex PLUS The new hybrid chassis
steel construction with a range has a 3 point locking panelboards are ideal for accommodates Hager
ripple powdercoating in system to ensure security internal applications with ‘HMFxxT‘ 10kA, MCBs with
either RAL7035 light grey or and IP are maintained. All an ingress protection rating a 27mm (1.5 mod) width.
X15 orange. The elite handles are key lockable, of IP43. The elite range is Available in 1, 2 or 3 pole
range also has a 316 grade with additional key barrels IP66 and ideal for external versions, it will accept up to
Stainless steel option. available. applications. 35mm2 flexible cable.
05 06
For complete protection Hager‘s one module RCD
against touching live parts Add-On Block suits any
once energized, safety Hager 10kA commercial
caps and safety pole fillers MCB up to 63A. Providing
are provided in all our 3 phase earth leakage
performa™ panelboards for protection for our
IP2X protection. performa™ panelboards.
49
Panelboards
performa™ panelboards - selection guide
4 easy steps to select your panelboard configuration
01 Pick your
range 02 Pick your
chassis 03 Pick your
incomer 04 Pick your
colour
Panelboards
01 apex - IP43
02 03 04
JPA #### ### T#
CHASSIS OPTIONS INCOMER OPTIONS COLOUR OPTIONS

2400 24 pole chassis NSS No switch supplied W Standard RAL 7035
FULL CHASSIS
3600 36 pole chassis S16 160A Isolating switch X X15 Orange

4800 48 pole chassis S25 250A Isolating switch
6000 60 pole chassis M16 160A MCCB
7200 72 pole chassis M20 200A MCCB JPA2400S25TW
9600 96 pole chassis
01 apex PLUS - IP43 c/w additional 24 Pole DIN rail

and 13 split chassis options
02 03 04
JPD #### ### D#

FULL CHASSIS
4800 48 pole chassis S25 250A Isolating switch

1812 36 pole 18T / 12B
2418 48 pole 24T / 18B
3012 48 pole 30T / 12B JPD3618NSSDW
3618 60 pole 36T / 18B
4212 60 pole 42T / 12B
SPLIT CHASSIS
3630 72 pole 36T / 30B

4224 72 pole 42T / 24B
4818 72 pole 48T / 18B
3W60 72 pole 18T/24M/18B
4842 96 pole 48T / 42B
6030 96 pole 60T / 30B
NOTE:
7218 96 pole 72T / 18B T = Top
M = Middle
4W78 96 pole 18T/24M/24M/12B B = Bottom

Panelboards
performa™ panelboards - selection guide
01 elite - IP66 c/w additional 24 Pole DIN rail,

13 split chassis options and Stainless Steel material option
02 03 04
JPE #### ### D#
Panelboards
FULL CHASSIS

4800 48 pole chassis S25 250A Isolating switch S Stainless Steel
1812 36 pole 18T / 12B
2418 48 pole 24T / 18B
3012 48 pole 30T / 12B
JPE4800S25DW
3618 60 pole 36T / 18B
4212 60 pole 42T / 12B
SPLIT CHASSIS
3630 72 pole 36T / 30B

4224 72 pole 42T / 24B
4818 72 pole 48T / 18B
3W60 72 pole 18T/24M/18B
4842 96 pole 48T / 42B
6030 96 pole 60T / 30B
NOTE:
7218 96 pole 72T / 18B T = Top
M = Middle
4W78 96 pole 18T/24M/24M/12B
B = Bottom
01 elite 400 - IP66 c/w 400A isolating switch,

4 hybrid chassis options and Stainless Steel material option
02 03 04
JPE #### S40 T#
CHASSIS OPTIONS COLOUR/MATERIAL

3600 36 pole chassis W Standard RAL 7035
400A isolating switch
supplied as incomer
CHASSIS
4800 48 pole chassis X X15 Orange

FULL
6000 60 pole chassis S Stainless Steel

0612 6 x 1.5 mod + 12 x 1 mod poles
CHASSIS
HYBRID
0624 6 x 1.5 mod + 24 x 1 mod poles

0636 6 x 1.5 mod + 36 x 1 mod poles
JPE0612S40TW
1248 12 x 1.5 mod + 48 x 1 mod poles
NOTE: To provide sufficient room for cabling, the 2 x 6 mod

DIN rails and 24 pole DIN rail usually supplied within the elite
range of enclosures are not supplied in the elite 400.

Panelboards
performa™ panelboards - apex and apex PLUS enclosures
Features or MCCB device - Safety pole fillers

- Available in 24 to 96 poles - 2 x 6 pole DIN - Circuit identification card
- 1.6mm tough powdercoated - IP43 rated
galvanised steel construction - Fault current rated at apex PLUS additional features:
- Galvanised steel gland 20kA for 0.2 sec - Removable 24 pole DIN section
plates as standard - Field reversible door and - 13 split chassis options
- Split Neutral & Earth Links hinged escutcheon
with bridged neutrals - X15 orange option Technical information
- Type tested chassis - Flush handle with key lock apex Page 61
- Choice of incomer switches - Positive MCB alignment apex PLUS Page 62
Panelboards
apex & apex PLUS enclosures

Description Characteristics Cat ref. - apex Cat ref. - apex PLUS
- No switch supplied (NSS) 24 pole JPA2400NSSTW JPD2400NSSDW
- Standard colour (W) 36 pole JPA3600NSSTW JPD3600NSSDW
- apex PLUS features additional
24 pole DIN section 48 pole JPA4800NSSTW JPD4800NSSDW
60 pole JPA6000NSSTW JPD6000NSSDW
72 pole JPA7200NSSTW JPD7200NSSDW
JPA2400NSSTW 96 pole JPA9600NSSTW JPD9600NSSDW
apex PLUS with split chassis

Description Characteristics Cat ref. - apex PLUS
- Less 6 poles for split 36 pole - 18 top / 12 btm JPD1812NSSDW
- No switch supplied 48 pole - 24 top / 18 btm JPD2418NSSDW
- Standard colour
48 pole - 30 top / 12 btm JPD3012NSSDW
JPD3618NSSDW 96 pole - 48 top / 42 btm JPD4842NSSDW
72 pole - 18 top / 24 mid / 18 btm JPD3W60NSSDW
96 pole - 18 top / 24 mid / 24 mid / 12 btm JPD4W78NSSDW
Incomer and colour options

Description Characteristics Connection Cat ref.
- Incomer supplied fitted Direct connect JPA9999NSSTW
- Options for both apex and 160A Isolating switch M8 lug JPA9999S16TW
apex PLUS panelboards (narrow palm)
- Colour options are whole board
250A Isolating switch M8 lug JPA9999S25TW
(narrow palm)
160A MCCB - HNB160U - can be adjusted down to 100A JPA9999M16TW
X15 orange option 200A MCCB - HNB200U - can be adjusted down to 151A JPA9999M20TW
Standard RAL7035 JPA9999NSSTW
Orange X15 JPA9999NSSTX

Panelboards
performa™ panelboards - apex and apex PLUS accessories
Extension boxes
Supplied blank with mounting pan or with 48 pole DIN rail, w/out gland plates top and bottom.
Gland plates only required if mounting as a stand alone. CL001 keylock supplied.
Description Characteristics Cat. ref - Blank Cat. ref - DIN rail
apex series Standard RAL7035 JPA0EXT0W JPA0EXTDW
400H x 600W x 200D X15 Orange door JPA0EXT0X JPA0EXTDX
JPA0EXT0W
Panelboards
Chassis only
Chassis only - standard 24 pole chassis JPD2400C
36 pole chassis JPD3600C
Chassis only - split 18/12 split chassis JPD1812C
JPD2418C
24/18 split chassis JPD2418C
18/24/18 split chassis JK2B60PA
18/24/24/12 split chassis JK2B78PA
Incomer kits
Description Characteristics Cat ref. - Main Cat ref. - Secondary
Incomer kits to fit in 250A panelboards 160A isolating switch JPA0S16K JPA0S160
250A isolating switch JPA0S25K JPA0S250
160A MCCB JPA0M16K JPA0M160
Chassis connection kit top/bottom Shroud & spreaders JPA0D25K JPA0D250 JPA0S25K
Other accessories
Aluminium Gland Plates (pair) for apex JPAGPALU
Handle with keylock 92268 for apex JPA0LCK9
Spare Key CL001 JVC0LSK
Safety pole fillers 1 mod - 10 pack (JK01B) JVC0PFL
Smoke seal For apex and apex plus 800H or 1000H JPASMSEAL1 FL85Z
For apex and apex plus 1200H, 1400H or 1600H JPASMSEAL2
Wall mounting bracket kit 4 pieces FL85Z
Document holder Adhesive backed JK2X007AU
Keylock - 1/4 turn 92268 for extension box JPA0LXT9
N & E link kit for extension box JPA0EXTNE
Mounting pan for extension box JPA0EXTMP
JPASMSEAL1

Panelboards
performa™ panelboards - elite IP66 enclosures
elite features: - Split chassis option - X15 orange option

- Available in 24 to 96 poles - Split neutral & earth links - Field reversible door and
- Removable 24 pole DIN with bridged neutrals hinged escutcheon
section @ bottom - Choice of incomer switches - Swing handle with key lock
- Fully welded 1.2mm 316 stainless or MCCB device - Positive MCB alignment
steel or 1.6mm powdercoated - 2 x 6 pole DIN - Safety pole fillers
galvanised steel construction - IP66 rated - Circuit identification card
- Increased depth to 250mm - Fault current rated at - CL001 key lock as standard
- Removable gland plates as standard 20kA for 0.2 sec
Panelboards
elite full chassis

Description Characteristics Cat. ref.
- No switch supplied (NSS) 24 pole JPE2400NSSDW
- Standard colour (W) 36 pole JPE3600NSSDW
48 pole JPE4800NSSDW
JPE4800S25DW
elite with split chassis

- Less 6 poles for split 36 pole - 18 top / 12 btm JPE1812NSSDW
- No switch supplied 48 pole - 24 top / 18 btm JPE2418NSSDW
- Standard colour
48 pole - 30 top / 12 btm JPE3012NSSDW
Split chassis option
72 pole - 18 top / 24 mid / 18 btm JPE3W60NSSDW
96 pole - 18 top / 24 mid / 24 mid / 12 btm JPE4W78NSSDW
Incomer and colour options

Description Characteristics Connection Cat. ref.
- Incomer supplied fitted Direct connect JPA9999NSSTW
- Colour options are whole board 160A Isolating switch M8 lug JPA9999S16TW
(narrow palm)
250A Isolating switch M8 lug JPA9999S25TW
(narrow palm)
160A MCCB - HNB160U - can be adjusted down to 100A JPA9999M16TW
Stainless steel option 200A MCCB - HNB200U - can be adjusted down to 151A JPA9999M20TW
Standard RAL7035 JPA9999NSSTW
Stainless Steel (316 grade) JPA9999NSSTS

Panelboards
performa™ panelboards - elite IP66 accessories
Extension boxes
elite series Standard RAL7035 JPE0EXT0W JPE0EXTDW
400H x 600W x 250D X15 Orange JPE0EXT0X JPE0EXTDX
Stainless Steel (316 grade) JPE0EXT0L JPE0EXTDL
JPA0EXT0W
Panelboards
Chassis only
Chassis only - standard 24 pole chassis JPD2400C
Chassis only - split 18/12 split chassis JPD1812C JPD2418C
18/24/18 split chassis JK2B60PA
18/24/24/12 split chassis JK2B78PA
Incomer kits
Description Characteristics Cat ref. - Main Cat ref. - Secondary
Incomer kits to fit in 250A panelboards 160A isolating switch JPA0S16K JPA0S160
250A isolating switch JPA0S25K JPA0S250
Chassis connection kit top/bottom Shroud & spreaders JPA0D25K JPA0D250 JPA0S25K
Other accessories
Aluminium Gland Plates (pair) for elite JPEGPALU
1.5 mod - 3 pack JPE015PFL FL72Z
Cylinder inserts for elite swinghandle Key EK333 FL98Z
CL001 & key FL72Z
92268 & key FL73Z
Blank with ball bearing FL78Z3AU
Padlockable swinghandle for elite FL78Z1AU
Keylock - 1/4 turn 92268 for extension box JPA0LXT9 FL85Z

Panelboards
performa™ panelboards - elite 400 IP66 enclosures
elite 400 features: hinged escutcheon Hybrid chassis features:

- Fully welded 1.2mm 316 stainless - Swing handle with key lock Utilises a hybrid chassis that combines
steel or 1.6mm powdercoated - Positive MCB alignment a 1.5mod pole chassis with a 1mod
galvanised steel construction - Safety pole fillers pole chassis, giving it the ability to
- Increased depth to 250mm - Circuit identification card fit the HMFxxxT 80-125A, 10kA,
- Removable gland plates as standard - CL001 key lock as standard 4.5mod MCBs, as well as the standard
- 400A isolating switch 10kA, 1-4mod device range.
supplied as incomer Standard chassis features: - Available in 18, 30, 42 and 60 poles
- IP66 rated - Available in 36 to 96 poles - Neutral & earth links with increased
- Fault current rated at - Split neutral & earth links capacity for M8 lugs and two
20kA for 0.2 sec with bridged neutrals screw tunnel connections
Panelboards
- X15 orange option

- Field reversible door and Technical information Page 66
elite 400 full chassis

Description Characteristics Current (In a) Cat. ref.
- 400A isolating switch 36 pole 325A JPE3600S40TW
supplied fitted (240mm cable size - 48 pole 375A JPE4800S40TW
M10 cable lug)
- Standard colour (W) 60 pole 375A JPE6000S40TW
72 pole 375A JPE7200S40TW
96 pole 375A JPE9600S40TW
JPE4800S40TW
elite 400 with hybrid chassis

Description Characteristics Current (In a) Cat. ref.
- 400A isolating switch 18P - 6x 1.5mod / 12x 1mod 320A JPE0612S40TW
supplied fitted (240mm cable size - 30P - 6x 1.5mod / 24x 1mod 400A JPE0624S40TW
M10 cable lug)
- Standard colour (W) 42P - 6x 1.5mod / 36x 1mod 400A JPE0636S40TW
60P - 12x 1.5mod / 48x 1mod 400A JPE1248S40TW
JPE0612S40TW
Colour and material options

- Colour options are whole board Standard RAL7035 JPA9999NSSTW
Stainless Steel (316 grade) JPA9999NSSTS
Stainless steel option

Panelboards
performa™ panelboards - elite 400 IP66 accessories
Extension boxes
elite series Standard RAL7035 JPE0EXT0W JPE0EXTDW
400H x 600W x 250D X15 Orange JPE0EXT0X JPE0EXTDX
Stainless Steel (316 grade) JPE0EXT0L JPE0EXTDL
JPE0EXT0W
Panelboards
Chassis only
Description Characteristics Current (In a) Cat ref.
Chassis only - standard 36 pole chassis 325A JK4P12C1
48 pole chassis 375A JK4P16C1
Chassis only - hybrid 18P - 6x 1.5mod / 12x 1mod 320A JK4P204C1
30P - 6x 1.5mod / 24x 1mod 400A JK4P208C1
42P - 6x 1.5mod / 36x 1mod 400A JK4P212C1
60P - 12x 1.5mod / 48x 1mod 400A JK4P416C1
JK4P208C1
Other accessories
Main incomer kit 400A JPA0S40K
Aluminium Gland Plates (pair) for elite JPEGPALU
FL72Z
1.5 mod - 3 pack JPE015PFL
Cylinder inserts for elite swinghandle Key EK333 FL98Z
CL001 & key FL72Z
92268 & key FL73Z
Blank with ball bearing FL78Z3AU
Padlockable swinghandle for elite FL78Z1AU
FL85Z
Keylock - 1/4 turn 92268 for extension box JPA0LXT9

Panelboards
Tee-off boxes
Used in the riser duct of Material: Note:

multi-story buildings or as a ring - 1.6mm zincanneal body - Tee off connectors, fuse carriers
main in shopping centres - 1.2mm escutcheon and 1.2mm and links are not included
galvanised steel chassis - Fuse switch or MCCB can
Finish: be purchased separately
- RAL9002 powdercoated - Insulated cable entry plates

Panelboards
Fuse switch tee-off boxes

Description Size in mm Cat ref.
100/160A fuse 325w x 500h x 250d TFS16023P
- Suits 1 or 2 x LT052
(size 00 DIN blade fuses)
250A fuse 325w x 500h x 250d TFS25013P

- Suits 1 x LT150
TFS16023P
2 x 250A fuse 570w x 500h x 250d TFS25023P

400A fuse 325w x 500h x 250d TFS40013P

- Suits 1 x LT250
2 x 400A fuse 570w x 500h x 250d TFS40023P

MCCB tee-off boxes

2 x 250A MCCB 570w x 500h x 250d TFM25023P
- Suits 2 x HNC250H
2 x 400A MCCB 570w x 500h x 250d TFM40023P

- Suits 2 x HND400H
TFM25023P
Tee-off Accessories
End of the line kit 325w TFL3254P
TFL3254P - Suits 325w T-off enclosure
- 4 insulators
End of the line kit 565w TFL5654P
- Suits 570w T-off enclosure
- 4 insulators

Panelboards
Tee-off boxes
Enclosure dimensions (mm) H W D

TFS16023P 325 500 250
TFS25013P 325 500 250
TFS25023P 570 500 250
TFS40013P 325 500 250
TFS40023P 570 500 250
TFM25023P 570 500 250
TFM40023P 570 500 250
Panelboards
Regulatory
Standards compliance AS/NZS 3000 and AS/NZS 3439-3
Enclosure
Material 1.6mm zincanneal body
1.2mm zincanneal escutcheon
1.2mm galvanised steel chassis
Powdercoat RAL9002
Electrical
TFSxxxxxP DIN fuse sizes Amps Fuse switch
fuse switch 00 & 000 100/160A LT052
box
1 250A LT150
2 400A LT250
TFMxxxxxP MCCB box 250A HNC250H or 400A HND400H

Panelboards
invicta panelboards

invicta JVC2400xxxTW 800 480 135
panelboard JVC3600xxxTW 900 480 135
JVC4800xxxTW 1000 480 135
Extension box JVC0EXTDW 350 480 135
Regulatory
H
Panelboards
Enclosure
Material 1.2mm galvanised steel
Powdercoat Ripple finish RAL7035 (light grey)
Mechanical
D IP rating IP30
W Split earth and Earth bars 12mm x 9mm
neutral bars Neutral bars 12mm x 9mm
Single screw tunnel 7mm diameter (25mm2 cable)
Rating 250A
Connections
Main earth & neutral incomer M10 bolt (30-44Nm max. torque)
160A isolator M8 bolt (30-44Nm max. torque)
250A isolator M8 bolt (30-44Nm max. torque)
179.4
Standard chassis A B C
130
Dimensions (mm) JVC2400xxxTW 263.7 216 153.6 28.45
JVC3600xxxTW 370.7 322.8 130.2

JVC4800xxxTW 477.7 429.6 183.6
Chassis Type Standard Chassis
Compatible product series MSNxxx MCBs, 6kA, 6-63A, Type C and
ADC3xxT RCBOs, 6kA, 6-32A, Type C
Rated current (InA) 250A
Rated voltage (Un) 250V
B
C
A
Rated operational Voltage (Ue) 415V, 50Hz

Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 690V
Rated Impulse voltage (Uimp) 4kV
Rated short circuit capability 20kA, 0.2sec
40kA, peak
Rated short circuit withstand 20kA rms, 40kA peak, 200ms
current of main busbar Icw,
Tee-Off Direction Left / Right 6.75 17.8 17.8 6.75 35.9
Split Chassis No 49.1

85.27
Tee-Off Isolator Yes 199
Capped Tee-Offs 50 %
Split-In Field No
Number of Poles, 18mm Pitch From 24 to 48, 18mm Pitch
Output Phases 3P
IP rating IP2x
Standards Compliance AS/NZS 3439.1
Subject to technical changes Revision A

Panelboards
performa™ - apex enclosures

24 pole JPA2400 800 600 200
36 pole JPA3600 1000 600 200
48 pole JPA4800 1200 600 200
60 pole JPA6000 1200 600 200
72 pole JPA7200 1400 600 200
96 pole JPA9600 1600 600 200
Extension boxes JPA0EXT 400 600 200 H
Panelboards
Regulatory
Enclosure
Powdercoat RAL7035 (light grey) / X15 orange option D
Gland plates 1.6mm galvanised steel top and bottom W
Mechanical
IP rating IP43
Split earth and Earth bars 15.9mm x 12mm
neutral bars Neutral bars 15.9mm x 12mm
M8 stud points Top and Bottom
Rating 250A
179.4
130
Dimensions (mm) JPD2400C 263.7 216 153.6
28.45
JPD3600C 370.7 322.8 130.2
JPD4800C 477.7 429.6 183.6
JPD6000C 584.7 536.4 237
JPD7200C 691.7 643.2 290.4
JPD9600C 798.7 856.8 397.2
Compatible product series NTxxx or MSNxxx MCBs and AxA1xxT
RCBOs
B
C
A

40kA, peak
Tee-Off Direction Left / Right
Split Chassis No
Tee-Off Isolator Yes
6.75 17.8 17.8 6.75 35.9
49.1
Split-In Field No 85.27
199
Number of Poles, 18mm Pitch From 24 to 96, 18mm Pitch
Output Phases 3P
IP rating IP2x

Panelboards
performa™ - apex PLUS enclosures
Enclosure dimensions (mm)

Std Chassis Split Chassis H W D
JPD2400 1000 600 200
JPD3600 JPD1812 1200 600 200
JPD4800 JPD2418 1200 600 200
JPD3012 1200 600 200
JPD6000 JPD3618 1400 600 200
JPD4212 1400 600 200
H
Panelboards
JPD7200 JPD3630 1400 600 200

JPD4224 1400 600 200
JPD4818 1400 600 200
JPD3W60 1400 600 200
JPD9600 JPD4842 1600 600 200
JPD6030 1600 600 200
D JPD7218 1600 600 200
W JPD4W78 1600 600 200
Extension boxes JPA0EXT 400 600 200
Regulatory
Enclosure
Powdercoat RAL7035 (light grey) / X15 orange option
Gland plates 1.6mm galvanised steel top and bottom
Mechanical
IP rating IP43
Rating 250A
179.4
130
Dimensions (mm) JPD2400C 263.7 216 153.6
28.45
JPD3600C 370.7 322.8 130.2
JPD4800C 477.7 429.6 183.6
JPD6000C 584.7 536.4 237
JPD7200C 691.7 643.2 290.4
JPD9600C 798.7 856.8 397.2
Compatible product series NTxxx and MSNxxx breakers
B
C
A

40kA, peak
Split Chassis No
6.75 17.8 17.8 6.75 Capped Tee-Offs 50 %
35.9
49.1 Split-In Field No
85.27 Number of Poles, 18mm Pitch From 24 to 96, 18mm Pitch
199
Output Phases 3P
IP rating IP2x

Panelboards
performa™ - apex PLUS enclosures
179.4
Split chassis A B C
130
Dimensions (mm) JPD1812C 370.7 322.8 130.2
28.45
JPD2418C 477.7 429.6 183.6
JPD3012C 477.7 429.6 183.6
JPD3618C 584.7 536.4 237
JPD4212C 584.7 536.4 237
JPD3630C 691.7 643.2 290.4
JPD4224C 691.7 643.2 290.4
Panelboards
JPD4818C 691.7 643.2 290.4
JK2B60PA 691.7 643.2 290.4
C
JPD4842C 798.7 856.8 397.2
JPD6030C 798.7 856.8 397.2
JPD7218C 798.7 856.8 397.2
JK2B78PA 798.7 856.8 397.2
B
A
Chassis Type Split Chassis
C
40kA, peak
Split Chassis Yes
Capped Tee-Offs 50 % 6.75 17.8 17.8 6.75 35.9
49.1
Split-In Field No
85.27
Number of Poles, 18mm Pitch From 30 to 90, 18mm Pitch 199
Output Phases 3P
IP rating IP2x

Panelboards
performa™ - elite enclosures

Std Chassis Split Chassis H W D
JPE2400 1000 600 250
JPE3600 JPE1812 1200 600 250
JPE4800 JPE2418 1200 600 250
JPE3012 1200 600 250
JPE6000 JPE3618 1400 600 250
H JPE4212 1400 600 250

Panelboards
JPE7200 JPE3630 1400 600 250

JPE4224 1400 600 250
JPE4818 1400 600 250
JPE3W60 1400 600 250
JPE9600 JPE4842 1600 600 250
JPE6030 1600 600 250
D JPE7218 1600 600 250
W JPE4W78 1600 600 250
Extension boxes JPE0EXT 400 600 250
Regulatory
Enclosure
Material 1.6mm galvanised steel or
1.2mm 316 grade, stainless steel
Gland plates top and bottom 1.6mm galvanised steel or
1.2mm Stainless steel
Mechanical
IP rating IP66
Double screw tunnel 7mm diameter (25mm2 cable)
Rating 250A
179.4
130
Dimensions JPD2400C 263.7 216 153.6
28.45 (mm) JPD3600C 370.7 322.8 130.2
JPD4800C 477.7 429.6 183.6
JPD6000C 584.7 536.4 237
JPD7200C 691.7 643.2 290.4
JPD9600C 798.7 856.8 397.2
B
C
A

40kA, peak
Split Chassis No
6.75 17.8 17.8 6.75 Capped Tee-Offs 50 %
35.9
49.1 Split-In Field No
199
Output Phases 3P
IP rating IP2x

Panelboards
performa™ - elite enclosures
179.4
Split chassis A B C
130
Dimensions JPD1812C 370.7 322.8 130.2
(mm) JPD2418C 477.7 429.6 183.6
28.45
JPD3012C 477.7 429.6 183.6

JPD3618C 584.7 536.4 237
JPD4212C 584.7 536.4 237
JPD3630C 691.7 643.2 290.4
JPD4224C 691.7 643.2 290.4
Panelboards
JPD4818C 691.7 643.2 290.4
JK2B60PA 691.7 643.2 290.4
C
JPD4842C 798.7 856.8 397.2
JPD6030C 798.7 856.8 397.2
JPD7218C 798.7 856.8 397.2
JK2B78PA 798.7 856.8 397.2
B
A
Chassis Type Split Chassis
C
40kA, peak
Split Chassis Yes
Capped Tee-Offs 50 % 6.75 17.8 17.8 6.75 35.9
49.1
Split-In Field No
85.27
Number of Poles, 18mm Pitch From 30 to 90, 18mm Pitch 199
Output Phases 3P
IP rating IP2x

Panelboards
performa™ - elite 400 enclosures

Std Chassis Hybrid Chassis H W D
JPE0612 1000 600 250
JPE3600 JPE0624 1200 600 250
JPE4800 JPE0636 1200 600 250
JPE6000 JPE1248 1400 600 250
JPE7200 1400 600 250
H JPE9600 1600 600 250

Panelboards
Extension boxes JPE0EXT 400 600 250
Regulatory
Enclosure
D Material 1.6mm galvanised steel or
W 1.2mm 316 grade, stainless steel
Gland plates top and bottom 1.6mm galvanised steel or
1.2mm Stainless steel
Mechanical
IP rating IP66
E&N bars Std chassis Hybrid chassis
Earth bars 2 x M8 studs 2 x M10 studs
E bar size 15.9mm x 12mm 19mm x 19mm
Neutral bars Split 15.9mm x 12mm
N bar size 15.9mm x 12mm 19mm x 19mm
Connection Double screw tunnel Double screw tunnel
Connection size 7mm tunnel 10mm tunnel (35mm2 cable)
(25mm2 cable) 7mm tunnel (25mm2 cable)
179.4
130
Dimensions JK4P12C1 370.7 322.8 130.2
28.45 (mm) JK4P16C1 477.7 429.6 183.6
JK4P20C1 584.7 536.4 237
JK4P24C1 691.7 643.2 290.4
JK4P32C1 798.7 856.8 397.2
Rated current (InA) 325A (36 pole), 375A (48, 60, 72, 96 pole)
B
C
A

40kA, peak
Split Chassis No
6.75 17.8 17.8 6.75 Split-In Field No
35.9
85.27 Output Phases 3P
199
IP rating IP2x

Panelboards
performa™ - elite 400 enclosures
179.4
Hybrid chassis A B C
130
Dimensions JPE0612C 263.7 216 153.6
(mm) JPE0624C 370.7 322.8 130.2
28.45
JPE0636C 477.7 429.6 183.6

JPE1248C 584.7 536.4 237
Chassis Type Hybrid Chassis
27
Compatible 1.5mod chassis HMFxxxT 10kA, 80-125A, Type C
61.9
product series 1 mod chassis NTxxx and MSNxxx breakers
27
Panelboards
Rated current (InA) 320A (6+12), 400A (6+24, 6+36, 12+48)
C
17.8 17.8
42.1
B
A
40kA, peak
Split Chassis Yes
C
Split-In Field No
Number of Poles, From 6 to 12, 27mm pitch
From 18 to 60, 18mm pitch
Output Phases 3P
IP rating IP2x
6.75 17.8 17.8 6.75 35.9

49.1
85.27
199

DIN rail
enclosures
All Hager loadcentres have been developed with a strong aesthetic design integrating
unique features as a result of feedback from homeowners, electrical contractors and house
builders. With pre-configured and figurable variants available, choice comes as standard.
So, whether you require a 48 pole, IP66 rated panelboard or a 24 pole, flush mounted
loadcentre, there’s sure to be a Hager enclosure to suit your specific application.
03 Page
Guide to the DIN rail enclosure system 70
IC2 plastic enclosures 72
GD plastic enclosures 73
VT metal enclosures 74
vector IP plastic enclosures 75
golf plastic enclosures 76
enclosures
golf home networking enclosures 79
DIN rail
TN media enclosures 80
vega D automation enclosures 82
DIN rail enclosures
Guide to the Hager DIN rail enclosure system
DIN rail IC2 range Mini gamma range VT range vector range
enclosures Page 72 Page 73 Page 74 Page 75
No. of Modules 1 - 10 2-6 9 - 48 6 - 48
Mounting Surface Surface Surface or Flush Surface
Material Plastic Plastic 1.2mm galvanised steel UV stabilised plastic

enclosures
DIN rail
Colour RAL 9010 (pure white) RAL 9010 (pure white) RAL 9002 (grey white) RAL 7035 (light grey)
IP IP30 IP30, IP40 with door IP30 IP65
Links Brass links in Not supplied with enclosure Brass links Brass links
8 - 10 mod only
Doors Supplied with enclosure Not supplied with enclosure Not supplied with enclosure Supplied with enclosure
6 - 10 mod only Opaque or transparent
Opaque or transparent
Spare doors Not available Opaque - GP1xxP Opaque only - VT04x Not available
Transparent - GP1xxT
Key lock VZ313 VZ313 JK1XKLS VZ311
Pole fillers JP011 - White JP011 - White JP010 - Grey JP010 - Grey
golf enclosure
accessories
Pg 52 & 54
Earthed metal Accessories Sliders
back plates
References VFxxxBP Key lock - VZ794N VZ850N
Cable guides - VZ699N VZ852N
Labelling stickers - VZ788N
vega D enclosure
accessories
Pg 57
Key locks Schedule holder Universal
terminal mounting support
References FD00S0 FZ794 KN00A
FD00S1
Gear tray module Cable management DIN rail Pole fillers

FD02C2 UZ25V1 UZ02B9 JP002
UZ25V2
UZ01V1

DIN rail enclosures
Guide to the Hager DIN rail enclosure system
golf range golf Home Networking range TN media enclosures vega D range
Page 76 Page 79 Page 80 Page 82
4 - 72 Not applicable Not applicable 96 - 168
Surface or Flush Surface or Flush Surface Surface or Flush
Plastic Plastic Plastic Sheet metal and injected plastic
enclosures
combination
DIN rail
RAL 9010 (pure white) RAL 9010 (pure white) RAL 9010 (pure white) RAL 9010 (pure white)
IP40 IP40 IP30 IP41 with door
Brass - VxxxxxT Not applicable Not applicable Brass links

Q link - VxxxxxTQ
Supplied with enclosure Supplied with enclosure Supplied with enclosure Not supplied with enclosure
Opaque or transparent Opaque only Opaque only
Opaque - VZ60/1xN Opaque - VZ85xN Not available Opaque - FDxxPN

Transparent - VZ62/3xN Transparent - FDxxTN
VZ794N VZ794N VZ794N FD00S0
JP011 - White Not applicable Not applicable Supplied
Connectors Telephone splitters Patch cables Plates
TN002S TN131 TN735B VZ851N

TN003S TN111 TN740B VZ853N
TN010S
Enclosure width Neutral terminals Earth terminals Phase terminals

terminal mounting support
FD00Q1 Neutral - KNxxN Earth - KNxxE Phase - KNxxP
Vent kit Internal partitions External wall brackets Mounting anchors

FD00P5 FD00A3 FD00F2 VZ405N
FD00A4

DIN rail enclosures
IC2 enclosures
Series IC2 - IP30, IK07 with plain or transparent door

1 row plastic covers for 1 to 10I - For product assemblies with a rated - N&E links in 8 & 10 pole enclosures
Pole covers and small loadcentres for current In ≤ 63A under 240/415V~ comply to AS/NZS 5112
devices up to 70mm installation depth. - Isolation Class II - AS/NZS 61439-3
Large sized mounting and cable entry - Facility to be sealed
positions and stylish design aesthetics. - Colour: RAL9010 (pure white)
- Cover fixed by screws Dimension data Page 84
- Larger size enclosures equipped
Surface mounted pole covers without door

Description Width Cat ref.
1 row - no door 1 mod VD101NT
2 mod VD102NT
3 mod VD103NT
enclosures
4 mod VD104NT
DIN rail
VD104NT
Surface mounted enclosures with door

Brass terminal
Cat ref. Cat ref.
Description Width 16mm2 25mm2 Transparent door Opaque door
1 row - with door 6 mod VD106TT VD106PT
8 mod Neutral 8 1 VD108TT VD108PT
Earth 6 1
10 mod Neutral 10 2 VD110TT VD110PT
VD108TT Earth 7 2
Accessories
Door locking kit with 2 keys - 61005 VZ313
Spare key - 61005 VZ312
VZ313
Pole filler set - Grey - 5pk JP010
Pole filler set - White - 5pk JP011

DIN rail enclosures
GD enclosures
GD enclosures 1 row insulated - Facility for cover to be sealed. - AS/NZS 61439-3

enclosure for 2, 4, 6I with generous - Cover fixed by quarter turn screws
wiring space on top, bottom and sides - IP30 - IP40 with door installed Options:
and an extensive choice of mounting - IK05 - Opaque or transparent doors
positions. Constructed of durable - For product assemblies with a rated - Key lock
100% recyclable and insulated plastic. current In ≤ 63A under 240/415V~ - Pole fillers - JP011
- Marking strip clips on escutcheon
- Isolation class II Dimension data Page 85
Surface mounted pole covers

1 row 2 mod GD102T
1 row 4 mod GD104T
1 row 6 mod GD106T
enclosures
1 row - with door 8 mod GD108T VD108TT or VD108PT
DIN rail
IP30 - See Page 72 10 mod GD110T VD110TT or VD110PT
1 row - with door 8 mod GD108T VS108TT or VS108PT GD104T
IP40 - See Page 76 12 mod GD110T VS112TT or VS112PT
Doors
To suit Cat ref. Cat ref.
Transparent door Opaque door
GD102T GP102T GP102P
GD106T GP106T GP106P GP110T
GD110T GP110T GP110P GP106P
Accessories
Locking kit with 2 keys - 61005 - suits GD1xxT above VZ313
Spare key - 61005 - fits VZ313 VZ312
VZ313
Panel mount enclosures

Plastic sub-board for 10 module wide GD10T
mounting to black panel DIN rail and no back GD10T
Loaded enclosures
Plastic enclosure 10 module wide Supplied with: GD10VIC1
(GD10T) with DIN rail, fire rated back 1 x ADC310T
GD10VIC1
plate, busbar and Neutral links. 2 x ADC316T
1 x ADC320T

DIN rail enclosures
VT metal enclosures
Series VT - 1.2mm tough powdercoated Supplied with:

1 to 4 rows for 9 to 48I galvanised steel construction - Neutral and Earth links comply
This range of enclosures has been - Powdercoated RAL9002 (light grey) with AS/NZS 5112
designed for applications that require a - IP30 - circuit ID labels
robust construction. - For product assemblies with a rated - 10 x pole fillers
current In ≤ 100A
- AS/NZS 61439-3 & AS/NZS 3012 Dimension data Page 86
Surface and Flush mounted enclosures

100A brass
Cat ref. Cat ref.
terminal
Description Width 16mm2 25mm2 Surface enclosure Flush enclosure
1 row 9 mod Neutral 9 3 VT09S VT09F
Earth 5 3
1 row 12 mod Neutral 12 3 VT12S VT12F
enclosures
Earth 6 3
DIN rail
VT12S 1 row 18 mod Neutral 18 3 VT18S VT18F

Earth 9 3
2 rows 24 mod Neutral 24 3 VT24S VT24F
Earth 12 3
Earth 18 3
Earth 24 3
With 7.5 mod lock 9 mod Neutral 9 3 VT09TP
cover Earth 5 3
With 10.5mod lock 12 mod Neutral 12 3 VT12TP
cover Earth 6 3
Accessories

Top hinged doors To suit VT09S, VT09F VT041
To suit VT12S, VT12F VT042
Side hinged doors To suit VT24S, VT24F VT044
VT0422 To suit VT48S, VT48F VT046
Optional extra - key lock suits all VT series doors - with 2 keys - 2233 JK1XKLS

DIN rail enclosures
vector weatherproof enclosures
Surface mounted enclosures - IP65 - Rated insulation voltage - Two lateral knockouts for cable
1 to 4 rows, 3 to 48 poles. - IK07<12mod, IK08≥12 mod Ui 400V ac / 50Hz entry
Adjustable DIN rail for shoulder - Isolation class II - Supplied with links, forked busbar - Sealable cover
measurement 47mm and 63mm. - 125mm between DIN rails in 12mod (except VE103H), circuit ID labels
Reversible transparent or opaque 150mm between DIN rails in 18mod and sealing plugs to re-instate IP Standards
hinged door. - For product assemblies with a rated rating after fixing - AS/NZS 61439-3
current In ≤ 80A under 240/415V~ - Premarked knock outs for bushes - Neutral and Earth links comply with
Specification except VE103H and VE106H: or cable glands M20, M25, M32, AS/NZS 5112
- UV resistant In ≤ 63A under 240/415V~ M40 and M50; Colour: RAL7035
- RAL 7035 (light grey) Dimension data Page 87
Enclosures with Transparent Door

Description Width Brass terminal Cat ref.
16mm2 25mm2
1 row 2 + 1 moulded blank - - VE103H
enclosures
4+2 Neutral 6 1 VE106H
DIN rail
moulded blanks Earth 4 1
8+2 Neutral 11 3 VE110H
moulded blanks Earth 7 2 VE212H
12 Neutral 12 6 VE112H
Earth 6 2
Earth 10 2
2 row 24 Neutral 24 8 VE212H
Earth 21 1
Earth 30 2
Earth 31 1
Earth 30 2
Replacement doors
To suit Cat ref.
VE103H VZ091
VE106H VZ092
VZ093
VE110H VZ093
VE112H VZ094
VE118H VZ095
VE212H VZ096
VE218H VZ097
VE312H VZ098
VE412H VZ100
Accessories
Wall fixing bracket kit VZ011
Key lock - supplied with 2 keys - 61005 VZ311 VZ311

DIN rail enclosures
golf surface mounted enclosures
Surface mounted distribution boxes VS Components - White colour RAL 9010

from 1 to 4 rows, from 4 to 72 - Earth & neutral terminals - For product assemblies with a rated
modules, supplied with opaque - Pole fillers current - Brass terminals In ≤ 80A
or transparent door for devices - Patented marking system - Q link terminals In ≤ 63A
up to 70mm installation depth. - Cable management clips - Rated insulation voltage:
Door can be fitted on right or - Transport protection film 400V AC/50Hz
left, optional lock and keys. - Busbar supplied with
Door opens up to 180º. some references Standard: all products conform to
Wall box and cover are symmetrical AS/NZS 61439-3. N&E brass terminals
for removable cable entry slider. Technical data: comply to AS/NZS 5112. All products
Cable entries for cable and conduit. - IP30 without door conform to the RoHS and WEEE
Takes up to 40mm conduit max. IP40 with door directives.
125mm between DIN rails. - IK07
Australian International Design Award - Isolation Class II Technical information Page 88
golf enclosure with brass terminals

enclosures
Description Single phase Brass terminal Cat ref. Cat ref.

DIN rail
busbar Opaque Door Transp. door

16mm2 25mm2
VS112PT 1 row 4 I None Neutral 4 1 VS104PT VS104TT

Earth 3 1
1 row 8 I None Neutral 8 1 VS108PT VS108TT
Earth 4 1
1 row 12 I 1 x 12 pole Neutral 12 2 VS112PT VS112TT
Earth 6 2
Earth 10 2
Earth 21 1
VS218PT 2 row 36 I 2 x 18 pole Neutral 36 2 VS218PT VS218TT
Earth 31 2
Earth 31 1
Earth 31 2
Earth 31 1
Earth 44 2
golf enclosure with link terminals

Description Single phase link terminal Cat ref. Cat ref.
25mm2 (screw) 4mm2 (Q Link)
1 row 12 I 1 x 12 pole Neutral 3 15 VS112PTQ VS112TTQ

Earth 3 11
Earth 5 17
VS412TTQ Earth 5 17
Earth 9 31
Earth 9 31
Earth 10 34
Earth 11 37
Earth 17 57

DIN rail enclosures
golf flush mounted enclosures
Flush mounted distribution boxes VF Components: - White colour RAL 9010

from 1 to 4 rows, from 4 to 72 - Earth & neutral terminals - For product assemblies with a rated
modules, supplied with opaque - Pole fillers current - Brass terminals In ≤ 80A
or transparent door for devices - Patented marking system and - Q link terminals In ≤ 63A
up to 70mm installation depth. cable management clips in - Rated insulation voltage:
Door can be fitted on right or enclosures >36 modules 400V AC/50Hz
left, optional lock and keys. - Transport protection film
Door opens up to 180º. - Busbar supplied with Standard: all products conform to
Wall box and cover are symmetrical some references AS/NZS 61439-3. N&E brass terminals
for removable cable entry slider. comply to AS/NZS 5112. All products
Cable entries for cable and conduit. Technical data: conform to the RoHS and WEEE
Takes up to 40mm conduit max. - IP30 without door directives.
125mm between DIN rails. IP40 with door
- IK07, Isolation Class II Technical information Page 89 Australian International Design Award
golf enclosure with brass terminals
enclosures
Description Single phase Brass terminal Cat ref. Cat ref.
DIN rail
16mm2 25mm2
1 row 4 I None Neutral 4 1 VF104PT VF104TT
Earth 3 1
VF112PT
1 row 8 I None Neutral 8 1 VF108PT VF108TT
Earth 4 1
1 row 12 I 1 x 12 pole Neutral 12 2 VF112PT VF112TT
Earth 6 2
Earth 10 2
Earth 21 1
2 row 36 I 2 x 18 pole Neutral 36 2 VF218PT VF218TT VF218PT
Earth 31 2
Earth 31 1
Earth 31 2
Earth 31 1
Earth 44 2
golf enclosure with link terminals

Description Single phase link terminal Cat ref. Cat ref.
25mm2 (screw) 4mm2 (Q Link)
1 row 12 I 1 x 12 pole Neutral 3 15 VF112PTQ VF112TTQ

Earth 3 11
Earth 5 17
Earth 5 17
Earth 9 31
3 row 36 I 3 x 12 pole Neutral 7 29 VF312PTQ VF312TTQ VF412TTQ
Earth 9 31
Earth 10 34
Earth 11 37
Earth 17 57

DIN rail enclosures
golf enclosures - Accessories
golf enclosure accessories feature is conceived to save time and Earthed metal back plate
Includes an extensive range, from increase simplicity of mounting. dimensions Page 89
cable retainers to hollow wall anchors,
keys, locks and doors, every single
Opaque Doors
To suit Pack Cat ref.
VF/VS104 1 VZ601N
VF/VS108 1 VZ602N
VF/VS112 1 VZ603N
VF/VS212 1 VZ604N
VF/VS312 1 VZ605N
VZ610N VF/VS412 1 VZ606N
enclosures
VF/VS118 1 VZ607N
DIN rail
VF/VS218 1 VZ608N
VF/VS318 1 VZ609N
VF/VS418 1 VZ610N
Transparent Doors (polycarbonate)

VF/VS104 1 VZ621N
VF/VS108 1 VZ622N
VF/VS112 1 VZ623N
VF/VS212 1 VZ624N
VF/VS312 1 VZ625N
VZ630N VF/VS412 1 VZ626N
VF/VS118 1 VZ627N
VF/VS218 1 VZ628N
VF/VS318 1 VZ629N
VF/VS418 1 VZ630N
Earthed metal back plate

VF112 1 VF112BP
VF118 1 VF118BP
VF212 1 VF212BP
VF218 1 VF218BP
VF312 1 VF312BP
VF318 1 VF318BP
VF412 1 VF412BP
VF418 1 VF418BP
Accessories
Description Pack Cat ref.
Key lock supplied with 2 keys - 61005 1 VZ794N
Cable guides VF/VS 1 VZ699N
VZ794N
Labelling stickers 396mm 1 VZ788N
Copper bridge 1 VZ843N
Hollow wall anchors - suit VF enclosures (Set of 4) 1 VZ696N
For plaster walls from 7 to 30mm thickness

DIN rail enclosures
golf home networking enclosures
Our flush home networking - Steel mounting pan NOTE: Joining double slider
enclosures allow you to combine - Vented door for use with 18 module wide
mains distribution boards - DIN rail (12 mods wide) flush enclosures only.
with home networking or as
a stand alone enclosure. Flush mount features: Technical information
- Vertical Double GPO Surface mount Page 88
Common features: - Slider (incorporates GPO Flush mount Page 89
- True flush mounting base on mounting block).
18 pole wide enclosures
Surface mount enclosures

Surface enclosure with 460w x 418h VS218PZD
- Vented door 460w x 543h VS318PZD
- Mounting pan
enclosures
460w x 688h VS418PZD
DIN rail
VS218PZD
Flush mount enclosures

Flush enclosure with 460w x 418h VF218PZD
- Vented door 460w x 543h VF318PZD
- Double vertical GPO
- Mounting pan 460w x 688h VF418PZD
- DIN
- Single slider VF218PZD
Extension box
218 sized flush enclosure with: 460w x 418h VF218PZE
- Vented door
- Mounting pan
- Double Vertical GPO
- DIN
- Double slider for combining with any VFX18 golf enclosure
VF218PZE
Sliders
Description Suits Cat ref.
Double slider (combines two enclosures) VFx18 VZ850N
Single slider VFx18 VZ852N VZ850N

DIN rail enclosures
TN home networking enclosures
Our media enclosures allow you to - Modular range, easy to install existing power outlet
integrate multimedia in your projects. - Individual RJ45 Cat 6 - Toolless patching
patch modules
Features: - Versatile mounting grid for Dimension data Page 90
- 1 row 18 modules of DIN securing equipment
- Semi-equipped enclosure - Easily mountable over
TN media enclosures (pre-equipped)

1 row 18 module Supplied with: TN470D
Mounting grid - 8 x RJ45 UTP Cat 6 patch modules (TN003S)
- 4 x RJ45 patch cables (Cat 6 S/FTP 0.3m) (TN733B)
- 1 x 4 output telephone splitter (TN131)
- Vented door (GP418P)
- Mounting pan
enclosures
DIN rail
TN470D
Extension box for TN47XD

Suitable stand alone enclosure for Supplied with: TN970D
separate mounting of PSU - Door (GP218P)
- Mounting pan
TN970D

DIN rail enclosures
Home networking accessories
The components that come modules, telephone splitters down required) with positive cable
supplied as standard within and other accessories are retention ensuring every cable remains
our media enclosures are also available separately. in place and stays connected.
also available separately.
The TN003S and TN002S Cat6 UTP The 2 in 8 out telephone splitter
Additional patching modules in and STP patch modules provide a can be bridged to give a 1 in 8
Cat6 and Cat6 shielded, F-type toolless wiring system (no punch out configuration if required.
golf home networking accessories

Doors to suit VF/VS218 with vents - opaque VZ855N
to suit VF/VS318 with vents - opaque VZ856N
to suit VF/VS418 with vents - opaque VZ857N
enclosures
DIN rail
General accessories
Connectors RJ45 Cat 6 shielded telephone patch modules TN002S
RJ45 Cat 6 unshielded telephone patch modules TN003S
Coax F/F module TN010S
Telephone splitter 1 input / 4 output TN131
2 input / 8 output TN111
Din rail 12 pole length VZ854N TN010S TN002S
RJ45 Cat 6 patch cable 0.5m TN735B
RJ45 Cat 6 patch cable 1m TN740B
Segregation Plate for VZ850N VZ851N
Cog mounting plate for Cog rail mount type devices VZ853N
Key lock supplied with 2 keys 61005 VZ794N
TN131
VZ853N
TN735B

DIN rail enclosures
vega D automation enclosures
Modular automation enclosures sheet metal and injected plastic so as - IEC 62208
The vega D enclosure range has to achieve a light yet strong enclosure AS/NZS 61439-3
been designed to complement guaranteeing class II isolation. The - Components include:
a vast array of installations. top and bottom cable entry plates - Pole fillers
The range is available in either surface are removable and interchangeable. - Cable brackets on each DIN rail
or flush mount configurations. The - Marking strips / label holders
enclosures feature a removable Features - Terminal mount 24mod wide
chassis with DIN rails for ease of - 150mm between DIN rails - Quick Connect Earth links
installation. The enclosures are - IP30 / IK07 without door only. Quick Connect Neutral
configured from 4-7 rows of 24I IP40 / IK08 with door - flush links to be ordered separately.
modules (96I - 168I). They combine IP41 / IK08 with door - surface
Dimension data Page 91
vega D enclosures without doors

Description Width Cat ref. flush Cat ref. surface
enclosures
Supplied with: 4 rows - 96 mod FU42DN FD42DN

1 x terminal mount
DIN rail
5 rows - 120 mod FU52DN FD52DN

1 x E link - (5x25mm2 + 17x4mm2)
1 x E link - (6x25mm2 + 20x4mm2)
Supplied with: 6 rows - 144 mod FU62DN FD62DN
2 x terminal mounts 7 rows - 168 mod FU72DN FD72DN
3 x E links - (6x25mm2 + 20x4mm2)
FD52DN
Transparent doors
Reversible for surface and To suit FD42DN or FU42DN FD42TN
flush enclosures. To suit FD52DN or FU52DN FD52TN
Sheet metal, powder coated.
c/w 3mm hardened glass. To suit FD62DN or FU62DN FD62TN
Inclusion of door provides IP41 To suit FD72DN or FU72DN FD72TN
FD52TN
Plain doors
Reversible for surface and To suit FD42DN or FU42DN FD42PN
flush enclosures. Sheet metal To suit FD52DN or FU52DN FD52PN
and powder coated
Inclusion of door provides IP41 To suit FD62DN or FU62DN FD62PN
To suit FD72DN or FU72DN FD72PN
FD52PN

DIN rail enclosures
vega D automation enclosures - accessories
Accessories
Standard Lock Supplied with 2 keys FD00S0 FD00S1
To replace the standard lock Key No. 1242E FD00S1
Circuit schedule holder FZ794
Universal support to mount terminal blocks KN00A
Enclosure width support to FD00Q1
mount terminal blocks
Neutral terminal blocks 63A 2 x 25mm2 (screw) + 8 x 4mm2 (Q Link) terminal KN10N
3 x 25mm2 (screw) + 11 x 4mm2 (Q Link) terminal KN14N FZ794
4 x 25mm2 (screw) + 14 x 4mm2 (Q Link) terminal KN18N
bridging clip x 10 KN99N
KN00A
Earth terminal blocks 63A 2 x 25mm2 (screw) + 8 x 4mm2 (Q Link) terminal KN10E
enclosures
3 x 25mm (screw) + 11 x 4mm (Q Link) terminal
2 2
KN14E
DIN rail
4 x 25mm2 (screw) + 14 x 4mm2 (Q Link) terminal KN18E
5 x 25mm2 (screw) + 17 x 4mm2 (Q Link) terminal KN22E FD00Q1
6 x 25mm2 (screw) + 20 x 4mm2 (Q Link) terminal KN26E
bridging clip x 10 KN99E
Phase terminal blocks 63A 2 x 25mm2 (screw) + 8 x 4mm2 (Q Link) terminal KN10P
3 x 25mm2 (screw) + 11 x 4mm2 (Q Link) terminal KN14P
4 x 25mm2 (screw) + 14 x 4mm2 (Q Link) terminal KN18P KN10N, KN10E, KN10P
bridging clip x 10 KN99P
Gear tray module with perforated plate 415mm x 235mm (Not suitable for flush enclosures) FD02C2
370 x 290mm to fit non modular device
Cable management retainer to (x20) large (Not suitable for flush enclosures) UZ25V1
hide cables below DIN rail (x20) small UZ25V2
FD02C2
Retainer support / extension arms (x20) UZ01V1
DIN rail to suit vega D (x2) UZ02B9
24 pole filler 1 strip JP002
Vent kit (changes IP41 to IP30) Pair FD00P5 UZ01V1
Internal partition IP2x for physical Surface enclosure FD00A3
separation between higher and Flush enclosure FD00A5 UZ25V1
lower voltage / current
External wall mount brackets to fix surface enclosures FD00F2 UZ25V2
Mounting anchors (x4) for plaster walls from 7 to 30mm thickness VZ405N
to suit flush enclosures
Frame mounting screws - plastic (x4) For flush and surface enclosures ZZ42BS
UZ02B9
JP002
FD00P5
FD00A3
FD00F2
VZ405N

DIN rail enclosures
IC2 enclosures
1 to 4 pole enclosures
71 W Refs W
71 Width Height A B C D 71
D
VD101NT 27.5 163.5 9 135.5 10 9
C
VD102NT 45.5 163.5 26 135.5 10 9
VD103NT 63.5 163.5 35.5 126 12.5 15
H A VD104NT 81.5 163.5 52.7 125 13 16
H
B
71 W 71 W 71
D
C
C
A
W W
91 91 91
H
H
B
D A D
enclosures
DIN rail
W W
91 91 Refs Width Height A B C D 91
D A D
VD106NT 134.5 170 104 108 31 15
H
H
B
VD108NT 170.5 170 139.5 107 31.5 15.5

C
VD110NT 206.5 170 176 107 32 15

H
H
B

DIN rail enclosures
GD enclosures
Depth A A Dimensions (mm) Fixing centres

Refs Width Height Depth A Depth B A B
GD102T 55 160 94 82 N/A N/A
GD104T 110 180 94 82 86 114
GD106T 148 180 94 82 122 114
Height
Depth B Width
enclosures
DIN rail
GD10T enclosures
Dimensions (mm)
Refs Width Height Depth
GD10T 250 140 65
Height
Width

DIN rail enclosures
VT metal enclosures
Flush enclosures
Enclosure sizes Escutcheon

Width Height Recess Width Height Depth
Refs Row A B D E F G
VT09F 1 250 250 65 305 305 10
VT12F 1 300 250 65 355 305 10
VT18F 1 410 250 65 465 305 10
VT24F 2 360 410 65 415 465 10
VT36F 3 360 600 65 415 655 10
VT48F 4 460 745 65 515 800 10
Surface enclosures
Enclosure sizes
enclosures
Width Height Depth

DIN rail
Refs Row A B C
VT09S 1 255 255 75
VT12S 1 305 255 75
VT18S 1 415 255 75
VT24S 2 365 415 75
VT36S 3 365 605 75
VT48S 4 465 750 75

DIN rail enclosures
vector weatherproof enclosures
vector enclosures A 151

Width Height Between DIN
References A B C
VE106 165 190 N/A
VE110 237 210 N/A 77.5
VE112 310 302 N/A
VE118 418 302 N/A
VE212 310 427 125
VE218 418 452 150 59
B
C 26
VE312 310 552 125
VE318 418 602 150
VE412 310 677 125
46.5
enclosures
DIN rail
Mounting holes
Fixing centres
A B C
A
VE103 120 N/A N/A
VE106 126 108 N/A
VE110 136 180 N/A
A
VE112 155 230 115
VE212 280 230 115
VE312 405 230 115 B
VE412 530 230 115
VE118 155 338 169
VE218 305 338 169
VE318 455 338 169
C
B

DIN rail enclosures
golf VS enclosures
Uniform enclosures across the range

The dimensions below are for all golf surface mount enclosures including the golf Home networking surface mount enclosures
99 E A
G
F
enclosures
DIN rail
Dimension Wall fixation Cable entries - top/bottom

One side of the surface enclosure is designed for the use of trunking
Ref A H E F G and knock outs. The other side of the enclosure has dimples located
VS104... 1 row 4I 138 184 101 68 58 for the various sizes of conduit entries, 20mm, 25mm, 32mm
VS108... 1 row 8I 210 184 174 68 58 and 40mm. The enclosure is symmetrical through 180º.
VS112... 1 row 12I 282 252 222 136 58
VS212... 2 row 12I 282 377 222 261 58
VS312... 3 row 12I 282 500 222 386 58
VS412... 4 row 12I 282 647 222 491 78
VS118... 1 row 18I 390 252 330 136 58
VS218... 2 row 18I 390 377 330 261 58
VS318... 3 row 18I 390 500 330 386 58
VS418... 4 row 18I 390 647 330 491 78
NBN clearance & typical layout

DIN rail enclosures
golf VF enclosures
Uniform enclosures across the range

The dimensions below are for all golf flush mount enclosures including the golf Home networking flush mount enclosures
72mm A
46
125mm
F
enclosures
DIN rail
E
38mm
26mm
Cable entries - top/bottom Cutout for combined boards utilising double slider
The flush enclosures are precut with diameters 20, 25, 32 and 40mm. The When connecting 2 x VFx18 enclosures with a double slider, an additional
wall box is 180º rotatable, to provide slider position on top or bottom. 38mm must be added to the total cutout height of the boards.
e.g. VF118PT joining with a VF218PZD = 257mm + 382mm + 38mm.
Total height for the cutout = 677mm.
Width remains consistent at 426mm.
NOTE: Joining double slider for use with 18 module wide flush enclosures only.
Flush Ref Dimension Wall Cut Out NBN clearance & typical Layout
A H E F
VF104... 1 row 4I 204 225 170 189 NTD
ENCL
VF108... 1 row 8I 275 225 242 189
> 70 mm
VF112... 1 row 12I 352 293 318 257
NTD BBPSU
VF212... 2 row 12I 352 418 318 382 NTD ENCL
ENCL
VF312... 3 row 12I 352 543 318 507 > 70 mm > 60 mm
VF412... 4 row 12I 352 688 318 652
VF118... 1 row 18I 460 293 426 257 VF218PZD VF318PZD VF418PZD
VF218... 2 row 18I 460 418 426 382

VF318... 3 row 18I 460 543 426 507 D
VF418... 4 row 18I 460 688 426 652 C
For the wall cut out, these dimensions are minimal. A B
Depth must always be 72mm min.
Earthed metal back plate dimensions

Cat Ref. Height Width Thickness Suits encl.
VF112BP 353 310 1 VF112xT VF218PZD VF218PZE VF318PZD VF418PZD
VF212BP 478 310 1 VF212xT
VF312BP 602 310 1 VF312xT Example combination of mains distribution and networking combined
VF412BP 748 310 1 VF412xT
VF118BP 353 418 1 VF118xT C D VF418PT
VF218BP 478 418 1 VF218xT C VF318PT
VF318BP 602 418 1 VF318xT VF218PT
VF418BP 748 418 1 VF418xT
VZ850N
A A
VF218PT

DIN rail enclosures
TN home networking enclosures
Fixing centres
Dims (mm) A H P E F
TN470 355 625 130 285 552
TN970 355 375 130 285 302
enclosures
DIN rail

DIN rail enclosures
vega D automation enclosures
Surface mount enclosures Flush mount enclosures
80 80
420 420
550 600
= = 193
102.5
enclosures
DIN rail
F
53
49 84*
84 49*
84 84*
49 49*
= =
350 40
550
Fixing centres Hole height

Dims (mm) H F Dims (mm) H F
FD42DN 750 625 FU42DN 837 806
FD52DN 900 775 FU52DN 987 956
FD62DN 1050 925 FU62DN 1137 1106
FD72DN 1200 1075 FU72DN 1287 1256

Main
switchgear
This section includes moulded case circuit breakers, manual and automatic transfer
switches and load break switches which are utilised for the switching, protection and
distribution of low voltage installations.
04 Page
MCCBs characteristics 94
MCCBs & accessories selection guide 96
MCCBs x160 100
MCCBs x250 102
MCCBs h250 104
MCCBs h630 106
MCCBs h1000 108
MCCBs h1600 110
DIN NH fuses and fuse carriers 112
switchgear
Load break switches 113
Main
Manual transfer switches 115
Automatic transfer switches 116
Fuse combination switches 117
Earth leakage relays and toroids 118

Main switchgear
MCCBs - characteristics
Product x160 TM MCCB x250 TM MCCB

Reference HHA HNA HNB
Number of poles [No.] 3-4 3-4
Electrical characteristics
Rated current In [A] 160 250
Current rated range [A] 16-160 100-250
Rated service voltage, (AC) Ue [V] 220-440 220-440
Frequency f [Hz] 50/60 50/60
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V] 690 800
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp [kV] 8 8
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, (Icu)
(AC) 50-60Hz 220/230V Icu [kA] 35 85 85
(AC) 50-60Hz 380/415V Icu [kA] 25 40 40

(AC) 50-60Hz 480/500/525V Icu [kA] - - -
(AC) 50-60Hz 660/690V Icu [kA] - - -
(DC) 250V - 2 poles in series Icu [kA] 10 10 9
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, (Ics)
(AC) 50-60Hz 220/230V Ics [kA] 25 40 40
(AC) 50-60Hz 380/415V Ics [kA] 20 20 20

(AC) 50-60Hz 480/500/525V Ics [kA]
(AC) 50-60Hz 660/690V Ics [kA]
(DC) 250V - 2 poles in series Ics [kA] 5 5 5
switchgear
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm [kA] - - -

Rated short-time withstand current for 1s Icw [kA] - - -
Main
Category of use (EN 60947-2) A A

Calibration temperature 50°C 50°C
Derating 40°C 100% 100%
50°C 100% 100%
55°C 95% 94%
60°C 93% 91%
65°C 90% 88%
Suitability for isolation ok ok
Electric endurance in number of cycles 10000 10000
Mechanical endurance in number of operations 20000 20000
Operating temperature -25 to +70°C -25 to +70°C
Storage temperature -35 to +70°C -35 to +70°C
Power loss (at In for 3P) [W] 39 60
Reference standard IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2
Releases: switch - -
Releases: TM (thermomagnetic) ok ok
T fixed, M fixed ok ok
T adjustable, M fixed ok -
T adjustable, M adjustable - ok
Thermal adjustment value 0.63 to 0.8 to 1 x In 0.63 to 0.8 to 1 x In
Magnetic adjustment value - 6-8-10-13 x In (200A)
5-7-9-11 In (250A)
Releases: LSI (electronic) - -
Long delay - -
Short delay - -
Time delay - -
Terminations
Standard terminal type cage lugs
Maximum terminal capacity 95mm2 185mm2 (cage)
Terminal width mm - 25
Terminal shields ok ok
Cage terminal integrated ok
Extended connections ok ok
Rear connections no ok
Dimensions
Height mm 130 165
Width 3P mm 75 105
4P mm 100 140
Depth mm 68 68
Weight 3P kg 0.715 1.3
4P kg 0.95 1.6

Main switchgear
MCCBs - characteristics
h250 LSI MCCB h400 TM MCCB h630 LSI MCCB h1000 LSI MCCB h1600 LSI MCCB
HNC HEC HND HND HED HNE HEE HNF HEF
3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4
250 400 630 1000 1600

40-125-250 250-400 250-630 800-1000 1250-1600
220-690 220-690 220-690 220-690 220-690
50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
800 800 800 800 800
8 8 8 8 8
85 100 85 85 100 85 (800A) 100 100 100

75 (1000A)
50 70 50 50 70 50 70 50 70
25 45 30 30 30 30 30 45 65
7,5 20 20 20 20 20 20 25 45
- - 40 - - - -
85 100 85 85 85 85 (800A) 100 (800A) 75 75

75 (1000A) 75 (1000A)
25 70 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
10 45 30 30 30 30 30 45 50
7.5 15 15 15 15 20 20 25 34
- - 40 - - - -
switchgear
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
Main
B A B (400A) - A (630A) B (800A) - A (1000A) B
40°C 50°C 40°C 40°C 40°C
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
95% 100% 100% 100% 100%
90% 95% 95% 95% 95%
80% 92% 90% 90% 90%
80% 89% 80% 80% 80%
ok ok ok ok ok
10000 4500 4500 4500 4500
30000 15000 15000 15000 15000
-25 to +70°C -25 to +70°C -25 to +70°C -25 to +70°C -25 to +70°C
-35 to +70°C -35 to +70°C -35 to +70°C -35 to +70°C -35 to +70°C
75 75 150 150 170
IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2
- - - - -
- ok - - -
- - - - -
- - - - -
- ok - - -
- 0.63 to 0.8 to 1 x In - - -
- 6-8-10-12 x In - - -
- - ok ok ok
0.4 to 1 x Ir - 0.4 to 1 x Ir 0.4 to 1 x Ir 0.4 to 1 x In
2.5 to 10 x Ir - 2.5 to 10 x Ir (400A) 2.5 to 10 x Ir (800A) 2.5 to 10 x Ir
2.5 to 8 x Ir (630A) 2.5 to 8 x Ir (1000A)
0.1 - 0.2s - 0.1 - 0.2s 0.1 - 0.2s 0.1 - 0.2s
lugs lugs lugs lugs lugs

120mm2 (cage) 240mm2 (cage) - - -
25 30 30 45 45
ok ok ok ok ok
ok ok - - -
ok ok integrated integrated integrated
ok ok ok ok ok
165 260 260 273/433 370/570

105 140 140 210 210
140 185 185 280 280
97 97 97 99,5 140
2.5 4.2 4.3 11 27
3.3 5.6 5.7 14.8 31

Main switchgear
MCCBs & accessory selection guide
Frame Trip Unit Pole MCCBs Terminal connectors

In (A) 25 kA 40 kA Collar Straight Spreader Rear
25 HHA025U HNA025U
40 HHA040U HNA040U
63 HHA063U HNA063U
3 80 HHA080U HNA080U HYA005H HYA013H HYA014H -
100 HHA100U HNA100U
125 HHA125U HNA125U
160 HHA160U HNA160U
X160
25 HHA026U HNA026U
40 HHA041U HNA041U
63 HHA064U HNA064U
TM
4 80 HHA081U HNA081U HYA006H HYA013H HYA015H -
switchgear
100 HHA101U HNA101U

125 HHA126U HNA126U
Main
160 HHA161U HNA161U

160 - HNB160U
3 200 - HNB200U HYB001H HYB010H HYB011H HYB031H
250 - HNB250U
x250
160 - HNB161U
4 200 - HNB201U HYB002H HYB010H HYB012H HYB032H
250 - HNB251U
Frame Operating Shunt Trips Under Voltage Motor Auxilliary Contact (1C/O)
Voltage - SH - UV Operator AUX, AX Alarm, AL
(1NO + 1NC) (1NO +1NC)
24V DC HXA001H HXA011H -
48V DC HXA002H - -
x160 100 - 120V AC HXA003H HXA013H - HXA021H HXA024H
200 - 240V AC HXA004H HXA014H -
380 - 450V AC HXA005H HXA015H -
24V DC HXA001H HXA011H HXB040H
48V DC HXA002H - -
100 - 120V AC HXA003H HXA013H -
x250 HXA021H HXA024H
230 - 240V AC - - HXB042H
200 - 240V AC HXA004H HXA014H -
380 - 450V AC HXA005H HXA015H -

Main switchgear
Terminal covers Interlock Phase DIN rail Rotary Handle Padlock

Collar Straight Spreader Rear Barrier adaptor Direct Extended
HYA027H HYA021H HYA023H - - HYA019H HYA033H HXA030H HXA031H HXA039H
HYA028H HYA022H HYA024H - - HYA019H HYA033H HXA030H HXA031H HXA039H
switchgear
Main
HYB027H HYB021H HYB023H HYB025H HXB065H HYB019H - HXB030H HXB031H HXA039H
HYB028H HYB022H HYB024H HYB026H HXB065H HYB019H - HXB030H HXB031H HXA039H

Main switchgear
MCCBs Terminal connectors

Frame Trip Unit Pole
In (A) 50 kA 70 kA Collar Straight Spreader Rear
40 HNC040H HEC040H
3 125 HNC125H HEC125H HYC003H HYC010H HYC011H HYC031H
250 HNC250H HEC250H
h250
40 HNC041H HEC041H
4 125 HNC126H HEC126H HYC004H HYC010H HYC012H HYC032H
250 HNC251H HEC251H
400 HND400H HED400H HYD003H HYD010H HYD011H HYD031H
3
h630
LSI 4
800 HNE800H HEE800H HYE031H
3 - - -
switchgear

h1000
Main
4 - - -
1250 HNF980H HEF980H
3 - - - -
h1600
4 - - - -
Frame Operating Shunt Trips - SH Under Voltage Motor Auxilliary Contact (1C/O)
Voltage - UV Operator AUX, AX Alarm, AL
(1NO + 1NC) (1NO +1NC)
24V DC HXC001H HXC011H HXC040H
48V DC HXC002H - -
h250 100 - 120V AC HXC003H HXC013H - HXC021H HXC024H
200 - 240V AC HXC004H HXC014H HXC042H
380 - 450V AC HXC005H HXC015H -
24V DC HXC001H HXC011H HXD040H
48V DC HXC002H - HXD040H
h630 100 - 120V AC HXC003H HXC013H HXD042H HXC021H HXA024H
200 - 240V AC HXC004H HXC014H HXD042H
380 - 450V AC HXC005H HXC015H -

Main switchgear
Terminal covers Interphase Rotary handles

Interlock Padlock
Collar Straight Spreader Rear Barrier Direct Extended
HYC027H HYC021H - HYC025H HXC065H HYC019H HXC030H HXC031H HXC039H
HYC028H HYC022H - HYC026H HXC065H HYC019H HXC030H HXC031H HXC039H
HYD027H HYD021H HYD023H HYD025H HXD065H HYD019H HXD030H HXD031H HXD039H
HYD028H HYD022H HYD024H HYD026H HXD065H HYD019H HXD030H HXD031H HXD039H
- HYE021H - HYE025H HXE065H - HXE030H HXE031H HXD039H
switchgear
Main
- HYE022H - HYE026H HXE065H - HXE030H HXE031H HXD039H
- - - - - HXF030H HXF031H HXF039H
- - - - - HXF030H HXF031H HXF039H
Frame Operating Shunt Trips - SH Under Voltage Motor Auxilliary Contact (1C/O)
Voltage - UV Operator AUX, AX Alarm, AL
(1NO + 1NC) (1NO +1NC)
24V DC HXC001H HXE011H HXE040H
48V DC HXC002H - HXE040H
h1000 100 - 120V AC HXC003H HXE013H HXE042H HXC021H HXC024H
200 - 240V AC HXC004H HXE014H HXE042H
380 - 450V AC HXC005H HXE015H -
24V DC HXC001H HXE011H HXF040H
48V DC HXC002H - -
h1600 100 - 120V AC HXC003H HXE013H - HXC021H HXC024H
200 - 240V AC HXC004H HXE014H HXF042H
380 - 450V AC HXC005H HXE015H -

Main switchgear
MCCBs x160
Moulded case circuit breakers x160 - Mechanical test button, Technical information: Page 119
- Thermal magnetic trip sealable settings, integrated
unit, 2 versions: padlocking handle Ø4mm.
- Z version: fixed thermal
and fixed magnetic Connection capacity:
- U version: adjustable thermal - 95mm2 rigid cables
and fixed magnetic - 70mm2 flexible cables
- 1P, 2P, 3P & 4P - Comply with IEC60947-2.
MCCBs x160 25kA

Cat ref. Cat ref. Cat ref.
Description In 1P 3P 4P
- Breaking capacity 16A HHA014Z - -
Ics: 20kA (400/415V AC) 20A HHA018Z - -
- Fixed thermal 1 x In
25A HHA023Z - -
- Fixed magnetic > 10 x In
32A HHA030Z - -
HHA125U 40A HHA038Z - -
50A HHA048Z - -
63A HHA061Z - -
80A HHA078Z - -
switchgear
100A HHA098Z - -
125A HHA123Z - -
Main
- Adjustable thermal 0.63 - 0.8 - 1 x In 25A - HHA025U HHA026U

- Fixed magnetic > 10 x In 40A - HHA040U HHA041U
63A - HHA063U HHA064U
HHA161U
MCCBs x160 40kA

Cat ref. Cat ref.
Description In 3P 4P
- Breaking capacity 25A HNA025U HNA026U
Ics: 20kA (400/415V AC) 40A HNA040U HNA041U
- Adjustable thermal 0.63 - 0.8 - 1 x In 63A HNA063U HNA064U
- Fixed magnetic > 10 x In 80A HNA080U HNA081U
HNA125U 100A HNA100U HNA101U

125A HNA125U HNA126U
160A HNA160U HNA161U
Switch Disconnector
Cat ref.
Description In 3P
- Suitable for AC22A/ AC23A 125A HCA125Z
- Ue: 415V AC 160A HCA160Z
- lcw (1s): 2kA
HCA125Z

Main switchgear
MCCBs x160 - accessories
Indication contacts Shunt trip Direct rotary handle

- 1 changeover switch (ON/OFF): - Remote tripping of MCCBs - Padlockable
indicates the position of the or trip-free switches. - Equipped with front
MCCB is “open” or “closed”. - Operating voltage: 0.7 to 1.1 x Un cover and handle
- 1 changeover alarm contact: - Fixing without any additional screw.
indicates MCCB tripping. Under voltage release
- Allows the tripping of MCCBs Extended rotary handle
Coil connection when voltage level drops - IP 55
- Connection capacity: 0.75mm between 35 and 70% of Un. - Supplied complete with
flexible or rigid cables. - Pick up voltage 0.85 x Un shaft and handle.
- Optional connection cables.
The cable capacity of the Technical information: Page 121
terminals is 0.5 to 1.25mm2.
Accessories
Auxiliary contacts 1 changeover contact (ON/OFF) HXA021H
AX 250V AC / 3A
AL 125V DC / 0.4A
1NO + 1NC
1 changeover alarm contact HXA024H
250V AC / 3A
125V DC / 0.4A
HXA021H HXA024H
switchgear
1NO + 1NC
Shunt trips 24V DC HXA001H
Main
SH 48V DC HXA002H
100 - 120V AC HXA003H
200 - 240V AC HXA004H
380 - 450V AC HXA005H
Undervoltage releases 24V DC HXA011H
UV 100 - 120V AC HXA013H
200 - 240V AC HXA014H
380 - 450V AC HXA015H
HXA004H HXA014H
Accessories
Cat ref. Cat ref.
Description Characteristics 3P 4P
Direct rotary handle Max Ø 6mm HXA030H HXA030H
Padlockable
Extended rotary handle Max Ø 8mm HXA031H HXA031H
Padlockable 200mm
Padlocking device Max Ø 8mm HXA039H HXA039H
To mount on MCCB for handle locking 3 HXA031H
padlocks
Collar terminals Set of 3 or 4 HYA005H HYA006H
Terminals for aluminium conductor
Extended connections Straight connections - set of 4 HYA013H HYA013H
Spreader connections - set of 3 or 4 HYA014H HYA015H
Interphase barriers Set of 2 HYA019H HYA019H
Height: 50mm
Terminal covers - 2 pcs For extended straight connections HYA021H HYA022H HYA015H
For extended spreader connections HYA023H HYA024H
For collar terminal HYA027H HYA028H
Din rail adaptor HYA033H HYA033H
HYA021H

Main switchgear
MCCBs x250
Moulded case circuit breakers Connection: Technical information: Page 125

x250 - Terminal area width 25mm
- Adjustable thermal and
magnetic trip unit Connection capacity:
- 3P and 4P - 185mm2 rigid cables
- Mechanical test button - Collar terminals optional
- Lockable settings
- Integrated padlocking handle
Ø 4mm
- Complies with IEC60947-2.
MCCBs x250 40kA

Cat ref. Cat ref.
Description In 3P 4P
Breaking capacity 160A HNB160U HNB161U
Icu: 40 kA (400/415V AC) 200A HNB200U HNB201U
Ics: 20 kA
250A HNB250U HNB251U
Adjustable thermal 0.63 - 0.8 - 1x In
Adjustable magnetic
HNB160U 6 - 8 - 10 - 13 x In (160/200A)
5 - 7 - 9 - 11 x In (250A)
4P neutral setting: 0 or 100%
switchgear
Main

Main switchgear
MCCBs x250 - accessories

- 1 changeover switch (ON/OFF): - Remote tripping of MCCBs or - Padlockable
indicates the position of the trip-free switches. Operating - Equipped with front
MCCB is “open” or “closed”. voltage: 0.7 to 1.1 x Un. cover and handle
Coil connection when voltage level drops - IP55
- Connection capacity: 0.75mm2 between 35 and 70% of Un. - Supplied complete with
flexible or rigid cables - Pick up voltage 0.85 x Un. shaft and handle.
Accessories
Auxiliary contacts 1 changeover contact HXA021H
AX 250V AC / 3A
AL 125V DC / 0.4A
1NO + 1NC
1 changeover alarm contact HXA024H
250V AC / 3A
125V DC / 0.4A
HXA021H HXA024H
switchgear
1NO + 1NC
Shunt trips 24V DC HXA001H
Main
SH 48V DC HXA002H
100 - 120V AC HXA003H
200 - 240V AC HXA004H
380 - 450V AC HXA005H
Undervoltage releases 24V DC HXA011H
UV 100 - 120V AC HXA013H
200 - 240V AC HXA014H
380 - 450V AC HXA015H
Direct rotary handles Max Ø 6mm HXB030H HXA004H HXA014H
Padlockable
Extended rotary handles Max Ø 8mm HXB031H
Padlockable 200mm
Padlocking device Max Ø 8mm HXA039H
To mount on MCCBs for handle locking
3 padlocks
Motor operators 24V DC HXB040H
230 - 240V AC HXB042H
HXB040H
Accessories
Cat ref. Cat ref.
Interlocking Wire type HXB065H HXB065H
Collar terminals Set of 4 pieces HYB001H HYB002H
Aluminium / copper conductors
HYB022H
150mm2 rigid cables
185mm2 flexible cables
Extended connections
For straight connections Set of 4 pieces HYB010H HYB010H
For spreader connections Set of 4 pieces HYB011H HYB012H
Rear connections Set of 3 pieces HYB031H HYB032H
Interphase barriers Set of 3 HYB019H HYB019H
Height: 97mm HYB024H
Terminal covers - 2 pcs For extended straight connections HYB021H HYB022H
For extended spreader connections HYB023H HYB024H
For rear connections HYB025H HYB026H
For collar terminals HYB027H HYB028H
HYB031H

Main switchgear
MCCBs h250
Moulded case circuit Electronic trip unit LSI: Technical information: Page 133
breakers h250 - Long delay
- 3P & 4P (thermal equivalent)
- Mechanical test button, adjustable: Ir = 0.4 to 1 x In
sealable settings. - Short delay
- Comply with IEC 60947-2. (magnetic equivalent)
adjustable: 2.5 to 10 x Ir
Connection: - Time delay: 0.1 - 0.2s
Terminal area width 25 mm
*Please check availability with your local Hager sales office at time of order
MCCBs h250 50kA LSI

Cat ref. Cat ref.
Description Characteristics 3P 4P*
- Breaking capacity 40A HNC040H HNC041H
Icu: 50 kA (400/415V AC) 125A HNC125H HNC126H
Ics: 25 kA
250A HNC250H HNC251H
- Adjustable thermal
Ir = 0.4 to 1 x In
HNC250H - Adjustable magnetic
2.5 to 10 x Ir
switchgear
Main
MCCBs h250 70kA LSI

Cat ref. Cat ref.
Description Characteristics 3P 4P*
- Breaking capacity 40A HEC040H HEC041H
Icu: 70 kA (400/415V AC) 125A HEC125H HEC126H
Ics: 70 kA
250A HEC250H HEC251H
Ir = 0.4 to 1 x In
HEC250H - Adjustable magnetic
2.5 to 10 x Ir

Main switchgear
MCCBs h250 - accessories

- 1 changeover switch (ON/OFF): - Remote tripping of MCCBs or - Padlockable
indicates the position of the trip-free switches. Operating - Equipped with front
MCCB is “open” or “closed”. voltage: 0.7 to 1.1 x Un. cover and handle
Coil connection when voltage level drops - IP55
- Connection capacity: 0.75mm2 between 35 and 70% of Un. - Supplied complete with
flexible or rigid cables - Pick up voltage 0.85 x Un. shaft and handle.
Accessories
Auxiliary contacts 1 changeover contact HXC021H
AX 250V AC / 3A
AL 125V DC / 0,4A
1NO + 1NC
1 changeover alarm contact HXC024H
250V AC / 3A
125V DC / 0,4A
HXC021H HXC024H
switchgear
1NO + 1NC
Shunt trips 24V DC HXC001H
Main
SH
48V DC HXC002H
100 - 120V AC HXC003H
200 - 240V AC HXC004H
380 - 450V AC HXC005H
Undervoltage releases 24V DC HXC011H
UV 100 - 120V AC HXC013H
200 - 240V AC HXC014H
380 - 450V AC HXC015H
Direct rotary handles Ø 5 - 8mm2 max HXC030H HXC004H HXC014H
Padlockable
Extended rotary handles Ø 5 - 8mm2 max HXC031H
Padlockable 320mm
Padlocking device Max Ø 5mm HXC039H
3 padlocks
Motor operators 24V DC HXC040H
230-240V AC HXC042H
Interlocking HXC065H
Wire type
HXC039H
Accessories
Cat ref.
Collar terminals - copper Set of 3 or 4 HYC003H HYC004H
HYC011H
Extended connections Straight connections - set of 4 HYC010H HYC010H
Spreader connections - set of 3 or 4 HYC011H HYC012H
Rear connections Set of 3 or 4 HYC031H HYC032H
Interphase barriers Set of 3 HYC019H HYC019H
Height: 97mm
Terminal covers - 2 pcs For extended straight connections HYC021H HYC022H
For rear connections HYC025H HYC026H
HYC031H
For collar terminals HYC027H HYC028H

Main switchgear
MCCBs h630
Moulded case circuit Connection: - Short delay (magnetic equivalent)

breakers h630 - Directly on copper cable terminal, adjustable:
- 3P & 4P with end lug max. width: 30mm 2.5 to 10 x Ir (400A)
- Adjustable neutral 0 - 50% - 100% 2.5 to 8 x Ir (630A)
- Mechanical test button, Electronic trip unit LSI: - Time delay: 0.1 - 0.2 s
lockable settings - Long delay (thermal equivalent)
- Comply with IEC 60947-2. adjustable: Technical information: Page 142
Ir = 0.4 to 1 x In
MCCBs h630 50kA LSI

Cat ref. Cat ref.
Description In 3P 4P*
- Breaking capacity 400A HND400H HND401H
Icu: 50 kA (400/415V AC) 630A HND630H HND631H
Ics: 50 kA
Ir = 0.4 to 1 x In
HND630H - Adjustable magnetic
2.5 to 10 x Ir (400A)
2.5 to 8 x Ir (630A)
- Time delay: 0.1 - 0.2s
switchgear
Main
MCCBs h630 70kA LSI

Cat ref. Cat ref.
- Breaking capacity 400A HED400H HED401H
Icu: 70 kA (400/415V AC) 630A HED630H HED631H
Ics: 50 kA
Ir = 0.4 to 1 x In
HED630H - Adjustable magnetic
2.5 to 10 x Ir (400A)
2.5 to 8 x Ir (630A)
- Time delay: 0.1 - 0.2s

Main switchgear
Indication contacts Coil connection Under voltage release Extended rotary handle
- 1 changeover switch (ON/OFF): - Connection capacity: 0.75mm2 - Allows the tripping of MCCBs - IP55
indicates the position of the flexible or rigid cables when voltage level drops - Supplied complete with
MCCB is “open” or “closed”. - Optional connection cables. between 35 and 70% of Un. shaft and handle.
- 1 changeover alarm contact: The cable capacity of the - Pick up voltage 0.85 x Un.
indicates MCCB tripping. terminals is 0.5 to 1.25mm2. Technical information: Page 146
Direct rotary handle
Shunt trip - Padlockable
- Remote tripping of MCCBs. - Equipped with front
Operating voltage: 0.7 to 1.1 x Un. cover and handle
- Fixing without any additional screw.
Accessories
AX 250V AC / 3A
AL 125V DC / 0,4A
1NO + 1NC
250V AC / 3A
125V DC / 0,4A
HXC021H HXC014H
1NO + 1NC
switchgear
SH 48V DC HXC002H
Main
100 - 120V AC HXC003H
200 - 240V AC HXC004H
380 - 450V AC HXC005H
Undervoltage releases UV 24V DC HXC011H
100 - 120V AC HXC013H
200 - 240V AC HXC014H
HXD030H
380 - 450V AC HXC015H
Direct rotary handles Max Ø 6 mm HXD030H
Padlockable
Extended rotary handles Max Ø 8mm HXD031H
Padlockable 320mm
Padlocking device Max Ø 8mm HXD039H
3 padlocks HXD039H
Accessories
Cat ref. Cat ref.
Description Characteristics In 3P 4P
Motor operators 24-48V DC HXD040H HXD040H
100-240V AC HXD042H HXD042H
Interlocking HXD065H HXD065H
Wire type
Collar terminals Set of 3 or 4 160 - 400A HYD003H HYD004H
Terminals for copper conductors HXD042H
1 x 35 - 240mm2
Terminals for multiple aluminium/ Set of 3 or 4 400 - 630A HYD007H HYD008H
copper conductors 2 x 35 - 240mm2
Extended connections Set of 4 400A HYD010H HYD010H
For straight connections 630A HYD013H HYD013H
For spreader connections Set of 3 or 4 400A HYD011H HYD012H
630A HYD014H HYD015H HYD003H
Rear connections Set of 3 or 4 400A HYD031H HYD032H
630A HYD033H HYD034H
Interphase barriers Set of 3 HYD019H HYD019H
Height: 97mm
Terminal covers - 2 pcs For extended straight connections HYD021H HYD022H
For extended spreader connections HYD023H HYD024H
For rear connections HYD025H HYD026H
HYD015H
For collar terminals HYD027H HYD028H

Main switchgear
MCCBs h1000
Moulded case circuit Electronic trip unit LSI: Technical information: Page 150
breakers h1000 - Long delay (thermal equivalent)
- 3P & 4P adjustable:
- Adjustable neutral 0 - 50% - 100% Ir= 0,4 to 1 x In
- Mechanical test button, - Short delay (magnetic equivalent)
lockable settings. adjustable:
2,5 to 10 x Ir (630-800A)
Connection: 2.5 to 8 x Ir (1000A)
- Direct on copper terminal, with - Time delay: 0.1-0.2s
end lug max. width: 50mm
- Comply with IEC60947-2.
MCCBs h1000 50kA LSI

Cat ref. Cat ref.
- Breaking capacity 800A HNE800H HNE801H
Icu: 50 kA (400/415V AC) 1000A HNE970H HNE971H
Ics: 50 kA
Ir = 0,4 to 1 x In
- Adjustable magnetic
2,5 to 10 x Ir (800A)
2,5 to 8 x Ir (1000A)
switchgear
- Time delay: 0.1-0.2s

Main
HNE970H - Neutral setting from 0-50 to 100%

Cat ref. Cat ref.
- Breaking capacity 800A HEE800H HEE801H
Icu: 70 kA (400/415V AC) 1000A HEE970H HEE971H
Ics: 50 kA
Ir = 0,4 to 1 x In
2,5 to 10 x Ir (800A)
2,5 to 8 x Ir (1000A)
- Time delay: 0,1-0,2s
HEE801H - Neutral setting from 0-50 to 100%

Main switchgear

- 1 changeover switch (ON/OFF): - Remote tripping of MCCBs. - Padlockable
indicates the position of the Operating voltage: 0.7 to 1.1 x Un. - Equipped with front
MCCB is “open” or “closed”. cover and handle
- 1 changeover alarm contact: Under voltage release - Fixing without any additional screw.
indicates MCCB tripping. - Allows the tripping of MCCBs
when voltage level drops Extended rotary handle
Coil connection between 35 and 70% of Un. - IP55
- Connection capacity: 0.75mm2 - Pick up voltage 0.85 x Un. - Supplied complete with
flexible or rigid cables shaft and handle.
Accessories
AX 250V AC / 3A
AL 125V DC / 0,4A
1NO + 1NC
250V AC / 3A
125V DC / 0,4A
HXC021H HXC024H
switchgear
1NO + 1NC
Main
SH
48V DC HXC002H
100 - 120V AC HXC003H
200 - 240V AC HXC004H
380 - 450V AC HXC005H
Undervoltage releases 24V DC HXE011H
UV HXE013H
100 - 120V AC
200 - 240V AC HXE014H
380 - 450V AC HXE015H
HXC004H HXE014H
Direct rotary handle HXE030H
Padlockable
Extended rotary handles Max Ø 8mm HXE031H
Padlockable 320mm
Padlocking device Max Ø 8 mm HXD039H
To mount on MCCB for handle locking 3
padlocks
Motor operators 24 - 48V DC HXE040H
100 - 240V AC HXE042H
HXD039H
Interlocking HXE065H
Wire type
Accessories
Cat ref. Cat ref.
Terminal covers - 2 pcs For extended connections HYE021H HYE022H
For rear connections HYE025H HYE026H
HYE031H
Rear connections Set of 3 or 4 800A HYE031H HYE032H
1000A HYE033H HYE034H

Main switchgear
MCCBs h1600
Moulded case circuit Electronic trip unit LSI: Connection:

breakers h1600 - Long delay (thermal equivalent) - Directly on copper cable terminal,
- 3 pole - 3 trip units adjustable: with end lug max. width: 60mm
4 pole - 4 trip units Ir = 0.4 to 1 x In
- Adjustable neutral 0 - 50% - 100% - Short delay (magnetic equivalent) Technical information: Page 159
- Mechanical test button, adjustable:
lockable settings. 2.5 to 10 x Ir
- Comply with IEC60947-2. - Time delay: 0.1-0.2

Cat ref. Cat ref.
- Breaking capacity 1250A HNF980H HNF981H
Icu: 50 kA (400/415V AC) 1600A HNF990H HNF991H
Ics: 50 kA
Ir = 0.4 to 1 x In
2.5 to 10 x Ir
- Neutral setting 0, 50, 100%
HNF990H
switchgear
Main

Cat ref. Cat ref.
- Breaking capacity 1250A HEF980H HEF981H
Icu: 70 kA (400/415V AC) 1600A HEF990H HEF991H
Ics: 50 kA
Ir = 0.4 to 1 x In
2.5 to 10 x Ir
- Neutral setting from 0, 50, 100%
HEF980H

Main switchgear

- 1 changeover switch (ON/OFF): - Remote tripping of MCCBs. - Padlockable
indicates the position of the Operating voltage: 0.7 to 1.1 x Un. - Equipped with front
MCCB is “open” or “closed”. cover and handle
- 1 changeover alarm contact: Under voltage release - Fixing without any additional screw.
indicates MCCB tripping. - Allows the tripping of MCCBs
when voltage level drops Extended rotary handle
Coil connection between 35 and 70% of Un. - IP55
- Connection capacity: 0.75mm2 - Pick up voltage 0.85 x Un. - Supplied complete with
flexible or rigid cables shaft and handle.
- Optional connection cables. - Rear connection included
The cable capacity of the
terminals is 0.5 to 1.25mm2. Technical information: Page 162
Accessories
AX 250V AC / 3A
AL 125V DC / 0,4A
1NO + 1NC
250V AC / 3A
switchgear
125V DC / 0,4A
HXC021H HXC024H
1NO + 1NC
Main
Shunt trips 24V DC HXF001H
SH
48V DC HXF002H
100 - 120V AC HXF003H
200 - 240V AC HXF004H
380 - 450V AC HXF005H
Undervoltage releases 24V DC HXE011H
UV HXE013H
100 - 120V AC
200 - 240V AC HXE014H
380 - 450V AC HXE015H
HXF004H HXE014H
Direct rotary handles Max Ø 8mm HXF030H
Padlockable
Extended rotary handles Max Ø 8mm HXF031H
Padlockable 320mm
Padlocking device Max Ø 8mm HXF039H
3 padlocks
Motor operators 24V DC HXF040H
200 - 230V AC HXF042H
HXF040H

Main switchgear
DIN NH fuses and fuse carriers
Fuse carriers description Fuse description Technical information Page 173

Size according to DIN from 000 to 2 to DIN fuses with a breaking capacity up
suit fuses according to AS/NZS60269 to 120kA at 500V
- Class gG
Connection capacity - IEC 60269
- 70 - 240mm - sizes from 000 to 2
Fuse switch disconnectors

Suits 3 x size 00 160A DIN blade fuses LT052
Suits3 x size 1 250A DIN blade fuses LT150
Suits 3 x size 2 400A DIN blade fuses LT250
LT150
Cable clamps
switchgear

Suitable for LT052 (6 - 70mm2) LZ051
Main

NH Fuses
Description Current rating (A) Cat ref.
Size 000 50A LNH0050M
63A LNH0063M
80A LNH0080M
100A LNH0100M
LNH0080M 160A LNH0160M
125A LNH1125M
160A LNH1160M
200A LNH1200M
250A LNH1250M
200A LNH2200M
250A LNH2250M
315A LNH2315M
400A LNH2400M
LNH2160M

Main switchgear
Load break switches - DIN or screw mount
Description Technical data For replacement parts,

The HA series is a range of multi- - Visualised breaking please contact customer service
pole load disconnector switches with - Double breaking per phase on 1300 850 253
manual operation. They enable making - 3 or 4 pole
and breaking on load and safety - Padlockable handle Technical information Page 175
isolation of any low voltage installation. - Auxiliary contacts
- Rotary handles
- Extension shafts
- Complying with IEC60947-3
Load break switches - DIN or screw mount

Description Width Characteristics Module mm Cat ref.
3 pole 400V~ 6 mod In 80A 108 HA304
6 mod In 100A 108 HA305
6 mod In 125A 108 HA306
8.5 mod In 160A 142 HA307
8.5 mod In 200A 142 HA308
8.5 mod In 250A 142 HA309M HA305
4 pole 400V~ 6 mod In 125A 108 HA406

8.5 mod In 200A 142 HA408
switchgear
Main
Accessories
Auxiliary contacts 1NC + 1NO HZ022
Terminal shrouds To suit HA307/HA308/HA408 1 mod HZ062 HZC001

Switch line or load side
(Cable lug connection)
To suit HA307/HA308 1 mod HZ072
c/- cable clamp
Interlocked handle - Black IP55 80 to 250A HZC001
for use with extension shaft
NOTE: does not replace rotary handle HZC103
Extension shaft - 200mm 80 to 250A HZC103
HZ022
HZC062
HZC072

Main switchgear
Load break switches - Screw mount only
Description Technical data Note: Handle and shaft must

The HA series is a range of multi- - Ith (40°): 250 to 1600A be ordered separately.
pole load disconnector switches with - Un 400 / 690V AC
manual operation. They enable making - Visualised breaking For replacement parts,
and breaking on load and safety - Double breaking per phase please contact customer service
isolation of any low voltage installation. - 3 or 4 pole on 1300 850 253
Fiberglass reinforced polyester case, - Padlockable handle
self extinguishable, resists creepage - Auxiliary contacts Technical information Page 175
distance and arc, tropicalised. - Complying with IEC60947-3
Load break switches - screw mount only

3 pole 400V~ In 250A HA354
In 400A HA356
In 630A HA358
In 800A HA360
In 1250A HA362
HA354 In 1600A HA364
4 pole 400V~ In 400A - AC23 HA457
In 630A - AC23 HA458
switchgear
Main
Accessories
Description Characteristics Modules Cat ref.
Auxiliary contacts 125 to 1600A HZ023
1NO + 1NC
AC1, 5A, 250V
Terminal shrouds - 3 pcs To suit HA354 1 mod HZC203
To suit HA356/HA358/ 1 mod HZC205
HZC003
Interlocked handle - Black IP55 100 to 630A HZC002
for use with extension shaft 800 to 1600A HZC003
NOTE: does not replace rotary handle
Extension Shaft 100 to 630A HZC102
- 320mm 800 to 1600A HZC106
HZC106
HZ023
HZC203

Main switchgear
Manual Transfer Switches
Description - 4 pole Complies with EN 60947-3

Manual transfer switches allow manual - Mounting on perforated plates or
switching, changeover switching or crossbars. Connection with terminals
ON load power circuit permutation. For - Lockable in position: I, O or II
safety breaking. For replacement parts,
HI452, HI454 and HI456 can be please contact customer service
mounted in quadro M distribution on 1300 850 253
boards.
Technical information: Page 176
Manual transfer switches

Description In/A Cat ref.
4 pole 160 HI452*
Non-modular design 250 HI454*
400 HI456*
630 HI458*
800 HI460* HI452
1250 HI462*
1600 HI464*
switchgear
Main
Manual transfer switch accessories
Interlocked handle 160 to 630A HZI002*
for use with extension shaft 800 to 1600A HZI003*
- 3 positions: 0-I-II HZI002
- Locked with 3 padlocks
Extension Shaft 160 to 630A HZC102
- 320mm 800 to 1600A HZC106
Auxiliary contacts 125 to 1600A, 1 NO + 1 NC HZ160*
HZC102
Terminal shrouds 4P In/A: 125 to 200A HZC202*
4P In/A: 200 to 400A HZC204*
4P In/A: 400 to 630A HZC206*
Terminal covers for switches 250 to 400A HZI202*
for switches 630A HZI203*
for switches 800 to 1250A HZI204*
HZ160
Busbars for switches 250A HZ157*
for switches 400A HZ158*
for switches 800 to 1000A HZ162*
HZC202

Main switchgear
Automatic Transfer Switches
Description - Mounting on plain or perforated For replacement parts,

Automatic transfer switches allow plates. please contact customer service
automatic switching, changeover - Lockable in position: O on 1300 850 253
switching or ON load power circuit Complies with EN 60947-3
permutation. For safety breaking. Technical information: Page 178
- 4 pole Connection with terminals
Automatic transfer switches

Cat. ref. w/o Cat. ref. with Cat. ref. with
Description In/A autom. transf. relay autom. transf. relay energy mngmt.
4 pole 125 HIB412M* HIC412G* HIC412E*
- 3 positions: 0-I-II 160 HIB416M* HIC416G* HIC416E*
200 HIB420M* HIC420G* HIC420E*
HIC425G
1000 HIB490M* HIC490G* HIC490E*
1250 HIB491M* HIC491G* HIC491E*
1600 HIB492M* HIC492G* HIC492E*
switchgear
Main
Automatic transfer switch accessories

Terminal shrouds 4P In/A: 125 to 200A HZC202*
4P In/A: 200 to 400A HZC204*
4P In/A: 400 to 630A HZC206*
HZC002 Remote interfaces changeover status display HZI910*

changeover status and control display HZI911*
Terminal covers for switches 250 to 400A HZI202*
for switches 800 to 1250A HZI204*
Busbars for switches 250A HZ157*
HZI911 for switches 800 to 1000A HZ162*
HZI205
HZ159

Main switchgear
Fuse combination switches with handle
Functions - Double break by phase (top and Complies with standards

The HFD Series of Hager isolators bottom of fuse) - IEC 6094-3
are manually operated multipolar fuse - Protection against overcurrent - IEC 60269-1
combination switches. They break by fuse circuit-breakers with high - IEC 60269-2
or switch OFF/ON load and provide breaking capacity (100kA eff.) - EN 60947-3
safety isolation with protection against - IP2 protection with terminal shrouds - DIN 43620
over current for any low voltage - Compact - VDE 0636-10
electrical circuit. - TEST position for testing control - VDE 0660 Part 107
circuits without power using U type Note: Interlocked handle and shaft
auxiliary contacts. must be ordered separately.
For replacement parts,

please contact customer service
on 1300 850 253
Fuse combination switches

Description In/A Fuse sizes Length (mm) Modules (17.5mm) Cat ref.
3 pole 400V~ 125 00 120 min. 24 HFD312*
160 000 120 min. 24 HFD316*
250 1 120 min. 72 HFD325*
400 2 120 min. 72 HFD340*
switchgear
HFD312
Main
Fuse combination switch accessories
Interlocked handle - Black IP55 125 to 400A HZC002*
for use with extension shaft
Extension Shaft 125 to 400A HZC102*
- 320mm
Auxiliary contacts 1 NO HZF301*
- suitable for switches 125 to 400A 1 NC HZF302* HZC002
Terminal shrouds 3P In/A: 100 to 160A HZF202*
3P In/A: 250 to 400A HZF204*
HZC102
HZF301
HZF204

Main switchgear
Earth leakage relays & toroids
Description - Standard DIN EN60947-2, - Visual display of fault Premium features

This range of earth leakage relays IEC60755, IEC61008-8 - Supply voltage 230V - Adjustable sensitivity &
were designed on an electronic - Fixed & adjustable devices +/- 20% 50/60Hz time delay (sealable)
basis, which ensure the monitoring - Positive safety: the relay trips - Display of fault current prior to
of earth fault currents. When the fault in the event of a break in the Connection capacity triggering relay (5%-75%)
current rises above the selected level, connection between relay & toroid. - Flexible - 1 to 2.5mm - Extra output contact (250V-AC1/6A)
the outputs of the relay operate & - Positive / local reset required - Stranded/rigid - 1.5 to 4mm to enable remote indication of
depending on the relay selected, it after a fault is detected. fault currents above 50% of Irn
can have both adjustable sensitivity - Protected against nuisance - Remote test and reset
and time delay that can provide tripping by three wire link
selectivity/discrimination. The relays - Class A
are linked with detection toroids. - Output: 1c/o contact Technical information Page 180
Common characteristics 250V~ 6A AC1
Earth leakage relays

Without delay 1 mod HR502
c/o contact 250V 6A ~ AC1
Fixed sensitivity = 300mA
Trips immediately
Standard 3 mod HR510
Adjustable sensitivity Irn= 0.03/0.1/0.3/0.5/1/3/10A
HR510
switchgear
Adjustable time delay rt= 0/0.1/0.3/0.4/0.5/1/3sec

Premium 3 mod HR520
Main

Fail safe contact 250V 6A ~ AC1
Pre-alarm contact 250V 6A ~ AC1
Adjustable sensitivity Irn= 0.03/0.1/0.3/0.5/1/3/10A
Adjustable time delay rt= 0/0.1/0.3/0.4/0.5/1/3sec
Bargraph = 5% - 75% Irn
Integral toroid 6 mod HR441
Adjustable sensitivity Irn= 0.03/0.1/0.3/0.5/1/3A
HR520
Adjustable time delay rt= 0/0.1/0.3/0.5/0.75/1sec
Ø of toroid: 35mm
Circular section toroids
Characteristics Cat ref.

Inside Ø of toroid: 30mm HR700
HR700

Main switchgear
MCCBs x160 - Settings and adjustments
MCCBs
220/240V AC 380/415V AC
x160 TM IEC 60 947-2 IEC 60 947-2
HHA Icu 35 kA 25 kA
Ics 25 kA 20 kA
HNA Icu 85 kA 40 kA
Ics 40 kA 20 kA
PUSH TO TRIP
Magnetic and thermal settings

Ech. 30%
â ê°
switchgear
Ir
Main
(x In)
TRIP
ô TM - Thermal magnetic setting
In 16 - 50 A 63 - 80 A 100 - 125 A 160 A

Ech. 65% Imag 600 A 1000 A 1500 A 1600 A
6
Magnetic adjustment fixed > 10 x In
Thermal adjustment from 0.63 to 1 x In
IP
PUSH TO TR

Main switchgear
Tripping curve
MCCB x160
10000
Instantaneous trip current :

16A to 50A : 600A +/- 120A
63A to 80A : 1000A +/- 200A
100A to 125A : 1500A +/- 300A
160A : 1600A +/- 320A
1000
100
Tripping time (sec)
From cold state

125A,50A
100A, 40A
10
160A
80A
63A
32A
25A
20A
16A
From warm state

(rated current)
switchgear
1
Main
0.1
The magnetic thereshold tripping

curves is mean value. The tripping
area is Irm ±20%.
0.01
1 10 100
x In(A)
Thermal constraint curve at 415A Current limiting curve at 415A

(Let-through energy) (Let-through peak current)
MCCB x160 MCCB x160
10 7 100
0.25
HHA...up to 25kA 160 A

HHA...up to 25kA 0.3 125 A
HNA...up to 40kA 100 A
80 A
HNA...up to 40kA 63 A
50 A
160A 32 A 40 A
125A 0.5 25 A
6 100A
10 80A 10
63A 0.7
50A
40A
32A 0.8
Ip (kA)
16-20-25A
I2t (A2 s)
0.9
105 1
104 0.1
0.1 1 10 100 0.1 1 10 100
Iccp (kA rms) Iccp (kA rms)

Main switchgear
MCCBs x160 - Dimensions and characteristics
Dimensions
MCCB x160
A 11 96.1 A B C
B (mm) (mm) (mm)
1P 24.8 25 111
2P 49.5 25 111
3P 74.5 25 111
130
114
45
C
4P 99.5 25 111
25 25 15
68
Terminal covers for extended straight connections
switchgear
A C
A B C
Main
(mm) (mm) (mm)
1P 24.4 50 60.5
2P 49.5 50 60.5
B
3P 74.5 50 60.5
4P 99.5 50 60.5
230
Terminal cover for extended spreader connections

A 60.5
A B C
(mm) (mm) (mm)
3P 106.5 50 60.5
B
4P 141.5 50 60.5

Main switchgear
Connection
Connection with end lugs
min. 6o max.70o
min. 6o max.95o
16mm
max 46 6Nm
12 % noir
16 mm
Max.
PUSH TO TRIP
min. 6 o max. 150o
min. 35o max. 185o

5
35o to 50o = 25Nm
85 60o to 185o = 25Nm 12 % noir
switchgear
Main
Interphase barriers PUSH TO TRIP
L
(mm)
HYA019H 50
PUSH TO TRIP
Ech. 40%
Ech. 60%
Ech. 60%
55
PUSH TO TRIP
L
AI1
Ech. 60%
PUSH TO TRIP
AI1_H160_T1_31
Main switchgear
Extended straight connections
3P
Ø8
28
17
67
203 mm
92
6 Nm
4P
25 25 25
PUSH TO TRIP
switchgear
Main
Extended spreader connections
26.8 16.8 10
Ø8 Ech. 30%
3P
Ø 8.3
54
17.6
12.7
87
203 mm
6 Nm
122
4P
PUSH TO TRIP
35 35 35
Direct rotary handle Extended rotary handle

(3 P) 74.5 12
127
(4 P) 99.5
48.5
(3 P) 74.5
112
(4 P) 99.5
Ech. 30% 200
101.8
45
53.7
101.8
45
8.5

Main switchgear
Auxiliaries
Auxiliaries for MCCBs
TRIP
PUSH TO TRIP
switchgear
Main
Mounting combination for auxiliaries and releases

AX
Auxiliary contact
4P
Ech. 65% 3P
SH
Shunt trip
Ech. 50%
AX AL SH / UV
AL UV
Alarm contact Undervoltage release

Main switchgear
MCCBs
220/240V AC 380/415V AC
x250 TM
IEC 60 947-2 IEC 60 947-2
Icu 85 kA 40 kA
HNB
Ics 40 kA 20 kA
PUSH TO TRIP PUSH TO TRIP
Magnetic and thermal settings
â ê
switchgear
Ech. 25%
Main
6
TRIP
6 1
8
0,8
PUSH TO TRIP
13 10 0,63
l i (xIn) l r (xIn)
Thermal adjustment from 0.63 to 1 x In

Magnetic adjustment from 6 to 13 x In (100 - 200A)
from 5 to 11 x In (250A)
TM - Thermal magnetic setting
100 - 200A 250A
Ir (x In) â 0.63 - 0.8 - 1 x In
Ii (x In) ê 6 - 8 - 10 - 13 x In 5 - 7 - 9 - 11 x In
x In/Ii ô 0 - 100%
%0
6 1
Ech. 50% 100%
PUSH TO TRIP
8
0.8
xIn / Ii 13 10 0.63
l i (xIn) l r (xIn)
ô ê â
Ech. 80 %

Main switchgear
Tripping curve
MCCB x250
100000
100A : 1300A +/- 260A
125A : 1625A +/- 325A
160A : 2080A +/- 416A
200A : 2600A +/- 520A
10000 225A : 2925A +/- 585A
250A : 2750 +/- 550A
1000
From cold state
100
Tripping me (sec)
10
From hot state

switchgear
Main
0.1
0.01
1 10 100
x In(A)
Thermal constraint curve at 415V Current limiting curve at 415V

(Let-through energy) (Let-through peak current)
MCCB x250 MCCB x250
10 9 100
250 A 0.25
HNB...up to 40kA
100 A 0.3
108
0.5
10
0.7
107
0.8
Ip (kA)
I2t (A2 s)
0.9
106
105
104 0.1
0.1 1 10 100 0.1 1 10 100

Main switchgear
Dimensions
MCCB x250
105 (3 P)
140 (4 P)
35 35 96
165
144
126
45
PUSH TO TRIP
35 22
68
switchgear
Main
A B C
Ech.
A 30% C (mm) (mm) (mm)
3P 105 54.5 64
4P 140 54.5 64
B
PUSH TO TRIP
Ech. 20%

Main switchgear
Accessories
Terminal cover for extended spreader connections
A 64
A B C
(mm) (mm) (mm)
3P 147.5 54.5 64
B
4P 196 54.5 64
PUSH TO TRIP
switchgear
Main
Terminal cover for rear connections
A C
A B C
(mm) (mm) (mm)
B
3P 105 5 64
4P 140 5 64
Ech. 20 %
PUSH TO TRIP
Terminal covers for collar terminals
A C A B C
(mm) (mm) (mm)
3P 105 28.5 64
B
4P 140 28.5 64

Main switchgear
Connection
Extended straight and spreader connections
23
16 mm
Max.
23
Ø 11
5
65 12 Nm 65 12 Nm
PUSH TO TRIP PUSH TO TRIP
PUSH TO TRIP
48.5 48.5
switchgear
Main
13.5 35
11.5
Ø 11
3P 3P
23
52.5
29.5
Ø 11
29.5
Ø 8.5
11.5
36.5 23
93
226
226
120
Ech. 60%
128 168
4P 4P
35 35 35 50 50 50
Rear connections
Ech. 27% Ech. 27%

4P
3P
35 35 35 16 57
11
144 mm
AI1_H160_T1_31 PUSH TO TRIP

AI1_H160_T1_31
11
92
Ech. 18%
PUSH TO TRIP

Main switchgear
Connection by collar
20mm
max
1,9 1,9
1,7 1,7 55 55
16 mm
Max.
100
100
6H 5540.a
min. 35o max. 150o
3,7 min. 35o max. 185o

5 3,7
35o to 50o = 25Nm
85 60o to 185o55
= 25Nm 12 % noir
55
switchgear
Main
Ø8
97
97
PUSH TO TRIP
25
9 mm
max.
1,9 1,9
1,7 1,7
55 55
25 mm
max.
Ech. 60%
100
100
PUSH TO TRIP
PUSH TO TRIP
65 12Nm
PUSH TO TRIP
3,7 3,7
Interphase barriers
55 55 55 55 55 55
97
97
L
L
Ech. 50%
AI1_H160_T1_31
Main switchgear
Accessories
Rotary handle
(3P/4P) 105 116
48.5
101.8
45
53.7
PUSH TO TRIP
switchgear
Extended rotary handle
Ech. 35%
Main
12
(3P/4P) 105 107.5
200
101.8
45
PUSH TO TRIP
8.5
Motor operator
90 90 24V DC HXB040H
Rated operating voltage
230-240V AC HXB042H
24V DC 18
Operating current (A)
230-240V AC 4
24V DC 26
Starting current (A)
230-240V AC 8
Operating method direct drive
155
165
ON 0.1
Operating time (s) OFF 0.1
RESET 0.1
100V, 0.1A, opening
Operating switch rating
voltage 44V, current 4mA
Power supply required 300 VA minimum
Dielectric properties 24V DC 1000 V AC
(1min) 230-240V AC 1500 V AC
Echelle 12,5 %
Main switchgear
Auxiliaries
TRIP
PUSH TO TRIP
switchgear
Main

AX
Auxiliary contact
4P
3P
SH
Shunt trip
Ech. 50%
AX AX AL SH / UV
AL UV
Alarm contact Undervoltage release
AI1_x250_T1_08

Main switchgear
MCCBs h250 - Settings and adjustments
MCCBs
220/240 V 380/415 V 660/690 V

h250 LSI AC AC AC
(kA) (kA) (kA)
Icu 85 50 7.5
HNC
Ics 85 25 7.5
Icu 100 70 20
HEC
Ics 100 70 15
Electronic trip unit setting (LSI)
Characteristics (*)
switchgear
Use
3P 4P
Main
Generator protection pos. 1 pos. 1, 4 and 7
Standard protection pos. 2 and 3 pos. 2, 5 and 8
Motor protection pos. 4 and 5 pos. 3, 6 and 9

1 2
L - Long delay - protection against overloads: Ir and tr settings
S - Short delay - protection against short circuits: Isd and tsd settings
I - Instantaneous - max. instantaneous threshold (< 10 ms) in case of short circuit:

2.5 to 10 x Ir.
T
Ir adjustable 1
1 2
0.9 5
0.8 0.95 4 6
0.63 1 3 7
2
0.5 2 8
0.4 xIn 1 9
IR (A)
Ir (A) Characteristics
PICK UP
x Ir I
Ech. 30 % h250_T1_01

Main switchgear
MCCB h250 3P LSI
10000
1000
5
100
Tripping time (s)
10 1
switchgear
3
Main
2
4
1
0.1
1, 2, 3, 4
0.01
1 10 100
x Ir(A)
In A
250A
LSI
Long time delay Short time delay Inst NP
LSI
250A Ir (x In) tr, tn (s) Isd (xIr) tsd (s) Ii (xIr) In (x In)
0.4 ok
0.5 ok
1 2 (3P) 0.63 ok
â 0.8 ok
Ir (x In) 0.85 ok
0.9 ok
0.95 ok
1 ok
1 11s at 2 xIr
2.5
2
ê 3
21s at 2 xIr
5
0.1 14 (max
Characteristics 13 x In)
3P 4 5s at 6 xIr
10
5 7.5s at 6 xIr 0.2

Main switchgear
MCCB h250 4P LSI
10000
1000
100
Tripping time (s)
10 1, 4, 7
switchgear
Main
2, 5, 8
3, 6, 9
1
0.1
0.01
1 10 100
x Ir(A)
In A
250A
LSI
LSI Long time delay Short time delay Inst NP
250A Ir (x In) tr, tn (s) Isd (xIr) tsd (s) Ii (xIr) In (x In)
0.4 ok
0.5 ok
0.63 ok
1 2 (4P)
â 0.8 ok
Ir (x In) 0.85 ok
0.9 ok
0.95 ok
1 ok
1 11s at 2 xIr 2.5
0.1
2 21s at 2 xIr 5 0%
3 7.5s at 6 xIr 10 0.2
4 11s at 2 xIr 2.5
ê 5 21s at 2 xIr 5
0.1 14 (max
50%
4P 6 7.5s at 6 xIr 10 0.2
7 11s at 2 xIr 2.5
0.1
8 21s at 2 xIr 5 100%
9 7.5s at 6 xIr 10 0.2

Main switchgear
Thermal constraint curve at 415V

(Let-through energy)
MCCB h250
109
108
107
I2t (A 2 s)
HNC... up to 50kA
106 HEC... up to 70kA
switchgear
105
Main
104
0.1 1 10 100
Iccp (kA rms)
Current limiting curve at 415V

(Let-through peak current)
MCCB h250
100
0.25
0.3
0.5
10
0.7
0.8
Ip (kA)
0.9
HNC... up to 50kA
HEC... up to 70kA
0.1
0.1 1 10 100
Iccp (kA rms)

Main switchgear
MCCBs h250 - Dimensions and characteristics
Dimensions
MCCBs
A 125.5
A
(mm)
3P 105
4P 140
165
144
102
45
PUSH TO TRIP
35 35 96
Accessories
switchgear
A
Main
A 89
(mm)
3P 105
4P 140
55
275
Terminal cover for rear connections

A 96
7.5
A
(mm)
3P 105
4P 140
170

Main switchgear
Connection
48.5 48.5
23
3P 23
Ø 11
29.5
120 16 mm
Max.
226
168 5
65 12.7 Nm
PUSH TO TRIP
switchgear

Main
4P
50 50 50
Ech. 60%
Ø8
22 Ech. 50%
5
65 12.7 Nm
Ech. 35% AI1_H160_T1_31
PUSH TO TRIP
Connection by collar
â ê
Ech. 60%
20
max.
16 mm
Max.
19 Nm min. 35 mm2 max. 120 mm2
min. 35 mm2 max. 120 mm2

5
65 19 Nm
12 % noir
AI1_H160_T1_31
AI1_H250_T1_23
PUSH TO TRIP

Main switchgear
Rear connections
4P
3P
35 35 35 15 56
10
144
91
10
switchgear
Main
Ech. 30%
6
11.8 Nm
Accessories
Direct rotary handle
90 193
97
101.8
101.8
72
Ech. 40%

Main switchgear
Extended rotary handle
44
x 19.5
90 171
120
125
21.5
358
switchgear
Main
Motor operator
90 205
155
24V DC HXC040H
Rated operating voltage
230-240V AC HXC042H
24V DC 18
230-240V AC 4
24V DC 26
230-240V AC 8
Operating method direct drive
ON 0.1
RESET 0.1
100V, 0.1A, opening
Operating switch rating
voltage 44V, current 4mA
24V DC 1000 V AC
Dielectric properties
230-240V AC 1500 V AC
Ech. 35%

Main switchgear
Auxiliaries
TRIP
3
4P
3P
switchgear
Main
AX
Auxiliary contact
SH
Shunt trip
AX
AL SH / UV
UV
Undervoltage
release
AL
Alarm contact
Ech. 30 % Ech. 30 %
AI3_h250_Aux_01 AI3_h250
Ech. 50% (disjoncteur)

Ech. 50% (auxiliaires)

Main switchgear
MCCBs
220/240 V 380/415 V 660/690 V

h630 LSI AC AC AC
(kA) (kA) (kA)
Icu 85 50 20
HND
Ics 85 50 15
Icu 100 70 20
HED
Ics 85 50 15
Ir adjustable 1
T
switchgear
7
Main
B 6
A 5
4
1
2 2
5,6,7
3
0.2S
0.1S
1,2 3 4
2.5 5 10 14 x Ir I
Ech. 35%
1 B
2 S - Short delay - protection against short circuits: Isd and tsd settings
0.85 5
0.8 0.9 4 6 2,5 to 10 x Ir (400A) and 2,5 to 8 x Ir (630A).
0.63 0.95 3 7
0.5 1 2
0.4 NP 1
ON 1xIR 3
OFF 0.5xIR
PICK UP TEST IN
â Long delay current Ir setting

ê Other curve characteristics setting (tr, Isd, tsd)
400/630 A ô Neutral protection against overloads setting
(*) Characteristic 1: use for generators protection.
Characteristic 2 to 4 - standard protection: options allow coordination optimisation with other products.
Characteristic 5 to 7 - motor protection: use positions according to motor starting characteristics.

Main switchgear
Tripping curve
MCCB h630 LSI (400A)
10000
1000
100
Tripping time (s)
5 6
4 7
10 1 2
switchgear
Main
3
,7
1
5, 6
0.1
1, 2, 3, 4
0.01
1 10 100
x Ir(A)

In A
400A
LSI
Long time delay Short time delay Inst
Ir (x In) tr, tn (s) Isd (xIr) tsd (s) Ii (xIr)
0.4 ok
0.5 ok
0.63 ok
â 0.8 ok
Ir (x In) 0.85 -
0.9 ok
0.95 ok
1 ok
1 11s at 2 xIr
2.5
2
21s at 2 xIr 0.1
3 5
ê 4 5s at 6 xIr
14 (max
5 10s at 6 xIr
10
6 19s at 6 xIr 0.2
7 29s at 6 xIr
ô 0%
50%
Neutral
protection 100%

Main switchgear
Tripping curve
10000
1000
100
Tripping time (s)
6
1 2 4 5
10
switchgear
Main
5, 6
0.1
1, 2, 3, 4
0.01
1 10 100
x Ir(A)

In A
630A
LSI
Ir (x In) tr (s) Isd (xIr) tsd (s) Ii (xIr)
0.4 ok
0.5 ok
0.63 ok
â 0.8 ok
Ir (x In) 0.85 -
0.9 ok
0.95 ok
1 ok
1 11s at 2 xIr
2.5
2
21s at 2 xIr 0.1
ê 3 5 14 (max
Characteristics 4 5s at 6 xIr 13 x In)
5 10s at 6 xIr 8
0.2
6 16s at 6 xIr
ô 0%
50%
Neutral
protection 100%

Main switchgear

MCCB h630LSI (400A) MCCB h630 LSI (630A)
2
10 102
101 101
I2t (x106A2s)
I2t (x106A2s)
1 1
HND... up to 50kA
switchgear
HND... up to 50kA HED... up to 70kA
HED... up to 70kA
Main
0.1 0.1
0.1 1 10 100 0.1 1 10 100

MCCB h630 LSI (400A) MCCB h630 LSI (630A)
100 100
0.25 0.25
0.3 0.3
0.5 0.5
10 10
0.7 0.7
0.8 0.8
Ip (kA)
Ip (kA)
0.9 0.9
1 1
HND... up to 50kA HND... up to 50kA

HED... up to 70kA HED... up to 70kA
0.1 0,1
0.1 1 10 100 0.1 1 10 100

Main switchgear
Dimensions
A 145
A B C
(mm) (mm) (mm)
3P 140 45 214
4P 185 45 214
260
228
90
45 45 97
Terminal covers for extended straight connections Terminal covers for extended spreader connections
A D A C
C
switchgear
Main
B
480
A B C D A B C
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
3P 140 85 97 94,5 3P 180 110 97
4P 185 85 97 94,5 4P 240 114 98
Terminal covers for rear connections and collar terminal

A C
A B B’ C D
D (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
3P 140 3 4.5 97 93
B'
B
4P 185 3 4.5 97 93

Main switchgear
Connection
Cable connection (h400 TM 400A, h630 LSI 400A)
â ê HYD005H (3P) - HYD006H (4P) ô
25mm
13 13 max
7.0-9.5 Nm 7.0-9.5 Nm
HYD007H (3P) - HYD008H (4P)
HYD005H (3P) HYD007H (3P)

13 HYD006H (4P) HYD008H (4P)
13
max. 1x240mm2 max. 2x240mm2

7.0-9.5 Nm 7.0-9.5 Nm
13 13
10 25 Nm 25 Nm
7.0-9.5 Nm 7.0-9.5 Nm
12 % noir
switchgear
Main
148 163
60 60 30 45 Ø 14
3P 4P
30
30
30
Ø14
349
16 mm
Max.
30
5
85 22.5 Nm
4P
60 60 60
208
PUSH TO TRIP
Rear connections
4P
55
3P (400A) Ech. 60%
15 45
(630A)
15
45 45 45
228
15
AI1_H160_T1_31
115
(400 A)
95 (630 A)

Main switchgear
â ê
12
max.
30
M 10 max.
16 mm
Max.
5
switchgear
85 22.5 Nm
Main
PUSH TO TRIP
Accessories
140 200 140 44
180.5
103 x 19.5
58.5
Ech. 60%
127
241.5
125
27
L = x + 46.5
AI1_H160_T1_31
Motor operator
Ech. 40%
140 220 Rated operating 24-48V DC HXD040H
123 voltage 100-240V AC HXD042H
24-48V DC 4.3
100-240V AC 0.9
24-48V DC 9.8
100-240V AC 3.8
Operating method spring charging
ON 0.1
244
160

RESET 1.5
Power supply 300 VA
required minimum
Dielectric 24-48V DC 1000 V AC
properties 100-240V AC 1500 V AC

Main switchgear
Auxiliaries
6 6
TRIP
switchgear
Main
AU SH
Auxiliary contact Shunt trip
AX Ech. 40%
AL SH / UV
Ech. 40%
AL UV
Alarm contact Undervoltage
release
AI1_CA_SD_400A_T1_05

Main switchgear
MCCBs
220/240 V 380/415 V 660/690 V

h1000 LSI AC AC AC
(kA) (kA) (kA)
Icu 85 (800A), 75 (1000A) 50 20
HNE
Ics 85 (800A), 75 (1000A) 50 20
Icu 100 70 20
HEE
Ics 100 (800A), 75 (1000A) 50 20
switchgear
Ech. 30%
Main
Electronic trip unit settings (LSI)
Ir adjustable 1
T
7
6
5
4 2
1
2
5,6,7
3
0.2S
0.1S
1,2 3 4
2.5 5 10 14 x Ir I
Ech. 20%
1 2

2,5 to 10 x Ir (630 - 800A) and 2,5 to 8 x Ir (1000A).
0,85 5
0,8 0,9 4 6
0,63 0,95 3 7
0,5 1 2
0,4
NP 1
ON 1xIR
OFF 0,5xIR
PICK UP TEST IN
3
(*) Characteristic 1: use for generators protection.
Characteristic 2 to 4 - standard protection: options allow coordination optimisation with other products.
Characteristic 5 to 7 - motor protection: use positions according to motor starting characteristics.

Main switchgear
Tripping curve
10000
1000
100
Tripping time (s)
5 6
4 7
10 1 2
switchgear
Main
3
5, 6, 7
0.1
1, 2, 3, 4
0.01
1 10 100
x Ir(A)
MCCBs h1000 LSI (800A)

In A
800A
LSI
0.4 ok
0.5 ok
0.63 ok
â 0.8 ok
Ir (x In)
0.9 ok
0.95 ok
1 ok
1 11s at 2 xIr
2.5
2
21s at 2 xIr 0.1
3 5
ê 4 5s at 6 xIr
14 (max
5 10s at 6 xIr
10
6 19s at 6 xIr 0.2
7 29s at 6 xIr
ô 0%
50%
Neutral
protection 100%

Main switchgear
Tripping curve
10000
1000
100
Tripping time (s)
5
4 6
10 1 2
switchgear
Main
5, 6
0.1
1, 2, 3, 4
0.01
1 10 100
x Ir(A)
MCCBs h1000 LSI (1000A)

In A
630A
LSI
0.4 ok
0.5 ok
0.63 ok
â 0.8 ok
Ir (x In)
0.9 ok
0.95 ok
1 ok
1 11s at 2 xIr
2.5
2
21s at 2 xIr 0.1
ê 3 5 14 (max
Characteristics 4 5s at 6 xIr 10 x In)
5 10s at 6 xIr 8
0.2
6 16s at 6 xIr
ô 0%
50%
Neutral
protection 100%

Main switchgear

MCCB h1000
108
107
I2t (A 2 s)
switchgear
10
Main
HNE... up to 50kA
HEE... up to 70kA
5
10
1 10 100
Iccp (kA rms)

MCCB h1000
108
HNE... up to 50kA
HEE... up to 70kA
107
Ip (kA)
6
10
5
10
0.1 1 10 100
Iccp (kA rms)

Main switchgear
Dimensions
MCCBs
A
A B
B 145 (mm) (mm)
3P 210 180
4P 280 250
243
433
273
331
403
90
switchgear
40 70 35 10
Main
99.5
Ech. 12,5%
A C
A B C
B
(mm) (mm) (mm)
3P 215 130 99.5
4P 285 130 99.5

534

Main switchgear
Terminal covers for rear connections
A C
A B C
(mm) (mm) (mm)
B
3P 210 14 101
4P 280 18 99
Connection
switchgear
Extended straight connections
â ê
Main
Ø13
36
40
16 mm
Max.
5
195 65.7 Nm
PUSH TO TRIP
Ech. 60%
Direct cable connection on terminal

Copper with conductor max. width: 50 mm
AI1_H160_T1_31
Ech. 30%
Ech. 30%
Main switchgear
â ê
16 mm
Max.
195 65.7 Nm
switchgear
Main
PUSH TO TRIP
Rear connections
800A:
vertical or horizontal
position.
90°
Ech. 60%
1000A:
vertical only.
Ech. 30%
AI1_H160_T1_31
630 A 10 10 10
800 A
60 Ech.
60 30%
Ech. 30%
12 12 12
1000 A 58 58
20 36
122
285 (630 A - 800 A)

288 (1000 A)
243
Ech. 25%
Ø 13

Main switchgear
Cable connection (h1000)

HYE007H (3P) - HYE008H (4P)
HYE007H (3P)
HYE008H (4P)
max. 4x240mm2
10 25 Nm
12 % noir
switchgear
Ech. 30%
Accessories
Main
120 180.5 45
120 200
19.5
103
58.5
127
127
125
L = x + 46.5
Motor operator
140 140 213 213 24-48V DC HXE040H

Rated operating
113.5 113.5 voltage
100-240V AC HXE042H
24-48V DC 1000 V AC
160
160
Dielectric
properties (1min)
100-240V AC 1500 V AC
(ON) 0.1
Operating time (s) (OFF) 1.5
(RESET) 1.5

Main switchgear
Auxiliaries
TRIP
3
switchgear
Main

4P
3P
AX SH
Auxiliary contact Shunt trip
AX
AL SH / UV
Ech. 30% Ech. 30%
AI3_H800_Aux_01 AI3_H8
UV
AL Undervoltage
Alarm contact release

Main switchgear
Ir (A) Caractéristiques
0.85 5 TM 3P/4P 0.63 0.8 8 10
MCCBs 0.8 0.9 4 6
1250/1600 A 1
6 12
0.95 3 7
0.63 Ir (x In) Ii (x In)
0.5 1 2 220/240 V 380/415 V 660/690 V
0.4 1 h1600 LSI AC AC AC
ON (kA) (kA) (kA)
PICK UP TEST IN
OFF
Icu 100 50 25
HNF
Ics 75 50 25
Icu 100 70 45
HEF
Ics 75 50 34
LSI 3P/4P
1250/1600 A
Ir (A) Caractéristiques
0.85 5
0.8 0.9 4 6
0.95 3 7
0.63
0.5 1 2
0.4 1
ON
PICK UP TEST IN
OFF
Electronic trip unit settings (LSI)
switchgear
Main
LSI 3P/4P
1250/1600 A I - Instantaneous - max. instantaneous threshold (<10ms) in case of
short circuit: 2.5 to 10 x Ir. Ir (A) Characteristics
â 0.8
0.9
0.95 5
6
ê â ê ô
0.8
0.9
0.95
3
4
5
6
7
4 0.63 1
Ir(A) Im N 0.5 2
1 3 7
0.63 0.4 1
LSI 0.4 - 1 2.5 - 0% ON
0.5 2 PICK UP TEST IN
In 10 Ir 50% OFF
0.4 1
ON
100 %
PICK UP
OFF
TEST IN ô (*) Characteristic 1: use for generators protection.
Characteristic 2 to 4 - standard protection: options allow coordination
optimisation with other products.
Characteristic 5 to 7 - motor protection: use positions according to motor
starting characteristics.
Ech. 55%
Ech. 55%

Main switchgear
Tripping curve
MCCB h1600 LSI
10000
1000
100
Tripping time (s)
6
7
10 1 5
switchgear
Main
2 3
4
1
5, 6,7
0.1
1, 2, 3, 4
0.01
1 10 100
x Ir(A)
MCCBs 1600A
In A
1250 - 1600A
LSI
0.4 ok
0.5 ok
0.63 ok
â 0.8 ok
Ir (x In)
0.9 ok
0.95 ok
1 ok
1 11s at 2 xIr
2.5
2
21s at 2 xIr 0.1
3 5
ê 4 5s at 6 xIr
14 (max
5 10s at 6 xIr
10
6 19s at 6 xIr 0.2
7 29s at 6 xIr
ô 0%
50%
Neutral
protection 100%

Main switchgear

MCCB h1600
1010
HNF... up to 50kA
HEF... up to 70kA
109
I2t (A 2 s)
108
switchgear
Main
107
0.1 1 10 100
Iccp (kA rms)

MCCB h1600
1000
HNF... up to 50kA
HEF... up to 70kA
100
Ip (kA)
10
1
1 10 100
Iccp (kA rms)

Main switchgear
Dimensions
MCCBs
A
A B
B 191 (mm) (mm)
11 3P 210 185
4P 280 255
570
370
476
541
95
switchgear
Main
44.5 70 46 20
140
Connection
Ech. 12,5%
â ê
16 mm
Max.
5
65
195Nm 65.7 Nm
PUSH TO TRIP
Ech. 60%

Main switchgear
Accessories
140 268 140 257 45

136
19.5
165
165
125
322
switchgear
Main
Motor operator
Rated operating 24V DC HXF040H

voltage 200-230V AC HXF042H
210 210 260,5 260,5
Operating current (A) 200-230V AC 1
130 130 Starting current (A) 200-230V AC 3.2
ON 0.06
Operating time (s) OFF 3
RESET 3
173,5
173,5
Dielectric properties 24V DC 500 V AC

(1min) 200-230V AC 1500 V AC
Ech. 20%
Ech. 20%

Main switchgear
Auxiliaries
switchgear
Main
3
TRIP
1
4P
3P
SH
AX
Shunt trip
Auxiliary contact
AX
AL
AL UV
Alarm contact Undervoltage
SH / UV release
Ech. 30% Ech. 30%
AI3_H

Main switchgear
Cascade Tables MCCB - RCBO / MCB and MCCB - MCCB
Maximum cascading value in kA rms according to IEC 60947-2

Network: 400/415 VAC
Upstream
x160 x250 h250 h630 h1000 h1600
TM TM LSI LSI LSI LSI
IEC
60898 IEC HHA HNA HNB HNC HEC HND HED HNE HEE HNF HEF
Device Curve 61009 60947-2 25kA 40kA 40kA 50kA 70kA 50kA 70kA 50kA 70kA 50kA 70kA
NT C 10kA 15kA 25 40 40 47 47 18.6 18.6 18 18 15 15
Downstream
MSN C 6kA - 8 8 6.5 6.5 6.5 6 6 6 6 6 6

NDN C 10kA 15kA 25 40 40 47 47 20 20 18 18 15 15
HMF C 10kA 15kA 25 40 40 47 47 18.6 18.6 18 18 15 15
HMC/HMD C, D 15kA 15kA 25 40 40 47 47 19 19 18 18 15 15

Upstream
x160 x250 h250 h630 h1000 h1600
switchgear
IEC
60898 IEC HHA HNA HNB HNC HEC HND HED HNE HEE HNF HEF
Main
Device Curve 61009 60947-2 35kA 85kA 85kA 85kA 100kA 85kA 100kA 85kA 100kA 100kA 100kA
AxA9 C 6kA 10kA 35 45 15 18 40 15 15 14 14 - -
AxA5 C 10kA 10kA 35 45 15 18 40 15 15 14 14 - -
ADC3 C 6kA - 15 15 6.5 6 7 6 6 - - - -
AD1 C 10kA 15kA 35 85 85 85 100 37 37 27 27 16 16
NT C 15kA 20kA 35 85 85 85 100 63 63 40 40 21 21
Downstream
MSN C 10kA - 35 45 15 18 40 15 15 14 14 10 10
NDN C 10kA 30kA 35 85 85 85 100 85 100 85 85 37 37
HMF C 15kA 30kA 35 85 85 85 100 85 100 85 100 37 37
HMC/HMD C, D 15kA 30kA 35 85 85 85 100 85 100 85 100 37 37

Upstream
x160 x250 h250 h630 h1000 h1600
IEC HHA HNA HHB HNB HNC HEC HND HED HNE HEE HNF HEF
Device 60947-2 25kA 40kA 25kA 40kA 50kA 70kA 50kA 70kA 50kA 70kA 50kA 70kA
HHA 25kA 25 40 25 40 50 70 50 55 45 45 28 28
x160 TM
HNA 40kA - 40 25 40 50 70 50 70 50 70 50 50
HHB 25kA - - 25 40 50 70 50 55 45 45 28 28
x250 TM
HNB 40kA - - - 40 50 70 50 70 50 70 50 50
HNC 50kA - - - - 50 70 50 70 50 70 50 70
h250 LSI
HEC 70kA - - - - - 70 50 70 50 70 50 70
HND 50kA - - - - - - 50 70 50 70 50 70
h630 LSI
HED 70kA - - - - - - - 70 50 70 50 70
Downstream
HNE 50kA - - - - - - - - 50 70 50 70
h1000 LSI
HEE 70kA - - - - - - - - - 70 50 70
HNF 50kA - - - - - - - - - - 50 70
h1600 LSI
HEF 70kA - - - - - - - - - - - 70

Main switchgear
Cascade tables Fuse - RCBO / MCB
Maximum cascading value according to IEC 60247-2
Hager LNH0*M
DIN NH (IEC 60269)
Class gG, 120kA , 500 VAC
Size 000 - 2
Device Curve In (A) 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 315 355 400
AxA9 C 10 55 46 6 6 6 6 6 6 - - -
6kA 13 55 46 6 6 6 6 6 6 - - -
IEC 61009
16 55 46 6 6 6 6 6 6 - - -
20 55 46 22 6 6 6 6 6 - - -
25 55 46 22 6 6 6 6 6 - - -
32 55 46 22 6 6 6 6 6 - - -
AxA5 C 10 120 120 120 10 10 10 10 10 - - -
10kA 13 120 120 120 10 10 10 10 10 - - -
IEC 61009
16 120 120 120 10 10 10 10 10 - - -
20 120 120 120 10 10 10 10 10 - - -
25 120 120 120 70 10 10 10 10 - - -
32 120 120 120 70 50 10 10 10 - - -
ADC3 C 10 55 46 6 6 6 6 6 6 - - -
6kA 13 55 46 6 6 6 6 6 6 - - -
IEC 61009
16 55 46 22 6 6 6 6 6 - - -
switchgear
20 55 46 22 6 6 6 6 6 - - -
25 55 46 22 6 6 6 6 6 - - -
Main
AD1 C Up to 32A 120 120 120 90 50 30 17 - - - -

10kA
IEC 61009
NT C Up to 63A 120 120 120 90 50 30 17 - - - -
10kA
IEC 60898
MSN C Up to 63A 50 42 22 12 8.5 - - - - - -
6kA
IEC 60898
NDN D 6 120 120 120 10 10 10 10 10 - - -
10kA 10 120 120 120 10 10 10 10 10 - - -
IEC 60898
16 120 120 120 70 10 10 10 10 - - -
20 120 120 120 70 50 10 10 10 - - -
25 120 120 120 70 50 10 10 10 - - -
32 120 120 120 70 50 10 10 10 - - -
40 120 120 120 70 50 10 10 10 - - -
50 120 120 120 70 50 25 10 10 - - -
63 - 120 120 70 50 25 10 10 - - -
HMF C 80 - - 120 120 120 120 100 15 15 15 15
10kA 100 - - - 120 120 120 100 15 15 15 15
IEC 60898
125 - - - - 120 120 100 15 15 15 15
HMC C 80 - - 120 120 120 120 100 15 15 15 15
15kA 100 - - - 120 120 120 100 15 15 15 15
IEC 60898
Downstream
125 - - - - 120 120 100 15 15 15 15

HMD D 80 - - 120 120 120 120 100 15 15 15 15
15kA 100 - - - 120 120 120 100 15 15 15 15
IEC 60898
125 - - - - 120 120 100 15 15 15 15

Main switchgear
Selectivity table MCCB - MCCB
U = 220/380V ~ 240/415 VAC

Network: 3 phase + neutral. 220/380 VAC ~ 240/415 VAC
Notes: « T » = total selectivity (up to the breaking capacity of the downstream device)
« - » = no selectivity
Upstream
x160 x250 h250 h630 h1000 h1600
25/40 kA 25/40 kA 50/70 kA 50/70 kA 50/70 kA 50/70 kA

HHA/HNA HNB HNC/HEC HND/HED HNE/HEE HNF/HEF
Device In (A) 16 -50 63 80 100 125 160 160 200 250 40 125 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600
x160 16 - 2 2 2.9 2.9 3 4.1 5.6 5.4 T T T T T T T T T
TM 20 - 2 2 2.9 2.9 3 4.1 5.6 5.4 T T T T T T T T T
25 - 2 2 2.9 2.9 3 4.1 5.6 5.4 T T T T T T T T T
32 - 1.8 1.8 2.6 2.6 2.7 3.6 5 4.8 T T T T T T T T T
40 - 1.6 1.6 2.35 2.35 2.4 3.3 4.3 4.2 - T T T T T T T T
50 - 1.6 1.6 2.35 2.35 2.4 3.15 4.25 4.15 - T T T T T T T T
63 - - - 2.15 2.15 2.2 3 4.05 3.9 - T T T T T T T T
80 - - - 2.15 2.15 2.2 2.9 3.9 3.8 - T T T T T T T T
100 - - - - - 2.1 2.75 3.7 3.6 - T T T T T T T T
125 - - - - - 2.1 2.65 3.5 3.4 - 1.65 T T T T T T T
160 - - - - - - - 3.45 3.35 - - T T T T T T T
switchgear
x250 160 - - - - - - - 3.15 3.3 - - T T T T T T T
TM 200 - - - - - - - - 3.3 - - T T T T T T T
Main
250 - - - - - - - - - - - 3.25 T T T T T T
h250 40 - - - - - - - - - - 1.63 3.25 T T T T T T
LSI 125 - - - - - - - - - - - 3.25 T T T T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T
h630 400 - - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T
LSI 630 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T
h1000 800 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T
Downstream
LSI 1000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T T
h1600 1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T
LSI 1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Main switchgear
Selectivity table MCCB - RCBO
Breaking capacity according to IEC 60947-2

Network: 230/240 - 400/415 VAC
Upstream
x160 x250 h250 h630 h1000 h1600
25/40kA 40kA 50/70kA 50/70kA 50/70kA 50/70kA

Device Curve In (A) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 160 200 250 40 125 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600
AxA9 C 10 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 2.91 2.91 6.85 6.85 7.85 T T T T T T T T T T T T
6kA
IEC 13 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 2.82 2.82 6.25 6.25 7.15 T T T T T T T T T T T T
61009 16 - 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 2.56 2.56 5.74 5.74 6.55 9.45 T T T T T T T T T T T
20 - - 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 2.15 2.15 4.53 4.53 5.01 7.10 T T T T T T T T T T T
25 - - - 1.03 1.03 1.03 2.01 2.01 4.15 4.15 4.73 6.80 T T T T T T T T T T T
32 - - - - 0.99 0.99 1.87 1.88 3.89 3.89 4.31 5.73 7.45 T T T T T T T T T T
40 - - - - - 0.96 1.80 1.80 3.60 3.60 4.08 5.36 7.35 T T T T T T T T T T
AxA5 C 6 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 4.84 4.84 9.5 9.5 T T T T T T T T T T T T T
10kA 10 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 2.91 2.91 6.85 6.85 7.85 T T T T T T T T T T T T
IEC
61009 13 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 2.82 2.82 6.25 6.25 7.15 T T T T T T T T T T T T
16 - 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 2.56 2.56 5.74 5.74 6.55 9.45 T T T T T T T T T T T
switchgear
20 - - 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 2.15 2.15 4.53 4.53 5.01 7.10 T T T T T T T T T T T
25 - - - 1.03 1.03 1.03 2.01 2.01 4.15 4.15 4.73 6.80 T T T T T T T T T T T
Main
32 - - - - 0.99 0.99 1.87 1.88 3.89 3.89 4.31 5.73 7.45 T T T T T T T T T T

ADC3 C 10 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 2.7 2.7 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
6kA 13 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.6 2.6 5.9 5.9 T T T T T T T T T T T T T
IEC
61009 16 - 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 2.5 2.5 5 5 5.85 T T T T T T T T T T T T
20 - - 1 1 1 1 2.3 2.3 4.3 4.3 5 T T T T T T T T T T T T
25 - - - 0.94 0.94 0.94 1.85 1.85 3.5 3.5 3.95 5.4 T T T T T T T T T T T
AD1 C 10 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.3 2.3 4.6 4.6 5.3 7 T T T T T T T T T T T
10kA
Downstream
16 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 2.1 2.1 3.9 3.9 4.4 5.7 T T T T T T T T T T T
IEC
61009 20 - 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.8 1.8 3.3 3.3 3.7 4.8 8.1 8.1 T T T T T T T T T
25 - - 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.8 1.8 3.3 3.3 3.7 4.8 8.1 7 T T T T T T T T T
32 - - - 0.83 0.83 0.83 1.6 1.6 2.8 2.8 3.2 4.2 7 7 T T T T T T T T T

Main switchgear
Selectivity table MCCB - MCB

Network: 230/240 - 400/415 VAC
Upstream
x160 x250 h250 h630 h1000 h1600
25/40kA 40kA 50/70kA 50/70kA 50/70kA 50/70kA

Device Curve In (A) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 160 200 250 40 125 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600
NT C 2 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 4.8 4.8 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
10kA 4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 3.5 3.5 8 8 9 T T T T T T T T T T T T
IEC
60898 6 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.7 2.7 5.9 5.9 6.6 9.8 T T T T T T T T T T T
10 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.3 2.3 4.9 4.9 5.3 8 T T T T T T T T T T T
13 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 2 2 4.2 4.2 4.8 6.9 T T T T T T T T T T T
16 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 2 2 4.2 4.2 4.8 6.9 T T T T T T T T T T T
20 - 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.8 1.8 3.6 3.6 4 5.6 8.5 9.3 T T T T T T T T T
25 - - 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.8 1.8 3.6 3.6 4 5.6 8.5 9.3 T T T T T T T T T
32 - - - 0.83 0.83 0.83 1.5 1.5 3 3 3.3 4.6 7 7.8 T T T T T T T T T
40 - - - - 0.83 0.83 1.5 1.5 3 3 3.3 4.6 7 7.8 T T T T T T T T T
50 - - - - - 0.8 1.4 1.4 2.6 2.6 2.8 3.7 5.4 6 T T T T T T T T T
63 - - - - - - 1.4 1.4 2.6 2.6 2.7 3.7 5.4 6 T T T T T T T T T
switchgear
MSN C 6 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.3 2.3 4.7 4.7 5.3 T T T T T T T T T T T T
6kA 10 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 2 2 4 4 4.5 T T T T T T T T T T T T
Main
IEC
60898 13 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.7 1.7 3.4 3.4 4 9.4 T T T T T T T T T T T
16 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.7 1.7 3.4 3.4 4 9.4 T T T T T T T T T T T
20 - 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.82 1.5 1.5 3.1 3.1 3.4 4.7 T T T T T T T T T T T
25 - - 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.82 1.6 1.6 3.1 3.1 3.4 4.7 T T T T T T T T T T T
32 - - - 0.81 0.81 0.81 1.5 1.5 2.7 2.7 3.1 4.1 T T T T T T T T T T T
40 - - - - 0.81 0.81 1.5 1.5 2.7 2.7 3.1 4.1 T T T T T T T T T T T
50 - - - - - 0.8 1.4 1.4 2.4 2.4 2.8 3.7 9.3 9 T T T T T T T T T
63 - - - - - - 1.4 1.4 2.4 2.4 2.8 3.7 9.3 9 T T T T T T T T T
NDN D 6 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.4 5.4 5.4 6.2 9 T T T T T T T T T T T
10kA 10 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 2 2 4.3 4.3 4.9 7.2 12 13 T T T T T T T T T
IEC
60898 16 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92 1.8 1.8 3.7 3.7 4.2 6 9.2 11 T T T T T T T T T
20 - 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 1.6 1.6 3.2 3.2 3.4 4.8 7.1 7.9 T T T T T T T T T
25 - - 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 1.6 1.6 3.2 3.2 3.4 4.8 7.1 7.9 T T T T T T T T T
32 - - - 0.81 0.81 0.81 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 3.7 5.4 5.9 T T T T T T T T T
40 - - - - 0.81 0.81 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 3.7 5.4 5.9 T T T T T T T T T
50 - - - - - 0.78 1.4 1.4 2.4 2.4 2.5 3.3 4.6 5 T T T T T T T T T
63 - - - - - - 1.4 1.4 2.4 2.4 2.5 3.3 4.6 5 T T T T T T T T T
HMF C 80 - - - - - - - 1.3 2.3 2.3 2.5 3.2 4.2 4.6 - T T T T T T T T
10kA 100 - - - - - - - - 2.3 2.3 2.5 3.2 4.2 4.6 - T T T T T T T T
IEC
60898 125 - - - - - - - - - 2.3 2.5 3.2 4.2 4.6 - T T T T T T T T
HMC C 80 - - - - - - - 1.3 2.3 2.3 2.5 3.2 4.2 4.6 - T T T T T T T T
15kA 100 - - - - - - - - 2.3 2.3 2.5 3.2 4.2 4.6 - T T T T T T T T
IEC
125 - - - - - - - - - 2.3 2.5 3.2 4.2 4.6 - T T T T T T T T
Downstream
60898
HMD D 80 - - - - - - - 1.3 2 2 2.1 2.5 3.5 3.8 - T T T T T T T T
15kA 100 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2.1 2.5 3.5 3.8 - T T T T T T T T
IEC
60898 125 - - - - - - - - - 2 2.1 2.5 3.5 3.8 - T T T T T T T T

Main switchgear
Selectivity table MCCB - Fuse

Network: 230/240 - 400/415 VAC
Notes: « T » = total selectivity
Upstream
x160 x250 h250 h630 h1000 h1600
25/40kA 40kA 50/70kA 50/70kA 50/70kA 50/70kA

Fuse In (A) 16-63 80 100 125 160 160 200 250 40 125 250 250 400 500 600 630 630 700 800 1000 800 1250 1600
LAWSON 50 - - 2.3 2.3 3.3 5.2 11 12 - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
type N&T 63 - - 1.3 1.3 1.8 3 6 6.5 - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
BS 88 part 2
Class gG 80 - - - - 1.2 1.4 2.7 3 - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
415 VAC 100 - - - - - - 1.8 2 - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
80 kA
125 - - - - - - - 2 - - T T T T T T T T T T T T T
160 - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T T
200 - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T
315 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T
400 - - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T
LAWSON 50 - 0.82 2.4 2.4 3.3 6 13 15 - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
type ME & MF 63 - - 1.25 1.25 1.6 3 6 7.5 - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
BS 88 part 3
switchgear
(BS 1361) 80 - - - - 1.4 1.6 3 3.5 - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

IEC 60269 100 - - - - - - 1.9 2.1 - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Main
415 VAC
80 kA
HAGER 50 - 1.3 1.9 1.9 2 2.9 6 7 - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
LNH0*M 63 - - 1.9 1.9 2 2.7 5.5 6 - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
size 000-3
IEC 60269 80 - - - - 2 2.3 3.1 3 - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
DIN NH 100 - - - - 2 2.3 3.1 3.2 - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Class gG
500 VAC 125 - - - - - - 3.1 3.2 - - T T T T T T T T T T T T T
120 kA 160 - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T T
200 - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Downstream
225 - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T T
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T
315 - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T T
400 - - - - - - - - - - - - - T T T T T T T T T T

Main switchgear
Selectivity Table Fuse - RCBO

Network: 230/240 - 400/415 VAC
Hager LNH0*M
DIN NH (IEC 60269)
Size 000 - 2
Device Curve In (A) 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 225 250 315 400
AxA9 C 10 3.38 3.99 T T T T T T T T T
6kA 13 3.61 4.01 T T T T T T T T T
IEC
61009 16 2.99 3.49 T T T T T T T T T
20 2.18 2.52 5.21 T T T T T T T T
25 - 2.58 4.74 T T T T T T T T
32 - - 4.14 T T T T T T T T
40 - - - T T T T T T T T
AxA5 C 6 7.18 8.48 T T T T T T T T T
10kA 10 3.38 3.99 9.78 T T T T T T T T
IEC
61009 13 3.61 4.01 8.88 T T T T T T T T
16 2.99 3.49 8 T T T T T T T T
20 2.18 2.52 5.21 T T T T T T T T
25 - 2.58 4.74 9.18 T T T T T T T
switchgear
32 - - 4.14 6.83 8.18 T T T T T T
40 - - - 6.23 7.88 T T T T T T
Main
ADC3 C 10 2.7 3.3 T T T T T T T T T
6kA 13 2.4 2.85 T T T T T T T T T
IEC
61009 16 2.1 2.5 5.1 T T T T T T T T
20 1.95 2.3 4.5 T T T T T T T T
25 1.6 1.8 3 5.9 T T T T T T T
AD1 C 10 2.15 2.48 4.59 8.23 T T T T T T T
10kA
Downstream
16 1.79 2.04 3.59 6.35 T T T T T T T

IEC
61009 20 1.48 1.68 2.82 4.59 7.23 T T T T T T
25 1.48 1.68 2.82 4.59 7.23 T T T T T T
32 1.25 1.43 2.37 3.85 5.58 T T T T T T

Main switchgear
Selectivity Table Fuse - MCB

Network: 230/240 - 400/415 VAC
Hager LNH0*M
DIN NH (IEC 60269)
Size 000 - 2
Device Curve In (A) 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 225 250 315 400
NT C 2 6.31 7.84 T T T T T T T T T
10kA 4 4.2 4.99 T T T T T T T T T
IEC
60898 6 2.83 3.29 6.48 T T T T T T T T
10 2.51 2.88 5.51 T T T T T T T T
13 2.14 2.48 4.61 8.49 T T T T T T T
16 2.14 2.48 4.61 8.49 T T T T T T T
20 1.81 2.08 3.67 6.48 T T T T T T T
25 1.81 2.08 3.67 6.48 T T T T T T T
32 - 1.75 2.92 5.16 8.41 T T T T T T
40 - - 2.92 5.16 8.41 T T T T T T
50 - - 2.68 4.32 6.48 T T T T T T
63 - - - 4.32 6.48 T T T T T T
MSN C 6 2.31 2.64 4.92 T T T T T T T T
6kA
switchgear
10 1.92 2.15 3.79 T T T T T T T T

IEC
60898 13 1.57 1.8 3.16 5.69 T T T T T T T
Main
16 1.57 1.8 3.16 5.69 T T T T T T T

20 1.34 1.5 2.7 4.75 T T T T T T T
25 1.34 1.5 2.7 4.75 T T T T T T T
32 - 1.42 2.5 4.34 T T T T T T T
40 - - 2.5 4.34 T T T T T T T
50 - - 2.28 3.93 T T T T T T T
63 - - - 3.93 5.81 T T T T T T
NDN D 6 2.8 3.31 7.5 T T T T T T T T
10kA 10 2.31 2.8 5.4 T T T T T T T T
IEC
60898 16 - - 4 7.37 T T T T T T T
20 - - 3.59 6.25 9.5 T T T T T T
25 - - - 5.34 8.25 T T T T T T
32 - - - 4.35 6.76 T T T T T T
40 - - - - 5.2 T T T T T T
50 - - - - - 8.5 T T T T T
63 - - - - - - T T T T T
HMF C 80 - - 0.4 0.55 2.8 4 6 8.6 14 T T
10kA 100 - - - 0.6 0.8 4 6 8.6 14 T T
IEC
60898 125 - - - - 0.65 4 6 8.6 14 T T
HMC C 80 - - 0.4 0.55 2.8 4 6 8.6 14 T T
15kA 100 - - - 0.6 0.8 4 6 8.6 14 T T
IEC
Downstream
60898 125 - - - - 0.65 4 6 8.6 14 T T

HMD D 80 - - - 0.55 0.9 3.8 4.8 8.2 T T T
15kA 100 - - - - 0.8 1.2 4.2 7.4 13.5 T T
IEC 60898
125 - - - - - 1.2 3.7 6.7 12 T T

Main switchgear
Fuses
Pre-Arcing / Total I2T

Hager LNH*M (size 000 - 3)
DIN NH, gG, 500 VAC
IEC/EN 60269-2
Fuse size
000 00 1 2
In (A) Pre-Arching Total I2T Pre-Arching Total I2T Pre-Arching Total I2T Pre-Arching Total I2T
50 6330 16150 6330 16150 6330 16150 6330 16150
63 7430 20800 7430 20800 7430 20800 7430 20800
80 14250 39900 14250 39900 14250 39900 14250 39900
100 25340 70900 25340 70900 25340 71000 25340 71000
125 39600 110800 39600 111000 39600 111000
160 70400 197100 70400 197100 70400 197100
200 114400 320000 114400 320000
224 158400 444000 158400 444000
250 228000 639000 228000 639000
315 275900 773000
355 356400 998000
400 431200 1207000
Nominal Power Dissipation [W]
switchgear
Fuse size
Main
In (A) 000 00 1 2
50 4,1 4,1 4,1 4,1
63 5,4 5,6 6,6 6,8
80 6,5 6,8 8,0 8,3
100 7,5 7,5 9,4 10,7
125 10,0 11,8 12,2
160 12,0 14,6 15,0
200 18,0 18,5
224 19,0 19,2
250 20,0 20,6
315 25,0
355 31,5
400 28,5

Main switchgear
Fuses
Cut off curve

Hager LNH*M (size 000 - 3)
(cos 0,1)
= 1,73
(cos 1)
DIN NH, gG, 500 VAC
=1
IEC/EN 60269-2
1000
100
400
315 250
cut-off current iD kA
224
rated current In A
200
160
125
100
80
63
40 50
10
switchgear
1
Main
0,1
0,1 1 10 100 1000
Ip in kA
Ip Prospective Short-Circuit Current symmetrical RMS
Time current curve

LNH*M (size 000 - 4a)
Hager LNH*M (size 000 - 3) DIN NH, gG, 500 VAC
DIN NH, gG, 500 VAC IEC/EN 60269-2
IEC/EN 60269-2
Time Current Curve
10000
tvs
s
100 125 224 315 400
50 63 80 160 200 250
1000
100
10
Time (sec)
0,1
63 125 200 250

50 80 100 160 224 315 400
0,01
10 100 1000 10000 Ip / A 100000
Current (A)

Main switchgear
Load break switches
Cat ref. HA304 HA305 HA306/406 HA307 HA308/408 HA309M

thermal current Ith 80 100 125 160 200 250
insulation voltage Ui (V) 800 800 800 800 800 800
impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8 8 8 8
rated operation current (A) A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B
400V AC(1) AC-21A / AC-21B 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/250
AC-22A / AC-22B 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/200
AC-23A / AC-23B 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/200
690V AC(2) AC-20A / AC-20B 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/250
AC-22A / AC-22B 40/40 40/40 40/40 160/160 160/160 160/160
AC-23A / AC-23B 25/25 25/25 25/25 63/80 63/80 63/80
220V DC DC-20A / DC-20B 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/250
operational power (kW)
400V AC 40 51 63 80 100 100
690V AC 33 33 33 150 150 150
short time withstand current 1 sec (kA rms) 2.5 2.5 2.5 4 4 4
short circuit making capacity (kA peak) 12 12 12 16 16 16
connection
max. cable section (mm) 50 50 50 95 95 95
max. busbar width (mm) - - - 20 20 20
(1) A/B = category with index - A = frequent operation / B = infrequent operation
switchgear
(2) with terminal shrouds or phase barriers
Main
Cat ref. HA354 HA356 HA457 HA358/458 HA360 HA362 HA364
thermal current Ith 250 400 400 630 800 1250 1600
insulation voltage Ui (V) 800 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8 12 12 12 12
rated operation current (A) A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B
400V AC(1) AC-21A / AC-21B 250/250 400/400 400/400 630/630 800/800 1250/1250 1600/1600
AC-22A / AC-22B 250/250 400/400 400/400 630/630 800/800 1250/1250 1600/1600
AC-23A / AC-23B 250/250 400/400 400/400 500/630 800/800 1250/1250 1250/1250
690V AC(2) AC-20A / AC-20B 250/250 400/400 400/400 630/630 800/800 1250/1250 1600/1600
AC-22A / AC-22B 200/250 400/400 400/400 500/500 800/800 1000/1000 1000/1000
AC-23A / AC-23B 125/160 250/315 250/315 315/315 800/800 1000/1000 1000/1000
220V DC DC-20A / DC-20B 250/250 400/400 400/400 630/630 800/800 1250/1250 1600/1600
operational power (kW)
400V AC 132/132 220/220 220/220 280/280 450/450 710/710 710/710
690V AC 90/110 150/185 150/185 150/185 185/220 475/475 475/475
short time withstand current 1 sec (kA rms) 9 13 9 13 26 50 50
short circuit making capacity (kA peak) 30 45 45 45 55 110 110
connection
max. cable section (mm) 150 240 240 2 x 300 2 x 300 4 x 185 6X185
max. busbar width (mm) 32 40 50 50 63 100 100
(1) A/B = category with index - A = frequent operation / B = infrequent operation

(2) with terminal shrouds or phase barriers
Application condition & utilisation category, according to IEC 60947-3

Utilisation category
Use Application
AC DC
AC20 DC20 Off-load making & breaking Disconnector
AC21 DC21 Resistive loads including moderate overloads Switches at installation head or for resistive circuits (lighting)
AC22 DC22 Inductive & resistive mixed loads including moderate overloads Switches in secondary circuits or reactive circuits (capacitor banks)
AC23 DC23 Loads made of motors or other hightly inductive loads Switches feeding one or serveral motor or inductive circuits (series
motors, magnetic brakes)

Main switchgear
Manual transfer
Changeover
Changeover switches
switches
switches
HI452,
HI452, HI454,
HI452, HI454, HI456,
HI454,HI456, HI458
HI456,HI458
HI458
A
A
F
F
J
J
HH
BB
GG
125
140
125
140
switchgear
E
E
Main
K
K C
C 18
18 45
45
D
D min.
min.
HI460, HI462,
HI460, HI462, HI464
HI464
HI460, HI462, HI464
L
L
A
A
38
38 F
F 88
88
J
J
11
11
350
460
220
350
460
BB
220
BB
IIII II
210
210
O E
E
O
K
K K
K K
K 52
52 C 18
18 61
61
C
D
D min.
min.
Dimensions (in mm)

A B C D mini. E F G H J K L
HI452 251 135 218 208 148 186 101 235 20 36 -
HI454 312 160 218 208 148 246 116 280 25 50 -
HI456 312 170 218 208 148 246 116 280 35 50 -
HI458 379 260 295 285 225 306 176 400 45 65 -
HI460 460 320 374 390 302 335 220 460 50 80 609
HI462 592 330 374 390 302 467 220 460 60 120 741
HI464 592 360 374 390 302 467 220 460 90 120 741

Main switchgear
Technical characteristics
HI452 HI454 HI456 HI458 HI460 HI462 HI464

In 160A 250A 400A 630A 800A 1250A 1600A
Insulation voltage Ui (V) 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000
Impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 12 8 12 12 12 12
Ie AC22, 400V (A) 160 250 400 630 800 1250 1600
Ie AC23, 400V (A) 160 250 400 630 800 1250 1600
Operational power AC23A @ 400VM (kW) 80 132 220 280 450 710 710
Short circuit current with gG DIN fuses (kA) 100 50 18 70 50 100 100
Associated fuse rated (A) 160 250 400 630 800 1250 2 x 800
Rated short circuit making capacity Icm (A peak) 12 17 15.3 30 48 75 86
Rated short circuit withstand current Icw (kA/1s) 7 9 9 13 26 50 50
Mechanical endurance (cycles) 10,000 10,000 10,000 5,000 3,000 4,000 4,000
Connection for lugs (mm2) 95 150 240 2 x 300 2 x 300 4 x 185 6 x 185
Mounting
switchgear
Main
Busbar Direct
rotary handle
Extended
rotary handle

Main switchgear

125 to 630 A
J
138
M J1
20
U
4
W
5
CA
223
101
=
140
50.5
Fix. 195
Fix. 180
101
AC
BA
AA
V
=
10.5 Y Y 48
85
CA
Z1
3
2 Z2
10 X T T T 11 H
F C
A
Fix. 195
Fix. 180
W 1
Ø7
CA
Ø9 U
800 to 1600 A
switchgear
J 138
Main
M J1 20 5
3
V
6
U
280
150
=
166
250
207
AC
AA
50.5
B
166
Y 5 Y 48
Z1 3
2 Z2 94
12.5 X T T T 12.5
F H
Dimensions of connecting lugs

ø9 16 x 11 ø12,5
5 5
12,5
15 28,5
10 33
ø 15
15
25 25
8,5 33 8,5 30 30
15,75 28,5 15,75
45 45
50 60 90
800 A 1250 A 1600 A
Dimensions (in mm)

Ref. In (A) A B C AC F H J J1 M T U V W X Y Z1 Z2 AA BA CA
HIx412 125 322.5 - 244 235 322.5 151 184 34 150 36 20 25 9 22 3.5 38 134 135 115 10
HIx416 160 322.5 - 244 235 322.5 151 184 34 150 36 20 25 9 22 3.5 38 134 135 115 10
HIx425 250 378 - 244.5 280 378 153 245 35 210 50 25 30 11 33 3.5 39.5 134.5 160 130 15
HIx440 400 378 - 244.5 280 378 153 245 35 210 50 25 35 11 33 3.5 39.5 134.5 170 140 15
HIx463 630 437 - 320.5 400 437 221 304 34 270 65 45 50 13 37.5 5 53 190 260 220 20
HIx480 800 584 370 391.5 461 584 293 386.5 51.5 335 80 50 60.5 - 60 7 66.5 253.5 321 - -
HIx490 1000 584 370 391.5 461 584 293 386.5 51.5 335 80 60 65 - 60 7 66.5 253.5 330 - -
HIx491 1250 584 370 391.5 461 584 293 386.5 51.5 335 80 60 65 - 60 7 66.5 253.5 330 - -
HIx492 1600 716 380 391.5 481 716 293 518.5 51.5 467 120 90 144 - 66 8 67.5 253.5 288 - -

Main switchgear
Technical characteristics HIB412M HIB416M HIB420M HIB425M HIB440M HIB463M HIB480M HIB490M HIB491M HIB492M
HIC412G HIC416G HIC420G HIC425G HIC440G HIC463G HIC480G HIC490G HIC491G HIC492G
HIC412E HIC416E HIC420E HIC425E HIC440E HIC463E HIC480E HIC490E HIC491E HIC492E
Thermal current Ith at 40°C 125A 160A 200A 250A 400A 630A 800A 1000A 1250A 1600A
Insulation voltage Ui (V) 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Impulse withstand voltage 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Uimp (kV)
Rated operational currents Ie (A) according to IEC 60947-3

Rated voltage Utilisation category A/B (1) A/B (1) A/B (1) A/B (1) A/B (1) A/B (1) A/B (1) A/B (1) A/B (1) A/B (1)
415 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 400/400 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600
415 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 400/400 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600
415 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 400/400 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600
415 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/200 400/400 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
500 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 400/400 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600
500 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 400/400 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600
500 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/200 200/400 500/500 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1600/1600
500 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 80/80 80/80 80/80 200/200 200/200 400/400 400/400 630/630 800/800 1000/1000
690 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 400/400 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600
690 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/200 200/200 500/500 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600
690 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 160/160 160/160 400/400 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1000/1000
690 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 63/80 63/80 63/80 125/125 125/125 400/400 400/400 630/630 800/800 800/800
220 VDC (2) DC-20 A / DC-20 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 400/400 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600
220 VDC (2) DC-21 A / DC-21 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 250/250 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
220 VDC (2) DC-22 A / DC-22 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 250/250 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
220 VDC (2)
DC-23 A / DC-23 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 200/200 200/200 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
440 VDC (2)
DC-20 A / DC-20 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 400/400 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600
440 VDC (2)
DC-21 A / DC-21 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 200/200 200/200 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
440 VDC (2)
DC-22 A / DC-22 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 200/200 200/200 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
switchgear
440 VDC (2)
DC-23 A / DC-23 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 200/200 200/200 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
Main
Rated operational currents Ie (A) according to IEC 60947-6-1
415 VAC AC-31 B 125 160 200 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600
415 VAC AC-32 B 200 400 500 800 1000 1250 1600
415 VAC AC-33 B 200 200 400 800 800 800 1000
Fuse protected short-circuit withstand as per IEC 60947-3

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms) 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 100
Associated fuse rating (A) 125 160 200 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 2x800
Circuit breaker protected short-circuit withstand with any circuit breaker that ensures tripping in less than 0.3s
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s Icw 12 12 12 15 15 17 47 64 64 78
(kA rms)
Rated short-circuit withstand without protection

Rated short-time withstand current 60ms Icw 10 (3) 10 (3) 12.6 16 20 25 32
(kA rms) as per IEC 60947-6-1 at 415 VAC
Rated short-time withstand current 1ms Icw 7 7 7
(kA rms) as per IEC 60947-3 at 415 VAC
Rated short-time withstand current 1ms Icw 8 8 10 26 35 35 50
(kA rms) as per IEC 60947-3 at 690 VAC
Rated peak withstand current (kA peak) as 20 20 20 30 30 45 55 55 80 110
per IEC 60947-3 at 690 VAC
Connection
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 35 50 70 95 185 2 x 150 2 x 185 2 x 240
Minimum Cu busbar cross-section (mm²) 2 x 30 x 5 2 x 50 x 5 2 x 50 x 5 2 x 60 x 5 2 x 80 x 5
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 50 95 120 150 240 2 x 300 2 x 300 4 x 185 4 x 185 6 x 185
Maximum Cu busbar width (mm) 25 25 25 32 32 50 63 63 63 100
Tightening torque mini / maxi (Nm) 9/13 9/13 9/13 20/26 20/26 20/26 20/26 20/26 20/26 40/45
Switching time (Standard setting)

I - II or II - I (s) 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
I-0 or 0-II (s) 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.85 0.85 0.85 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Duration of "electrical blackout" I - II (s) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.6
Power supply
min / max (VAC) 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332
Control supply power demand

Power supply 230 VAC inrush / nominal (VA) 184/92 184/92 184/92 275/115 275/115 276/150 460/184 460/184 460/184 460/230
- ATyS
Power supply 230 VAC inrush / nominal (VA) - 206/114 206/114 206/114 298/137 298/137 298/172 482/206 482/206 482/206 482/252
ATyS d, t, g, p
Mechanical characteristics
Durability (no. of operating cycles) 10,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 8,000 5,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 3,000
(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) 3-pole device with 2 pole in series for the “+” and 1 pole for the “-”. 4-pole device with 2 poles in series by polarity.
(3) At 30ms.

Main switchgear
Residual current (earth leakage) relays
Earth leakage relays

W/o adjustment Adjustable With integrated toroid
HR502 HR510 HR520 HR441
Number of modules 1 3 3 6
Supply voltage ~50/60Hz 230V +/- 20%
Network voltage ~50/60Hz 50 à 700V
Power consumption 3 VA 5 VA 6 VA
Output command Potential free changeover contacts
Contact rating (standard output, fail safe, 50% pre-alarm) 5A / 250V AC1 6A / 250V AC1
Residual current settings Irn 0.3A 0.03 / 0.1/0.3 / 0.5/ 1/ 3/10 0.03 / 0.1/0.3 / 0.5/ 1/ 3
Delay on opening (+/- 20%) Instant 0/0,1s/0,3s/0,4s 0/0,1s/0,3s/0,4s 0s /0,1s /0,3s /0,5s/0,75s/1s
/0,5s/1s/3s /0,5s/1s/3s/5S
Permissible overload of the toroid 30 kA / 100 ms
Test & reset push button voltage 100 - 250V
Type A yes
Increased immunity (HI) yes
Voltage & fault indication yes
Signalling current default yes
Bar graph indication - yes -
Standard output (1OF) yes
Fail safe output (1OF) no yes no
50% Irn output - yes -
Analog output - 0,03A Irn = 2,25 mV/mA
0,1A Irn = 2,25 mV/mA
0,3A Irn = 2,25 mV/mA
switchgear
0,5A Irn = 2,25 mV/mA

1A Irn = 2,25 mV/mA
Main
3A Irn = 2,25 mV/mA

Maximum cable length to test & reset 200m
Maximum cable length between toroid & relay 50m maximum width 1,5mm² twisted pair cable - 25m for non twisted cable
Connection. Relay: cage terminals rigid/stranded 1,5 to 4 mm² 1,5 to 4 mm²
flexible 1 to 2,5 mm² 1 to 2,5 mm²
Connection. Toroid: rigid/stranded 1,5 to 4 mm² 1,5 to 4 mm²
flexible 1 to 6 mm² 1 to 6 mm²
Operating temperature -10 to +55°C
Storage temperature -25 to +70°C
Standard compliance IEC 60947-2 annexe B, IEC 61543, IEC 61008-1, IEC 60755
Product presentation: supply contactor

9 10 10 â reset push button trip
ê test push button

ô fault indicator
û supply indicator
11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 á In ratings (A)
é temporisation t (s)
ó standard output 1 OF earth
11
ú positive safety output leakage detection
75
4
On
3 à pre-alarm output relay toroid
60
0,5 1 3 10
0,3
0,4 0,5 1 3
0,3
è barregraph: indicates continuously the value of the
45
5 0,1
0,03
0,1
0 6 leakage current, 5 to 15 %, 15 to 30 %, 30 to 45 %,
30 conforms to IEC 1008
In(A) t(s)
15
45 to 60 % and 60 to 75 % of In.
2 1 11 LCD display
Test Reset
5
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8
Application notes
Discrimination between Residual Current Devices
Hager residual current relays (HR210, HR212) have adjustable time delay and In theory it is possible to achieve current discrimination between residual current
residual current settings. They can be used as an upstream device to achieve devices, but the limit of discrimination is far too low for practical purposes. Time
residual current protection of the entire installation. It is advisable to set the delay is the only reliable & by far the best method used to obtain discrimination. It
residual current relay at a residual higher tripping current than a downstream can be achieved by delaying the tripping of the upstream residual current devices.
devices (> 30mA) since the upstream device will see the accumulation of leakage The downstream device would typically be a 30mA or
currents from the entire installation. The residual current setting will depend on occasionally a 10mA residual current device. Typically they will
the quantity and type of equipment connected to the installation (Immersion operate within 40ms and occasionally much faster.
water heaters, switch mode power supplies are particularly prone to leakage
currents to earth). The time delay should be set above zero to 300ms. If further levels of protection are required upstream from the Hager residual
current relay, then another residual current relay can be installed upstream and
the settings of the device (time and residual current) adjusted higher again.

Main switchgear
Toroids
Toroids
HR700 HR701 HR702 HR703 HR704
Internal diameter of toroid 30mm 35mm 70mm 105mm 140mm
Maximum screw torque 1Nm
Maximum connection distance between toroid & ELR 50m max with twisted pair cable
Rated frequency 50-60 Hz
Connection: rigid/stranded cable 1 to 1.5 mm² 1,5 à 4 mm²
Connection section in flexible cable for the measurement 1 to 1,5mm² 1,5 à 2,5mm²
Rated voltage for alternating use 50 to 700V
Rated insulation voltage 250V
Rated impulse withstand voltage 4kV
IP for torroids IP41
Circular toroids:
HR700
32
Ø 30 Ø 59
70
switchgear
Main
30
Circular toroids:
HR701 to HR705 Dimensions for circular torroids (in mm)
E 63 ref. A B C D E F G
33
HR701 Ø 35 79 100 35 43 26 48.5
F HR702 Ø 70 110 130 52 57 32 66
D
8 HR703 Ø 105 146 170 72 73 38 94
HR704 Ø 140 196 220 97 98 48.5 123
C 6,5 G
HR705 Ø 210 284 299 - - 69 161
A
B 48 mm

Modular
protection devices
We offer a wide range of Modular Protection Devices, such as miniature circuit breakers,
auxiliaries and accessories, RCCBs, RCBOs, fuse carriers, DIN HRC fuse carriers, three
phase earth leakage add-on blocks and surge protection devices, providing practical
solutions for protecting people, installations and equipment.
05 Page
MCBs - residential 188
MCBs - commercial 189
RCBOs - residential 196
RCBOs - commercial 198
RCCBs - safety switches 200
One module add-on blocks 202
Insulated busbars & connectors 203
Surge protection devices 204
Fuses & carriers BS88 206
Protection
devices
onekonekt
Residential
installation system
Our onekonekt system offers one of the most versatile and devices, for both single phase and three phase installations,
flexible solutions to residential electricians on the market that connect to the same busbar, increasing safety, reducing
today. The use of busbar in our industry is not a new concept. installation time, improving technical characteristics and
However, providing a full range of residential protection aesthetics within one system, definitely is.
184
Quick tips
01 02 03 04
Protect your loads with a Single phase or 3 phase Multi-position DIN clip Bi-connect terminals on all
compact RCD and MCB busbar with an optional feature, makes removing devices enable supply from
protection device. Can be Neutral Bi-pole bar for e.g. a product off the busbar either cables in the cage or
used in both residential 2 mod RCBOs. quick and simple. busbars in the slot allowing
(6kA) and commercial full connection capacity.
(10kA) applications.
05 06 07 08
Hager RCCBs, 2 mod and Busbar is held in position Our Semiolog labelling tool Unused forks can remain
4 mod RCBOs, have a fully prior to tightening terminals from: www.hagerelectro. in-situ for future use.
insulated neutral busbar with our unique clip system, com.au/semiolog lets you Busbar and endcaps
slot so there is no need to leaving one hand free. customise your circuit IDs ensure complete insulation
cut the forks off the bar. of the bar.
Save space
in commercial
panelboards
Comply to AS/NZS 3000 earth leakge protection converts any 3 pole MCB up to 63A into an RCBO that‘s
requirements in commercial and light industrial applications only 4 modules wide. For single phase circuits, our one
with the smallest footprint. Saving up to 40% of space in module wide 6kA and 10kA commercial RCBOs offer a
a panelboard, our one module wide RCD add-on block smart space saving solution.
1 pole RCBO characteristics:

Add-On Block characteristics:
--Rated current (In): --6A to 45A
--fits to 3 pole MCB up
--Rated current (In):
to 63A --Rated voltage (Un): --240V~
--Rated voltage (Un): --240V~ --Rated residual

--10mA, 30mA
operating current (In):
--Rated residual
--30mA, 100mA, 300mA
operating current (In): --Curve type: --C
--Operating characteristic: --Type A --Operating characteristic: --Type A
--Rated frequency: --50Hz --Rated frequency: --50Hz
--Rated short-circuit --Rated short-circuit

--6kA, 10kA --6kA, 10kA
capacity (Icn): capacity (Icn):
--AS/NZS 61009.1 and --AS/NZS 61009.1 and

--Standards compliance: --Standards compliance:
IEC 61009.1 IEC 61009.1
Quick tips
01 02 03 04
Our single module RCD All of our 3 pole MCBs Our RCD Add-On Block Our commercial single mod
add-on block + 3P MCB have a window built into the 3 phase earth leakage RCBOs have an earth lead
only requires four poles, casing to accommodate protection device operates to ensure earth leakage
unlike many other devices accessories as well as our between active and neutral detection, even in case of
that demand up to 7 poles. 3 phase Add-On Block. OR between actives to accidental loss of neutral in
protect any unbalanced or the installation.
balanced loads.
05 06
Our commercial range of Type A devices give
MCBs and RCBOs come in the added protection
either 6kA or 10kA breaking against any ‘pulsating DC
capacity to give complete component’ generating
peace of mind. from such loads as; power
tools, motor controllers etc.
Modular protection devices
MCBs 6-63A, 6kA, ‘C’ curve - Residential
Description Technical data

Protection and control of circuits - AS/NZS 60898 Connection capacity
against overloads and short-circuits - Tripping curve - ‘C’ magnetic setting - 25mm2 rigid
by isolating the circuit according to between 5 and 10In - 16mm2 flexible
AS/NZS 3000. - Breaking capacity: 6,000A
The colour of the toggle on the - Voltage rating: 240/415V AC Accessories for MSN3xx
MSN163R and MSN363R gives a Not for use on DC - LZ060, MZN175, MZ201, MZ202,
differentiation when used as a main - Current rating: 6 to 63A MZ203, MZ204, MZ206, MZN120,
switch device. - Bi-connect allows 2 connection MZN121, Bx163T
points
Single pole Current Rating (A) Width Pack Qty Cat ref.
1 6 1 mod 12 MSN106
10 1 mod 12 MSN110
13 1 mod 12 MSN113
16 1 mod 12 MSN116
20 1 mod 12 MSN120
2
25 1 mod 12 MSN125
32 1 mod 12 MSN132
MSN163 MSN163R
40 1 mod 12 MSN140
50 1 mod 12 MSN150
63 1 mod 12 MSN163
63 1 mod 12 MSN163R
Double pole Current Rating (A) Width Pack Qty Cat ref.
Protection
1 3 6 2 mod 6 MSN206
devices
10 2 mod 6 MSN210
16 2 mod 6 MSN216
20 2 mod 6 MSN220
25 2 mod 6 MSN225
2 4
32 2 mod 6 MSN232
40 2 mod 6 MSN240
MSN220
50 2 mod 6 MSN250
63 2 mod 6 MSN263
Triple pole Current Rating (A) Width Pack Qty Cat ref.
1 3 5 6 3 mod 4 MSN306
10 3 mod 4 MSN310
16 3 mod 4 MSN316
20 3 mod 4 MSN320
25 3 mod 4 MSN325
2 4 6
32 3 mod 4 MSN332
40 3 mod 4 MSN340
MSN320
50 3 mod 4 MSN350
63 3 mod 4 MSN363
63 3 mod 4 MSN363R
MSN363R

MCBs 6-63A, 10kA, ‘C’ curve - Commercial
Description Technical data Connection capacity

Protection and control of circuits - AS/NZS 60898 - 25mm2 rigid
against overloads and short-circuits - Tripping curve - ‘C’ magnetic setting - 16mm2 flexible
by isolating the circuit according to between 5 and 10In
AS/NZS 3000. - Breaking capacity: 10,000A Accessories
- Voltage rating: 230/400V AC - LZ060, MZN175, MZ201, MZ202,
Not for use on DC MZ203, MZ204, MZ206, MZN120,
- Current rating: 2 to 63A MZN121, Bx163T
Single pole Current Rating (A) Width Pack Qty Cat ref.
1 2 1 mod 12 NT102C
4 1 mod 12 NT104C
6 1 mod 12 NT106C
10 1 mod 12 NT110C
16 1 mod 12 NT116C
2
20 1 mod 12 NT120C
25 1 mod 12 NT125C
NT110C
32 1 mod 12 NT132C
40 1 mod 12 NT140C
50 1 mod 12 NT150C
63 1 mod 12 NT163C
Double pole Current Rating (A) Width Pack Qty Cat ref.
1 3 2 2 mod 6 NT202C
Protection
devices
4 2 mod 6 NT204C
6 2 mod 6 NT206C
10 2 mod 6 NT210C
16 2 mod 6 NT216C
2 4
20 2 mod 6 NT220C
25 2 mod 6 NT225C
NT216C
32 2 mod 6 NT232C
40 2 mod 6 NT240C
50 2 mod 6 NT250C
63 2 mod 6 NT263C
Triple pole Current Rating (A) Width Pack Qty Cat ref.
1 3 5 2 3 mod 4 NT302C
4 3 mod 4 NT304C
6 3 mod 4 NT306C
10 3 mod 4 NT310C
16 3 mod 4 NT316C
2 4 6
20 3 mod 4 NT320C
25 3 mod 4 NT325C
NT304C
32 3 mod 4 NT332C
40 3 mod 4 NT340C
50 3 mod 4 NT350C
63 3 mod 4 NT363C

MCBs 6-63A, 10kA, ‘D’ curve - Commercial

Protection and control of circuits - AS/NZS IEC 60947-2 - 25mm2 rigid
against overloads and short-circuits - Tripping curve - ‘D’ magnetic setting - 16mm2 flexible
by isolating the circuit according to between 10 and 20In
AS/NZS 3000. Can also be used as a - Breaking capacity: Accessories
main switch. 10,000A (AS/NZS 60898-1) - LZ060, MZN175, MZ201, MZ202,
15,000A (IEC 60947-2) MZ203, MZ204, MZ206, MZN120,
- Voltage rating: 240/415V AC MZN121, Bx163T
Not for use on DC
- Current rating: 6 to 63A Technical information Page 214
Single pole Current rating (A) Width in 17.5mm Pack qty Cat ref.
1 6 1 12 NDN106A
10 1 12 NDN110A
16 1 12 NDN116A
20 1 12 NDN120A
25 1 12 NDN125A
2
32 1 12 NDN132A
40 1 12 NDN140A
NDN116A
50 1 12 NDN150A
63 1 12 NDN163A
Double pole Current rating (A) Width in 17.5mm Pack qty Cat ref.
1 3 6 2 6 NDN206A
10 2 6 NDN210A
Protection
16 2 6 NDN216A
devices
20 2 6 NDN220A
25 2 6 NDN225A
2 4
32 2 6 NDN232A
40 2 6 NDN240A
NDN232A
50 2 6 NDN250A
63 2 6 NDN263A
Triple pole Current rating (A) Width in 17.5mm Pack qty Cat ref.
1 3 5 6 3 4 NDN306A
10 3 4 NDN310A
16 3 4 NDN316A
20 3 4 NDN320A
25 3 4 NDN325A
2 4 6
32 3 4 NDN332A
40 3 4 NDN340A
NDN316A
50 3 4 NDN350A
63 3 4 NDN363A
Four pole Current rating (A) Width in 17.5mm Pack qty Cat ref.
1 3 5 7 6 4 3 NDN406A
10 4 3 NDN410A
16 4 3 NDN416A
20 4 3 NDN420A
25 4 3 NDN425A
2 4 6 8
32 4 3 NDN432A
40 4 3 NDN440A
NDN432A
50 4 3 NDN450A
63 4 3 NDN463A

MCBs 80-125A, 10kA, ‘C’ curve - Commercial

Protection and control of circuits - AS/NZS 60898 - 70mm2 rigid
against overloads and short-circuits AS/NZS IEC 60947-2 - 35mm2 flexible
by isolating the circuit according to - Tripping curve - ‘C’ magnetic setting
AS/NZS 3000. Can also be used as a between 5 and 10In Accessories
main switch device. - Breaking capacity: 10,000A - LZ060, MZN175, MZ201, MZ202,
- Voltage rating: 240/415V AC MZ203, MZ204, MZ206
Not for use on DC
- Current rating: 80 to125A Technical information Page 216
Single pole In / A Width in 17.5mm Cat ref.
1 80 1.5 HMF180T
100 1.5 HMF190T
125 1.5 HMF199T
HMF199T
Double pole In / A Width in 17.5mm Cat ref.
1 3 80 3 HMF280T
100 3 HMF290T
125 3 HMF299T
2 4
Protection
devices
HMF299T
Triple pole In / A Width in 17.5mm Cat ref.

1 3 5 80 4.5 HMF380T
100 4.5 HMF390T
125 4.5 HMF399T
2 4 6
HMF399T

MCBs 80-125A, 15kA, C and D curve - Commercial

Protection and control against - AS/NZS 60898 - 70mm2 rigid
overloads and short-circuits by AS/NZS IEC 60947-2 - 35mm2 flexible
isolating the circuit according - Tripping curve - ‘C’ magnetic
to AS/NZS 3000. Can also be setting between 5 and 10In Accessories
used as a main switch device. - Tripping curve - ‘D’ magnetic setting - LZ060, MZN175, MZ201, MZ202,
between 10 and 20In MZ203, MZ204, MZ206,
- Breaking capacity: 15,000A
- Voltage rating: 240/415V AC Technical information Page 216
Not for use on DC
- Current rating: 80 to 125A
Single pole In / A Width in 17.5mm Cat ref. ‘C’ curve Cat ref. ‘D’ curve
1 80 1.5 HMC180T HMD180T

100 1.5 HMC190T HMD190T
125 1.5 HMC199T HMD199T
HMC199T
Double pole In / A Width in 17.5mm Cat ref. ‘C’ curve Cat ref. ‘D’ curve
1 3 80 3 HMC280T HMD280T
100 3 HMC290T HMD290T
125 3 HMC299T HMD299T
Protection
2 4
devices
HMD299T
Triple pole In / A Width in 17.5mm Cat ref. ‘C’ curve Cat ref. ‘D’ curve
1 3 5 80 4.5 HMC380T HMD380T
100 4.5 HMC390T HMD390T
125 4.5 HMC399T HMD399T
2 4 6
HMC399T
Four pole In / A Width in 17.5mm Cat ref. ‘C’ curve Cat ref. ‘D’ curve
1 3 5 7 80 4.5 HMC480T HMD480T
100 4.5 HMC490T HMD490T
125 4.5 HMC499T HMD499T
2 4 6 8
HMD499T
Accessories
Terminal covers Sealable MZN130

Phase barrier 1 set of 3 phase barriers MZN131
MZN131
MZN130

MCBs, 3P 6kA, 10kA/15kA - accessories - Commercial
Description Connection Compatibility chart and

Auxiliaries are common to all 10kA and - 10mm2 rigid Technical information Page 225
15kA MCB’s and the 3P 6kA MCBs. - 6mm2 flexible
These auxiliaries are fitted to the left
hand side of the devices.
Accessories
Description Characteristics Width in 17.5mm Cat ref.
Auxiliary contacts 6A - 240V~ 1NO + 1NC allows remote indication 0.5 MZ201
of main contact status
13 21
14 22
Alarm contacts 6A - 240V~ 1NO + 1NC indicates a fault 0.5 MZ202 MZ202
91
over current on overload or short
93
circuit (e.g. MCB tripped)
92 94
Shunt trip relay 230V - 415V AC 1 MZ203

Allows for remote tripping of MCB. The 110V to 130V DC
coil is protected by a contact which 24V - 48V AC 1 MZ204
cuts the supply after MCB trips 12V - 48V DC
C1
MZ203
C2
Protection
Undervoltage release 230V AC If supply falls to 35 to 70% of 1 MZ206
devices
nominal voltage the MCB will trip
Coil consumption: 3.5 VA
Locking device To lock the MCB handle in on/off position 1 MZN175
Heat dissipation inserts Avoids overheating for DIN rail modules 0.5 LZ060
when several devices mounted side by
side are carrying high continuous loads
Terminal cover & screw shield MZN120 MZN175
Phase barriers for NDNxxx MCBs 1 set of 3 MZN121
LZ060
MZN120
MZN121

A compact
solution for
DIN rail enclosures
Particularly compact, the ‘onekombo’ is only one module Our residential range of single module and 4 module
wide making it ideal for retrofit installations where space is residual current circuit-breakers with overcurrent protection
limited. The ADC3xxT onekombo devices can be used in (RCBOs) are ready for AS/NZS 3000 and can be integrated
DIN rail enclosures as well as invicta panelboards. with our onekonekt modular protection devices.
1 pole RCBO characteristics: 4 pole RCBO characteristics:
--Rated current (In): --6A to 32A --Rated current (In): --6A to 40A
--Rated voltage (Un): --240V~ --Rated voltage (Un): --415V~
--Rated residual --Rated residual

--30mA --30mA, 100mA
operating current (In): operating current (In):
--Curve type: --C --Curve type: --C
--Operating characteristic: --Type A --Operating characteristic: --Type A
--Rated frequency: --50Hz --Rated frequency: --50Hz
--Rated short-circuit --Rated short-circuit

--6kA --6kA, 10kA
capacity (Icn): capacity (Icn):
--Standards compliance: --AS/NZS 61009 --Standards compliance: --AS/NZS 61009

Quick tips
01 02 03 04
The Type A RCBOs Compatible with the Bi-stable DIN clips ensure 4 pole RCBOs have the
increase the accuracy in onekonekt system, the easy removal of a single earth fault trip indication
identifying earth leakage single pole RCBOs on product on the busbar displayed in a separate
faults in electrical devices both 1 phase and 3 phase without disconnecting other window to assist in fault
such as LCD TVs, PCs etc. and 4 pole RCBOs on the devices or wiring. finding.
3 phase busbar.
05 06 07 08
A space saving solution to The neutral in the 4P Mounted to the left of The 4P RCBO is suitable
protect 4 pole loads with a RCBOs can be wired to the 4P RCBO, auxiliaries for 3 phase unbalanced
4 mod wide RCD and MCB the neutral link or remotely indicate the loads and balanced loads
protection device. connected through our position or trip the device. when 400V AC is between
KB181x busbar to comply phases.
with AS/NZS 3000.
RCBOs - Residential 4.5/6kA C curve
Description Features 2 mod connection capacity

Compact combination devices which - IEC 61009.1 & AS/NZS 61009.1 - 16mm2 flexible
provide overcurrent protection & - Earth fault indication window - 25mm2 rigid
earth leakage protection. The Type (except for 1mod RCBOs)
A and Type AC devices, some with - ACA9xxT is Type 1 according to Accessories
line neutral switched, are available in AS/NZS 3190 - Toggle locking device - MZN175
various current ratings from 6A - 40A. - Trip free mechanisms
Specifically designed for DIN rail Technical information:
enclosures - However ADC3xxT can 1 mod connection capacity AxA3xxT - Page 217
be used in invicta panelboards. - 10mm2 flexible ADC3xxT - Page 218
- 16mm2 rigid Axx9xxT - Page 219
RCBO 1P+N 4.5kA Type A Current rating (A) Width Residual current Idn Cat ref.
Ph N
6A 1 mod 30mA ADA306T
ADA320T
RCBO 1P 6kA Type A Current rating (A) Width Residual current Idn Cat ref.
9a+] 9a+]
/2$'
6A 1 mod /2$'
30mA ADC306T
3 5 5 3
6<; 6<;
/,1(1,1
10A 1 mod /,1(1,1
6<; 6<; 30mA ADC310T
)O\OHDG )O\OHDG
13A 1 mod 30mA ADC313T
Protection

devices
/,1(
305
25A 1 mod /,1(
305
30mA ADC325T
ADC320T
RCBO 1P+N 6kA Type A Current rating (A) Width Residual current Idn Cat ref.
Ph N
6A 2 mod 10mA ACA906T
ADA910T
RCBO 1P+N 6kA Type AC Current rating (A) Width Residual current Idn Cat ref.
Ph N
6A 2 mod 100mA AEC906T
AEC910T 40A 2 mod 100mA AEC940T

RCBOs - Residential 4.5/6kA C curve
Description Features Accessories for 4 mod devices only

Compact combination devices which - IEC 61009.1 & AS/NZS 61009.1 - MZ201, MZ202, MZ203, MZ204,
provide overcurrent protection & - Earth fault indication window MZ206, MZN175
earth leakage protection. The Type A - Trip free mechanisms
devices, are available in various current Technical information:
ratings from 6A - 40A. Specifically 4 mod connection capacity AxM4xxT - Page 220
designed for DIN rail enclosures. - 16mm2 flexible
- 25mm2 rigid
6A 4 mod 30mA ADM406T
40A 4 mod 30mA ADM440T ADM413T
6A 4 mod 100mA AEM406T
Protection
devices

RCBOs - Commercial 6kA/10kA C curve
Description Features Accessories

Compact combination devices which - IEC 61009.1 & AS/NZS 61009.1 - Toggle locking
provide MCB overcurrent protection - Earth fault indication window device - MZN175
& earth leakage protection. The Type (except for 1mod RCBOs)
A devices, some with line neutral - ACA5xxT is Type 1 according to Accessories -
switched, are available with various AS/NZS 3190 2 mod devices only
current ratings ranging from 6A - 45A. - ACA1xxT and AC1xxB are general - MZ201, MZ202, MZ203,
Specifically designed for DIN rail type, not for patient areas according MZ204, MZ206
enclosures - Except the 1P RCBOs to AS/NZS 3190
which fit in performa panelboards. Technical information:
Connection capacity AxA1xxT - Page 221
- 16mm2 flexible Ax1xxB - Page 221
- 25mm2 rigid AxA5xxT - Page 222
load
N N FE
out
L
out 10A 1 mod 10mA ACA110T
ADA120T 10A 1 mod 30mA ADA110T
Protection
devices
load
6A 1 mod 10mA AC106B
N N FE
out
L
out 10A 1 mod 10mA AC110B
6A 1 mod 30mA AD106B
AD120B 10A 1 mod 30mA AD110B
RCBO 1P+N 10kA Type A Current rating (A) Width Residual current Idn Cat ref.
Ph N
ADA566T 20A 2 mod 30mA ADA570T

RCBOs - Commercial 6kA/10kA C curve
Description Features Accessories 4 mod devices only

Compact combination devices which - IEC 61009.1 & AS/NZS 61009.1 - MZ201, MZ202, MZ203,
provide MCB overcurrent protection - Earth fault indication window MZ204, MZ206, MZN175
& earth leakage protection. The Type - Trip free mechanisms
A devices, some with line neutral Technical information:
switched, are available with various Connection capacity AxX4xxT - Page 223
current ratings ranging from 6A - 45A. - 16mm2 flexible
Specifically designed for DIN rail - 25mm2 rigid
enclosures.
6A 4 mod 30mA ADX406T
40A 4 mod 30mA ADX440T ADX413T
6A 4 mod 100mA AEX406T

Protection
devices

RCCBs - Safety switches
Description Features Connection capacity Accessories

2
The safety switch is designed to open - Conforms with IEC 61008.1 and - 25mm - Rigid - CZ001, MZ201,
a circuit automatically in the case of AS/NZS 61008.1 (50mm2 for 80A,100A) MZ202, MZ203,
2
a fault between phase and earth and/ - Voltage rating, 230/400V~ - 16mm - Flexible MZ204, MZ206, MZN175
or neutral and earth, greater than - Positive contact indication windows (35mm2 for 80A, 100A)
or equal to rated tripping current. - Earth fault indication window Technical information: Page 224
Use in residential, commercial - Trip free mechanisms
or industrial installations.
Residential Description Residual current Idn Current rating (A) Width Cat ref.
Double pole Type A 30mA 25A 2 mod CDA225T
30mA 40A 2 mod CDA240T
Type AC 30mA 80A 2 mod CD280T
30mA 100A 2 mod CD284T
CDA240T
Residential Description Residual current Idn Current rating (A) Width Cat ref.
Four pole Type A 30mA 25A 4 mod CDA425T
Protection
devices
CDA440T
Commercial Description Residual current Idn Current rating (A) Width Cat ref.
Double pole Type A 100mA 80A 2 mod CE281T
100mA 100A 2 mod CE285T
Type AC 100mA 25A 2 mod CE225T
100mA 40A 2 mod CE240T
100mA 63A 2 mod CE263T
CE240T
Commercial Description Residual current Idn Current rating (A) Width Cat ref.
Four pole Type A 100mA 80A 4 mod CE481T
100mA 100A 4 mod CE485T
CE485T

RCBOs and RCCBs accessories - Commercial
Accessories compatible Accessories compatible Combination auxiliary Connection

for all RCBOs for all RCCBs & alarm switch: - 10mm2 rigid
- MZN175 - CZ001, MZ201, MZ202, MZ203, If shunt trip or undervoltage release - 6mm2 flexible
MZ204, MZ206, MZN175 is required, the CZ001 must be
Accessories compatible used as a coupler for RCCBs. Compatibility chart and
for AxM4xxT, AxA5xxT and Technical information: Page 225
AxX4xxT RCBOs only
- MZ201, MZ202, MZ203,
MZ204, MZ206
Accessories
Description Characteristics Width in 17.5mm Cat ref.
Combination auxiliary 2 x (1NO + 1NC) 1 CZ001

& alarm contacts 6A-240V~
Allows remote indication of main contact
status SD indicates a fault condition
(eg Safety Switch tripped) for RCCBs
Auxiliary contacts 6A - 240V~ 0.5 MZ201 CZ001

Allows remote indication of main 1NO + 1NC
contact status for RCBOs
13 21
14 22
Alarm contacts 6A - 240V~ 0.5 MZ202

indicates a fault over current on overload 1NO + 1NC
or short circuit (e.g. RCBO tripped)
91 93
Protection
MZ202
devices
92 94
Shunt trip relay 230V - 415V AC 1 MZ203

Allows remote tripping of (combined) 110V to 130V DC
RCD when a voltage is applied. 24V - 48V AC 1 MZ204
C1 12V - 48V DC
C2
Undervoltage release 230V AC 1 MZ206

Trips the (combined) RCD when Coil consumption: 3.5 VA
the voltage falls between 35%
and 70% of nominal voltage MZ203
Locking device Supplied without padlock 1 MZN175
Allows locking of the device; toggle
in the lock on/off position; will
accept two padlocks with hasps
of 4.75mm diameter maximum
Heat dissipation inserts Avoids overheating for DIN rail modules 0.5 LZ060
when several devices mounted side by
side are carrying high continuous loads
MZN175
LZ060

One module RCD Add-On Block for 3P MCBs
Features RCD & MCB. This results in a

The compact one module wide significant reduction of time,
Add-On Block (AOB) can be used in labour & the size & cost of
combination with any Hager 3P MCB integrated RCD socket outlets. The
up to 63A. The one module RCD ‘Type A’ Add-On Block gives the
Add-On Block + MCB combinations added protection against any ‘pulsating
suit all Hager chassis boards including DC component’ generating from such
the performa series and invicta loads as; power tools, motor speed
panelboards. It is the most compact controllers etc.
‘3P+N RCBO’ for chassis boards.The
RCD Add-On Block + MCB provides Conforms with IEC 61008-1 and AS/
the protective characteristics of NZS 61008.1 when used with a Hager
both devices, thereby protecting the MCB.
panelboards entire circuit and removing
3P MCB + RCD ADD-ON BLOCK 3P+N RCBO the need to wire between DIN mounted Technical information Page 226
One Module Add-On Block

Description Residual current Idn Cat ref.
3 phase earth leakage protection 30mA BD163T
Up to 63A 100mA BE163T
Type A
300mA BF163T
BD163T
Protection
devices

Insulated busbars and connectors
Description
A range of connection devices to
simplify installation of modular devices
such as MCBs, RCD’s etc...
Insulated busbars - Fork type

KDN180A
1 phase 80A 12 mod KDN180A
1 phase 80A 18 mod KDN180G
2 phase 80A 12 mod KDN280A KDN380G
3 phase 80A 12 mod KDN380A
3 phase 80A 18 mod KDN380G
Insulated busbars - Tongue type

Description Characteristics Width Cat ref. KB181GI
1 neutral 80A. Suits neutral supply in 6 tongues over 12 poles 12 mod KB181A1
onekonekt range of MPDs
1 neutral 80A. Suits neutral supply in 9 tongues over 18 poles 18 mod KB181G1
onekonekt range of MPDs KB163P
1 phase 63A. Suits ADA3xxT 13 tongues over 13 poles 13 mod KB163P
1 neutral 63A. Suits ADA3xxT 13 tongues over 13 poles 13 mod KB163N
Protection
devices
Insulated caps
Description Characteristics Cat ref. KZ059
Busbar end caps Suits KDN1xx & KB181xx KZN021
Busbar end caps Suits KDN2XX/KDN3XX KZN023
Fork caps - yellow Strip of 5 caps KZ059
Cable Connectors
Tongue type connection from top for cables: 25mm2 KF81A
Tongue type connection from top for cables: 2 x 16mm2 KF82A
Tongue type connection from side for cables: 35mm2 KF83A
Tongue type connection from side of cables: 35mm2 with longer tongue KF83D
Fork type connection from side for cables: 25mm2 KF84A
DIN mounted KRN163 KRN163
Other accessories
RCD neutral links 3 tunnel link for fitting to RCD’s KM03A
Cable adaptor - one hole 35mm2 to suit golf enclosure KM035
KM03A

SPDs - Selection for residential, rural and commercial areas
Direct lightning protection Indirect Transient Protection

The criteria for installing a lightning protective product. To ensure protection of the installation it is vital to have adequate
protection from the harmful effect of transients.
- Does the installation contain a lightning rod?
- Is the installation adjacent to tall structures, tall trees

or near a hill top in a lightning prone area? 1
If the answer is YES to any of the above, it is recommended to

install the SPA212A (3 phase = SPA412A) spark gap device. 2
This will provide protection against direct lightning strikes. 1
3
Both references, SPA212A & SPA412A (single & three phase respectively)
have dual earth and phase / neutral terminals. This connection method
reduces any additional voltage drop in the connecting cables to virtually
zero thereby obtaining the best possible Up to the installation.
3
Further installation protection is provided by the fact that the devices
are connected in both common and differential modes (L-E/N- Thunder Day Map
E/L-N) together within inbuilt auto protection up to 12.5kA.
This regional map illustrates the lightning activity across Australia and is based
upon the ‘Thunder Day Map’ that appears in
AS/NZS 1768 (Int): 2003. This map is compiled by the Bureau of Meteorology.
As indicated, the country is split into three zones of activity. The Dark Blue
zone is maximum exposure, the Mid Blue zone is high exposure and the
Light Blue zone is moderate exposure to lightning activity. The process of
selecting the correct SPD for protection against transients is a simple one.
- In what region is the installation located?
1 Install SPN165R; the installation is protected

from indirect transients up to 65kA.
If the answer is NO to the above, a spark gap device is not required.
2 Install SPN140D/R; the installation is protected
Tip: If maximum demand of the installation is 125A or less then use both from indirect transients up to 40kA.
terminal screws per pole for through connection. This will minimise the residual
current. If the maximum demand is greater than 125A then tap off each phase 3 Install SPN115D/R; the installation is protected
Protection
for parallel connection. Refer to the user instructions for a wiring diagram. from indirect transients up to 15kA.
devices
The next step is the selection of the Transient Protective device. Tip: For three phase installations, you will require three
of the selected SPDs E.g: 3 x SPN165R
All Hager Class II medium protection products have plug-

in cartridges available in two versions:
- SPD’s with a base element and cartridge with a status indicator

(to show the end of the life of the device). This is indicated
with the suffix D at the end of the item number.
- SPD’s with a base element which contains an auxiliary contact for remote
signalling (audible and visual), and a cartridge with a reserve status
indicator. The reserve status function has an added intermediate step which
indicates that the cartridge needs to be replaced. While the installation is
still protected, the cartridge should be replaced as soon as possible. This
product is indicated with the suffix R at the end of the item number.
- SPN165 only available as R
The next system consideration is the protection of the

installation’s sensitive and valuable electronic equipment.
Equipment Protection
To ensure that today’s and importantly tomorrow’s, sensitive and
valuable electronic devices continue to provide entertainment and
service, it is vital to bring the residual voltage below 800V. This will
minimise the chance of damage to microchips within these devices.
Answering the question below will allow you to ascertain which
Hager device best suits the needs of the installation.
- Does the installation contain electronic appliances? Eg. TV’s,VCR’s, microwave

ovens, Hi-Fi system, computers, fax machines, DVD players, etc...
If the answer is YES, install SPN208D. By installing this device

the residual voltage (Up) remaining in the system will be less than
800V. If the installation is 3 phase then install a SPN408D.
If the answer is NO, the installation requires no further protection.

Surge protection devices
Description equipment, logic failures and down electrical equipment such as suitable for any supply system. e.g.
Hager SPD’s protect electric and time, to the complete destruction TV’s, washing machines, Hi-Fi’s, TNCS, TNS ,TT. To be connected
electronic equipment against of electrical components and the PC’s, VCR’s, alarms etc.. in parallel to the equipment to be
transients, originating from lightning entire electrical distribution system. protected. Protection is assured in
and switching transient sources. Surge protective devices are Installation and connection both common and differential modes.
These transients can cause anything strongly recommended in sites The main protection SPDs are
from the premature aging of that are exposed to lightning, to installed directly after the main Technical information:
protect sensitive and expensive incoming switch or RCCB. SPDs are Page 227
Class I spark gap arrester

Description Poles Iimp In Up Uc Width Cat ref.
kA kA kV V
For areas where risk of 2 12.5 - ≤2.5 255 4 mod SPA212A
lightning is prevalent. 4 12.5 - ≤2.5 255 8 mod SPA412A
Test wave 10/350us
SPA212A
Class II medium protection

Description Poles Iimp In Up Uc Width Cat ref.
kA kA kV V
Metal Oxide Varistors (MOV’s) 1 65 20 ≤1.5 275 1 mod SPN165R
High diverting capacity 1 40 15 ≤1.2 275 1 mod SPN140R
Replaceable cartridge
Reserve option indication and changeover 1 40 15 ≤1.2 275 1 mod SPN140D
contact on ‘R’ catalogue reference 1 15 5 ≤1.0 275 1 mod SPN115R
1 15 5 ≤1.0 275 1 mod SPN115D
SPN140R
Protection
devices
Class II fine protection
Description Poles Iimp In Up Uc Width Cat ref. Cat ref.
kA kA kV V
To be used in cascade with 2 8 2 ≤1.5 255 2 mod SPN208S SPN208D
medium protection devices. 4 8 2 ≤1.5 255 4 mod SPN408S SPN408D
Refer to cascade table for Up values
SPN208D
Class II replacement cartridge

Description Poles Reserve Standard Width Cat ref.
status ind. status ind.
For SPN1XXX 1 Yes - 1 mod SPN065R
1 Yes - 1 mod SPN040R
1 - Yes 1 mod SPN040D
1 Yes - 1 mod SPN015R
1 - Yes 1 mod SPN015D
SPN040D
For SPNx08D - Active 1 End of life indicator 1 mod SPN008D
For SPNx08D - Neutral 1 End of life indicator 1 mod SPN008N
Telephone protection
Description Line In Up Un Uc Width Cat ref.
kA kV V V
Protection for those devices connected Analog 2.5 ≤0.6 130 170 1.5 mod SPN505
to the telephone network. Protection
is assured in C2, C3 test category
according to IEC 61643-21
SPN505

BS88 Fuses and fuse carriers

Protection and control of circuits - Rated voltage: - 16mm2 rigid cable
against overloads and short 415V AC - 16mm2 flexible + busbar
circuits suitable for fuses which 250V DC
comply with BS88: Part I:1998 - Fusing factor: class Q1 Technical information
- Rated breaking capacity: Page 229
80kA at 415V AC
40kA at 250V DC
- Fuse cartridge not supplied
Fuse Carriers & Fuses

Description Current rating (A) Width Cat ref.
Fuse carriers for BS88 fuses 32A max 1 mod LS201
(supplied without fuse cartridge)
BS88 cartridge fuses 6A L17300
29 x 12.7mm 8A L17400
10A L17500
16A L17600
LS201
20A L17700
25A L17800
32A L17900
LS201
Accessories

Handle link pin 3 mod L023
Protection
devices
Spare fuse holder (DIN mounted) 1 mod L14700

Locking kit MZ178
L14700

Surge Protection Devices
Summer essentials
For Australian weather extremes
Protect your valuable equipment and don’t be left in the dark.

Your home contains many valuable electronic devices including TVs, PCs,
and even downlights which contain electronics. If you were to calculate
the value of this equipment, it would reach into the thousands. All of these
devices are susceptible to electrical spikes and surges and the inconvenience
of being without them can be extremely disruptive and leave you in the dark.
Are you willing to take that risk?
hagerelectro.com.au/surge
Information for circuit breakers
Fault loop impedance - Circuit length: Circuit impedance increases with the length of a circuit.
With the introduction of AS/NZS 3000:2007 there are new wiring rules for - Cross-sectional area of cable: The smaller the cross -sectional
electrical contractors and electrical consultants to consider when designing an area of a cable, the higher it’s impedance per meter will be.
electrical installation. - Thermal and magnetic settings of a circuit breaker: Hager circuit
breakers have both rated current and magnetic characteristics.
This guide is only concerned with one new area, fault loop impedance, and it’s
affect on the choice of conductor and circuit breaker for a given circuit. Voltage The higher the rated current and magnetic settings, the more energy is required
drop and overcurrent requirements should also be given consideration. to trip the circuit breaker in the required time (< 0.4 s ). So a circuit breaker with a
magnetic setting of 14 x In will require more energy to trip it (in the required time)
An earth fault situation is caused when an active conductor comes into contact than a circuit breaker with a magnetic setting of 7.5 x In.
with an earthed conductor - fault current then flows. Contractors and consultants
must make sure that the conductors in a circuit will allow sufficient energy to flow If more energy is required to flow, then a larger cross-sectional area cable may
to cause the circuit breaker to trip in the required time (disconnection time for be needed. If this is not possible then installing a Hager RCD will provide a simple
230V supply is 0.4s for socket–outlets up to 63A, or handheld Class 1 equipment and economical solution.
intended for manual movement during use. 5 seconds for other circuits including
submains and final sub circuits supplying fixed or stationary equipment (clause So circuit length, cross sectional area of the cable and circuit breaker settings all
1.5.5.3) need to be taken into account to ensure correct function of a circuit.
To make sure that this fault current is large enough to trip a circuit breaker in the
required time the fault loop impedance (Zs) must be below a certain value. If Zs is
too large then the circuit breaker may take too long to trip(> 0.4s) or may not trip
at all.
The tables below are a guide to the maximum circuit length for a given Hager circuit breaker. Using these tables will help ensure that the disconnection time for a 230V
a.c. supply is met according to AS/NZS 3000:2007.
Conductor size Protective device Hager circuit breaker (AS/NZS60898)

Active Earth rating Type C Type D
mm2 mm2 A MCL (max circuit length in meters)
1 1 6 91 55
1 1 10 55 33
1.5 1.5 10 82 49
1.5 1.5 16 51 31
Protection
2.5 2.5 16 85 51
devices
2.5 2.5 20 68 41
4 2.5 25 67 40
4 2.5 32 52 31
6 2.5 40 48 29
10 4 50 62 37
16 6 63 76 45
16 6 80 59 36
25 6 80 66 40
25 6 100 53 32
35 10 100 85 51
35 10 125 68 41
50 16 125 106 63
50 16 160 83 50
70 25 160 126 75
70 25 200 100 60
Maximum circuit length (MCL) and maximum circuit impedance (Zs) for Hager MCBs
(MSNxxx, NTxxxC & NDNxxxA ranges).
Where: MCL = Maximum circuit length
Above table based on supply of voltage of 230V / 400V (AS/NZS 3000: 2007)

Prospective fault current
Calculation of Prospective Short Circuit Current

Several excellent proprietary computer programs are now available for calculating
the prospective fault level at any point in the installation. They are also able to
select the correct size and type of cable and match this with the correct circuit
protective device.
Estimation of Prospective Fault Current

Actually calculating prospective short-circuit current is not in itself difficult but it
does require basic data which is not always available to the electrical installation
designer.
It is therefore usual to use a simple chart as shown in FIGURE 1 to estimate the
prospective short circuit current. This type of chart always gives a prospective
fault level greater than that which would have been arrived at by calculation using
accurate basic data. Therefore it is safe to use but sometimes may result in an
over engineered system.
Figure 2
Example in figure 2
1 Project 40m of cable length across on to the 240mm2 cable curve. From this
point project down onto the 28kA curve. From this point projecting across we
note that the prospective fault level at the panelboard is 24kA.
2 Project 60m of cable length across onto the 70mm2 cable curve. From this
point project down on to the 24kA curve. From this point projecting across we
see that the prospective fault level at the MCB distribution board is 10kA.
Protection
devices
Figure 3
Figure 1
The relationship between probable short-circuit current and service short-circuit
breaking capacity is explained. The probable short circuit is the type of short
circuit which is most likely to occur; this is nearly always at the extremity of the
protected cable and more often than not a single phase or earth fault.
Figure 3 shows a typical 3 phase 4 wire 400V system fed by a 1000 kVA
transformer. The transformer is adjacent to the main switchboard so the
prospective short-circuit current (PSCC*) on the main switchboard busbars is
estimated as 30kA. The probable short-circuit current on the panelboard feeder
circuit is estimated as 24kA, if it were a 3 phase symmetrical fault, or 12kA for a
phase to neutral fault, which in fact would be the most likely type of fault. (Note:
when estimating a phase to neutral prospective short-circuit current, the length
of conductor is doubled.) Therefore for this application the main switchboard
incoming circuit breaker (A) should have an Ics 30kA and an Icu 30kA. The
panelboard feeder circuit breaker (B) should have an Icu 30kA and an Ics 24kA.

MCBs, 6kA, ‘C’ curve - MSNxxx
Dimensions Tripping curve - All In Tcal= 30°C C curve

10000
minute
83.5
1000
45
100
44
67.5 17.5 35 53
10
Tripping time (sec)

time
Specifications
Standards AS/NZS 60898
1
Thermal trip characteristic C curve (5-10 x In)
Breaking capacity 6000A
second
Voltage rating 240/415V AC
Current rating 6A - 63A 0,1
No. of operations 20,000

Connection capacity Rigid 25mm2 max.
Flexible 16mm2 max.
0,01
Tightening torque 2.8Nm
Grouping factor Assumed load factor

Number of 2&3 0.8 0,001
outgoing circuits 4&5 0.7

1
x In (A)
10 100
6 to 9 0.6
10 + 0.5
Protection
devices
Derating table 1P/2P
Ambiant T° cal = 30°C: Rated current (A)

temp (°C) 6 8 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
-25 7.82 9.22 11.14 17.07 21.82 27.36 33.35 41.83 51.36 67.46 83.89
-20 7.67 9.12 10.98 16.72 21.31 26.70 32.58 41.01 50.43 66.02 82.07
-15 7.52 9.01 10.83 16.37 20.81 26.03 31.81 40.18 49.49 64.58 80.24
-10 7.37 8.91 10.50 16.10 20.41 25.40 31.01 39.62 48.53 63.69 78.67
-5 7.21 8.80 10.53 15.67 19.81 24.71 30.27 38.54 47.54 61.71 76.58
0 7.05 8.69 10.38 15.33 19.31 24.05 29.51 37.71 46.54 60.27 74.75
5 6.89 8.58 10.22 14.98 18.81 23.39 28.74 36.89 45.52 58.83 72.93
10 6.72 8.46 10.07 14.63 18.31 22.73 27.97 36.07 44.47 57.40 71.10
15 6.55 8.35 9.92 14.28 17.81 22.07 27.20 35.24 43.39 55.96 69.27
20 6.37 8.24 9.77 13.93 17.31 21.41 26.43 34.42 42.29 54.52 67.44
25 6.19 8.12 9.62 13.59 16.81 20.75 25.66 33.60 41.16 53.09 65.61
30 6 8 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
35 5.81 7.88 9.31 12.89 15.80 19.42 24.13 31.95 38.80 50.21 61.96
40 5.61 7.76 9.16 12.54 15.30 18.76 23.36 31.13 37.57 48.78 60.13
45 5.40 7.63 9.01 12.19 14.80 18.10 22.59 30.31 36.29 47.34 58.30
50 5.18 7.51 8.50 12.00 14.50 17.50 21.75 30.00 34.97 47.00 57.00
55 4.96 7.38 8.70 11.50 13.80 16.78 21.05 28.66 33.59 44.46 54.65
60 4.72 7.25 8.55 11.15 13.30 16.12 20.28 27.84 32.15 43.03 52.82
65 4.47 7.11 8.40 10.80 12.80 15.46 19.51 27.01 30.65 41.59 50.99
70 4.21 6.98 8.25 10.45 12.30 14.80 18.75 26.19 29.07 40.15 49.16

MCBs, 6kA, ‘C’ curve - MSNxxx
Derating table 3P

temp (°C) 6 8 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
-25 6.85 9.18 13.33 16.03 20.42 25.32 31.54 39.93 50.03 63.65 78.38
-20 6.75 9.08 13.06 15.78 20.06 24.89 31.00 39.28 49.20 62.53 76.96
-15 6.66 8.97 12.79 15.52 19.69 24.44 30.46 38.61 48.36 61.40 75.55
-10 6.50 8.87 12.51 15.26 19.32 23.99 29.90 37.93 47.51 60.24 74.06
-5 6.47 8.77 12.22 15.00 18.93 23.53 29.33 37.24 46.63 59.05 72.71
0 6.38 8.66 11.93 14.73 18.54 23.06 28.75 36.54 45.75 57.85 71.30
5 6.28 8.55 11.63 14.46 18.14 22.58 28.16 35.82 44.84 56.62 69.88
10 6.19 8.45 11.32 14.18 17.74 22.09 27.56 35.09 43.91 55.36 68.46
15 6.09 8.34 11.01 13.89 17.32 21.58 26.94 34.35 42.97 54.07 67.05
20 6.00 8.23 10.68 13.60 16.89 21.07 26.31 33.58 42.00 52.75 65.63
25 5.90 8.11 10.35 13.30 16.45 20.54 25.66 32.80 41.01 51.39 64.21
30 6 8 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
35 5.71 7.87 9.63 12.69 15.49 19.36 24.27 31.14 38.76 48.50 61.38
40 5.62 7.74 9.25 12.36 14.97 18.71 23.51 30.25 37.49 46.96 59.97
45 5.52 7.60 8.85 12.03 14.43 18.02 22.73 29.33 36.16 45.36 58.55
50 5.30 7.47 8.44 11.69 13.87 17.31 21.92 28.39 34.79 43.71 57.00
55 5.34 7.33 8.00 11.34 13.28 16.57 21.08 27.41 33.36 41.99 55.72
60 5.24 7.18 7.53 10.98 12.66 15.80 20.21 26.39 31.87 40.19 54.30
65 5.15 7.04 7.04 10.60 12.02 14.99 19.30 25.34 30.30 38.31 52.88
70 5.05 6.89 6.50 10.22 11.34 14.12 18.34 24.24 28.64 36.34 51.47
Protection
devices

MCBs 10kA, ‘C’ curve - NTxxxC
Dimensions Specifications Tripping curve - Tcal= 30°C C curve

68 Standards AS/NZS 60898 10000
44 Thermal trip C curve

characteristic (5-10 x In)
minute
Breaking capacity 10,000A
1000
Current rating 2A - 63A
Connection Rigid 25mm2 max. 100
45
capacity Flexible 16mm2 max.

Tightening torque 2.8Nm
10
Tripping time (sec)

time
1
Auxiliary possibilities
second
0.1
0.01
0.001
MZ203 to MZ201 MZ201 MZ202 MCB & RCBO 1 10 100
MZ209 x In (A)
Protection
devices

temp (°C) 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
-25 2.27 4.41 7.17 12.4 20.0 23.8 32.2 38.7 46.8 64.7 81.1
-20 2.25 4.37 7.08 12.2 19.7 23.5 31.6 38.1 46.2 63.5 79.6
-15 2.23 4.34 6.98 12.0 19.3 23.2 31.0 37.5 45.6 62.3 78.1
-10 2.20 4.30 6.87 11.8 19.0 22.8 30.4 37.0 45.0 61.1 76.6
-5 2.18 4.26 6.77 11.6 18.6 22.5 29.8 36.4 44.4 59.9 75.0
0 2.15 4.23 6.67 11.4 18.3 22.2 29.1 35.8 43.8 58.7 73.4
5 2.13 4.19 6.56 11.2 17.9 21.8 28.5 35.2 43.2 57.4 71.8
10 2.10 4.15 6.45 10.9 17.6 21.5 27.8 34.6 42.6 56.1 70.1
15 2.08 4.12 6.34 10.7 17.2 21.1 27.1 33.9 42.0 54.7 68.4
20 2.05 4.08 6.23 10.5 16.8 20.7 26.4 33.3 41.3 53.4 66.7
25 2.03 4.04 6.12 10.2 16.4 20.4 25.7 32.7 40.7 52.0 64.9
30 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
35 1.97 3.96 5.88 9.8 15.6 19.6 24.2 31.3 39.3 48.8 62.8
40 1.95 3.92 5.76 9.5 15.2 19.2 23.5 30.6 38.6 47.7 62.6
45 1.92 3.88 5.64 9.2 14.7 18.8 22.7 29.9 37.9 46.5 62.3
50 1.89 3.84 5.51 9.0 14.3 18.4 21.8 29.2 37.2 45.3 62.1
55 1.86 3.80 5.38 8.7 13.8 18.0 21.0 28.5 36.5 44.1 61.9
60 1.83 3.76 5.25 8.4 13.3 17.6 20.0 27.7 35.7 43.0 61.7
65 1.81 3.72 5.13 8.2 12.9 17.2 19.3 27.0 35.1 41.8 61.4
70 1.78 3.68 5.00 7.9 12.4 16.8 18.4 26.3 34.3 40.6 61.2

MCBs 10kA, ‘C’ curve - NTxxxC
Derating table 3P

temp (°C) 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
-25 2.54 4.64 7.77 12.7 20.5 24.6 31.44 40.79 50.4 64.0 78.9
-20 2.49 4.59 7.62 12.5 20.1 24.3 30.91 40.07 49.6 62.8 77.6
-15 2.45 4.53 7.48 12.3 19.8 23.9 30.37 39.34 48.7 61.7 76.2
-10 2.40 4.48 7.33 12.1 19.4 23.5 29.82 38.59 47.8 60.5 74.9
-5 2.36 4.42 7.18 11.8 19.0 23.1 29.26 37.83 46.9 59.3 73.5
0 2.31 4.36 7.02 11.6 18.6 22.7 28.69 37.06 46.0 58.0 72.1
5 2.26 4.30 6.86 11.3 18.2 22.2 28.11 36.26 45.0 56.8 70.7
10 2.21 4.25 6.70 11.1 17.8 21.8 27.52 35.45 44.1 55.5 69.2
15 2.16 4.19 6.53 10.8 17.3 21.4 26.91 34.62 43.1 54.2 67.7
20 2.11 4.12 6.36 10.6 16.9 20.9 26.29 33.77 42.1 52.8 66.2
25 2.05 4.06 6.18 10.3 16.5 20.5 25.65 32.90 41.1 51.4 64.6
30 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
35 1.94 3.94 5.81 9.7 15.5 19.5 24.33 31.08 38.9 48.5 61.4
40 1.89 3.87 5.62 9.4 15.0 19.0 23.64 30.13 37.8 47.0 59.7
45 1.83 3.81 5.42 9.1 14.5 18.5 22.93 29.15 36.6 45.5 57.9
50 1.76 3.74 5.21 8.8 14.0 18.0 22.20 28.13 35.4 43.8 56.1
55 1.70 3.67 4.99 8.5 13.5 17.5 21.44 27.08 34.2 42.1 54.3
60 1.63 3.60 4.77 8.1 12.9 16.9 20.66 25.98 32.9 40.4 52.4
65 1.58 3.54 4.57 7.8 12.4 16.4 19.96 25.02 31.8 38.9 50.7
70 1.51 3.47 4.36 7.5 11.9 15.9 19.23 24.00 30.6 37.2 48.9
Protection
devices

MCBs 10kA, ‘D’ curve - NDNxxxA
NDNxxxA dimensions Tripping curve - All In Tcal= 30°C D curve

10000
hour
1000
84.5
minute
45
100
Tripping time (sec)

44
time
67.5 10
Specifications
second
Standards AS/NZS 60898 1
Thermal trip characteristic D curve (10-20 x In)

Current rating 6A - 63A 0,1

Flexible 25mm2 max.
Tightening torque 2.8Nm 0,01
0,1 1 10 100
x In (A)
Grouping factor Assumed load factor
Number of 2&3 0.8
Protection
outgoing circuits
devices
4&5 0.7
6 to 9 0.6
10 + 0.5

temp (°C) 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
-25 2.67 5.18 7.51 12.9 20.5 25.08 31.41 39.5 51.3 65.1 81.0
-20 2.62 5.09 7.39 12.6 20.1 24.66 30.89 38.9 50.4 63.9 79.6
-15 2.56 4.99 7.26 12.4 19.7 24.24 30.35 38.2 49.5 62.6 78.1
-10 2.51 4.89 7.13 12.1 19.4 23.80 29.80 37.6 48.5 61.4 76.5
-5 2.45 4.79 7.00 11.9 19.0 23.36 29.24 37.0 47.5 60.1 75.1
0 2.39 4.68 6.87 11.6 18.6 22.91 28.68 36.3 46.5 58.9 73.5
5 2.33 4.58 6.73 11.4 18.2 22.45 28.10 35.6 45.5 57.7 72.0
10 2.27 4.47 6.59 11.1 17.8 21.98 27.51 34.9 44.5 56.5 70.5
15 2.20 4.35 6.45 10.9 17.3 21.51 26.90 34.2 43.5 55.3 69.0
20 2.14 4.24 6.30 10.6 16.9 21.02 26.28 33.5 42.4 54.0 67.5
25 2.07 4.12 6.15 10.3 16.5 20.51 25.65 32.8 41.4 52.8 65.9
30 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
35 1.93 3.87 5.84 9.7 15.5 19.47 24.33 31.2 39.0 49.4 62.0
40 1.85 3.74 5.68 9.4 15.0 18.93 23.65 30.4 37.9 48.2 60.5
45 1.77 3.61 5.52 9.1 14.5 18.37 22.94 29.6 36.7 46.7 58.7
50 1.69 3.47 5.35 8.7 14.0 17.80 22.21 28.8 35.8 47.0 58.3
55 1.60 3.33 5.17 8.4 13.5 17.20 21.46 27.9 33.6 42.8 52.8
60 1.51 3.17 4.99 8.0 12.9 16.58 20.68 27.0 32.2 40.3 50.5
65 1.41 3.01 4.80 7.6 12.3 15.94 19.87 26.1 30.7 37.6 48.1
70 1.31 2.85 4.60 7.2 11.7 15.28 19.02 25.2 29.1 34.5 45.6

MCBs 10kA, ‘D’ curve - NDNxxxA
Derating table 3P

temp (°C) 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
-25 2.59 4.88 7.61 12.7 20.3 24.8 31.04 39.04 55.3 63.0 78.7
-20 2.54 4.80 7.48 12.5 19.9 24.4 30.54 38.45 54.1 61.9 77.4
-15 2.50 4.73 7.35 12.3 19.6 24.0 30.03 37.86 52.8 60.9 76.1
-10 2.45 4.65 7.21 12.0 19.2 23.6 29.51 37.25 51.6 59.7 74.7
-5 2.39 4.58 7.07 11.8 18.8 23.2 28.99 36.64 50.3 58.6 73.4
0 2.34 4.50 6.93 11.6 18.5 22.7 28.45 36.01 48.9 57.5 72.0
5 2.29 4.42 6.78 11.3 18.1 22.3 27.91 35.37 47.5 56.3 70.6
10 2.23 4.34 6.63 11.1 17.7 21.9 27.35 34.73 46.1 55.1 69.1
15 2.18 4.26 6.48 10.8 17.3 21.4 26.78 34.06 44.7 53.9 67.6
20 2.12 4.17 6.32 10.5 16.9 21.0 26.20 33.39 43.2 52.6 66.1
25 2.06 4.09 6.16 10.3 16.4 20.5 25.61 32.70 41.6 51.3 64.6
30 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
35 1.93 3.90 5.81 9.6 15.5 19.5 24.23 31.26 38.0 48.5 61.0
40 1.85 3.79 5.61 9.2 14.9 18.9 23.44 30.50 35.8 46.9 58.9
45 1.77 3.69 5.41 8.8 14.4 18.4 22.61 29.72 33.5 45.3 56.7
50 1.69 3.58 5.19 8.3 13.8 17.8 21.76 28.92 31.0 43.6 54.4
55 1.61 3.46 4.97 7.9 13.2 17.2 20.87 28.10 28.3 41.9 52.0
60 1.51 3.34 4.74 7.4 12.6 16.6 19.94 27.26 25.4 40.0 49.6
65 1.42 3.22 4.50 6.8 11.9 16.0 18.97 26.38 22.0 38.1 46.9
70 1.31 3.10 4.24 6.2 11.2 15.3 17.94 25.48 18.0 36.1 44.2
Protection
devices

MCBs 80-125A, 10kA-15kA, ‘C and D’ curve - HMF / HMC / HMD
HMF / HMC / HMD dimensions Derating table

temp (°C) 80 100 125
-25 115.0 - -
89.9
-20 112.0 - -
45
-15 109.0 - -
-10 106.0 - -
-5 102.0 - -
44 0 99.2 124.0 -
26.3 53.3 78.8
69.5
5 96.0 120.0 -
10 92.8 116.0 -
15 89.6 112.0 -
Specifications HMFxxT HMCxxT HMDxxT
20 86.4 108.0 -
Standards AS/NZS 60898 AS/NZS 60898 AS/NZS 60898
25 83.2 104.0 -
Thermal trip C curve C curve D curve
30 80 100 125
characteristic (5-10 x In) (5-10 x In) (10-20 x In)
35 77.6 96.6 122.0
Breaking capacity 10,000A 15,000A 15,000A
40 75.1 93.1 119.0
Voltage rating 240/415V AC 240/415V AC 240/415V AC
45 72.6 89.4 115.7
Current rating 80A - 125A 80A - 125A 80A - 125A
50 70.0 85.6 112.0
No. of operations 20,000 20,000 20,000
55 67.2 81.6 109.1
Rigid connection 70mm max. 2
70mm max. 2
70mm max.
2
60 64.3 77.5 105.6

Flexible 35mm2 max. 35mm2 max. 35mm2 max.
connection 65 - - -
Tightening torque 3.5 to 5Nm 3.5 to 5Nm 3.5 to 5Nm 70 - - -
Protection
devices
Tripping curve - HMF / HMC - C curve 80A - Tcal= 30°C Tripping curve - HMD - D curve 80A - Tcal= 30°C
10000 10000
hour
hour
1000 1000
minute
minute
100
100
C curve HMF / HMC
Instantaneous trip current : 800A
Tripping time (sec)
Tripping time (sec)
C curve HMF / HMC

time
10
10
1000A and 1250A
time
second
1
second
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01 1 10 100
1 10 100 x In (A)
x In (A)

RCBOs 4.5kA - ADA3xxT

10000
hour
90 1000
45
minute
100
48.5
Tripping time (sec)

73 17.8
time
10
Specifications
second
Standards AS/NZS 61009.1 1

Voltage rating 240V AC
Current rating 6A - 32A 0.1
Residual current 30mA (Type A)

No. of operations 1000
Flexible 10mm2 max. 0.01
1.00 10.00 100.00
Tightening torque 2 Nm x In (A)
Protection
devices
Derating table

temp (°C) 6 10 16 20 25 32
-25 8.40 14.00 22.40 28.00 28.00 44.80
-15 8.04 13.40 21.44 26.80 26.80 42.90
-5 7.60 12.70 20.30 25.40 25.40 40.64
5 7.20 12.00 19.20 24.00 24.00 38.40
15 6.66 11.10 17.76 22.20 22.20 35.50
25 6.20 10.30 16.50 20.60 20.60 32.96
30 6 10 16 20 20 32
35 5.90 9.80 15.70 19.60 19.60 31.36
40 5.80 9.70 15.50 19.60 19.40 31.04
45 5.64 9.40 15.04 19.40 18.80 30.10
50 5.50 9.20 14.70 18.80 18.40 29.44
55 5.40 9.00 14.40 18.00 18.00 28.80

RCBOs 6kA - ADC3xxT

10000
hour
1000
minute
91.35
45
100
Tripping time (sec)

44
time
67.5 17.5 10
C curve ADC3xxT
Specifications
second
Standards AS/NZS 61009.1 1


Flexible 10mm2 max. 0.01
1 10 100
Tightening torque 2.3Nm x In (A)
Protection
devices
Derating table

temp (°C) 6 10 13 16 20 25 32
-25 9.16 12.95 16.07 20.15 24.6 36 43.6
-20 8.92 12.71 15.82 19.81 24.22 35 42.8
-15 8.69 12.47 15.56 19.46 23.83 34 42.0
-10 8.64 12.22 15.3 19.11 23.44 33 42.0
-5 8.21 11.96 15.03 18.75 23.04 32 40.3
0 7.98 11.71 14.76 18.39 22.63 31 39.5
5 7.74 11.44 14.48 18.01 22.22 30 38.7
10 7.51 11.17 14.20 17.63 21.79 29 37.9
15 7.27 10.89 13.91 17.24 21.36 28 37.0
20 7.04 10.6 13.61 16.84 20.92 27 36.2
25 6.80 10.31 13.31 16.42 20.46 26 35.4
30 6 10 13 16 20 25 32
35 6.33 9.78 12.77 15.72 19.69 24.65 33.7
40 6.10 9.56 12.53 15.43 19.36 24.3 32.9
45 5.86 9.33 12.29 15.14 19.04 23.94 32.1
50 6.00 9.09 12.04 14.84 18.71 23.57 33
55 5.39 8.85 11.79 14.53 18.37 23.2 30.5
60 5.15 8.6 11.53 14.22 18.03 22.82 29.6

RCBOs 6kA - ACA9xxT / ADA9xxT / AEC9xxT

10000
hour
83.5
1000
45
minute
100
44
Tripping time (sec)

67.5 35
C curve AxA5/8/9xxx
time
10 45 A - Average curve
Specifications
Standards AS/NZS 61009.1
second
Thermal trip characteristic C curve (5-10 x In) 1

Residual current 10mA / 30mA (Type A) 0,1
100mA (Type AC)

Flexible 16mm2 max. 0,01
1,00 10,00 100,00
Tightening torque 2.1 Nm x In (A)
Protection
devices
Derating table
Ambiant temp (°C) T° cal = 30°C: Rated current (A)

6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40
-25 7.23 12.02 15.33 18.53 22.69 28.19 38.30 46.88
-20 7.13 11.85 15.13 18.31 22.46 27.91 37.77 46.26
-15 7.03 11.68 14.93 18.10 22.23 27.64 37.24 45.63
-10 6.92 11.50 14.73 17.88 21.99 27.36 36.69 45.01
-5 6.81 11.33 14.53 17.65 21.75 27.07 36.14 44.38
0 6.70 11.15 14.32 17.43 21.51 26.79 35.58 43.76
5 6.59 10.97 14.11 17.20 21.27 26.50 35.01 43.14
10 6.48 10.78 13.89 16.97 21.02 26.21 34.43 42.51
15 6.36 10.59 13.68 16.73 20.77 25.91 33.84 41.89
20 6.24 10.40 13.45 16.49 20.52 25.61 33.24 41.26
25 6.12 10.20 13.23 16.25 20.26 25.31 32.63 40.64
30 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40
35 5.90 9.86 12.81 15.80 19.80 24.76 31.52 39.40
40 5.80 9.71 12.62 15.61 19.60 24.52 31.03 38.78
45 5.70 9.56 12.42 15.41 199.39 24.27 30.54 38.16
50 5.60 9.41 12.23 15.20 19.18 24.02 30.03 37.53
55 5.49 9.26 12.03 15.00 18.98 23.77 29.52 36.88
60 5.38 9.10 11.82 14.79 18.76 23.52 29 36.23

RCBOs 6kA - AxM4xxT
Dimensions Tripping curve - Tcal= 30°C C curve

10000
minute
1000
84
45
100
10
Tripping time (sec)

45
time
70 71
Specifications
second
Thermal trip characteristic C curve (5-10 x In) 0,1

0,01
Residual current 30mA / 100mA (Type A)
1,00 10,00 100,00
Tightening torque x In (A)

2Nm
Protection
devices
Derating table

6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40
-25 7.32 12.30 15.51 19.43 23.83 31.71 39.90 49.79
-20 7.21 12.11 15.30 19.14 23.51 31.16 39.25 48.98
-15 7.10 11.92 15.09 18.85 23.18 30.60 38.59 48.16
-10 6.98 11.72 14.87 18.56 22.85 30.03 37.91 47.32
-5 6.87 11.52 14.65 18.26 22.52 29.44 37.23 46.47
0 6.75 11.31 14.42 17.95 22.17 28.85 36.52 45.60
5 6.63 11.11 14.20 17.64 21.83 28.25 35.81 44.72
10 6.51 10.89 13.97 17.33 21.47 27.63 35.08 43.81
15 6.39 10.68 13.73 17.00 21.11 26.99 34.34 42.89
20 6.26 10.46 13.49 16.68 20.75 26.35 33.58 41.95
25 6.13 10.23 13.25 16.34 20.38 25.68 32.80 40.99
30 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40
35 5.86 9.75 12.73 15.62 19.56 24.29 31.15 38.86
40 5.72 9.50 12.45 15.24 19.10 23.56 30.28 37.69
45 5.58 9.24 12.16 14.85 18.63 22.81 29.39 36.48
50 5.43 8.97 11.87 14.44 18.16 22.04 28.46 35.23
55 5.28 8.69 11.57 14.02 17.66 21.23 27.51 33.93
60 5.12 8.41 11.26 13.59 17.16 20.39 26.52 32.58

RCBOs 6kA - ADA1xxT and 10kA - AD1xxB

10000
minute
1000
115.6
100
C curve
ACCxxx / ADCxxx / AECxxx
45

45 A - Average curve
10
Tripping time (sec)

time
44
65.5 17.5 1
Specifications
second
Thermal trip characteristic C curve (5-10 x In) 0.1
Breaking capacity 6000A and10,000A


0.001
Flexible 16mm2 max. 1.00 10.00 100.00
x In (A)
Tightening torque 2.1 Nm
Protection
devices
Derating table

6 10 16 20 25 32 40 45
-25 7.7 13.4 22.2 25.8 31.4 40.1 51.3 53.1
-20 7.6 13.1 21.7 25.3 30.8 39.4 50.3 52.4
-15 7.4 12.8 21.2 24.7 30.3 38.7 49.2 51.8
-10 7.3 12.6 20.7 24.2 29.8 38.0 48.2 51.0
-5 7.1 12.3 20.2 23.7 29.2 37.3 47.2 50.3
0 7.0 12.0 19.6 23.2 28.6 36.6 46.2 49.6
5 6.8 11.7 19.1 22.6 28.1 35.9 45.1 48.9
10 6.7 11.4 18.5 22.1 27.5 35.1 44.1 48.1
15 6.5 11.0 17.9 21.6 26.9 34.4 43.1 47.4
20 6.4 10.7 17.3 21.1 26.3 33.6 42.1 46.6
25 6.2 10.4 16.7 20.5 25.6 32.8 41.0 45.8
30 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 45
35 5.8 9.6 15.4 19.6 24.3 31.2 39.1 44.2
40 5.6 9.3 14.8 19.2 23.7 30.3 38.2 43.4
45 5.4 8.9 14.1 18.8 23.0 29.4 37.3 42.5
50 5.2 8.4 13.5 18.4 22.2 28.5 36.4 41.6
55 5.0 8.0 12.9 18.0 21.5 27.6 35.5 40.8
60 4.8 7.5 12.3 17.6 20.7 26.6 34.6 39.9

RCBOs 10kA - AxA5xxT

10000
hour
83.5
1000
45
minute
100
44
Tripping time (sec)

67.5 35
C curve AxA5/8/9xxx
time
10 45 A - Average curve
Specifications
second
Thermal trip characteristic C curve (5-10 x In) 1

Residual current 10mA / 30mA (Type A) 0,1

Flexible 16mm2 max.
Tightening torque 2.1 Nm 0,01
1,00 10,00 100,00
x In (A)
Protection
devices
Derating table

temp (°C) 6 10 13 16 20 25 32
-25 7.23 12.02 15.33 18.53 22.69 28.19 38.30
-20 7.13 11.85 15.13 18.31 22.46 27.91 37.77
-15 7.03 11.68 14.93 18.10 22.23 27.64 37.24
-10 6.92 11.50 14.73 17.88 21.99 27.36 36.69
-5 6.81 11.33 14.53 17.65 21.75 27.07 36.14
0 6.70 11.15 14.32 17.43 21.51 26.79 35.58
5 6.59 10.97 14.11 17.20 21.27 26.50 35.01
10 6.48 10.78 13.89 16.97 21.02 26.21 34.43
15 6.36 10.59 13.68 16.73 20.77 25.91 33.84
20 6.24 10.40 13.45 16.49 20.52 25.61 33.24
25 6.12 10.20 13.23 16.25 20.26 25.31 32.63
30 6 10 13 16 20 25 32
35 5.90 9.86 12.81 15.80 19.80 24.76 31.52
40 5.80 9.71 12.62 15.61 19.60 24.52 31.03
45 5.70 9.56 12.42 15.41 19.39 24.27 30.54
50 5.60 9.41 12.23 15.20 19.18 24.02 30.03
55 5.49 9.26 12.03 15.00 18.98 23.77 29.52
60 5.38 9.10 11.82 14.79 18.76 23.52 29.00

RCBOs 10kA - AxX4xxT
Dimensions Tripping curve - Tcal= 30°C C curve

10000
minute
1000
84
45
100
10
Tripping time (sec)

45
time
70 71
Specifications
second
Thermal trip characteristic C curve (5-10 x In) 0,1

0,01
Residual current 30mA / 100mA (Type A)
1,00 10,00 100,00
Tightening torque x In (A)

2Nm
Protection
devices
Derating table

6A 10A 13A 16A 20A 25A 32A 40A
-25 7.32 12.30 15.51 19.43 23.83 31.71 39.90 49.79
-20 7.21 12.11 15.30 19.14 23.51 31.16 39.25 48.98
-15 7.10 11.92 15.09 18.85 23.18 30.60 38.59 48.16
-10 6.98 11.72 14.87 18.56 22.85 30.03 37.91 47.32
-5 6.87 11.52 14.65 18.26 22.52 29.44 37.23 46.47
0 6.75 11.31 14.42 17.95 22.17 28.85 36.52 45.60
5 6.63 11.11 14.20 17.64 21.83 28.25 35.81 44.72
10 6.51 10.89 13.97 17.33 21.47 27.63 35.08 43.81
15 6.39 10.68 13.73 17.00 21.11 26.99 34.34 42.89
20 6.26 10.46 13.49 16.68 20.75 26.35 33.58 41.95
25 6.13 10.23 13.25 16.34 20.38 25.68 32.80 40.99
30 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40
35 5.86 9.75 12.73 15.62 19.56 24.29 31.15 38.86
40 5.72 9.50 12.45 15.24 19.10 23.56 30.28 37.69
45 5.58 9.24 12.16 14.85 18.63 22.81 29.39 36.48
50 5.43 8.97 11.87 14.44 18.16 22.04 28.46 35.23
55 5.28 8.69 11.57 14.02 17.66 21.23 27.51 33.93
60 5.12 8.41 11.26 13.59 17.16 20.39 26.52 32.58

CDAxxxT, CDxxxT, CExxxT RCCBs - Safety switches
Dimensions Auxiliary possibilities

or
83.5
45
CZ001
CZ001 MZ203...
MZ203... CZ001
CZ001
MZ206
MZ206
44
Electrical connection
Electrical connection C1 C2 N1 N2
C1 C2 N1 N2 C1 - circuit 1
67.5 35 71
2 poles C1 - circuit 1
C2 - circuit 2
2 poles C2 - circuit 2
Specifications
1 N
Voltage rating 230V AC (2P); 230/400V AC (4P) 1 N
T
Frequency 50Hz L N T
L N
Current rating 2 mod 30mA - 25A to 100A E L N
EN L N
100mA - 25A to 100A 2 N
4 mod 30mA - 25A to 100A N 2 N
A
100mA - 80A to 100A
A
Connection capacity Rigid 25mm2 max. (50mm2 for 80A, 100A) For a 2 pole 40 A unit, where for example two power circuits are to be
Forprotected,
a 2 pole the
40 Hager
A unit, neutral
where for link example
KM03A two
may power
be connected to the
circuits are N
to be
Flexible 16mm2 max. (35mm2 for 80A, 100A) terminal for
protected, theconvenient splitting
Hager neutral linkofKM03A
the neutrals.
may be connected to the N
Tightening torque 2.8Nm terminal for convenient splitting of the neutrals.
Electrical
4 polesconnection
Protection
4 poles
Three phase & neutral Three phase Single phase Single phase
devices
(unbalanced load) (balanced load) Two circuits Three circuits

Three phase & neutral Three phase Single phase Single phase
(common neutral)
(unbalanced load) (balanced load) Two circuits Three circuits
(common neutral)
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L N L N L L N N L L L N
or
1 3 5 N 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 N
or 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 N
T T T T T
1 3 5 N 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 N
T T T T T
2 4 6 N 2 4 6 N 2 4 6 N 2 4 6 N 2 4 6 N
2 4 6 N 2 4 L2
6 L3
N 2 4 6 N 2 4 6 N 2 4 6 N
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L N L N L L N N L L L N
Derating table

16A 25A 40A 63A 80A 100A
-25 16 25 40 63 80 100
-20 16 25 40 63 80 100
-15 16 25 40 63 80 100
-10 16 25 40 63 80 100
-5 16 25 40 63 80 100
0 16 25 40 63 80 100
5 16 25 40 63 80 100
10 16 25 40 63 80 100
15 16 25 40 63 80 100
20 16 25 40 63 80 100
25 16 25 40 63 80 100
30 16 25 40 63 80 100
35 16 25 40 63 80 100
40 16 25 40 63 80 100
45 16 25 25 63 80 80
50 16 25 25 63 80 80
55 16 25 25 63 80 80
60 16 25 25 40 63 63
65 16 25 25 40 63 63
70 16 16 16 40 40 40

MCB, RCBO and RCCB Accessories
HMFxxxT Axx3xxT CDAxxxT

HMCxxxT AxA1xxT ADA9xxT AxM4xxT CDxxxT
Cat ref. MSNxxx NTxxxC NDNxxxA HMDxxxT Ax1xxB AEC9xxT AxA5xxT AxX4xxT CExxxT
Switch type MCB MCB MCB MCB RCBO RCBO RCBO RCBO RCCBs
kA rating 6kA 10kA 10kA 10kA 4.5 & 6kA 6kA 10kA 6 & 10kA -
No. of modules 1/2/3 1/2/3 1/2/3 1.5/3.5/4.5 1 2 2 4 2/4
Combination auxiliary CZ001 - - - - - - - - •
and alarm contacts
Heat dissipation inserts LZ060 • • • • • • • • •
Auxiliary contacts MZ201 - • • • - - • • •
Alarm contacts MZ202 - • • • - - • • •
Shunt trip relays MZ203 - • • • - - • • •
MZ204 - • • • - - • • •
Undervoltage releases MZ206 - • • • - - • • •
Terminal covers MZN120 - - • - - - - - -
MZN130 - - - • - - - - -
Phase barriers MZN121 - - • - - - - - -
MZN131 - - - • - - - - -
Toggle locking device MZN175 • • • • • • • • •
Wiring diagram - MZ201 or MZ202 contact

Grouping / combination of several auxiliaries MZ201 auxiliary contact or MZ 202 Alarm contact
On compatible 1,2 and 3 pole MCBsand RCBOs it is possible to associate
3 auxiliaries - 2 indication auxiliaries and 1 release auxiliary. In this case, it is Ph
important to first fix the indication auxiliary (MZ201 and MZ202) and then the N
release auxiliary (MZ203, MZ204 and MZ206).
MCB Auxiliary possibilities

14 22
Protection
devices
MZ 201
13 21 or
MZ202
MZ203 to MZ201 MZ201 MZ202 MCB & RCBO
MZ206 Wiring diagram - MZ203 shunt trip
An emergency stop button (NO) and a shunt trip - commonly used in automation.
Ph
Combination auxiliary and alarm contact N
If shunt trip or undervoltage release is required,
the CZ001 must be used as a coupler.
RCCB Auxiliary possibilities

MZ203
MZ202
D1
91 93
or U
D2 92 94
CZ001
CZ001 MZ203...
MZ203... CZ001
CZ001
MZ206
MZ206
Wiring diagram - MZ206 Undervoltage release

An emergency stop button (NC) and an undervoltage release. For when positive
safety is required. e.g. emergency button.
Ph
N
MZ206
MZ202
D1
91 93
U
D2 92 94

One module Add-On Block - Commercial
Dimensions
50.4 Tighten the 3 MCB

screws before
closing the cover
out N N in
D
B
123
I PZ2
83.5
45
A C
44 Load
67.5 71 L1 L2 L3 N N
out out out out in
T
Specifications E
Standards AS/NZS 61008.1 N
Current rating Suitable Add-On for commercial 3 pole
Protection
MCB’s up to 63A (NT & NDN series)

devices

Flexible 16mm2 max. L1 L2 L3
Tightening torque 3.5Nm IN Supply
3Ph + N
L1 L1'
{
IN L2
L3
L2'
L3' { OUT
14 mm max.
out N
N'
N IN
N in
6 - 40 A :10 mm2
I
40 - 63 A : 16 mm2
3Ph
L1 L1' 6 - 40 A :16 mm2
{
IN L2
L3
{
L2' OUT
L3'
40 - 63 A : 25 mm2
out N
N in
I

Class 1 protection Class II protection Class II fine Telecom

Ref SPA212A SPA412A SPN165R SPN140D SPN140R SPN115D SPN115R SPN208D SPN408D SPN505
Installation extreme extreme maximum high high moderate moderate low low moderate
exposure level
Standard EN61643-11: EN61643-11: EN61643-11: EN61643-11: EN61643-11: EN61643-11: EN61643-11: EN61643-11: EN61643-11: EN61643-21:
2002-12 2002-12 2002-12 2002-12 2002-12 2002-12 2002-12 2002-12 2002-12 2000-09
Connection type Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Serial
Power supply MEN MEN MEN MEN MEN MEN MEN MEN MEN -
Protection type common & common & common common common common common common & common & common &
differential differential differential differential differential
Nominal voltage UN 230V a.c. 230/400V a.c. 230V a.c. 230V a.c. 230V a.c. 230V a.c. 230V a.c. 230V a.c. 230/400V a.c. 130V d.c.
Rated voltage UC 255V a.c. 255V a.c. 275V a.c. 275V a.c. 275V a.c. 275V a.c. 275V a.c. 275Va.c.(L→N) 275Va.c.(L→N) 170V d.c.
255Va.c.(N→PE) 255Va.c.(N→PE)
Voltage protection UP ≤2.5kV ≤2.5kV ≤1.5kV ≤1.2kV ≤1.2kV ≤1.0kV ≤1.0kV ≤1.5kV ≤1.5kV ≤0.6kV
(common)
(differential) between UP ≤2.5kV ≤2.5kV - - - - - ≤1.0kV (L→N) ≤1.0kV (L→N) ≤275V
live condition ≤1.5kV (L/N→PE) ≤1.5kV (L/N→PE)
TOV characteristic UT - - 335V / 5sec 335V / 5sec 335V / 5sec 335V / 5sec 335V / 5sec 335V / 5sec 335V / 5sec -
Rated load current IL - - - - - - - - - 200mA
Nominal discharge In - - 20kA 15kA 15kA 5kA 5kA 2kA 2kA 2.5kA
current (8/20)
Max. discharge Imax - - 65kA 40kA 40kA 15kA 15kA 8kA 8kA -
current (8/20)
Impulse current Iimp 12.5kA (L→N) 12.5kA (L→N) - - - - - - - -
(10/350) 50kA (N→PE) 25kA (N→PE)
Follow current Ifl 12.5kArms (L→N) 12.5kArms (L→N) - - - - - 100A rms 100A rms -
interrupting rating (N-PE) 100Arms (N→PE) 100Arms (N→PE)
Residual current IPE <100µA <100µA <300µA <300µA <300µA <300µA <300µA <5µA <5µA -
Replacement - - SPN065R SPN040D SPN040R SPN015D SPN015R SPN008D SPN008D -
cartridge SPN008N SPN008N
Maximum rating of MCB 125A series / 125A series / 32A C curve 32A C curve 32A C curve 32A C curve 32A C curve 32A C curve 32A C curve -
Protection
overcurrent protection 315A parallel 315A parallel
devices
Response time tA ≤100ns ≤100ns ≤25ns ≤25ns ≤25ns ≤25ns ≤25ns ≤25ns (L→N) ≤25ns (L→N) ≤1ns (L→N)
≤100ns(N→PE) ≤100ns(N→PE) ≤100ns(N→PE)
Operating temperature -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to
range +60oC +60oC +60oC +60oC +60oC +60oC +60oC +80oC +80oC +60oC
Indication of SPD green LED on green LED on green green green green green green green -
disconnector L1, L2, L3 L1, L2, L3 yellow - yellow - yellow - -
red red red red red red red
Connection capacity min 10mm2 10mm2 2.5mm2 2.5mm2 2.5mm2 2.5mm2 2.5mm2 2.5mm2 2.5mm2 screw terminal /
rigid / flexbile rigid / flexbile rigid / flexible rigid / flexible rigid / flexible rigid / flexible rigid / flexible rigid / flexible rigid / flexible RJ45 jack
L1,N,PE max 50mm2 50mm2 35mm2 35mm2 35mm2 35mm2 35mm2 35mm2 stranded / 35mm2 stranded / 2.5mm2 / -
stranded / stranded / stranded / stranded / stranded / stranded / stranded / 25mm2 flexible 25mm2 flexible
35mm2 flexible 35mm2 flexible flexible flexible flexible flexible flexible
L1’,N’,PE’ max 35mm2 35mm2 - - - - - - - -
stranded / stranded /
25mm flexible 25mm flexible
2 2
Tightening torque 7Nm 7Nm 5Nm 5Nm 5Nm 5Nm 5Nm 5Nm 5Nm 1.2Nm
Mounting DIN rail DIN rail DIN rail DIN rail DIN rail DIN rail DIN rail DIN rail DIN rail DIN rail
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP10
Width 4 mod 8 mod 1 mod 1 mod 1 mod 1 mod 1 mod 2 mod 4 mod 1.5 mod
Weight 665g 1260g 150g 126g 133.5g 126g 120g 213g 389g 82g
Auxiliary contact
Contact type changeover changeover changeover
Electrical UN / IN a.c. 250V / a.c. 250V / a.c. 250V /
characteristics 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A
d.c. 250V / d.c. 250V / d.c. 250V /
0.1A 0.1A 0.1A
Connection capacity min 0.25mm2 rigid 0.25mm2 rigid 0.25mm2 rigid
max 1.5mm2 1.5mm2 1.5mm2
stranded stranded stranded
SPN115R, SPN140R, SPN165R SPN115D, SPN140D
Green
Green
Red
Yellow
Red

Surge protection single phase layout example

in Main switchboard with MEN link
Main Switch or
Main Breaker
> 32A
Main switchboard Sub-board

with MEN link without MEN link
MCB
D1 32A max.
MCB
32A max.
To final sub-circuits for To final sub-circuits for
sensitive equipment very sensitive equipment
6mm2
L1
> 5m in same building
1 x SPN1xxD/R
D1 + D2 SPN208D
30-60cm optional protection for
very sensitive equipment
Main
Neutral Neutral
6mm2 MEN
D2
Protection
devices
Main Earth
Earth
Surge protection single phase layout example

in sub-board without MEN link
Main Switch or
Main Breaker
> 32A
Sub-board Sub-board
without MEN link without MEN link
MCB
D1 32A max.
MCB
32A max.
Neutral sensitive equipment very sensitive equipment
6mm2
L1 L1
2 x SPN1xxD/R D1 + D2
SPN208D
30-60cm
optional protection for
Neutral
6mm2 D2
Earth Earth

Surge protection three phase layout example

in Main switchboard with MEN link
Main Switch or
Main Breaker
> 32A
Main switchboard Sub-board

with MEN link without MEN link
MCB
D1 32A max.
MCB
32A max.
sensitive equipment very sensitive equipment
6mm2
L1 L2 L3
3 x SPN1xxD/R
D1 + D2
x
SPN408D Optional protection for

1xx
1xx
1xx
30-60cm very sensitive equipment

SPN
SPN
SPN
Main
Neutral Neutral
6mm2 MEN
D2
Protection
devices
Main Earth
Earth
Surge protection three phase layout example

in sub-board without MEN link
Main Switch or
Main Breaker
> 32A
Sub-board Sub-board
without MEN link without MEN link
MCB
D1 32A max.
MCB
32A max.
Neutral sensitive equipment very sensitive equipment
6mm2
L1 L2 L3 L1
4 x SPN1xxD/R D1 + D2
SPN408D Optional protection for
30-60cm
Neutral
6mm2 D2
Earth Earth

Cascade tables BS88 Fuses - RCBO / MCB
Upstream
Lawson ME & MF
BS88 part 3 (BS 1361)
IEC/EN 60269-3
80kA, 415 VAC
(House Service)
Device Curve In (A) 50 63 80 100
AxA9 C 10 80 80 6 6
6kA 13 80 80 6 6
IEC 61009
16 80 80 6 6
20 80 80 6 6
25 80 80 40 6
32 80 80 40 6
AxA5 C 10 80 80 10 10
10kA 13 80 80 10 10
IEC 61009
16 80 80 80 10
20 80 80 80 10
25 80 80 80 80
32 80 80 80 80
ADC3 C 10 80 80 6 6
6kA 13 80 80 6 6
IEC 61009
16 80 80 6 6
20 80 80 80 6
25 80 80 80 6
AD1 C Up to 32A 80 80 80 80
10kA
IEC 61009
NT C Up to 63A 80 80 80 80
10kA
Protection
IEC 60898
devices
MSN C Up to 63A 80 80 35 20
6kA
IEC 60898
NDN D 6 80 80 80 10
10kA 10 80 80 80 10
IEC 60898
16 80 80 80 10
20 80 80 80 80
25 80 80 80 80
32 80 80 80 80
40 80 80 80 80
50 80 80 80 80
63 - - 80 80
HMF C 80 - - 80 80
10kA 100 - - - 80
IEC 60898
125 - - - -
HMC C 80 - - 80 80
15kA 100 - - - 80
IEC 60898
Downstream
125 - - - -
HMD D 80 - - 80 80
15kA 100 - - - 80
IEC 60898
125 - - - -

Selectivity Table Fuse - RCBO

Network: 230/240 - 400/415 VAC
Upstream Upstream
Lawson ME & MF Lawson ME & MF
BS88 part 3 (BS 1361) BS88 part 3 (BS 1361)
IEC 60269 IEC 60269
80kA, 415 VAC 80kA, 415 VAC
(House Service) (House Service)
Device Curve In (A) 50 63 80 100 Device Curve In (A) 50 63 80 100
AxA9 C 10 1.83 4.32 T T NT C 2 3.04 8.27 T T
6kA 13 1.78 4.18 T T 10kA 4 2.1 5.22 T T
IEC IEC
61009 16 1.7 3.66 T T 60898 6 1.7 3.48 7.63 T
20 1.35 2.69 T T 10 1.54 3.04 6.48 T
25 - 2.75 5.85 T 13 1.28 2.58 5.42 T
32 - - 4.93 T 16 1.26 2.56 5.42 T
40 - - - T 20 1.08 2.16 4.27 8.5
AxA5 C 6 3.2 8.78 T T 25 1.08 2.16 4.27 8.5
10kA 10 1.83 4.32 T T 32 0.94 1.81 3.38 6.62
IEC
61009 13 1.78 4.18 T T 40 - 1.81 3.38 6.62
16 1.7 3.66 9.08 T 50 - - 3.04 5.36
20 1.35 2.69 6.23 T 63 - - - 5.36
25 - 2.75 5.85 T MSN C 6 1.37 2.7 5.59 T
32 - - 4.93 7.33 6kA 10 1.17 2.22 4.34 T
IEC
40 - - - 6.93 60898 13 0.98 1.86 3.62 T
ADC3 C 10 1.45 3.5 T T 16 0.98 1.86 3.62 T
6kA 13 1.3 3 T T 20 0.82 1.57 3.05 5.95
IEC
61009 16 1.2 2.65 T T 25 0.82 1.57 3.05 5.95
20 1.1 2.4 5.4 T 32 0.71 1.45 2.82 5.39
Protection
25 40
devices
1 1.9 3.8 T - 1.45 2.82 5.39

AD1 C 10 1.3 2.5 5.43 T 50 - - 2.58 4.86
10kA
Downstream
16 1.11 2.08 4.31 8.45 63 - - - 4.86

IEC
61009 20 0.92 1.71 3.31 6.07 NDN D 6 1.45 3.58 9.5 T
25 0.92 1.71 3.31 6.07 10kA 10 1.36 2.9 6.5 T
IEC
32 0.79 1.44 2.75 4.82 60898 16 - 2.31 4.83 T
20 - - 4.2 7.5
25 - - - 6.5
32 - - - 5.29
40 - - - -
50 - - - -
63 - - - -
HMF C 80 - - - 2.3
10kA 100 - - - 0.7
IEC
60898 125 - - - -
HMC C 80 - - - 2.3
15kA 100 - - - 0.7
IEC
Downstream
60898 125 - - - -
HMD D 80 - - - 0.75
15kA 100 - - - -
IEC 60898
125 - - - -

Control
and indication
This section provides a selection of Isolating, changeover and selector switches, push
buttons, indicator lights, delay timers, emergency lighting test packages, DIN socket outlets
and contactors that are used for isolation, installation monitoring and circuit control.
06 Page
Isolating switches 12
Changeover switches 235
Selector switches 236
Contactors 237
Latching relays 239
Interface relays 239
Push buttons 240
Indicator lights 241
DIN socket outlets 241
Transformers, bells and buzzers 242
Emergency lighting discharge test packages 243
indication
Control &
Control and indication
Isolating switches
Description contact indication, with ON position ‘I’ - PZ2 terminal screw for all ratings. - 25mm2 rigid cables
For use as a switch isolator in all types in red and OFF position ‘O’ in green. - Comply with - 16mm2 flexible cables
of circuits. As defined in AS/NZS3000- AS/NZS IEC 60947-3 and - In: 80A, 100A and 125A
2007, clause 2.3.3.2, the supply to Technical data IEC60669-2-4 for ratings up to 63A - 50mm2 rigid cables
every installation shall be controlled - AC 22B duty specification(mixed - 35mm2 flexible cables
by a main switch or switches that resistive and inductive Connection capacity
control the whole installation. Positive loads. Not motors) - In: 40A and 63A Technical information: Page 244
Single pole Characteristics Width Cat ref.
1 x 40A 230V~ 1 mod SBR140

1 x 63A 230V~ 1 mod SBR163
1 x 80A 230V~ 1 mod SBR180
1 x 100A 230V~ 1 mod SBR190
SBR163
Double pole Characteristics Width Cat ref.

2 x 40A 230 to 400V~ 2 mod SBR240
2 x 63A 230 to 400V~ 2 mod SBR263
2 x 80A 230 to 400V~ 2 mod SBR280
2 x 100A 230 to 400V~ 2 mod SBR290
SBR263
Triple pole Characteristics Width Cat ref.

3 x 40A 400V~ 3 mod SBR340
3 x 63A 400V~ 3 mod SBR363
3 x 80A 400V~ 3 mod SBR380
indication
Control &
3 x 100A 400V~ 3 mod SBR390

3 x 125A 400V~ 3 mod SBR399
SBR399
Four pole Characteristics Width Cat ref.
N 4 x 63A 400V~ neutral right 4 mod SBR463

4 x 100A 400V~ neutral right 4 mod SBR490
SBR490
Auxiliary contacts Characteristics Width Cat ref.

1NO + 1NC 6A AC1 0.5 mod ESC080
For remote indication, mechanical indicator
1NC 1NO to show the position of the contact.
Maximum one auxiliary module
per isolator device (left fitting)
ESC080

Changeover switches
Description Connection capacity Technical data Technical information: Page 245

Manual changeover switches - 16mm2 rigid AC22B duty secification (mixed
for the control between two - 10mm2 flexible resistive and inductive - not
power supplies or circuits motors) comply to IEC 60947-3.
SFx63 comply to IEC 60669-2-4.
Changeover Switches
Description Characteristics Width Cat ref.
I-II Single pole, 2 ways 1 x 25A 230V~ 1 mod SFL125
with bottom common point
1 3
SFM125
2
I-II Single pole, 2 ways, 1NO/1NC 2 x 25A 230V~ 1 mod SFM125

w/out common point
1 3
2 4
I-II Double pole with bottom common point 2 x 25A 230V~ 2 mod SFL225
1 3 5 7
SFT225
2 6
I-O-II Single pole 1 x 25A 230V~ 1 mod SFB125 SFT125

Switches centre - off changeover with bottom common point
1
1 x 40A 230V~ 1 mod SFT140
I II
SFMT440
I-O-II Double pole 2 x 25A 230V~ 2 mod SFB225 SFT225
indication
Control &
1 5
2 x 40A 230V~ 2 mod SFT240
I II I II
I-O-II Four pole 4 x 40A 230V~ 4 mod SFT440

1 5 9 13
SF263
I II I II I II I II
Double pole with bottom common point 2 x 63A 230V~ 4 mod SF263
Four pole 4 x 63A 400V~ 8 mod SF463
SF463
SF263 - Double pole SF463 - Four pole

Selector switches
Description Connection capacity: Conform to IEC947-3

To provide command signals - Rigid conductor: 1.5 to 10mm2 BS EN 60947-3
or program selection in - Flexible conductor: 1 to 6mm2
electrical control schemes Isolating voltage: 500V~
Nominal current: 10-20A
Selector Switches
1 pole selector switch 20A 400V~ 3 mod SK600
Non spring return
2 pole selector switch 20A 400V~ 3 mod SK601

SK602
Spring return
Voltmeter selector 20A 400V~ 3 mod SK602

3Ph&N
- 3 readings between phases
- 3 readings between phase & neutral
- Null position (no reading)
SK603
Ammeter selector 20A 400V~ 3 mod SK603

- 4 positions
- Use in 3Ph&N
- Reading by phase
- 0 position (no reading)
- Should be used with current transformer
(CT)
indication
SK606
Control &
Step selector switch 20A 400V~ 3 mod SK604
Key selector switch 10A 400V~ 3 mod SK606
Spare key SK001

For SK606

Contactors
Contactors Night & Day override Output contacts Output (Motor) AC3/AC7b (50Hz)
Remote switching and control of allows the End User to set output 1NO, 1NO+1NC, 2NO, 2NC, 8.5A, 25A, 32A
power circuits suitable for lighting, contact permanently Off or temporarily 2NO+2NC, 3NO, 4NO, 4NC at 230V AC
heating, ventilation, pumps and home On until next switching cycle. 880W, 2.6kW, 3.3kW
automation. Output (Heating) AC1/AC7a (50Hz) at 400V AC
Specifications: 25A, 40A, 63A 2.6kW, 7.8kW, 10kW
Manual override Coil Voltage: at 230V AC
to set output contacts permanently 230V AC (50Hz) 4.6kW, 7.3kW, 11.6kW Technical information: Page 246
On or Off – Great for fault finding. 24V AC (50Hz) at 400V AC
13.8kW, 22kW, 35kW
Contactors
Type Coil AC (50Hz) Override Rated output current Width Cat ref.
AC1/AC7a AC3/AC7b
1NO A1 1 230V AC Manual 25A 8.5A 1 mod ERC125
230V AC No 25A 8.5A 1 mod ESC125
A2 2
1NO+1NC A1 1 3 230V AC No 25A 8.5A 1 mod ESC227

24V AC No 25A 8.5A 1 mod ESD227
ERC225
A2 2 4
2NC A1 1 3 230V AC No 25A 8.5A 1 mod ESC226
A2 2 4
2NO A1 1 3 230V AC Manual 25A 8.5A 1 mod ERC225

24V AC Manual 25A 8.5A 1 mod ERD225
A2 2 4 230V AC Night & Day 25A 8.5A 1 mod ETC225
24V AC No 25A 8.5A 1 mod ESD225
A1 1 7 230V AC No 40A 25A 3 mod ESC240
230V AC No 63A 32A 3 mod ESC263 ESC425
A2 2 8
3NO A1 1 3 5 230V AC No 25A 8.5A 2 mod ESC325

230V AC No 40A 25A 3 mod ESC340
A2 2 4 6 230V AC Night & Day 40A 25A 3 mod ETC340
2NO+2NC A1 1 3 5 7 230V AC No 25A 8.5A 2 mod ESC427
indication
Control &
A2 2 4 6 8
4NC A1 1 3 5 7 230V AC No 40A 25A 3 mod ESC441

A2 2 4 6 8 ESC463
4NO A1 1 3 5 7 230V AC Manual 25A 8.5A 2 mod ERC425
A2 2 4 6 8 230V AC No 40A 25A 3 mod ESC440
Accessories

Auxiliary contact 11 13 (Leftside fitting - maximum one AUX per contactor device) ESC080
(1NO+1NC)
12 14
Heat dissipation insert LZ060
LZ060

Hum-free contactors
Hum-free contactors Night & Day override Output contacts Output AC3/AC7b (50Hz)
designed to provide customers with a allows the End User to set output 1NO+1NC, 2NO, 2NC, 2NO+2NC, 8.5A, 25A, 32A
good nights sleep. Remote switching contact permanently Off or temporarily 3NO, 3NO+1NC, 4NO, 4NC at 230V AC
and control of power circuits suitable On until next switching cycle 880W, 2.6kW, 3.3kW
for lighting, heating, ventilation, pumps Output AC1/AC7a (50Hz) at 400V AC
and home automation Specifications: 25A, 40A, 63A 2.6kW, 7.8kW, 10kW
Coil Voltage: at 230V AC
Manual override 230V AC (50Hz) 4.6kW, 7.3kW, 11.6kW Technical information: Page 246
to set output to contacts permanently at 400V AC
On or Off – Great for fault finding 13.8kW, 22kW, 35kW
Hum Free Contactors

Type Coil AC (50Hz) Override Rated output current Width Cat ref.
or DC
AC1/AC7a AC3/AC7b
2NO A1 1 230V AC No 25A 8.5A 1 mod ESC225S

230V AC No 40A 25A 3 mod ESC240S
A2 2 230V AC No 63A 32A 3 mod ESC263S
3NO A1 1 3 5 230V AC Manual 25A 8.5A 2 mod ESC325S
ESC425S 230V AC No 40A 25A 3 mod ESC340S
A2 2 4 6
3NO+1NC A1 1 3 5 7 230V AC No 25A 8.5A 2 mod ESC428S
A2 2 4 6 8
4NC A1 1 3 5 7 230V AC No 25A 8.5A 2 mod ESC426S
A2 2 4 6 8
4NO A1 1 3 5 7 230V AC No 25A 8.5A 2 mod ESC425S

230V AC No 40A 25A 3 mod ESC440S
A2 2 4 6 8 230V AC No 63A 32A 3 mod ESC463S
ESC463S
Accessories
indication
Control &

Auxiliary contact 11 13 (Leftside fitting - maximum one AUX per contactor device) ESC080
(1NO+1NC)
12 14
Heat dissipation insert LZ060
LZ060

Latching relays and Interface relays
Latching relay description Applications Interface relay description Connection capacity

Latching relays operate when pulsed For the control of lighting circuits To interface between low voltage - 6mm2 rigid cables
by a signal voltage. The pulse can be in private buildings, small industrial and extra low voltage circuits - 4mm2 flexible cables
provided via a push button or switch. buildings and administration buildings. to ensure galvanic insulation
The first impulse sets the relay into its between LV and ELV to 4kV.
set (opposite) state, the next impulse Connection capacity:
returns it to its reset (original) state. - Rigid capacity: 1.5 to 10mm2 Application
- Flexible capacity: 1 to 6mm2 Interface between fire alarm, burglar
alarm and other ELV systems
Technical information: Page 250 and main distribution circuits.
Latching relays
Description Coil 50/60Hz V ac Coil V dc Power circuit AC1 Width Cat ref.
1NO 230V ac 110V dc 16A-250V 1 mod EPE510
1NO + 1NC 230V ac 110V dc 16A-250V 1 mod EPE515
EPE510
Interface relay ELV/LV 1 way

Output: 1 changeover Coil voltage: 10 to 1 mod EN145
26V AC/DC
A1 1
Contact
max. 5A 230V~ -
A2 2 4 min. 10mA - 12V DC
EN145
indication
Control &

Push buttons
Description Connection capacity

2 versions: - 10mm2 rigid cables
- Impulse push buttons - 6mm2 flexible cables
- Latching push buttons
These versions with indicator Standard conformity:
lights are equipped with green or IEC60947-5-1 for push buttons
red diffuser. (LED technology) IEC62094-1 for indicator lights
Push buttons impulse without indicator light 16A - 250V~

Contacts: 1NO 1 mod SVN311M
Contacts: 1NC 1 mod SVN321M
SVN391M
Contacts: 1NO+1NC 1 mod SVN391M

(stop/start)
Push buttons impulse with indicator light

Contacts: 1NO green 1 mod SVN411M
Contacts: 1NC red 1 mod SVN422M
SVN422M
indication
Control &
Push buttons latching without indicator light 16A - 250V~

Contacts: 1NO 1 mod SVN312M
Contacts: 1NO+1NC 1 mod SVN352M
SVN312M
Push buttons latching with indicator light

Contacts: 1NO green 1 mod SVN413M
SVN413M

Indicator lights and DIN socket outlets
Description Connection capacity Standard conformity:

These products are used for remote - 10mm2 rigid cable IEC62094-1 for indicator lights
controlling signalisation of any event - 6mm2 flexible cable
in any electric installation (residential,
tertiary & industrial)LED technology
providing longer life, new design
and integrated label holder.
Indicator lights
With light 230V~ 1 x green 1 mod SVN121M
1 x red 1 mod SVN122M
1 x blue 1 mod SVN124M
1 x clear 1 mod SVN125M
3 x red 1 mod SVN127M
SVN122M, SVN125M, SVN124M
SVN121M, SVN122M, SVN127M
DIN mounted socket outlets

DIN mounted, double pole, auto 10A 2.5 mod SNO10DA
switched complete with safety 15A 2.5 mod SNO15DA
shutters and ‘ON’ indicator
indication
Control &
SNO15DA

Transformers, bells and buzzers
Description Connection capacity Note

Provide safety for extra low - Cable clamp type The transformers have a higher
voltage 8, 12, 24V~. no load voltage. The stated
Output voltages correspond to the
Technical data - Bells: 85dBA voltages at nominal load
- Secondary voltage: 8V, 12V, 24V - Buzzers: 78dBA
- Bell transformers are short When a bell transformer is Technical information: Page 251
circuit protected installed in an enclosure with
- Bells/buzzers: Maximum mains voltage equipment, 230V
continuous duty < 30min cable should be used on the
secondary side of the transformer
or extra low voltage cable should
be sheathed within the enclosure.
Safety transformers
Description Characteristics Width Cat. ref.
Frequency: 50/60Hz 25VA 4 mod ST312
Primary voltage: 230V
Secondary voltage: 12 / 24V~
63VA 6 mod ST315
ST312
Bell transformers
Frequency: 50/60Hz 2 mod ST303
Primary voltage 230V~ 8VA
Secondary voltage: 8V~ 1A
12V~ 0.67A
Frequency: 50/60Hz 3 mod ST305
Primary voltage 230V~ 16VA
Secondary voltage: 8V~ 2A
ST303
12V~ 1.33A
indication
Control &
Bells
8/12V~ 1 mod SU212
4VA - 0.35A
230V~ 1 mod SU213

6.5VA - 0.03A
SU212
Buzzers
8/12V~ 1 mod SU214
4VA - 0.35A
230V~ 1 mod SU215
6.5VA - 0.03A
SU214

Emergency lighting discharge test packages
Description Application Use and implementation Technical information: Page 251

The Hager Emergency Lighting Hager’s emergency lighting discharge Upon engaging the Green push button
Discharge Test Package has been test packages offer a convenient and for 1 second, the timer starts it’s
developed to meet the needs of the versatile discharge test facility for operation and energises the contactor
electrical industry. In accordance with maintenance of emergency lighting coil. The four normally closed contacts
AS2293, ‘Emergency Evacuation systems. This wired ‘off-the-shelf’ open, initiating operation of the
Lighting for Buildings’ a discharge package may be mounted using emergency lights. The timer, to be
test circuit MUST be installed in both the supplied enclosure where space set at 2hrs (for initial commissioning,
existing and new installations for the in the switchboard is limited. It can 90mins thereafter), completes its
purpose of testing the charge. The also be installed in the Hager range operation, de-energising the contactor
test facility must also be able to be of performa panelboards by taking coil returning the contacts to the
manually reset. advantage of the DIN rail area at the normally closed position. If the red
top of the switchboard. push button is pressed the timer resets
and is ready for the green push button
to start the timing cycle again.
Emergency test packages wired

Emergency test package 1 Includes: EMERG1W
- Wired in enclosure - 6 pole surface mount IP40 enclosure
- For use as standalone with a lockable door
- 4 circuits - 4 Pole 40A N/C Contactor
- Push button 1N/O (green) + 1N/C (red)
- Delay timer 0.1sec to 10hrs
EMERG2W and EMERG1W

- Wired in enclosure - 4 pole surface mount IP40 enclosure
- For use as standalone with a lockable door
- 2 circuits - 2 Pole 25A N/C Contactor
- Push button 1N/O (green) + 1N/C (red)
- Delay timer 0.1sec to 10hrs

- Wired without enclosure - 4 Pole 40A N/C Contactor
- For use in panelboards and/or other - Push button 1N/O (green) + 1N/C (red)
enclosures - Delay timer 0.1sec to 10hrs
- 4 circuits EMERG3W
- Wired without enclosure - 2 Pole 25A N/C Contactor
- For use in panelboards and/or other - Push button 1N/O (green) + 1N/C (red)
enclosures - Delay timer 0.1sec to 10hrs
indication
Control &
- 2 circuits

Isolating switches
Family SBRx40 SBRx63 SBRx80 SBRx90 SBR399 ESC080
Thermal current lth (40oC) 40A 63A 80A 100A 125A -
Operational frequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50Hz
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 440V 440V 440V 440V 440V 240V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6kV 6kV 6kV 6kV 6kV 4kV
Protection degree 3 3 3 3 3 2
Working temperature -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC -10 to 50oC
Storage temperature -40 to 80 C o
-40 to 80 C o
-40 to 80 C o
-40 to 80 C o
-40 to 80 C o
-40 to 80oC
Operational currents Ie (IEC 60947-3)

Load duty category Rated voltage
AC 21A 230-400V AC 40A 63A 80A 100A 125A -
AC 22B 230-400V AC 40A 63A 80A 100A 125A -
AC 22A 230-400V AC 40A 63A 80A 100A 125A -
A category = Frequent operation B category = Infrequent operation
Short circuit characteristics

Rated short time withstand current 1s lcw
IEC 60947-3 945A 945A 960A 1200A 1500A -
(rms)
6kA with 6kA with
Rated conditional short circuit current (rms) IEC 60947-3 40 or 63A 40 or 63A N/A N/A N/A -
MCB C curve MCB C curve
Associated fuse liks (gG) EN 60669 40A 63A 63A 63A 63A -
Rigid cable section 25mm2 25mm2 50mm2 50mm2 50mm2 10mm2
Flexible cable section 16mm 2
16mm 2
35mm 2
35mm 2
35mm 2
6mm2
Tightening torque 2.8Nm 2.8Nm 3.6Nm 3.6Nm 3.6Nm 3.6Nm
IP protection degree 20 20 20 20 20 20
indication
Control &
Mechanical endurance (number of cycles) 30,000 30,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 1,000,000
Electrical endurance @ AC22 (number of cycles) 5,000 5,000 2,500 2,500 2,500 60,000
Overall dimensions No. of poles

Width (mm) 1P 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 1/2P 8.75
2P 36 36 36 36 36 -
3P 53 53 53 53 53 -
4P 72 72 72 72 72 -
Height (mm) 83 83 83 83 83 83
Depth (mm) 72 72 72 72 72 60

Changeover switches
Family SF
Reference SFL125 SFM125 SFL225 SFT125 SFT140 SFT225 SFT240 SFT440 SF263 SF463
Type I-II I-II I-II I-O-II I-O-II I-O-II I-O-II I-O-II I-O-II I-O-II
Modular size 1 module 1 module 2 module 1 module 1 module 2 module 2 module 4 module 4 module 8 module
Number of Poles 1P 1P 2P 1P 1P 2P 2P 4P 2P 4P
Thermal current lth (40oC) 25A 25A 25A 25A 40A 25A 40A 40A 63A 63A
Operational frequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz
Rated operation voltage in AC 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 400V 230V 400V
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 440V 440V 440V 440V 440V 440V 440V 440V 500V 500V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4kV 4kV 4kV 4kV 4kV 4kV 4kV 4kV 4kV 4kV
Protection degree 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Working temperature -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC -20 to 50oC
Storage temperature -40 to 80oC -40 to 80oC -40 to 80oC -40 to 80oC -40 to 80oC -40 to 80oC -40 to 80oC -40 to 80oC -40 to 80oC -40 to 80oC
Operational currents Ie (IEC 60947-3)

Load duty category Rated voltage
AC 21A 230-400V AC 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 63A 63A
AC 22A 230-400V AC 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 40A 40A
AC 22B 230-400V AC 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 40A 40A
A category = Frequent operation B category = Infrequent operation
Short circuit characteristics

Rated short time withstand
IEC 60947-3 375A 375A 375A 375A 375A 375A 375A 375A N/A N/A
current 1s lcw (rms)
4.5kA with 4.5kA with
Rate conditional short
IEC 60947-3 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 63A MCB 63A MCB
circuit current (rms)
C curve C curve
indication
Control &
Rigid cable section (max.) 16mm2 16mm2 16mm2 16mm2 16mm2 16mm2 16mm2 16mm2 25mm2 25mm2
Flexible cable section (max.) 10mm 2
10mm 2
10mm 2
10mm 2
10mm 2
10mm 2
10mm 2
10mm 2
16mm 2
16mm2
Tightening torque 1.8Nm 1.8Nm 1.8Nm 1.8Nm 1.8Nm 1.8Nm 1.8Nm 1.8Nm 2.9Nm 2.9Nm
IP protection degree 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Mechanical endurance
200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 100,000 100,000
(number of cycles)
Electrical endurance @ AC22
25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 5,000 5,000
(number of cycles)
Overall dimensions
Width (mm) 17.5 17.5 35 17.5 17.5 35 35 70 71.5 143
Height (mm) 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 90 90
Depth (mm) 68 68 68 68 68 70 70 70 72 72

Contactors
Electrical Characteristic
Type ERxxxx, ESxxxx, ETCxxx ESC080
Description Modular contactor
Aux. contact
Standard conformity IEC/EN 61095
Number of module 1 2 3 3 ½
Thermal current lth (40oC) 25A 25A 40A 63A -
Rated frequency 50Hz 50Hz 50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 250V 440V 440V 440V 240V
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 4kV 4kV 4kV 4kV 4kV
Protection degree (IP rating) 2 2 2 2 2
Rated operating currents & power ratings in AC

Rated operating currents le 25A 25A 40A 63A -
AC1/AC7a 230V 4.6kW 4.6kW 7.3kW 11.6kW -
Rated operating power
400V - 13.8kW 22kW 35kW -
Rated operating currents le 8.5A 8.5A 25A 32A -
AC3/AC7b 230V 880W 880W 2.6kW 3.3kW -
Rated operating power
400V - 2.6kW 7.8kW 10kW -
Mechanical & electrical endurances

Mechanical endurance no. of operations 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000
Electrical endurance @ le AC7a (AC12 for aux) no. of operations 60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000
MCB protected short-circuit withstand

MCB MCB MCB MCB MCB
Associated protection
25A-6kA 25A-6kA 40A-10kA 63A-10kA 6A - 6kA
Power dissipation
Power dissipation per current path 1.5W 1.5W 3.2W 5W 0.4W
Magnetic system for standard contactor

Pick-up 7.4VA 9.2VA 60VA 60VA -
Coil consumption 1.8VA 1.85VA 7VA 7VA -
Closing delay 20ms 20ms 20ms 20ms -
Opening delay 15ms 15ms 20ms 20ms -
Magnetic system for Hum free contactor

indication
Control &
Pick-up 2.2W 2.8W 5W 5W -

Coil consumption 2.2W 2.8W 5W 5W -
Closing delay 25ms 25ms 25ms 25ms -
Opening delay 15ms 15ms 20ms 20ms -
Magnetic system for Lighting contactors (control)

Pick-up 9.5VA 16.3VA 16.3VA 16.3VA -
Std and eco
Coil Consumption 2.5VA 3.1VA 3.1VA 3.1VA -
Pick-up 2.5VA 3.2VA 3.2VA 3.2VA -
Hum-free
Coil Consumption 2.5VA 3.2VA 3.2VA 3.2VA -
Connection
rigid 1 to 10mm2 1 to 10mm2 4 to 25mm2 4 to 25mm2 10mm2
Main contact cable section
flexible 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 4 to 16mm2 4 to 16mm2 6mm2
Type M3.4 M3.4 M5 M5 M3.4
Main contact connection screw Posidrive PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2
Max. tight. torque 1.2Nm 1.2Nm 3.5Nm 3.5Nm 1.2Nm
rigid 1 to 10mm2 1 to 10mm2 1 to 10mm2 1 to 10mm2 6mm2
Coil connection cable section
flexible 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 6mm2
Type M3.5 M3.5 M4 M4 -
Coil connection screw Posidrive PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 -
Max. tight. torque 1.2Nm 1.2Nm 2.5Nm 2.5Nm -
Working temperature -10oC to +50oC -10oC to +50oC -10oC to +50oC -10oC to +50oC -10oC to +50oC
Storage temperature -40oC to +80oC -40oC to +80oC -40oC to +80oC -40oC to +80oC -40oC to +80oC

Choice of contactors
Choice of contactors
Knowing the type of application will assist in the selection of suitable contactors. Typical aplication parameters include ambient operating temperature, the number of
operations and the electrical load type (Heating / Motors / Lighting). Taking all into consideration will ensure continuous service and unnecessary call backs.
- Heating applications: Suitable for slightly inductive loads such as heating The contactors are AC7-a (resistive load) and AC7-b (inductive load) approved.
elements or convectors.
- Motor applications: Suitable for motor loads such as fans and pool pumps. Adjacent fitting
- Lighting loads: Incandescent, fluorescent and sicharge lamps are LZ060 inserts are to be fitted between all contactors and adjacent devices to
classified as ‘high inrush’ due to the higher current draw when first ensure optimum operation and heat dissipation.
switched on compared to the operating / running current.
Heating applications
The choice of the contactor is based on the electrical heating load, and the targeted life time.
Single phase Three phase supply
U R
U R R
U R
U R
Rated ouput voltage Rated output current AC1/AC7A (maximum load in kilowatts) Operating temps Derating factor
25A 1 1.35 3 4 4.6 Up to 40oC 1
230V AC 40A 1.6 2.2 4.7 6.3 7.3 40o - 50oC 0.9
63A 2.5 3.5 7.5 10 11.6
25A 3 4.3 8.6 12 13.8
400V AC 40A 5 6.3 14.385 18 500 22
63A 7.6 10.2 22.6 30 35
No. of operations (# see note) 600 000 300 000 150 000 100 000 60 000
#NOTE: 1 opening +1 closing contact = 2 operations. *On three phase configuration the maximum load per phase corresponds to the values
stated divided by 3.
Example application: Duty cycle or durability

4kW (230V AC) heating element ie. AC1/AC7a load The number of reliable operations of ESC225 (2 pole, 25A) contactor depends on
the connected load.
indication
Control &
Determine suitability of ESC225 (2 pole, 25A) using load calculation with Connected to 1kW (230V AC) load = 600,000 operations
temperature derating. According to data sheet for AC1/AC7a load on ESC225 – Connected to 3kW (230V AC) load = 150,000 operations
(1 module 25A) the rated operational current Connected to 4kW (230V AC) load = 100,000 operations
(Ie) = 25A, maximum load = 4.6kW (230 VAC)
How long will ESC225 (25A) connected to 4kW load last ?
Assume operating temperature = 48O C At 100 operations per day it will last a minimum of 1000 days
(ie 100,000 ÷ 100 = 1000 days).
The maximum load switching capacity at 48O C is calculated as follows: Maximum At 500 operations per day it will last a minimum of 200 days
Load x Derating factor = 4.6kW x 0.9 = 4.14kW (ie 100,000 ÷ 500 = 200 days).
Thus, ESC225 is suitable for a 4kW heating element operating If higher durability is required, the contactor can be up-sized to a higher current
at 48O C maximum. rating.
Motor applications (AC7-b equivalent to AC3)

Single phase 230V Three phase 400V
L1 U U
L1
M L2 V M
L2 V W
L3
Contactor rating Control diagram

2P 230V single phase 3P 400V three phase
Maximum power for the motor 16A 0.57 kW 1.7 kW
25A 0.88 kW 2.65 kW
40A 2.6 kW 7.8 kW
63A 3.3 kW 10 kW

Recommended number of lamps per pole of contactor
Modern lighting systems generate high inrush currents. Therefore we recommend to use the table below to calculate the maximum number of lamps (or dual fittings)
which can be connected to each pole of a Hager contactor on 230V 50Hz circuits.
- From June 2014, Hager has improved the performance of 1 and 2 module contactors. The products identified on the front face with the pictogram can accept a
higher number of lamps.
Rated output (per pole)

Lamp wattage (W)
Compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFL’s) 25A ‘+’ 40A 63A
5-7 27 49 76
CFL with external electronic ballast 9 - 11 26 40 63
15 - 26 22 36 57
5 - 15 54 86 135
CFL with integrated electronic ballast
18 - 26 40 63 100
Incandescent lamps
40 57 76 120
60 45 67 105
75 38 63 100
100 28 41 65
Tungsten Halogen Lamps 230V 150 18 29 45
200 14 22 35
300 10 15 23
500 6 9 14
1000 2 4 7
20 40 139 218
35 26 82 129
Halogen ELV (12 or 24V) 50 18 60 94
with electronic transformer 75 12 52 82
100 6 35 55
150 4 20 31
Fluorescent tubes (T5)

15 - 20 30 70 100
36 28 60 90
40 26 60 90
Single - with starter 42 24 55 83
(Low power factor <0.9) 58-65 17 35 56
80 15 30 48
115 10 20 32
140 10 16 26
15 - 20 20 36 57
indication
Control &
36 20 34 53
Single - with starter
40 - 42 20 29 45
(High power factor >0.9)
58 - 80 15 27 42
115 15 25 39
2 x 18 40 50 78
2 x 20 38 50 78
2 x 36 30 44 69
2 x 40 26 40 63
Double - with starter
2 x 42 24 40 63
(Low power factor <0.9)
2 x 58 18 27 42
2 x 65 16 27 42
2 x 80 14 22 35
2 x 115 10 16 25
2 x 18 22 34 53
2 x 20 22 29 45
2 x 36 - 42 20 27 42
Double - with starter
2 x 58 20 25 39
(High power factor >0.9)
2 x 65 14 23 36
2 x 80 14 20 31
2 x 115 10 17 25
15 - 20 22 36 57
36 22 34 53
Electr
onic Single with electronic ballast 40 - 42 22 29 45
58 - 80 20 27 42
115 20 25 39
2 x 18 22 34 53
2 x 20 22 29 45
2 x 36 - 42 20 27 42
onic
Electr Double with electronic ballast 2 x 58 20 25 39
2 x 65 14 23 36
2 x 80 14 20 31
2 x 115 10 17 25

Recommended number of lamps per pole of contactor
The information given below should be considered as indicative and is provided on an “as is” basis. Considerable variations may occur depending
on the electrical installation and equipment used. Only experienced professionals with the expertise to determine the characteristics of the electrical
installation (value and duration of inrush currents, general characterics of the installation, types of loads, etc.) may approve and implement a
configuration, in accordance with the currently applicable installation standards. Hager accepts no liability for the use made of this information.
Rated output (per pole)

Lamp wattage (W)
Discharge lamps 25A ‘+’ 40A 63A
50 28 32 50
80 18 24 37
High pressure mercury
125 10 18 28
vapour lamps
250 6 10 15
400 2 6 9
700 0 4 5
50 22 26 40
80 16 22 34
High pressure mercury 125 10 15 23
vapour lamps 250 6 9 14
(High power factor >0.9) 400 2 5 8
700 0 3 5
1000 0 2 3
18 20 18 21
Low pressure sodium
35 - 55 9 14 20
vapour lamps
90 6 9 14
135 - 180 4 6 8
18 8 12 24
35 7 10 23
Low pressure sodium vapour lamps 55 5 10 19
135 2 5 7
180 2 5 6
35 24 30 50
50 15 22 34
70 12 18 28
High Pressure sodium lamps 110 10 14 22
(Low power factor <0.9) 150 8 10 16
250 5 6 10
400 2 4 6
1000 1 2 3
35 18 31 50
50 18 22 35
indication
Control &
70 12 16 25
High Pressure sodium lamps 110 8 13 21
250 4 7 11
400 2 5 8
1000 1 2 3
35 30 42 55
70 17 26 36
Metal - Halide Lamp 150 12 14 20
(Low power factor <0.9) 250 8 9 14
400 4 6 9
1000 0 3 5
35 18 22 39
70 13 22 39
Metal - Halide Lamp 150 8 12 22
400 2 5 7
1000 1 2 3
LED’s
4 - 12 54 86 135
17 - 22 40 63 101
LED 230V integrated Driver, Non dimmable, E27 / GU10
30 - 40 28 44 70
50 22 35 55
4 - 12 120 159 250
LED 230V integrated driver 17 - 22 88 118 185
Dimmable, GU10 30 - 40 62 82 130
50 48 65 102
100 5 6 9
LED high bay lighting
150 3 4 6
230V integrated driver
200 2 4 6
1-5 120 180 220
LED 12V external driver Dimmable 7 - 10 120 160 200
15 88 160 200

Latching relays
Family EPE
Reference EPE510 EPE515 EPE520 EPE524
Modular size 1 module 1 module 1 module 1 module
Number of contacts 1 2 2 2
Type of contacts 1NO 1NC + 1NO 2NO 2NO
Contact rating AC1 16A 16A 16A 16A
Rated operation voltage in AC 230V 230V 230V 24V
Rated operation voltage in DC 110V 110V 110V 12V
Operational frequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 250V 250V 250V 250V
Power consumption 25 VA 25 VA 25 VA 25 VA
Power dissipation per contact 1.2W 1.2W 1.2W 1.2W
Min duration of command impulse 50ms 50ms 50ms 50ms
Max duration of command impulse 60s 60s 60s 60s
Current at rest 6mA 6mA 6mA 6mA
Working temperature -5oC to 40oC -5oC to 40oC -5oC to 40oC -5oC to 40oC
Storage temperature -40oC to 80oC -40oC to 80oC -40oC to 80oC -40oC to 80oC
Rigid cable section 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2
Flexible cable section 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2
Tightening torque 1.6Nm 1.6Nm 1.6Nm 1.6Nm
IP protection degree 20 20 20 20
Mechanical endurance (number of cycles) 500,000 500,000 500,000 500,000
Electrical endurance @ AC22 (number of cycles) 150,000 150,000 150,000 150,000
Overall dimensions
Width (mm) 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
Height (mm) 83 83 83 83
Depth (mm) 63 63 63 63
Utilisation Advice
The following tableshows the number of lamps that can be connected per phase at 230V 50Hz
Incandescent lamps
Tungsten filament and 230V halogen Power 40W 60W 75W 100W 150W 200W 300W 500W 1000W
Max. No. 45 30 24 18 12 9 5 3 2
ELV halogen (12 or 24V) with electronic transformer Power 20W 50W 75W 100W 150W 300W
indication
Max. No. 70 28 19 14 9 3
Control &
Fluorescent tubes
Non compensated - single (no capacitor) Power 15W 18W 30W 36W 58W
Max. No. 29 25 25 24 14
Parallel compensated - single (capacitor added) Power 15W 18W 30W 36W 58W
Max. No. 27 27 25 25 16
C total max (a) 121µF 121µF 112µF 112µF 72µF
Series compensated - double (capacitor added) Power 2x18W 2x20W 2x36W 2x40W 2x58W 2x65W
Max. No. 40 40 22 22 12 12
C total max (a) 2.7µF 2.7µF 3.4µF 3.4µF 5.3µF 5.3µF
Electronic ballast - single Power 18W 36W 58W
Max. No. 30 26 15
Electronic ballast - double Power 2x18W 2x36W 2x58W
Max. No. 15 13 8
Compact fluorescent w/ electromagnetic ballast Power 7W 10W 18W 26W
no compensation Max. No. 50 45 40 25
Compact fluorescent w/ electromagnetic ballast Power 11W 15W 20W 23W
Max. No. 80 60 50 40
Discharge lamps
High pressure mercury - no compensation Power 50W 80W 125W 250W 400W
Max. No. 11 9 7 3 2
High pressure mercury - parallel compensation Power 50W 80W 125W 250W 400W
Max. No. 9 8 6 3 2
C total max (a) 63µF 56µF 60µF 54µF 50µF
High pressure sodium - no compensation Power 70W 150W 250W 400W
Max. No. 9 5 3 2
High pressure sodium - compensated Power 70W 150W 250W 400W
Max. No. 5 3 2 1
C total max (a) 60µF 54µF 64µF 50µF
(a): Maximum capacity

Transformers and Emergency lighting discharge test packages
Safety transformers
These transformers are designed to ensure personal safety, their primary
winding are electrically separated from their secondary windings and they
are intended to feed safety extra low voltage (SELV) circuits < 50V. A
thermal overload, in the primary windings, ensures that if a short circuit
or an overload occurs in the output it will not damage the device.
Bell transformers
Bell transformers are similar to safety transformers but the secondary
voltages do not exceed 24 volts, they are also similarly protected against
short circuits and overloads, by thermal protection in the primary winding.
Compliance with the standards

The bell and safety transformers conform with EN 61558 (BS
3535). Where transformers are to be used in a common enclosure
with other devices, heat dissipation inserts should be used.
Recommendation of Use
- To link only a secondary (never link both simultaneously)
- Do not connect (in series or in parallel) secondaries of different transformers.
Technical specification
Reference ST303 ST305 ST312 ST315
Nominal power 8VA 16VA 25VA 63VA
Designation Bell Bell Safety Safety
Primary voltage U1 230 volts 230 volts 230 volts 230 volts
Secondary voltage U2 8 volts 8 volts 12 volts 12 volts
In = 1A In = 2A In = 2.08A In = 5.25A
U3 12 volts 12 volts 24 volts 24 volts
In = 0.67A In = 1.33A In = 1.04A In = 2.63A
No load secondary U2 15 volts 12 volts 14 volts 14 volts
Voltage U3 22 volts 13 volts 29 volts 27 volts
Galvanic insulation 4kV 4kV 4kV 4kV
Max functional temperature 35°C 35°C 35°C 35°C
Insulation class H B B H
Overload and S/C protection Thermal cut out in the primary winding
indication
Control &
Emergency lighting discharge test packages
These breakers are not supplied as
part of the standard test package.
GENERAL LIGHTING
FROM 6A MCB
CONTROL N
CIRCUIT 1
EM1-1
1 2
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
PUSH BUTTON
SVN391M
Red
1 2
GENERAL LIGHTING
CIRCUIT 2
EM1-2
3 4
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
A1
Green
3 4 B1 EET A2
EZN004 GENERAL LIGHTING

TIMER
CIRCUIT 3
EM1-3
5 6
EET EMERGENCY LIGHTING
15 18 A1 A2
EM1
ESC226 / ESC441
CONTACTOR
GENERAL LIGHTING
CIRCUIT 4
EM1-4
7 8
EMERGENCY LIGHTING

Light and
energy management
Smart design when managing energy and resources in residential and commercial buildings
must encompass flexibilty in order to realise genuine efficiencies over the true lifetime of
a building. Hager’s eco-ficient solutions offer you long-term cost saving benefits and help
meet power density requirements set out by the BCA.
07 Page
Analogue time switches 255
Digital time switches 256
Delay timers 258
Time lag switches and universal dimmers 259
Light sensitive switches 260
Motion detectors 262
Presence detectors 264
Energy meters (kWh) 266
Analogue voltmeters and ammeters 267
Digital voltmeters and ammeters 267
Digital multimeters 268
Current transformers (CTs) 269
Light & energy

management
Light and energy management
Analogue time switches - Selection chart
up to
30%
energy
savings
Analogue time switches
EH010 EH011 EH110 EH111 EH710 EH711 EH171 EH771

Without reserve Reserve 200 h Without reserve Reserve 200 h Without reserve Reserve 200 h Reserve 200 h Reserve 200 h
230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V
1 channel 1 channel 1 channel 1 channel 1 channel 1 channel 1 channel 1 channel
daily daily daily daily daily daily weekly weekly
1 module 1 module 3 modules 3 modules 72x72 72x72 3 modules 72x72
Min. switching Min. switching Min. switching Min. switching Min. switching Min. switching Min. switching Min. switching
15min 15min 15min 15min 2hrs 20min 20min 2hrs
Manual override Manual override Manual override Manual override Manual override Manual override Manual override Manual override
auto/on auto/on auto/on/off auto/on/off auto/on/off on/off on/off on/off
Recommendation
Hager strongly recommend the installation of modular contactors with all time switches
Light & energy
management

Description Modular technical data 72 x 72 technical data Technical up to

Electromechanical 1 channel time
switches, with daily or weekly
- Complies with EN60730
- Programming by captive segments.
- Suitable for surface, flush
or DIN rail mounting
information:
Page 270
30%
energy
savings
programming. For control of lighting, - Manual override - Programming by captive segments
heating, household appliances, - On 1 module devices: - Manual override with automatic
shop windows etc, to improve Auto, Perm ON return to programmed
comfort and save energy. - On 3 module devices: Auto, - Operating reserve: 200hrs
Perm ON, Perm OFF after connection for 120hrs
Applications - Output: voltage free changeover
- Domestic and commercial premises. Minimum switching time: contact 16A/250V
- 15min for daily versions
Connection capacity: - 2hrs for weekly versions Hager strongly recommend the
- 1 to 4mm2 - 15min and 2hrs on the installation of modular contactors
daily and weekly version with all time switches.
Analogue time switches - DIN mount

Description Characteristic Width Cat ref.
Compact versions 24hr 1 mod EH010
- Supply: 230V 50Hz Without battery reserve
- 1NO changeover 24hr 1 mod EH011
- 16A AC1 contact rating With battery reserve
Standard versions 24hr 3 mod EH110
- Supply: 230V 50Hz Without battery reserve
- 1NO changeover 24hr 3 mod EH111 EH010
7 day 3 mod EH171
With battery reserve
Analogue time switches - panel mount

Description Characteristic Cat ref.
Daily cycle versions 24hr EH710
- Supply: 230V 50Hz Manual override
- 16A AC1 contact rating Without battery reserve
- Programming in steps of 10mins 24hr EH711
- Minimum time between 2 Manual override
switching intervals: 20min With battery reserve
Weekly cycle version 7 day EH771 EH711
- Supply: 230V 50Hz Manual override
Light & energy

management
- Programming in steps of 1hr
- Minimum time between 2
switching intervals: 2hrs
- Switching accuracy: 10min
EH771

Digital time switches - Selection chart
up to
30%
energy
savings
Digital time switches
EG010 (1) EG071 (1) EG103E EG203E EG293B (2) EG403E EG493E
230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V
1 channel 1 channel 1 channel 2 channels 2 channels 4 channels 4 channels
daily weekly weekly weekly yearly weekly yearly
1 module 1 module 2 modules 2 modules 4 modules 4 modules 4 modules
5 prog. Free prog. Enhanced Enhanced Standard Enhanced Enhanced
Functions
Program steps
6 20 56 56 300 300 300
Display
Program key
Pulse
Cycle
Day-light
saving
External input
Overrides
Keyboard
locking
Holiday
Random
Light & energy
management
Hour counter
Accessories
Programming key Programming key Programming key Programming key
EG005 EG005 EG007 EG007
Locking key Range module Interface and

EG004 EG006 software with USB
EG003
(1)
No key
(2)
Key optional
Recommendation
Hager strongly recommend the installation of modular contactors with all time switches

Description 2 module time switch 4 module time switch Technical up to

For the control of lighting,
school bells, pumps, etc. in
- Ability to download program to
multiple time switches via EG003U
- Ability to download
program onto multiple
information:
Page 271
30%
energy
savings
domestic and commercial - Keypad locking key EG004 time switches via EG003U
premises, schools, irrigation. - Permanent and temporary - Impulse control
override and pulse - Manual override and pulse
1 module time switch - Operating reserve 5 years - Programmable without mains supply
- 1 channel cycle - 56 Program steps - Operating reserve 10 years
- Manual override - Software programming option - 300 program steps
- Operating reserve 3 years - Bar graph for quick - Programmable summer/ Hager strongly recommend the
- 5 pre-recorded (adjustable) program overview winter adjustment installation of modular contactors
programs (EG010) - Programmable holiday mode - 240V input for remote operation with all time switches.
- 20 program steps (EG071) - Programmable summer/winter mode
24 hour time switch

1 channel 24hr 1 mod EG010
- 5 adjustable pre-recorded Voltage rating: 230V AC 50Hz
programs: 6 commutations max
per day (3 ON and 3 OFF)
EG010
7 day time switches

1 channel 7 day 1 mod EG071
- Capacity: 20 program steps Voltage rating: 230V AC 50Hz
1 channel 7 day 2 mod EG103E
- Capacity: 56 program steps Voltage rating: 230V AC 50Hz
- Delivered with key EG005
- Capacity: 56 program steps Voltage rating: 230V AC 50Hz EG203E
- Delivered with key EG005
4 channel 7day 4 mod EG403E
- Delivered with key EG007 Voltage rating: 230V AC 50Hz
Output: 3 changeover contacts
Yearly time switches

Light & energy

management
2 channel 365 day 4 mod EG293B
- Programming key facility Voltage rating: 230V AC 50Hz
- Delivered with key EG007 Voltage rating: 230V AC 50Hz
EG493E
Accessories
Programming key For EG403E, EG493E, EG293B EG007
For EG103E, EG203E EG005
Keypad locking key For EG103E, EG203E EG004
USB interface Minimum PC configuration: EG003G
Software available to download Windows XP, vista, 7, 8, 8.1
from www.hagerelectro.com.au EG003G

Delay timers
Description signal can be via various switching Technical data Technical information: Page 278
To provide all types of automatic devices (push button, latching switch, - Voltage range:
control i.e. lighting, ventilation, time clock etc.) and the timed output 12 & 24 to 48V DC
watering, machine preheating, used to control the application. 12 & 24 to 230V AC
automatic door and visual audible - Adjustable time delay from
indication, cycle control etc. Connection capacity: 0.1s to 10 hours.
For timing and automation in residential - Rigid capacity: 1.5 to 10mm2 - LED indicator complies
and commercial premises. The input - Flexible capacity: 1 to 6mm2 with EN60669-2-1
Delay ON
Control Characteristics Width Cat ref.

Cd
1 c/o contact 1 mod EZN001

Output S
8A AC1 contact rating
T Time delay T: 0.1s to 10hr
EZN001
1 Delay OFF
Control Cd
Characteristics Width Cat ref.
Output S
EZN002
Adjustable time ON
Control Cd
Output S 8A AC1 contact rating
EZN003
Timer
Control
Output
Time delay T: 0.1s to 10hr
Light & energy
management
EZN004
Symmetrical flasher
Control Characteristics Width Cat ref.

Output 8A AC1 contact rating
Time delay T: 0.1s to 10hr
EZN005
Multifunction AI2_EZ001_T2_01
6 individual functions including: 1 c/o contact 1 mod EZN006
D - delay on 8A AC1 contact rating
C - delay off Time delay T: 0.1s to 10hr
E - adjustable time ON
B - adjustable time OFF AI2_EZ001_T2_01
EZN006 A - timer
F - symmetrical flasher
- ON
- OFF

Time lag switches and Universal dimmers
Time lag switch description Universal dimmer features: Dimmer 1000W: up to

Time lag switches provide control
of lighting circuits with automatic
- Soft start (progressive start) to
increase the working life of lamps
- Universal products with
automatic recognition of the
60%
energy
savings
switch-off after a preset time. (e.g. - Last dimming level memorised load type (inductive/capacitive)
for staircase, corridors lighting). - Protection against overheating - Electronic protection against
Compact design with a two position - Control possible by illuminated overheating and overload.
switch permanent/timed lighting push button up to 5mA.
implementation facility. Technical information: Page 280
Standard staircase time lag switch

- Adjustable time delay setting: - Supply voltage: 230V 50/60Hz 1 mod EMN001
30s until 10min - 16A - 250V AC1
- Retrigger - 2300W incandescent
halogen and fluorescent
EMN001
Universal dimmer 1000W

Functional mode selection: 230V AC / 50Hz 5 mod EV100
- Control via push button (local) 20 - 1000W
- Remote control via 1/10V (slave) 1/10V input
Min/Max setting via potentiometer Load type:
LED indication: - Incandescent
- 230V power supply/load error - 230V halogen lamps
- Overload / overheating - ELV halogen lamps with ferromagnetic
transformer (inductive) EV100
- ELV halogen lamps with electronic
transformer (capacitive)
Heat dissipation insert

To help minimise heat transfer between devices 0.5 mod LZ060
Light & energy

management
LZ060

Light sensitive switches
up to Light sensitive switches Features: Technical data:

50%
energy
A photo-electric cell measures the light
level and in conjunction with the relay,
- Front cover sealability
- Protective cable clamps
- Output: 1 changeover AC1
- Contact:
savings
provides ON/OFF control of a circuit. - LED shows status of 16A AC1 230V (EE702)
This device controls lighting changeover contact. - Rigid capacity: 1.5 to 10mm2
circuits in relation to ambient - 4 position override switch: - Flexible capacity: 1 to 6mm2
light, based on user settings. Auto: normal operating mode - Maximum distance between
On: permanently on photocell and controller: 50m
Applications Off: permanently off
Street lighting, display lighting, Test: mode for easy adjustment Should be used in conjunction
illuminated signs etc.... with a suitably rated contactor
Light sensitive switch

Delivered with a separate surface - Voltage rating: 230V AC 3 mod EEN100
photo electric cell EEN003 +10-15% 50Hz
- Output: 1 changeover
- Sensitivity: 2 ranges
- 5 to 100 lux
- 50 to 2000 lux
EEN100
Compact light sensitive switch

IP55 / integrated cell - Normally open contact - EE702
- 2300W incandescent switching
- Delay either fixed or
adjustable (1s - 120s)
EE702
Programmable light sensitive switch

Light & energy
management
Delivered with a separate surface - 24hr 5 mod EE110

photo electric cell EE003 - Electromechanical time switch
- 16A AC1 contact rating
EE110
Photo electric cell

Surface cell EEN003
IP54 for EEN100
EEN003

Motion and presence detectors - selection guide
up to
50%
energy
savings
Motion detectors Presence detectors Light with PIR

Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted Ceiling Ceiling Ceiling Ceiling Wall mounted Wall mounted
with LED with LED
IP55 Standard IP55 Standard IP55 Enhanced IP55 Enhanced Flush Surface Flush Half flush Flood light 60W Flood light 15W
140° 360° 220° 220/360° 360° 360° 360° 360° 220/360° 140°
EE820 EE840 EE860 EE870 EE805 EE804 EE815 EE810 EE600 EE610
white white white white white white 1 channel 1 channel white white
EE861 EE871 EE883 EE816 EE811

charcoal charcoal white IP54 DALI/DSI 2 channels
EE812
1/10 V
Accessories
Ceiling Remote control Remote control Remote control Remote control Remote control
mount EE806 EE806 EE807 EE806 EE806
EE827 installer installer installer installer installer
white and user and user and user and user
Corner Corner Corner Corner Remote control

mounting mounting mounting mounting E808
EE825 EE855 EE855 EE855 user
white white white white
Light & energy

Corner Corner Corner
management
mounting mounting mounting
EE856 EE856 EE856
charcoal charcoal charcoal
Recommended for commercial applications

Motion detectors - outdoor - IP55
Motion detectors description speed and convenience when of lighting from the approach of a
These devices are made for automatic setting final adjustments. person. Integrated detector sensitive to
control of lighting in both the residential - Detectors can be mounted in infrared radiation for operation during
and private/public industry sectors. corners or to ceilings utilising the the day and night or only at night.
- Large range from 140o relevant mounting accessory.
basic to 220/360o Features
- IP55 reinforced waterproofing Power supply: - Architectural design
- Detection head with overmoulded Basic detector - LED energy saving technology
fresnel lenses and pyro detectors - 230V AC + 10% / -15% (50/60Hz) - 140o or 220/360o
- Output: 10A AC1 relay detection up to 12m
Features: and cut phase - IP55
- 140/220/360° frontal detection zone Enhanced detector - Settings can be adjusted with
- Twin 220°/360° to detect in a - 230V AC + 10%/ -15% the EE806 IR remote control
frontal and downwards zone. - Output: 16A AC1 relay potential free
- Time, lux and sensitivity are Technical information:
achieved locally, via potentiometers. LED lights description Motion detectors Page 284
- The enhanced range and LED LED lights with an infrared sensor to Motion detectors w LED Page 289
lights can be set with an IR easily replace any existing lighting
remote control which provides fixture, to ensure automatic operation
Basic range
Detector 140° White EE820
EE820
Enhanced range
Detector 220° Charcoal Grey EE861
EE860 Detector Twin 220/360° White EE870
Detector Twin 220/360° Charcoal Grey EE871
Accessories
IR remote control compatible Sets time, sensitivity, lux, detection angle used (for Twin EE806
with EE86x /EE87x / EE6xx model), lock/unlock, test and override ON/OFF
Light & energy
Ceiling mount accessory Suits 140o White EE827

management
Corner mount accessory Suits 140o White EE825

EE806 Suits 220o/360o/Twin White EE855
Suits 220o/360o/Twin Charcoal Grey EE856
Motion detectors with LED lights

Floodlight 60W (eq. to 300W halogen) EE600
with Twin 220o/360o detector
Decorative lamp 15W EE610
with 140o detector
EE600
EE610

Motion detectors - indoor
Indoor motion detector description Hyper frequency detector Corridor detector description
Motion detectors are made for description Corridor detectors from Hager don’t
the automatic control of lighting in The hyper frequency EE883 motion miss a thing. Thanks to their 360°
indoor circulating zones throughout detector is applicable for wall and all-round vision these detectors are
the residential and private/public ceiling installations because of perfect for covering large areas of
commercial sectors. They automatically its practical two-screw mounting up to 4m wide x 20m long. The
switch on lighting when movement is system and it allows for a detection high quality Fresnel precision lenses
detected and light is needed. coverage of 360o without any react sensitively to infrared light, e.g.
They turn off the light after dead angles. The detection range to the body heat of people veering
a preset duration. diameter is adjustable within 1 to into the detection area. Their motion
8 metres. The hyper frequency is detected quickly and reliably
Features: (HF) detection is independent via a heat sensor underneath the
- Surface mounted (EE804) of the temperature detection, lens. They automatically switch on
or flush fitting (EE805). which can detect light through lighting when movement is detected
- Mounting of EE805 connection partitions (drywall, wood, glass). and light is needed. They turn off
system conform of false ceiling the light after a preset duration.
installation standards (cable clamp, Features
fixing spring and protection cover - 230V AC Features
- IP54 - 230V AC
Setting: - Detection zone of 8m - IP54
The timer and the lux level are - Detection area 360o - Detection zone of 4mW x 20mL
defined via potentiometers - Detection area 360o
Output: Potential free relay
contact 10A AC1, 1000W Technical information:
Motion detectors indoor Page 290
Hyper frequency Page 291
Corridor Page 291
o
Motion detectors - 360
White surface mount 10A AC1 contact rating EE804
White flush mount 10A AC1 contact rating EE805
EE804 EE805
Hyper frequency detector

Hyper frequency detector Surface mount EE883
EE883
Light & energy

management
Corridor detector
Corridor motion detector Surface mount EE880
EE880

Presence detectors - semi-recess mount
High performance detectors Applications EE812 - Light regulator 1/10V

EE810, EE811 and EE812 EE810 - 1 channel detector Light regulator with 1/10V output in
High performance presence Direct control of a light load or used as order to control electronic ballasts
detectors that can be used in a slave for detection area enlargement. and/or Hager dimmers EV100/EV102.
premises or in passage areas, where - Lux level and ON delay setting Detector especially dedicated for
they increase comfort and reduce via potentiometers. energy saving and comfort purposes.
the energy costs drastically. - Test mode in order to set lux - Input for slave (EE810) and/or
level and the detection pattern. dimming push button in order
Combination of presence and to modify the setpoints.
motion detection area. EE811 - 2 channels detector - Lux level, ON delay for light channel
The presence area is especially - Light relay output for direct and min. level via potentiometers.
useful in offices, where the motion control of a light load. - 3 functional modes: no regulation,
area may be used in long corridors. - Presence output potential free relay. regulation with local setpoint,
Head rotation for detection - Lux level, ON delay setting for regulation with remote setpoint.
area adjustment. light channel and presence
Settings via potentiometers. channel via potentiometers. EE813 - surface mounting accessory
- Input for slave (EE810) and/
or remote push button. Technical information: Page 292
Presence detector
1 channel Power supply: EE810
Relay output light channel 230V AC 50Hz
- Lux level and ON delay (duration or
pulse) defined via potentiometers Relay output:
Slave output for association with 16A AC1 contact rating
EE811/EE812 Lux OFF Master/slave output
0.8A (triac)
2 channels Power supply: EE811
Relay output light channel 230V AC 50Hz
- Lux level and ON delay defined
via potentiometers Light relay output:
EE810
- Input slave 16A AC1 contact rating
- 230V input used with push button to Presence relay output:
toggle the light channel state or with 2A AC1 contact rating
slave to enlarge the detection area
Relay output presence channel Slave input:
- ON delay presence defined 230V input 50Hz
via potentiometer
1/10V Power supply: EE812
Relay output ON/OFF - used to 230V AC 50Hz
switch electronic ballast
1/10V output used to dim an electronic Relay output:
ballast or Hager dimmers EV100/EV102 10A AC1 contact rating
230V input used with push button 1/10V 50mA
to toggle the channel or change Slave input:
Light & energy
management
the dimmed level or with slave to 230V input 50Hz

enlarge the detection area.
EE812
Installation boxes
Surface mount housing for the installation of presence detector EE810/EE811/EE812. EE813
For use in applications requiring mounting to the underside of concrete
slabs or steel beams e.g. carparks and utility rooms.
Flush mount housing for the installation of presence detector EE810/EE811/EE812. EEBOX
EE813 For use in plasterboard or timber ceiling.
EEBOX

Presence detectors - flush mount
High performance detectors EE815 - detector ON/OFF EE807 - IR remote control

EE815 and EE816 - Direct control of a light load. - Installer remote control to
High performance flush mounted - Lux level and ON delay commission settings.
presence detectors suitable for setting via potentiometers or
use in residential and commercial EE807 remote control. EE808 - IR remote control
premises where energy control - Customer remote control
and/or reduction is required. EE816 - detector for light regulation for override operation.
- 3 functional modes.
- Lux level and ON delay setting via Technical information: Page 294
potentiometers or EE807 remote
control.
- DALI/DSI bus output
accommodates up to 24 ballasts.
Presence detector
ON/OFF 360o Power supply: EE815
– Direct control of a light load 230V AC 50Hz
– Lux level and ON delay defined
via potentiometers or with Relay output:
EE807 IR remote control 16A AC1 contact rating
DALI/DSI 360o Power supply: EE816

– For light regulation (switching 230V AC 50Hz EE815
and dimming)
– 3 functional Lux modes available DALI/DSI bus:
– Lux level and ON delay defined up to 24 ballasts
via potentiometers or with
EE807 IR remote control
– Accommodates a maximum
of 24 DALI/DSI ballasts
EE816
Remote controls
Infrared commissioning remote control EE807
– For EE815 and EE816 presence detectors
– For commissioning
Infrared user remote control EE808
Light & energy

management
– For EE815 and EE816 presence detectors
– For local lighting control through the detector
EE807
EE808

Kilowatt hour / energy meters
Description Technical data - Unlimited saving of measurements

Energy meters measure the active - Fully compliant with EN50470-3 - LED flashing according
energy used in an electric installation. - Class B to consumption
They can monitor the detailed - Accuracy 1% - Display indication in case
consumption within an installation to - Energy readout: 7 digits of incorrect wiring
provide the consumption data between - Backlit display - Will not reset if power is turned off.
different appliances and circuits. - Indication of instantaneous The device will hold its memory.
Not suitable for billing. power consumption
Not approved with NMI. - Total/partial counter Technical information: Page 300
- Pulsed output on most meters
*Please check availability with the Hager sales office at time of order
Single phase
- Direct reading 32A Voltage: 230V AC 50/60Hz 1 mod EC050
Starting current: 20mA
Base current: 10A
Maximum current: 32A
- Pulsed output Starting current: 20mA
EC051 Base current: 10A
- Total/partial counter Base current: 10A
EC150
Three phase
- Direct reading 63A Voltage: 230/400V AC 50/60Hz 4 mod EC350
- Direct reading 100A Voltage: 230/400V AC 50/60Hz 7 mod EC360
Light & energy
management

EC350
- To be connected with current Voltage: 230/400V AC 50/60Hz 4 mod EC370
transformer with 5A on the secondary Starting current: 10mA
- Pulsed output Base current: 20A
- Total / partial counter Maximum current on CT secondary: 5A
- Requires NT310C for CT: 50-6000A
reference voltage supply
EC360
Pulse concentrator
- Up to 7 separate pulse inputs 4 mod EC700
- Total / partial energy (daily,
weekly, monthly, yearly)
EC700 - Direct reading on display
- RS485 Jbus/modbus communication

Analogue and digital voltmeters and ammeters
Analogue ammeters Frequency 50/60Hz Digital voltmeter Digital ammeters

For domestic and commercial Connection capacity SM501 From SM020 to SM601
2
installations - AC only - 10mm rigid For domestic and commercial - SM020: direct reading
2
- Single phase: - 6mm flexible installations - AC only - SM151 to SM601:reading via a
direct connection Direct reading up to 30A - Three phase: use of a voltmeter current transformer (see below)
- Three phase: Indirect reading via current selector switch SK602
use of a voltmeter selector transformers Technical information: Page 298
switch SK602 50, 100, 150, 250, 400, 600A
*Please check availability with the Hager sales office at time of order
Analogue Voltmeter
Accuracy: 2% 4 mod SM500
Consumption: 2.5VA, 0 - 500V
SM500
Analogue Ammeters
Direct 0 - 5A 4 mod SM005*
0 - 15A 4 mod SM015
0 - 30A 4 mod SM030
Current transformer operated Accuracy: 1.5% (full scale)
- Reading via CT SRA00505 Scale: 0 - 50A 4 mod SM050*
- Reading via CT SRA01005 Scale: 0 - 100A 4 mod SM100* SM030*
- Reading via CT SRA01505 Scale: 0 - 150A 4 mod SM150
Digital voltmeter
Voltage: 220/230V, 50/60Hz 4 mod SM501
Light & energy

Accuracy: ±1%
management
Consumption: 4VA
Scale: 0-500V
SM501
Digital ammeters
Voltage: 220/230V, 50/60Hz
Accuracy: ±1%
Consumption: 4VA
- Direct Scale: 0-20A 4 mod SM020*
- Reading via CT SRA01505 Scale: 0-150A 4 mod SM151*
- Reading via CT SRA04005 Scale: 0-400A 4 mod SM401
- Reading via CT SRA06005 Scale: 0-600A 4 mod SM601 SM020

Digital multimeters
SM101C multimeter SM10xE multimeters SM103E

For monitoring the electrical network: SM102E & SM103E are panel mount provides instantaneous true
single, two or three phases (with or digital multifunction energy meters RMS measurement
without neutral). Current transformers suitable for electrical measurement - Current (Instantaneous
are not provided and are sold in low voltage networks. & maximum) via CT
separately. This DIN mount device - Power EP, EQ, ES and per phase
enables the display of electrical SM102E - Frequency
values as instantaneous, average or provides instantaneous true - Harmonics (THD up to 51)
maximum (voltage and intensity per RMS measurement - Embedded webserver on
phase in RMS value). When monitoring - Current (Instantaneous TCP/IP add on module
of a power generator, it measures & maximum) via CT
the frequency and working time. - Power EP, EQ, ES and per phase Add on module
The SM101C digital multimeter - Frequency - RS485 Jbus/modbus RTU
displays the following - Harmonics (THD up to 31) - Memory card
instantaneous and max. values: Add on module - Ethernet
I, U, V, F, P, PF, H, THD, E - RS485 Jbus/modbus RTU
It has a pulsed output and Technical information: Page 301
an RS485 Jbus/Modbus
communications capability.
SM101C multimeter
Voltage supply: 230/400V 50/60hz 4 mod SM101C
Display voltage: 35-480V
Accuracy + 0.5%
Consumption: <0.5VA
Display current: Via CT
Primary 5-8000A
Secondary 0.1-6A
SM101C Accuracy: + 0.5%
Consumption: <0.5VA
Display frequency
Range 40-80hz
Accuracy: + 2hz
Display hour counter:
7 digits 999999.9
SM102E multimeter and add on module

Multifunction meter Panel mount SM102E
Add on modules RS485 JBus/Modbus SM210
Light & energy
management
SM102E
SM103E multimeter and add on modules

Multifunction meter Panel mount SM103E
Add on modules Memory module SM204
RS485 JBus/Modbus SM211
Ethernet SM213
Ethernet + RS485 Jbus/Modbus SM214
SM103E + SM211

Current transformers (CT’s)
Description - Can be mounted on copper Technical information: Page 303

Current transformers are used busbar or on cable
to feed analogue and digital - Can be mounted on DIN
ammeters, as well as kWh meters. rail with adaptors
Their current on secondary circuit - Frequency: 50/60Hz
(0-5A) is proportional to the current
on primary circuit class: 1
Current transformers (CT)

Ratio Cat ref. Cat ref.
50/5 SR051 SRA00505
100/5 SR101 SRA01005
150/5 SR150 SRA01505
200/5 SRA02005
250/5 SR250 SRA02505
300/5 SRI03005 SRA00505
400/5 SR400 SRC04005
600/5 SR600 SRC06005
DIN rail mount for CTs SRZH01
SRI03005
SRC06005
Light & energy

management

Technical specifications EH010 EH011 EH110 EH111 EH171 EH710 EH711 EH771
Version Daily Daily Daily Daily Weekly Daily Daily Weekly
Voltage supply 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz 50Hz 50Hz 50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Consumption 0.5VA 0.5VA 0.5VA 0.5VA 0.5VA 0.5VA 0.5VA 0.5VA
Output 1 NO 1 NO 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O
Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Volt Free Volt Free Volt Free Volt Free Volt Free Volt Free Volt Free Volt Free
Switching capacity
AC 1 16A / 250V 16A / 250V 16A / 250V 16A / 250V 16A / 250V 16A / 250V 16A / 250V 16A / 250V
Incandescent lamp 900W 900W 900W 900W 900W 1000W 1000W 1000W
Compact fluorescent tube 100W 100W 200W 200W 200W - - -
Characteristics
Technology Quartz Quartz Quartz Quartz Quartz Quartz Quartz Quartz
Dial 24hrs 24hrs 24hrs 24hrs 7 days 24hrs 24hrs 7 days
Minimum switching 15min 15min 15min 5min 2hrs 10min 10min 60min
Programming capacity 96 steps 96 steps 96 steps 96 steps 84 steps 72 steps 72 steps 84 steps
Working accuracy 1sec per day 1sec per day 1sec per day 1sec per day 1sec per day 1sec per day 1sec per day 1sec per day
Supply failure reserve No 200hrs No 200hrs 200hrs No 200hrs 200hrs
Reached in 120h 120h 120h 120h 120h - - -
Manual switch type Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto On On On
On On On On On Off Off Off
Off Off Off
Protection degree IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Environment
Working temp -10ºC to -10ºC to -10ºC to -10ºC to -10ºC to -10ºC to -10ºC to -10ºC to
+55ºC +55ºC +55ºC +55ºC +55ºC +50ºC +50ºC +50ºC
Storage temp -20ºC to -20ºC to -20ºC to -20ºC to -20ºC to -10ºC to -10ºC to -10ºC to
+70ºC +70ºC +70ºC +70ºC +70ºC +60ºC +60ºC +60ºC
Connection
Flexible 1 to 4mm2 1 to 4mm2 1 to 4mm2 1 to 4mm2 1 to 4mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2
Rigid 1 to 4mm 2
1 to 4mm 2
1 to 4mm 2
1 to 4mm 2
1 to 4mm 2
1 to 6mm 2
1 to 6mm 2
1 to 6mm2
Dimensions
Height 80mm 80mm 90mm 90mm 90mm 72mm 72mm 72mm
Width 18mm 18mm 54mm 54mm 54mm 72mm 72mm 72mm
Depth 60mm 60mm 60mm 60mm 60mm 48.5mm 48.5mm 48.5mm
Light & energy
management
Wiring diagrams
EH010 / EH011 EH110 / EH111 / EH171 EH710 / EH711 / EH771
230 V~ 10% 50/60Hz 230 V~ 10% 50/60Hz 230 V~ 10% 50/60Hz
L L
N N
M M
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5

Technical specifications EG010 EG071 EG103E EG203E EG403E EG293B EG493E

Version Daily Weekly Weekly Weekly Weekly Annual Annual
Modules 1mod 1mod 2mod 2mod 4mod 4mod 4mod
Channels 1ch 1ch 1ch 2ch 4ch 2ch 4ch
Voltage Supply 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz 50Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50Hz
Consumption 1VA 1VA 6VA 6VA 2VA 2VA 2VA
Output 1 Volt Free 1 Volt Free 1 Volt Free 2 Volt Free 2 Volt Free 2 Volt Free 2 Volt Free
Changeover Changeover Changeover Changeover Changeover and Changeover and Changeover and
Contact Contact Contact Contacts 2 NO Contacts 2 NO Contacts 2 NO Contacts
Switching Capacity
AC 1 16A / 250V 16A / 250V 16A / 250V 16A / 250V 10A / 250V 10A / 250V 10A / 250V
Incandescent lamp 1000W 1000W 2300W 2300W 1500W 1500W 1500W
Characteristics
Technology Digital Digital Digital Digital Digital Digital Digital
Minimum switching 1min 1min 1min 1min 1min 1min 1min
Programming capacity 6 steps 20 steps 56 steps 56 steps 300 steps 300 steps 300 steps
Working accuracy 1sec per day 1sec per day ±1.5sec / 24h ±1.5sec / 24h ±0.2sec / 24h ±0.2sec / 24h ±0.2sec / 24h
Supply failure reserve 3 years 3 years 5 years 5 years 5 years 5 years 5 years
lithium battery lithium battery lithium battery lithium battery lithium battery
Protection degree IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Environment
Working temp -10ºC to -10ºC to -5ºC to -5ºC to -10ºC to -10ºC to -10ºC to
+50ºC +50ºC +45ºC +45ºC +50ºC +50ºC +45ºC
Storage temp -10ºC to -10ºC to -20ºC to -20ºC to -20ºC to -20ºC to -20ºC to
+60ºC +60ºC +70ºC +70ºC +70ºC +70ºC +70ºC
Connection
Flexible 1 to 4mm2 1 to 4mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 0.75 to 2.5mm2 0.75 to 2.5mm2 0.75 to 2.5mm2
Rigid 1 to 4mm2 1 to 4mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 0.75 to 2.5mm2 0.75 to 2.5mm2 0.75 to 2.5mm2
Dimensions
Height 92mm 92mm 85mm 85mm 90mm 90mm 90mm
Width 18mm 18mm 35mm 35mm 71mm 70mm 70mm
Depth 64mm 64mm 64mm 64mm 69mm 69mm 65mm
Light & energy

management

Digital time switches - EG010 and EG071
EG010
Electrical characteristics Product presentation

Display
Supply voltage 230V 10% 50/60Hz
1. Time
Consumption 1VA 2. Circuit status
1 changeover contact
1 3. Program selection
16A - 250V AC 1
Output OFF 2 Buttons
3A - 250V cosw = 0.6
1000W incandescent lighting 3 4. P to select the program to apply
5. Reset
Functional characteristics 6. to scroll the programming steps
P 7. + and - to input the time
Number of programs 5 adjustable pre-recorded programs 4 5
Accuracy 6min per year 6
Supply failure reserve Total of 3 years
- +
Environment
7
Working temperature -10oC to +50oC
Storage temperature -10oC to +60oC Wiring diagram
Cable capacity 1 to 4mm2 L
Easy to program: 5 programs are N
pre-recorded. The user just has
Main characteristics to select the program which
corresponds to its use and modify
time switches if necessary.
5 6
The 5 pre-recorded programs are as follows:
P Prog
P0 OFF
ON
EG 010
P1
1 2 3
P2 6.00 3 4
23.00
P3 1 2
6.00 8.00 17.00 23.00
P4
6.00 8.00 11.00 13.00 17.00 23.00
EG071

Display
1. Time
Consumption 1VA 2. Circuit status
1
Light & energy
1 changeover contact 3. Program selection

management
16A - 250V AC 1 OFF 2

Output Buttons
3A - 250V cosw = 0.6
1000W incandescent lighting 4. ON/OFF: to select the circuit status
3 5. Reset
6. Prog: to program the device and
Functional characteristics on/off Prog
scroll the program steps
20 program steps (each program step 4 5 7. + and - to input the time and day
Number of programs
can be applied to one of several days) 6
Accuracy 6min per year
Supply failure reserve Total of 3 years
- +
7
Environment
Working temperature -10oC to +50oC Wiring diagram
Storage temperature -10oC to +60oC L
N
Cable capacity 1 to 4mm2
5 6
EG071
1 2 3
3 4
1 2

Digital time switches - EG103E

Consumption 6VA
auto prog
Output 1 changeover contact new
modif
16A - 250V AC 1
10A - 250V cosw = 0.6 Off
Lighting On
Incandescent lighting 2300W 0 6 12 18 24
Halogen lighting 230V 2300W

+
Compensated fluoro tubes 400W 2
Non-compensated fluoro tubes in series 1000W
Compact fluoro lamps 500W
Minimum current 100mA 250V~ 1
ok menu
Galvanic insulation between = 4kV
power supply and output
Rated impulse voltage 4kV 4 3
Functional characteristics
EG005
Number of programs 56 program steps
Minimu time between 2 steps 1min
Accuracy 1.5sec per day
Keys
Supply failure reserve Total of 5 years - lithium battery 1. menu Selection of operating mode
Protection degree IP20 Auto Mode of running according to the program selected
Prog new - for new program
Environment Prog modif - to modify an existing program
Check the program
Working temperature -5oC to +45oC Modification of time, date and selection of the
Storage temperature -20oC to +70oC winter/ summer time change mode
Cable capacity Flexible 1 to 6mm2 Holiday mode
2. +/- Navigation or setting values
Rigid 1.5 to 10mm2
In auto mode, selection of overrides, waivers or random operation
3. OK To validate flashing information on display
4. To return to the previous step
Wiring diagram
You may return to auto mode at any moment by pushing the menu button.
L/+ If no action is taken for 1 min, the switch returns to auto mode.
N/-
(EG103E)
Major characteristics
• Product delivered with current time and date set
• Automatic change of winter / summer time
1 3 5 7 • Programming key
- For permanent waivers
- For program copy or save
• Programming for day or group of days
• 56 program steps On, Off
• Impulses (1 sec to 30 min)
2 4 6 8
• Permanent overrides On or Off ( permanent light on)
• Temporary overrides On or Off ( flashing)
Light & energy

management
• Holiday mode : overrides On or Off between two dates
• Simulation of presence
• Display bar graph of daily profile
• Keyboard locking possible
• Programmable with power off
• Back lit display


Supply voltage 230V~ +10%/-15% 50/60Hz
Consumption 6VA
Output 2 changeover volt free contacts
16A - 230V AC 1
10A - 230V cosw = 0.6
Lighting
Incandescent lighting 2300W
Compensated fluoro tubes 400W +
A B 2
Compact fluoro lamps 500W
Minimum current 100mA 230V~
1
ok menu
Galvanic insulation between < 4kV
Rated impulse voltage 4kV 4 3
Number of programs 56 program steps EG005
Minimu time between 2 steps 1min
Accuracy 1.5sec per day Keys
Supply failure reserve Total of 5 years - lithium battery 1. menu Selection of operating mode
Auto Mode of running according to the program selected
Protection degree IP20
Prog new - for new program
Prog modif - to modify an existing program
Environment Check the program
Working temperature -5oC to +45oC Modification of time, date and selection of the
Storage temperature -20oC to +70oC winter/ summer time change mode
Holiday mode
Cable capacity Flexible 1 to 6mm2 2. +/- Navigation or setting values
Rigid 1.5 to 10mm2 A / B In auto mode, selection of overrides, waivers or random operation
3. OK To validate flashing information on display
4. To return to the previous step
Wiring diagram
You may return to auto mode at any moment by pushing the menu button.
L If no action is taken for 1 min, the switch returns to auto mode.
N
Major characteristics
• Product delivered with current time and date set
• Programming key
1 3 5 7 - For permanent waivers
• 56 program steps On, Off
• Impulses (1 sec to 30 min)
2 4 6 8 • Permanent overrides On or Off ( permanent light on)
Light & energy
management
• Holiday mode : overrides On or Off between two dates

• Simulation of presence
• Display bar graph of daily profile
• Keyboard locking possible

Digital time switches -EG403E

Supply voltage 230V~ +10%/-15% 50/60Hz Canal A command
Consumption < 2VA Selection of days of the week Canal B command

1 = Monday, 2 = Tuesday
Output 2 changeover + 2 NO contacts Canal C command
... 7 = Sunday.
10A - 250V AC 1 1 Canal D command
8A - 250V cos = 0.6 PIN number locking
Lighting menu + ok
Enter in PROGRAMME mode &
Incandescent lighting 1500W return to previous step Validation
Navigation &
Halogen lighting 230V 1500W value setting
Compensated fluoro tubes 400W
Non-compensated fluoro tubes in series 1000W Major characteristics
Compact fluoro lamps 400W • Product delivered with current time and date set
Minimum current 100mA 250V~ • Automatic change of winter / summer time
• Programming key
- For permanent overrides
Functional characteristics • 300 program steps; On, Off, pulses or
Number of programs 300 program steps • Permanent overrides On or Off ( permanent light on)
Minimu time between 2 steps 1min • Temporary overrides On or Off ( flashing)
• Overrides (temporary, permanent or time delayed) remote activation possible
Accuracy 0.2sec per day • Holiday mode : overrides On or Off between two dates
Supply failure reserve Total of 10 years - lithium battery • Simulation of presence
Protection degree IP20 / IK04 • Keyboard locking possible
• Counter of operating time on every output
Environment
Storage temperature -20oC to +70oC
Cable capacity 0.75 to 2.5mm2
Wiring diagram
L
N
EG 001
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
C D
EG 403E
A B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Light & energy

management

Digital time switches - EG293B


Output 2 changeover contacts ... 7 = Sunday
10A - 250V AC 1
Keyboard locked by PIN code
Lighting
Incandescent lighting 1500W menu + ok
Halogen lighting 230V 1500W Enter in PROGRAMME mode &

return to previous step Validation
Compensated fluoro tubes 400W Navigation &
value setting
Compact fluoro lamps 400W Major characteristics
Minimum current 100mA 250V~ • Product delivered with current time and date set
• Programming key
Functional characteristics • Programming for day or group of days
Number of programs 300 program steps • 300 program steps; On, Off, pulses or
Minimu time between 2 steps 1min • Permanent overrides On or Off ( permanent light on)
Accuracy 0.2sec per day • Overrides (temporary, permanent or time delayed) remote activation possible
Supply failure reserve Total of 5 years - lithium battery • Simulation of presence
Protection degree IP20 / IK04 • Keyboard locking possible
• Counter of operating time on every output
Environment
Wiring diagram
L
N * Input for external override
*
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
EG293B
A B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Light & energy
management



Output 2 changeover + 2 NO contacts ... 7 = Sunday. Canal C command
10A - 250V AC 1 Canal D command
DCF Antenna (option)
Lighting Keyboard locked by PIN code
Incandescent lighting 1500W menu + ok
Halogen lighting 230V 1500W Enter in PROGRAMME mode &

return to previous step Validation
Compensated fluoro tubes 400W Navigation &
value setting
Compact fluoro lamps 400W Major characteristics
Minimum current 100mA 250V~ • Product delivered with current time and date set
• Programming key
Functional characteristics • 300 program steps; On, Off, pulses or
Number of programs 300 program steps • Permanent overrides On or Off ( permanent light on)
Minimu time between 2 steps 1min • Temporary overrides On or Off ( flashing)
• Overrides (temporary, permanent or time delayed) remote activation possible
Accuracy 0.2sec per day • Simulation of presence
Supply failure reserve Total of 5 years - lithium battery • Keyboard locking possible
Protection degree IP20 / IK04 • Counter of operating time on every output
Environment
Wiring diagram
L
N
EG001
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
C D
EG493E
A B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Input for external override

Option
Light & energy

management

Delay timers
Delay timers Multifunction timer - 8 individual functions

Delay timer devices are used to control a variety of processes where the A = timer.
requirement is for switching circuits on, off or delaying the on or off switching for a B = delay off (output relay opens either at end of command or after set time
pre-set period of time. Typical device types are: period - whichever is shorter).
- Delay ON: Intended to delay the starting or switching of a circuit for a set C = delay off.
period of time following the command signal e.g. to delay the starting of motor D = delay on.
loads where a large number of motors are to be started by the same switch to E = delay on (output relay closes either at end of command or after set time
reduce the effects of the starting currents. period - which ever is shorter).
- Delay OFF: Intended to delay the stopping or switching off of a circuit for a set F = symmetrical timer.
period of time following the removal of the command signal e.g. to overrun an On selection - contact permanently closed.
extractor following the switching off of a process that creates fumes. Off selection - contact permanently open.
- Adjustable time ON: Intended to switch on for a set period, the command must
remain on throughout the set period e.g. to switch on two sets of heaters with
one set (the boost) switching off after the set period. Output relay open - with no command
- Impulse timer: Intended to switch on for a set period, the command signal
length is not important e.g. to boost a time clock controlled circuit such as Output relay open - with command signal running
water storage heater.
- Symmetrical timer: Intended to toggle a circuit on and off in regular time Output relay closed - with command signal running
patterns e.g. to run an extractor intermittently.
Output relay closed - with command signal removed
Output relay closed (EZN005)
Delay On Delay Off Adjustable Time On

EZN001 & EZN006 Function D EZN002 & EZN006 Function C EZN003 & EZN006 Function E
Delay On Delay Off(B1) Adjustable

command (B1) command command (B1)Time On
EZN001 & EZN006 Function D EZN002 & EZN006 Function C EZN003 & EZN006 Function E
output (15-18) T output (15-18) T output (15-18) T
command (B1) command (B1) command (B1)
LED LED LED
output (15-18) T output (15-18) T output (15-18) T
LED LED LED
Impulse Timer Symmetrical Timer Multifunction Timer

EZN004 & EZN006 Function A EZN005 & EZN006 Function F EZN006 Function B
Impulse Timer
command (B1) Symmetrical
command (B1) Timer
Multifunction
command (B1)
Timer
EZN004 & EZN006 Function A EZN005 & EZN006 Function F EZN006 Function B
output (15-18) T output (15-18) T T T T T output (15-18) T

command (B1) command (B1) command (B1)
LED LED LED
output (15-18) T output (15-18) T T T T T output (15-18) T
Light & energy
LED LED LED

management
EZN001 - EZN002 - EZN003 - EZN004 - EZN005 - EZN006 Wiring diagrams

Electrical characteristics EZN001, EZN003, EZN005, EZN006 (functions D,E,F)
Supply voltage AC 12 - 230 V AC (±10%), 50/60Hz L/+
N/-
Supply voltage DC 12 - 48 V DC (±10%)
Output 1 volt free C/O contact A2
Max load AC1 8A / 230V~ 50,000 cycles IN
Incandescent 450W~ 50,000 cycles 15
Fluorescent non comp. 600W~ 50,000 cycles

Inductive load 0.6pf 5A~ 100,000 cycles 18 16
Min power AC 100mA at 230 V 18 16
A1 15
Min power DC 100mA at 12 V
Galvanic isolation 2kV
Standard / norm EN60669-2-1 EZN002, EZN004, EZN006 (functions A,B,C)
Timer range 0.1 seconds to 10 hours L/+
N/-
Min. command period AC 50ms
Min. command period DC 30ms
A2 B1
Working temperature -10°C to +50°C
IN
Storage temperature -40°C to +50°C
15
Connection capacity - flexible 1 - 6mm 2
Connection capacity - rigid 1.5 - 100mm2

18 16
18 16
A1 15

Time lag switches
Time lag switches Wiring diagrams

A common area where time delay devices are used is stairways and corridors 4 wire
in multi occupancy buildings where they provide a level of energy efficiency. The
EMN001 device provides basic time lag control.
Supply voltage 230V~ +10%/-15% 50/60Hz
Consumption 1VA
Size 1 module
Output 16A - 230V AC1
Lighting N 3
Halogen lighting 230V 2300W L 4
Ferro-magnetic transformer 1600W
Parallel compensated Capacitor 112F
Fluoro lamps 1000W
Series compensated 3600W
Electronic transformer 2300W
Compact fluoro lamps with electronic 60 x 7W or 3 wire
ballast 40 x 11w or
32 x 15W or
20 x 23W
with conventional ballast 2300W
Time delay 30s to 10min
Retrigger Yes
Maximum current in rest position 100mA
Automatic 3/4 recognition Yes N 3
Local command Automatic / override On
L 4
Environment
Cable capacity Flexible 1 to 6mm2
Rigid 1.5 to 10mm2
A: Basic mode 230V

Press push button to switch ON the 0V
light. After a set time (Adjustable “T”,
the light will switch OFF automatically.
T T
Light & energy

B: Prewarning mode 230V
management
A signal (blink) will appear before the 0V
end of the lighting period.
T 10s 30s
C: Double delay mode 230V

Press push button to switch light ON. 0V
>3 >3 >3
After a set time (Adjustable “T”, the

light will switch OFF automatically. If 1h
you press the buton for more than 3

seconds, a time lag of one hour begin. T T

Universal dimmers - EV100
Electrical characteristics Wiring diagram

Supply voltage 230V AC 50Hz L Dimming range
Consumption 3W N 4 adjustment potentiometers
Dissipation 15W 5 < 5 mA
Presence of voltage (230 V)

Lighting 3 Load failure
EV100
Lamps with ELV Halogen 1000VA
1 3 5
via ferro-magnetic transformer
6
local
Mode switch min. max.
The transformer must not be used below 75% of its nominal load slave Overheating
2
Lamps with ELV halogen 1000VA Overload or short- circuit
via electronic transformer
The maximum number of lamps permitted shall be calculated according to the 2 4 6
efficiency of transformers.
ε µ µ 1
Lighting level switch
on/off/adjustment
-
Input 1/10V 1.5mA +
1/10 V
1/10V control 1 input

1/10V control status slave
Max. PB - dimmers distance 50m
for 1-10V control
Dim PB and ON/OFF module Yes
Min. and max. dim lighting setting Yes
IP Rating IP20
Potentiometer 100k Ω, 200mW logarithim
Environment
Cable capacity Flexible 1 to 6mm2
Rigid 1.5 to 10mm2
Light & energy
management

Light sensitive switches
Light sensitive switches Description - EEN100

Using light sensitive switches can prevent the unnecessary use of lighting circuits
where sufficient daylight exists. The benefit of modular devices is the facility to The programmable light sensitive
set the ambient lighting level at which the device will operate, and as the device switch EEN100 has one main
is fitted at the distribution point prevent unauthorised tampering. The remote function:
photocell unit can be mounted up to a distance of 50 metres from the device. • Light sensitive switch comprising:
Two devices are available the standard EEN100 light sensitive switch and an 1 Override selector switch to allow
enhanced programmable version the EE110 that also allows time clock control. permanent ON or OFF, auto or test
2 mode
Principle of operation 3 2 Lighting range selector
Both devices control lighting systems according to natural illumination; 4 3 Potentiometer to set light level
• The user sets the working level 4 Indicator to show output switching
• The photo cell measures the external light level 1 status
The output of the EEN100 is:

• ON, when the measured level is lower than the pre-set light level
• OFF, when the measured level is higher than the pre-set light level
The output of the EE110 during the programmed ON time period is:
• ON, when the measured level is lower than the pre-set light level
• OFF, when the measured level is higher than the pre-set light level
Wiring diagram - EEN100
The output of the EE110 during the programmed off time period is: L
• OFF, regardless of the lighting level N
Built in time delay 10 11 12

The light sensitive switches include a built in time delay which avoids unnecessary
switching due to temporary factors such as car headlight beams etc...
Lux
1 2 5 6
T Description - EE110
6:00 8:00 17:00 23:00
EEN100
12
11
10
2
EE110 ON ON
19
20
3
18 OFF OFF OFF
4
1
Adjustment of the Working Level
The test position of the override selector 1 makes setting the
Light & energy

management
preset level easier by removing the ON and OFF delay.
Select the sensitivity range which suits your application (selector 1)
5 to 100 lux (low light level) application examples;

public lighting, shop windows, signals... The programmable light sensitive switch EE171 has two main functions:
• Light sensitive switch comprising
50 to 2000 lux (high light level) application examples; 1 Override selector switch to allow permanent ON or OFF, auto or test mode
controls of shades 2 Lighting range selector
3 Potentiometer to set light level
At the appropriate moment of the day, put the selector 1 in test 4 Indicator to show output switching status
position; turn the potentiometer 2 up to the switching point (the
indicator 4 lights); put the selector back to position ‘auto’ the normal • A switching dial programmer to establish the automatic operating cycle
operating mode of the device.
Wiring diagram - EE110

L
N
18 19 20
5 6 9 10

Light sensitive switches cont’d
Mounting the cell Electrical characteristics

To ensure correct operation of the light sensitive switch, the cell must not be
influenced by artificial light or direct solar radiation and should be sheltered from Supply voltage 230V~ +10%/-15% 50Hz
dust and humidity. In case of disconnection of the link between the cell and the Consumption 1.5VA max.
light sensitive switch, the output of the device will be switched on. Make sure the Output 1 voltage free changeover contact
light sensitive switch is unplugged before connecting the cell.
Breaking capacity 16A 250V AC1
Lighting
Uncompensated fluoro lamp 1000W
Compensated fluoro lamp in series 1000W
(10µF)
Parallel fluoro lamps (15µF) 200W
Compensated duo fluoro lamps in 1000W
series
2 sensitivity ranges 5 to 100 lux and 50 to 2000 lux
Cycle Daily*
Program setting 15min increments*
Accuracy 6min per year*
Operating reserve 200h after being connected for 120h*
ON and OFF delay 15 to 60s
Protection class (cell) IP54
Insulation class (cell) II
Environment
Working Cell -30oC to +60oC
temperature Modular device -10oC to +50oC
Cable capacity Cell 0.75 to 2.5mm2
Modular device 0.5 to 4mm2
Max. length between cell 50m
and modular device
Mounting of the cell with 2 screws 2.5mm Ø
*EE110 only
Light & energy
management

Light sensitive switches - EE702
Compact light sensitive switch Dimensions

The compact light-sensitive switch EE702 measures the natural light level
42.5
and switches the lighting system according to the light-switching level and
80 40.5
the programmed setting and tripping delay. Intended for applications such as
street lighting, illumination signs, outside building access, windows… Mounting
arrangements include fixing on wall, on round box or on pole using provided 2.6
accessory and standard clamp.
95
Product description
1 2 1. Indicator light
2. Brightness level sensor
3. Cable input & output 6.5
4. Potentiometer for adjustment
of lighting level (2 to 1000lux)
5. Potentiometer for adjustment Wiring diagram
of setting and tripping delay
4 5 (1 to 120sec)
3
Lux
Hysteresis
lighting switching-off level
lighting switching-on level
Supply voltage 230V~ +10%/-15% 50Hz
time
Cut phase output Relay 16A AC1 2300W incandescent
time
setting delay tripping delay
Lighting
ON OFF Incandescent lighting 2300W
Halogen ELV via ferromagnetic or 1500W
electronic transformer
Uncompensated fluoro lamp 2 x 20W
Compact fluorescents 2000W
Electronic ballast 16 x 58W
Lighting switching-on level Setting by potentiometer
from 2 to 1 000 lux hysteresis 10%
Setting and tripping delay Setting by potentiometer
from 1 to 120 seconds
Class of isolation II
IK IK03
Protection index IP55
Light & energy

Mounting Surface, on round box or pole
management
Environment
Cable capacity 1 to 4mm2

Motion detectors - Outdoor
Electrical characteristics Basic Basic Enhanced Enhanced

motion detector 140o motion detector 360o motion detector 220o motion detector 220/360o
White White White and Charcoal Grey White and Charcoal Grey
EE820 EE840 EE860/EE861 EE870/EE871

Supply voltage 230V~ 50Hz 230V~ 50Hz 230V~ 50Hz 230V~ 50Hz
Detection (Length) 16m 12m 16m 16m
Detection (Width) 12m 12m 16m 16m
Detection angle 140o 360o 220o 220/360o
Standby consumption 1.2W 1.2W 1.2W 1.2W
Duration of lighting output operation 5sec to 15min 5sec to 15min 5sec to 30min 5sec to 30min
(S1)
Luminosity threshold 5 to 1000lux 5 to 1000lux 5 to 1000lux 5 to 1000lux
Recommended installation height 2.5m (2m-4m) 2.5m (2m-4m) 2.5m (2m-4m) 2.5m (2m-4m)
Ceiling mounting EE827 EE827 White = EE827 White = EE827
Charcoal Grey = EE828 Charcoal Grey = EE828
Wall mounting Direct Direct Direct Direct
Corner mounting EE825 EE825 White = EE825 White = EE825
(inside/outside corner) Charcoal Grey = EE826 Charcoal Grey = EE826
Operating temperature 20oC to +55oC 20oC to +55oC 20oC to +55oC 20oC to +55oC
Storage temperature 20oC to +60oC 20oC to +60oC 20oC to +60oC 20oC to +60oC
Insulation class II II II II
Protection rating IP55 IP55 IP55 IP55
Standards EN 60669-1 EN 60669-1 EN 60669-1 EN 60669-1
EN 60669-2-1 EN 60669-2-1 EN 60669-2-1 EN 60669-2-1
Pollution degree 2 2 2 2
Connection flexible Max 1.5mm2 Max 1.5mm2 Max 1.5mm2 Max 1.5mm2
Connection rigid Max 1.5mm2 Max 1.5mm2 Max 1.5mm2 Max 1.5mm2
Switching channel 1 1 1 1
Lighting loads 230V~ AC1 10A 10A 10A 10A
Switching capacity (incandescent) 1500W 2300W 2300W 2300W
Halogen ELV (12 or 24V) 1500VA 1500VA 1500VA 1500VA
via ferromagnetic or
Compact fluorescent 10 x 20W 20 x 20W 20 x 20W 20 x 20W
LED 20 x 20W 20 x 20W 20 x 20W
Parallel compensated 290W/C=32µf 400W/C=45µf 400W/C=45µf 400W/C=45µf
Fluorescent tubes
Electronic ballast 580W 580W 580W 580W
Remote programming N/A N/A EE806 EE806
Adjustable shutters Yes No Yes Yes
Dimensions (L x W x H) 127 x 83 x 97mm 127 x 83 x 97mm 127 x 83 x 97mm 127 x 83 x 97mm
Light & energy
management

EE820 EE840
Description Description
Terminal block (detachable) Connection by PIN system
Quick Connect (4 plug-in pins)
Vertical adjustment
IP5 5
+/- 80° + 90°/- 30°

Swivelling
detection head
0 to 30°
Setting
potentiometers
Setting potentiometers
Detection
head
Detection area Detection area
6m
8 m (α 200°)
6 m (α 140°)
3m
2,5 m
α
2,5 m
6 m (α 140°)
8 m (α 200°)
8m 16 m
The optimal height of installation is 2.5 m.
Ø 12 m
EE82. α = 140°
EE83. α = 200° α = 360°
Installation Installation
Light & energy

management
Corner mount Ceiling Corner mount

EE860/EE861 EE870/EE871
Terminal block (detachable) Terminal block (detachable)

IP55 Quick Connect IP55
Quick Connect
Vertical adjustment
Vertical adjustment
+ 90°/- 30° + 90°/- 30°
Plate for wall fixing

Plate for wall fixing Swivelling detection head
Swivelling detection head +/-80°
+/-80°

10 m ( 220°)
6 m ( 140°)
16 m
16 m
10 m
4m
4m
2,5 m 2,5 m
10 m ( 220°)
6 m ( 140°)
10 m
0,5 m 8m 16 m Ø6m 8m 16 m
The detection field must remain free. EE86. = 220° The optimal height of installation is 2.5 m. = 220/360°
The detection field must remain free.
Installation Installation
Light & energy
management
Corner mount Corner mount

EE820 EE840/EE860/EE861/EE870/EE871
Auto/Off connection Auto/Off connection
L L’
N L S’ S S S’
N L L’ µ
µ
L S1 S1
L
N
N
(Optional)
Optional
S1 = Off S1 = On
= Automatic Mode = Automatic Mode
Auto/On connection Auto/On connection
L L’
N L S’ S S’ S
N L L’ µ
µ
L S1 L S1
N N
(Optional)
Optional
S1 = Automatic Mode S1 = Automatic Mode
= Permanent On
= permanent On : Strap Ref. AWG16 (1.5mm², 50mm min.)
Parallel connection Parallel connection
1 2
1 2
S S’ S S’
L L’ L L’ µ µ
N L L’ N L L’
Light & energy

management
µ µ N L S’ S N L S' S
L
L
N N
(Optional) Optional
Connection with Timer Connection with Timer
EMN001
EMN 001
L L’ EMN 001 S S’
5
3 8 EMN 001
30s 5
3 8
µ
10
min.
µ 30s
10
min.
N L L’ N L S’ S
N 3
N 3
L 4
L 4
L
N N

Motion detectors - Outdoor IR remote control EE806
Description EE806
lux
A LED
auto
test
B
F
LED A LED B
C G
H
D
I
E
J
Use
The remote control allows you to set or modify settings on the comfort movement
detectors, ref. EE860, EE861, EE870, EE871. Every button corresponds to
a command. The LED flashes every time a button is pressed. The 4 buttons
at the top can be accessed even when the remote control is locked. To lock/
unlock the remote control and the settings, just press and for 1 sec.
Key
A User commands: mode Auto, holidays (simulation of
presence) presetting ON, presetting OFF
B Setting Lux (day, twilight, night, ambient lighting learning)
C Sensitivity settings
D Fixed time settings
E To lock/unlock the settings of the detector
F ON/OFF of the LED A (detection) of the detector
G ON/OFF of the 220° detection of the EE87x detectors
H ON/OFF of the 360° detection of the EE87x detectors
I Test
J Reset, return to manufacturer’s settings
Technical specifications
- Power supply : 1x 3V CR2032
- Shelf life of battery : 5 years
- Protection index : IP 30
Light & energy
management

Motion detectors with LED lamp or floodlight
Electrical characteristics EE600 EE610

Type LED floodlight LED lamp
Power Around 60W (300W luminous energy) Around 15W (75W luminous energy)
Colour of light 5700 Kelvin 4000 Kelvin
Luminous flux 3400 lumen 1100 lumen
Power supply 230V~ +10/-15% 50/60Hz 230V AC 50/60Hz
240V~ +/-6% 50/60Hz
Compulsory protection 10A gG/gI fuse or 10A gG/gI fuse or
16A C curve circuit breaker 16A C curve circuit breaker
Insulation class II II
Recommended cable U1000R02V3G1.5 U1000R02V3G1.5
Connection using screw free terminals 1 to 1.5mm2 1.5 to 2.5mm2
Protection class IP55 IP55
Working temperature -20oC to +45oC -25oC to +50oC
Storage temperature -20oC to +60oC -30oC to +70oC
Detection angle 220/360o 140o
12m 6m (by default)
Forward detection distance
12m maximum (with remote control)
Twilight threshold setting 5 to 1000lux 5 to 1000lux
Operating duration setting 5sec to 15min 5sec to 15min
Accessories Adjustable shutters supplied Mounting screws and wall plugs
EE600 EE610
Swivelling luminous panel Aluminium heat sink
180 °
340°
Wall support with

Wall support
power supply block
with power
supply block
LED light source
Adjustment potentiometers Detection head
Directional detection head
Light & energy

+/- 80°
management
Shutters
Adjustment potentiometers
Dimensions Dimensions
150 mm
322 mm
180 mm
257 mm

Optimal installation height is 2 m.
The detection zone shall remain free of obstacle.
12 m
2,5 m
Ø6m
12 m
8m 12 m
Optimal installation height is 2.5m. Default detection area (set at factory)

The detection zone shall remain free of obstacle. Remotely adjustable maximum detection area (EE806)

Motion detectors - Indoor EE804 and EE805
Product description and working principle Electrical characteristics

Detectors EE804 and EE805 are 360° movement detectors with a built-in light-
sensitive switch function. They are particularly intended for use in interior traffic Supply voltage 230V~ 50Hz
areas such as corridors, entrance halls etc. These devices detect infrared radiation Consumption with no load 1.2W
associated with heat emitted by moving bodies. Detection is by a pyro-electric
sensor located under lens 3. Lighting 8A AC1 230V~
Lighting output control Halogen ELV via ferromagnetic or 500 VA
On power-on, the detector switches its circuit on for 30 seconds. The lighting electronic transformer
output is switched on when the brightness level set by potentiometer 2 is Uncompensated fluoro lamp 10 x 20W
considered too low and a movement is detected. After detection, the light remains Compact fluorescents 1000W
on for the time set by potentiometer 1. The delay is reset after each movement
detection occurrence. Electronic ballast 8 x 58W
NOTE: When using with unspecified loads, it is imperative to relay.
Potentiometers
1 Operating time setting Functional characteristics
2 Brightness level setting
Lighting output operating time 5sec to 15min
Brightness level 5 to 1000lux
Reccomended installation height 2.5 to 3.5m
Settings Detection range 3m approximately
It is possible to set potentiometers 1 and 2, the operating time and the brightness (installed product height 2.5m)
level.In order to facilitate set-up by the user, detectors are pre-set with a default Fixing accessories Screws (Ø4mm), pegs, protecting
setting suitable for standard installation: traffic area, corridor etc. cover / connector block
- Operating time: from 5 seconds to 15 minutes. Potentiometer 1 is pre-set to a Products in parallel Yes
default value of approximately 3 min.
- Brightness level: from 5 to 1000 Lux. Potentiometer 2 is pre-set to a default
Environment
value of approximately 200 Lux.
NOTE: These values can be changed using a screwdriver. Working temperature -0oC to +45oC
Class of isolation II
IK IK03
2,5 m
Protection index IP55

Fire resistance 750oC
m
6 Standards IEC60669-1, IEC60669-2-1
6m Cable capacity 1 to 2.5mm2
Installation Troubleshooting
For optimum detection, it is desirable to follow these recommendations: - Unwanted switch-on of lighting point: Check that the detector is not close to a
- Recommended height of installation: from 2.5 to 3.5m. heat source, or under a direct light, above a ventilation grill...
- Prevent disturbances from the environment (source of heat, ventilation, - The range of the detector is too short: Check that detector’s installation height
houseplant...). and location are optimal.
- Provide a minimum distance of about 1m between the detector & its controlled
lighting.
EE804 EE805
Light & energy
management
Ø 105,5
ø 75
15,5 14,5
72
23,1
54
46,5
37,9
18,7
Detection lens Wall to be smashed
Detection lens
Protective cover
Fixing springs
Connections Connections
Auto/Off Auto/On Auto/Off Auto/On
N L N L L N L N
Interruptor
Green/yellow Green/yellow Green/yellow

Green/yellow (for tapping) (for tapping) (in option)
Switch
S1
(for tapping)
Bridging Bridging Bridging
Interruptor
S1
Bridging
Switch
N N N
230 V~ 230 V~ 230 V~
N L S1 L
L
230 V~ Switch / Interruptor
L S1
S1 Open = automatic mode S1 Open = stop S1 open = automatic mode
Switch / Interruptor S1 Closed = permanent switch on S1 Closed = automatic mode S1 closed = permanent switch on
S1 Open = stop
S1 Closed = automatic mode

Motion detectors - Indoor - Corridor and Hyper frequency
Electrical characteristics Connections

Power supply 230V~ 50/60Hz Lamp connection Lamp connection
Detection Area EE880 20m x 4m without neutral conductor with neutral conductor
Auto operation by detection Auto operation by detection
EE883 360o or Forced switch off or Forced switch off
Standby consumption 1W L L
N N
Operating duration setting 5sec to 15min Single
switch Detector terminals Lamps
Luminosity threshold setting 2 to 2000lux
Detector terminals Lamps
L L L’ N N N Single L L L’ N N N
switch
Recommended EE880 3m
installation height EE883 2.5m
Fixing accessories 2 screws Ø4.5mm and length 50mm
Products in parallel Yes
Working temperature -20oC to +50oC Connection using two switches Connection using a change over
for manual or automatic control switch to operate either the lamp
Storage temperature -35oC to +70oC (possibility of simultaneous switch or the detector
Insulation class II off of the lamp AND the detector) Auto operation by detection or Forced
Auto operation by detection or Forced switch-on of the lamp
Protection class IP54
switch-off or Forced switch-on of the
Standards EN 60669-2-1 lamp
L
N
Upstream protection 10A (T ≤ +35oC) L Detector terminals Lamps

6A (+35oC < T < +50oC) N L L L’ N N N
Maximum istallation altitude 2000m Detector terminals Lamps

Changeover
L L L’ N N N
switch
Pollution degree 2 Two
switches
Connection Max 1.5mm2
T ≤ +35oC +35oC < T ≤ +50oC

Lighting 10A AC1 230V~ 6A AC1 230V~
Incandescent lighting 2300W 1300W
Halogen ELV via ferromagnetic or 2300W 1300W
Uncompensated fluoro lamp 1200W 1200W
Fluoro lamps in parallel 1000W / 110µF 1000W / 110µF
Compact fluorescents 20 x 20W 20 x 20W
LED 20 x 20W 20 x 20W
Halogen lamps VLV with 1500VA 1300VA
Ferromagnetic or electronic ballasts
Fluoro tubes with ferromagnetic or 580W 580W
electronic ballasts
NOTE: When using with unspecified loads, it is imperative to relay.
EE880 EE883
Description Detection area Description Detection area
The EE880 motion detector is sensitive The EE883 is a ceiling-mounted
to infrared radiation emitted as heat motion detector, active over 360°. The
from a moving body. The detector detector employs Hyper Frequency
switches on the load connected to technology and reacts to movements
Light & energy

management
it when a heat-emitting body moves regardless of the temperature. It can
within in its detection area. The load detect movements through doors, 2,5 m
remains lit for the period of time to windows and even non-metallic low-
which the detector has been set and thickness partitions.
until it no longer detects movement in
its surveillance area. This detector has
been specially designed to meet the 8 m max.
needs of corridors.

EE810/EE811/EE812
Detection zones
X
presence
h
zone
Y
7Y
m
Y
passage passage
X
h 2.5m 3m 3.5m
X
X 13 15.5 18
Y 7 8 9
Description Potentiometer adjustments
0 ... 90°
Lighting time delay Signalling indicator light V1
test
adjustment 1
30
auto
4
2 1 test 50%
On
potentiometer On
3 15 2
30
40% 0%
mini
6 1 min 5 1 30% 10%
4 10 4 3
5 5 15 5 20%
lux 10
lux min
1
Presence adjustment
potentiometer
off delay basic light level
3 brightness adjustment on delay (output 2)
Brightness threshold
adjustment
Mode 1: Potentiometer greater than 10‘ = ON delay 15 minutes
potentiometer 2 1 (Application: set-point adjustment, heating, etc.).
2
Mode 2: Potentiometer smaller or equal to 10‘ = ON delay 15 seconds
6 (Application: setting ventilation, lighting indication).
Detection lenses 5
Brightness
measurement sensor
Technical data
Ref. No. EE810 EE811 EE812 Test mode:

This mode makes it possible to
Type 1 channel 2 channel 1/10V validate the detection area. To select
Light & energy
management
this mode, set the potentiometer

Electrical specifications to the position "test". Indicator
Supply voltage 230V ~ 50Hz 230V ~ 50Hz 230V ~ 50Hz V1 will indicate any detection by
lighting for one second if the level of
Power consumption 1.2W 1.2W 1.2W
illumination is lower than the preset
Master/Slave & override input: - 230V ~ 50Hz 230V ~ 50Hz threshold. The lighting outputs S1 and
1/10V output - - EE810 / 50mA max. S2 are not controlled in this mode,
the time settings will remain ignored.
Maximum cable length - 50m 50m
Electrical connection 1mm2 to 4mm2 1mm2 to 4mm2 1mm2 to 4mm2
Position of Lux Application
Entering instructions potentiometer value
Lighting output time delay 1 to 30min 1 to 30min 1 to 30min Auto 400 Default
Presence output time delay - 30s to 60min - 1 5 —
Brightness threshold 5 - 1200 lux 5 - 1200 lux 5 - 1200 lux 2 100 Corridor
Minimum adjustment range - - 0% to 50% 3 200 Corridor, WC
Presence level adjustment - - mini to 100% 4 300 VDU work
Recomm. height from ground 2.5m to 3.5m 2.5m to 3.5m 2.5m to 3.5m 5 500 Offices
S1 AC1 S2 AC1 S1 AC1 S2 AC1 S1 AC1 1/10V 6 800 Lab,
Lighting loads 16A 230V~ 10A 230V~ 16A 230V~ 2A 230V~ 10A 230V~ classroom
Incandescent halogen 230V 2300W - 2300W - - - On Measurement of
Halogen ELV (12 or 24V) via 1500W - 1500W - - - brightness inhibited
ferromagnetic or electronic
transformer
Parallel compensated 290W/ - 290W/ - - -
fluorescent tubes C = 32µf C = 32µf
Electronic ballast 580W - 1000W - 580W 50mA max.

EE810 EE811 EE811 Master + EE810 Slave
EE 810 EE 811 EE 811 EE 810
EE810/ EE810/
S1 L N S2 S1 L N S2 S1 L N S2
S1 L N S2
EE 810
2A HVAC 2A HVAC
L L L N
L L N
N N N
EE812 + Ballast EE810 + EMN001
EE 812 EE 810
EMN 001
EE810/ 1/10V 5
3 8
L N S1 + - S1 L N S2 30s.
10
min
L 3
ballast
-
+ N 4
L
N
1-10V L
L N
N
EE812 + EV100/EV102 EE812 Master + EE810 Slave
EE 812 EE 812 EE 810
EE810/ 1/10V EE810/ 1/10V

L N S1 + - L N S1 + - S1 L N S2
- EE 810
L
+
N
-
L
EV 100 / EV102 +
N
L EV 100 / EV102
N L
N
Light & energy

management
Projecting mounting Semi-recessed mounting
Flush mounting box
Ceiling
42mm
70mm
Projecting mounting
support EE813
Power modules
60mm Screws Ø3
Claws
31mm
Metal plate
Spring blades
31mm
Detection head
110mm

Description EE815/EE816 Settings
Brightness measurement sensor

(under the detection lens) auto
Fixing springs test 1
lux
1
2
on
1 min
Potentiometers
and 2 20 min
1h
auto
test
Instances of lighting levels
Detection lens 1
lux
2 Position of Approximate
on potentiometer Lux value
1 min
Auto test preset
LED’s for testing and IR 20 min
1 200
acknowledgement 1h
1 to 2 200 to 400
2 400
2 to On 400 to 1000
On 1000
* The light measurement accuracy

(Lux) is affected by the environment
(furniture, ground...). If necessary,
the level has to be adjusted by
potentiometer or remote control.
Remote control for settings

The installer remote control
IR sensor (detection) IR receiver (remote controls) EE807 can be used to
set the following features
Detection areas if the potentiometer is
set on"auto test" :
Overlap - Lux levels ( )
- Time ( )
- Absence/presence detection
6m - Power up behaviour
- Active/passive cell
h
Light & energy
Override remote control

management
The user remote control

2,5m EE808 allows operators to:
EE815 & EE816:
- Switch on/off the light
2,5m 2,5m
(short press),(ON OFF)
x EE816 only:
y 1m - Dim up/down the light
(long press 0.5s.)
h 2,5m 3m 3,5m - To control scenes 1, 2, 3, 4
A short push recalls a luminosity
x 5m 5m 5m The “y” values are given for lateral range. level and a long push (0.5s.)
y 7m 8m 9m The range may be reduced if walking towards the sensor. memorizes a new level.
Connection EE815 Connection EE816
L’ L N PB L N PB da+ da-
DALI ballast
Push button for
presence/ absence
detection
230 V 230 V
L L
N N

Technical data
Ref. No. EE815 EE816

Detection range Movement area- Diameter 7m Movement area- Diameter 7m
(Product installed at 2.5m height) Presence area- Diameter 5m Presence area- Diameter 5m
Supply voltage 230V AC +10% - 15% 230V AC +10% - 15%
Frequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz
Local Lux threshold setting 5 - 1000 lux 3 modes available
Local time setting 1min. to 1hr 1min. to 1hr
Commissioning via installer remote control EE807 for power up, absence/presence EE807 for power up, absence/presence
mode, timer, active/passive cell. mode, timer, active/passive cell.
Control with IR user remote control EE808 for ON/OFF override EE808 for ON/OFF override & dimming up/down
Output 16A AC1 relay output 14V / 50mA (for a DALI bus with 24 ballasts)
2300W Incandescent or 230V halogen > 26000 cycles No isolation between the mains & the DALI bus!!
1500W VLV halogen lamps with > 35000 cycles
ferromagnetic or electronic transformer
1000W fluorescent via electronic ballast > 39000 cycles
23 x 23W fluoro-compact with electronic ballast > 20000 cycles
Push button input Phase input for absence/presence detection To dim up/down & absence/presence
(semi-automatic/automatic mode) detection (semi-automatic/automatic
mode) Same phase as power supply.
Terminals For 1.5mm2 rigid/flexible wires For 1.5mm2 rigid/flexible wires
Power dissipation 300 mW 60mW
Isolation class II II
Protection IP41/IK03 IP41/IK03
Operating temperature -10oC to +45oC -10oC to +45oC
Storage temperature -20oC to +60oC -20oC to +60oC
Standards IEC 60669-1, IEC 60669-2-1, CE C tick IEC 60669-1, IEC 60669-2-1, CE C tick
60mm
Protective cover
Cable clamp
Light & energy

management
t Ceiling
10 < t < 28 mm

Presence detectors - EE807 IR commissioning remote control
Description EE807 Use

The remote control allows the user
to set or modify settings on the
LED presence detectors EE815, EE816
when the potentiometer is on "auto
test". It allows single and multiple
settings. The SET key is used to send
the IR messages to the occupancy
sensors. Multiple settings can be
stored in Memo 1 and Memo 2 and
recalled to set several devices.
Single setting +
Example: do a reset.
Multiple settings
Define the parameters to be changed
and press SET to send. Example: for
25min. & corridor use, press 20', 5'
and corridor.
+ + +
The Technical specifications

In the case of 2 opposite states
acknowledgment Power supply: 1x 3V CR2032
the green LED denotes ON and
LED blinks during Shelf life of battery: 2.5 yrs
the red LED denotes OFF (except
the sending of Protection index: IP30
presence/ absence).When no function
the IR message.
is selected all LED’s are OFF.
Settings available
Key Meaning Indication Function

Presence Green LED on Presence on (auto mode)
Absence Red LED on Absence on (semi-auto mode)
Power up Green LED on The light is automatically switched ON for 30s after power up.
Red LED on During warm up phase, the light output is off
Reset Reset LED on To return to factory settings (Lux = 400, time = 20min.,
presence on, power up off & cell active)
Test Test LED on To validate the detection area
Time LED on To set the time. It is possible to add times e.g. press 2' & 5', time value is 7'
Day level LED on To set the value on 1000 Lux

1000 Lux
Learn LED on To learn the current Lux level
Corridor LED on To set the value on 200 Lux

200 Lux
Office LED on To set the value on 400 Lux
Light & energy
management
400 Lux
Lux + LED on To increase the Lux level (+100)
Lux - LED on To decrease the Lux level (-100)
Active cell Green LED on The light is continuously measured

Passive cell Red LED on The product doesn't switch the light off even if the ambient luminosity is sufficient
Memo & set keys Meaning Indication Function

Memo Press LED is on until a setting is changed To load/unload Memo 1
1
Long press LED is on for 5s., then blinks until To save the current setting as Memo 1
release press. After release, the LED
goes off in case of setting change
Memo Press LED is on until a setting is changed To load/unload Memo 1
2
Long press LED is on for 5s., then blinks until To save the current setting as Memo 1
release press. After release, the LED
goes off in case of setting change
SET Short press LED flashes To send an IR message of the current setting

Presence detectors - EE808 IR user remote control
Description EE808 Use

The remote control allows the user to
set or modify settings on the presence
LED detectors EE815, EE816. Each
button corresponds to a command.
Technical specifications
Power supply: 1x 3V CR2032
Shelf life of battery: 3.5 yrs
Protection index: IP30
The
acknowledgment
LED blinks during
the sending of
the IR message.
Settings available
Key Action Function Product type

Short press (<0.5s) On
Long press (>0.5s) Dim up EE815 ON/OFF presence detectors and
Short press Off EE816 DALI/DSI presence detectors
Long press (>0.5s) Dim down

Short press To start scene 1
Long press (>0.5s) To learn scene 1
Long press (>0.5s) To learn scene 2 Only for EE816 DALI/DSI
Short press To start scene 3 presence detectors

Light & energy

management

Analogue voltmeters and ammeters
SM500 SM050 SM015 SM030 SM050 SM100 SM150 SM250 SM400 SM600
Product Voltmeter Ammeter Ammeter Ammeter Ammeter with Ammeter with Ammeter with Ammeter with Ammeter with Ammeter with
CT CT CT CT CT CT
Range 500V 0-5A 0-15A 0-30A 0-50A 0-100A 0-150A 0-250A 0-400A 0-600A
Consumption ≤3 VA ≤1.1 VA ≤1.1 VA ≤1.1 VA ≤1.1 VA ≤1.1 VA ≤1.1 VA ≤1.1 VA ≤1.1 VA ≤1.1 VA
Accuracy % 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Ref temp oC 23 ±2oC 23 ±2oC 23 ±2oC 23 ±2oC 23 ±2oC 23 ±2oC 23 ±2oC 23 ±2oC 23 ±2oC 23 ±2oC
Accuracy ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC
variation oC
Maximum 1.2Un 1.2Un 1.2Un 1.2Un 1.2Un 1.2Un 1.2Un 1.2Un 1.2Un 1.2Un
continuous
Momentary 2Un / 5sec 10Un / 5sec 10Un / 5sec 10Un / 5sec 10Un / 5sec 10Un / 5sec 10Un / 5sec 10Un / 5sec 10Un / 5sec 10Un / 5sec
maximum
Frequency Hz 45 - 65 45 - 65 45 - 65 45 - 65 45 - 65 45 - 65 45 - 65 45 - 65 45 - 65 45 - 65
Isolating 2kV / 50Hz - 2kV / 50Hz - 2kV / 50Hz - 2kV / 50Hz - 2kV / 50Hz - 2kV / 50Hz - 2kV / 50Hz - 2kV / 50Hz - 2kV / 50Hz - 2kV / 50Hz -
voltage 1min 1min 1min 1min 1min 1min 1min 1min 1min 1min
Operating -25oC to -25oC to -25oC to -25oC to -25oC to -25oC to -25oC to -25oC to -25oC to -25oC to
temperature +50oC +50oC +50oC +50oC +50oC +50oC +50oC +50oC +50oC +50oC
Storage -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to -40oC to
temperature +80oC +80oC +80oC +80oC +80oC +80oC +80oC +80oC +80oC +80oC
IP rating IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Connection 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2
flexible
Connection rigid 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2
Electrical
connection
(voltmeter)
(voltmeter)
(voltmeter)
Electrical connection (ammeter)
Electrical
connection (ammeter)
(ammeter)
1 3 5 7 9
1 3 5 7 9
0
300
L1L2 0 L1 0 100
200 400
500
200 300 400
L1L2 L1 0 100 500
L2L3
V
L2
L2L3
V
L2
L3L1 L3
L3L1 L3
SK 602 SM 500
SK 602 SM 500
2 4 6 8 10 24
2 4 6 8 10 24
Light & energy
management

Digital voltmeters and ammeters
SM501 SM020 SM151 SM401 SM601

Product Voltmeter Ammeter Ammeter with CT Ammeter with CT Ammeter with CT
Range 500V 0-20A 0-150A 0-400A 0-600A
Consumption ≤4.5 VA ≤1 VA ≤1 VA ≤1 VA ≤1 VA
Working voltage 230V~ 50/60Hz 230V~ 50/60Hz 230V~ 50/60Hz 230V~ 50/60Hz 230V~ 50/60Hz
Update of the display 3sec 3sec 3sec 3sec 3sec
Input impedance >1MV - - - -
Isolating resistance 10MV 10MV 10MV 10MV 10MV
Maximum voltage 660V 660V 660V 660V 660V
Accuracy % ±1 ±1 ±1 ±1 ±1
Ref temp oC 23 ±1oC 23 ±1oC 23 ±1oC 23 ±1oC 23 ±1oC
Accuracy variation oC ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC ±0.03% / oC
Maximum continuous 1.2Un 2In 2In 2In 2In
Momentary maximum 2Un / 5sec 10In / 5sec 10In / 5sec 10In / 5sec 10In / 5sec
Frequency Hz 45 - 65 45 - 65 45 - 65 45 - 65 45 - 65
Isolating voltage 2kV / 50Hz - 1min 2kV / 50Hz - 1min 2kV / 50Hz - 1min 2kV / 50Hz - 1min 2kV / 50Hz - 1min
Operating temperature -10oC to +55oC -10oC to +55oC -10oC to +55oC -10oC to +55oC -10oC to +55oC
Storage temperature -40oC to +70oC -40oC to +70oC -40oC to +70oC -40oC to +70oC -40oC to +70oC
IP rating IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Connection flexible 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2 1 to 6mm2
Connection rigid 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 10mm2
Electrical connection (voltmeter) Electrical connection (ammeter)
R R
Y Y
B
N B
N
1 3 5 7 9
0
L1L2 L1
L2L3 L2
L3L1 L3
SK 602 SM 501
2 4 6 8 10 2 4 1214
1 3 5 7 9
0
L1 L3
Light & energy

management
L2
SK 603 SM 151/SM 401
2 4 6 8 10 2 4 1214
SM 501
2 4 12 14
SM 151/SM 401
Circuit under 2 4 12 14
measurement 230 V~
Voltmeter /5 A
230 V~

Kilowatt hour / energy meters
EC05x EC15x EC35x EC36x EC37x

Electrical characteristics 3Ph - 6000A
1Ph - 32A 1Ph - 63A 3Ph - 63A 3Ph - 100A
Via CT
230V AC 230V AC 230V AC +/- 15% 230V AC +/- 15% 230V AC +/- 15%
Supply voltage
+/-20% +/-15% 400V AC +/-15% 400V AC +/-15% 400V AC +/-15%
Frequency 50Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz
Starting current 20mA 40mA 40mA 80mA 10mA on CT secondary
Base current 10A 10A 10A 20A 5A
Max current 32A 63A 63A 100A 6A on CT secondary
<6.7VA <10VA <10VA and 1W <10VA and 1W <10VA and 1W
Consumption on voltage circuit
and 0.3W and 1W per phase per phase per phase
Consumption on current circuit 0.5VA <0.5VA per phase <0.5VA per phase <0.5VA per phase <0.5VA per phase
Class 1 (1%) - Class 1 (1%) - Class 1 (1%) - Class 1 (1%) - Class 1 (1%) -
Accuracy in accordance in accordance in accordance in accordance in accordance
with IEC61036 with IEC61036 with IEC61036 with IEC61036 with IEC61036
Connection Direct Direct Direct Direct Via CT
Digital Digital Digital Digital Digital
Display
5+1 digits 6+1 digits 7 digits 7 digits 7 digits
Blinking =
Blinking = Blinking = Blinking = Blinking =
Metrological LED 6Wh/impulse
1Wh/impulse 1Wh/impulse 2Wh/impulse 10Wh/impulse
(EC051 only)
At 100Wh load At 100Wh load At 100Wh load At 100Wh load At 100Wh load
1 pulse = 100ms 1 pulse = 100ms 1 pulse = 100ms 1 pulse = 100ms 1 pulse = 100ms
Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended
Pulsed output (except EC050)
installation with installation with installation with installation with installation with
external power supply external power supply external power supply external power supply external power supply
= 24V - 30V DC = 24V - 30V DC = 24V - 30V DC = 24V - 30V DC = 24V - 30V DC
Width 1 module 3 modules 4 modules 7 modules 4 modules
rigid 1.5 to 10mm2 1.5 to 16mm2 1.5 to 16mm2 1.5 to 35mm2 1.5 to 10mm2
Connection capacity
flexible 1 to 6mm 2
1 to 16mm 2
1 to 16mm 2
1 to 35mm 2
1 to 6mm2
Protection degree IP20 / IK03 IP20 / IK03 IP20 / IK03 IP20 / IK03 IP20 / IK03
Operating temperature -10OC to +45OC -10OC to +55OC -10OC to +55OC -10OC to +55OC -10OC to +55OC
Storage temperature -25OC to +70OC -20OC to +70OC -20OC to +70OC -20OC to +70OC -20OC to +70OC
Light & energy
management

Digital multimeters
Description - SM102E
1 Key-pad with 4 dual-function keys
(display or programming)
2 Backlighted LCD display
3 Phase
4 Values
5 Unit
6 Energy metering indication
Description - SM103E
1 Key-pad with 6 dual-function keys
(display or programming)
3 Phase
4 Values
5 Unit
7 Hour meter and energy display
8 Alarm relay 1
9 Alarm relay 2
Light & energy

management
Description - SM101C
1 Key-pad with 4 dual-function
keys (display or programming)
3 Phase
4 Values
5 Unit
V1 V2 V3
6 Activity indicator on the
communication bus
C=0.1Wh/imp
I1 I2 I3
NC
COM RS485

Digital multimeters
Current (TRMS) SM102E SM103E SM101C

I (1st CT) up to 9,999A up to 9,995A 5A to 9,999A
I (2nd CT) 5A 1 or 5A 5A
In 0.5% (from 10 to 110% to In) 0.2% (from 10 to 110% to In) Calculated
Minimum measuring current (2nd CT) 5mA 10mA 5mA
Input consumption <0.6 VA <0.3 VA <0.6VA per phase
Permanent overload (2nd CT) 6A 10A 6A
Accuracy ±0.2% ±0.2% ±0.2%
THD ±1% ±1% ±1%
Update period 1sec 1sec 1sec
Voltage (TRMS)
U 50V AC to 500V AC (Ph-Ph) 17V AC to 700V AC (Ph-Ph) 50V AC to 520V AC (Ph-Ph)
28V AC to 289V AC (Ph-N) 11V AC to 404V AC (Ph-N) 28V AC to 300V AC (Ph-N)
Input consumption - - <0.1VA per phase
Permanent overload (2nd CT) 800V AC 760V AC 760V AC
Accuracy ±0.2% ±0.2% ±0.2%
THD ±1% ±1% ±1%
Power
Accuracy (P,Q) ±0.5 to ±2% (from -90o to +90o) ±0.5 to ±2% (from -90o to +90o) ±0.5%
Accuracy (S) ±1% ±1% ±1%
Accuracy (PF) ±0.5% (for 0.5<PF<1) ±0.5% (for 0.6<PF<1) ±0.02%
Energy
Accuracy (Ea) Class 0.5s Class 0.5s Class 0.5s
Accuracy (Er) Class 2 Class 1 Class 2
Frequency
F 45Hz to 65Hz 45Hz to 65Hz 45Hz to 65Hz
Accuracy ±0.1% ±0.02% ±0.1%
Supply
Voltage 110V AC to 400V AC ±10% 110V AC to 400V AC ±10% 200V AC to 277V AC ±15%
Frequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz
Consumption <10VA <10VA <5VA
Light & energy
management
Environment
Protection degree IP52 (front panel) IP52 (front panel) IP51 (front panel)
IP30 (case) IP30 (case) IP20 (case)
Operating temperature -10ºC to +55ºC -10ºC to +55ºC -10ºC to +55ºC
Storage temperature -20ºC to +85ºC -20ºC to +85ºC -20ºC to +70ºC
Insulation category III (480Vac Ph-Ph) III (480Vac Ph-Ph) III (300Vac Ph-Ph)
Degree of pollution PD2 PD2 PD2
Communication
Metrological LED - - 0.1Wh/pulse
Pulse output - - 30Vdc/27mA Max
Communication Three phase (3 or 4 wires), Three phase (3 or 4 wires), RS485
two phase (2 wire) and two phase (2 wire) and 2/3 wires half duplex
single phase networks single phase networks Jbus/Modbus
2,400bds to 38,400bds
Parity (no,odd,even)
1 or 2 Stop bytes
Shape
Weight 400g 400g 215g
Size 96mm x 96mm x 60mm or 96mm x 96mm x 60mm or 4 mod, 73mm x 90mm x 67mm
96mm x 96mm x 80mm with all 96mm x 96mm x 80mm with all
optional modules optional modules

Current transformers
Electrical characteristics Prim. Sec. Power Accuracy Dims (mm) Max. busbar
Primary rated current 50A - 2,000A (A) (A) (VA) class and cable
size (mm)
Rated secondary current 5A
SRA01005 100 5 2.5 1 70 x 49.5 x 30 30 x 10
Rated frequency 50 - 60Hz 25 x 15
Highest voltage for equipment Um 720V 20 x 20
Rated power-frequency 3kV SRA01505 150 5 2.5 1 70 x 49.5 x 30 30 x 10
withstand voltage (r.m.s.) 25 x 15
Instrument security factor FS 5 20 x 20
Rated continuous thermal current 1.2 x In SRA02005 200 5 2.5 1 70 x 49.5 x 30 30 x 10
25 x 15
Current rating 120% 20 x 20
Rated short time thermal current Ith = 60 x In (max 50kA) SRA02505 250 5 2.5 1 70 x 49.5 x 30 30 x 10
Rated dynamic current Idyn = 2.5 x Ith (max 120kA) 25 x 15
Permissable ambient temperature -40oC to +40oC 20 x 20
Class of insulation in accordance E SRC04005 400 5 5 1 70 x 49.5 x 30 30 x 10
with IEC 60085 25 x 15
20 x 20
Protection rating IP20
SRC06005 600 5 5 1 70 x 49.5 x 30 30 x 10
Tightening torque 1.5 - 2Nm
25 x 15
20 x 20
SRA00505 50 5 1.5 1 78 x 60 x 30 20 x 10
15 x 15
Ø 20
SRI03005 300 5 5 1 78 x 60 x 30 40 x 12
Ø 28
SRA01005: 100/5A SRA02505: 250/5A

SRA00505: 50/5A SRA01505: 150/5A SRC04005: 150/5A SRI03005: 300/5A
SRA02005: 200/5A SRC06005: 250/5A
Busbar entry = 20mm x 10mm Busbar entry = 30mm x 10mm Busbar entry = 40mm x 12mm
Light & energy

management
or 15mm x 15mm or 25mm x 15mm Diameter = 20mm Ø
Diameter = 20mm Ø or 20mm x 20mm

Switches
and sockets
Add a new dimension to your decor, with our award-winning range of modern Switches and
sockets. Combining world-class technical and safety features with stylish European design,
Hager matches form with function.
08 Page
Overview 306
Quick reference 308
silhouette 312
visage 318
premiere 330
Mechanisms 338
Accessories 344
Weather protected range 346
IP66 Isolators 347
Switches and
sockets
3 design styles,
infinite combinations
Add a new dimension to your decor, with our award-winning
range of modern switches and sockets. Combining world-
class technical and safety features with stylish European
and Australian design, Hager matches form with function.
So fine, so stunning
silhouette range
The silhouette range has a simple but elegant form based
on the serene balance of proportions and the reduction to
the object essentials, giving the product the right tone of
voice in order to fit within its environment. Pg.312
306
Clean lines,
modern styling
visage range
Meaning ‘face’ in French, visage
has been influenced by the interior
fashion trends coming out of Europe.
The range has a ‘squared off’ design
which gives a clean, sharp linear
appeal with a modern style. Pg.318
A modern
day classic
Make the switch... premiere range
Quietly boasting functionality
Extensive research with architects, interior designers,
and a beautifully understated
electrical contractors and consumers has created a
form, premiere has a simple and
dynamic, fully featured product range - with an array of
stylish look that creates a soothing
styles, colours and finishes to suit any creative space.
effect on its surroundings. Pg.330
Enjoy the clean, sleek lines of glass, the ultra-stylish

metallic look, or a high-gloss finish set to modern tones.
‘Ordinary’ objects such as light switches and powerpoints
can become framed masterpieces while perfectly
complementing their modern surrounds.
Complete the picture

Modules, Mechs
Switches and
and Accessories
sockets
Explore our wide range of modules, mechanisms

and accessories to complete your installation and
exceed your project requirements. Pg.338
For more information on any of the products above, to download datasheets,

or create a project list, register at our website hagerelectro.com.au
307
Switches and sockets
Quick reference guide
silhouette Designation Cat. Ref. Pack QTY. Page No.
Switch plates
1 gang large plate switch, no mechanism WBSSP1 10
2 gang large plate switch, no mechanism WBSSP2 10 Page 312
Switches (vertical)
1 gang large plate vertical switch WBSSV1 10
2 gang large plate vertical switch WBSSV2 10 Page 312
Electronic push button switches (vertical)
1 gang large plate vertical electronic push button switch WBSEV1 1
2 gang large plate vertical electronic push button switch WBSEV2 1 Page 312
Socket outlets
10A single socket WBSP1S 10
10A double socket WBSP2S 10 Page 313
10A double socket with extra switch WBSP2XS 5
10A double socket with 2 x 2.1A USB outlet WBSP2SUSB 1
Vertical socket outlets
Page 313
10A single socket WBSP1VS 5
visage Designation Cat. Ref. Pack QTY. Page No.
Switch plates
1 gang large plate switch, no mechanism WBVSP1 10
2 gang large plate switch, no mechanism WBVSP2 10 Page 318
Switches (vertical)
1 gang large plate vertical switch WBVSV1 10
2 gang large plate vertical switch WBVSV2 10 Page 319
Socket outlets
10A single socket WBVP1S 10
10A double socket WBVP2S 10 Page 320
10A double socket with extra switch WBVP2XS 5
Switches and
10A double socket with 2 x 2.1A USB outlet WBVP2SUSB 1

sockets
10A single socket WBVP1VS 5

Page 321
10A double socket WBVP2VS 10

Quick reference guide
premiere Designation Cat. Ref. Pack QTY. Page No.

Switch plates
1 gang large plate switch, no mechanism WBSP1 10
2 gang large plate switch, no mechanism WBSP2 10 Page 330
Switches (vertical)
1 gang large plate vertical switch WBSV1 10
2 gang large plate vertical switch WBSV2 10 Page 331
IP rated switches
1 gang large plate IP66 vertical switch WBWSV1 1
3 gang large plate IP66 vertical switch WBWSV3 1 Page 333
4 gang large plate IP66 vertical switch

WBWSV4LFHH 1
with ‘light’, ‘fan’, ‘heat’, ’heat’ printed mechanisms
Horizontal socket outlets
10A single socket WBP1S 10
10A double socket WBP2S 10 Page 334
10A double socket with extra switch WBP2XS 5
10A double socket with 2 x 2.1A USB outlet WBP2SUSB 1
10A single socket WBP1VS 5

Page 336
10A twin socket WBP2VS 10
Mechanisms Designation Cat. Ref. Pack QTY. Page No.

Standard and printed
Electronic Push Button WBME5A 5
Universal Electronic Push Button Dimmer WBMD400UPB 5 Page 339
Universal Rotary on/off Dimmer WBMD400U 5
LED Dimmer WBMD400LED 5
16AX rated mechanism WBM16AX 10
10A intermediate mechanism WBM10I 5

Page 340
10A double pole mechanism WBM10D 5
10A 3 position rotary mechanism WBM10R3 5

Data and television
Cat 6 jack WBMRLD6K 10
Page 342
F to PAL mechanism WBMTV75PF 10
F to F ‘Foxtel’ approved WBMTV75PY 10
Switches and
sockets
Accessories Designation Cat. Ref. Pack QTY. Page No.

Mounting and surface accessories
Mounting block 32mm deep WBBMD 5 Page 344
Mounting block 32mm deep - insulated WBBMI 5
10A single surface socket WBAP1 10 Page 344
Giant junction box WBAJB4 5

Page 344
Standard junction box WBAJB4S 5

silhouette
So fine, just stunning
Slim switches & sockets that blend into the wall have been a The silhouette range follows the new Hager design philosophy
demand in the electrical industry for many years. silhouette – our design intention is to create meaningful, simple but
has excelled in meeting this demand thanks to a thickness of elegant forms based on the serene balance of proportions.
only 4mm off the wall surface.
Characteristics:
--Protection rating: --AS/NZS 3133:2008 + A1
--UV stabilised
--External material:
Advantages: polycarbonate
--Slim profile with a 4mm thickness off the wall surface --AS/NZS 3100:2009
--Switches standards: Approval no:
--Premium finish with real brushed aluminium and SAA-160444-EA
stainless steel materials.
--Switches terminals: --4 x 1.5mm2 cables
--The small size socket base makes it easy to fit off with
common mounting accessories. --AS/NZS 3100:2009 +
--Sockets standards
A1-A4
--Electronic push button switches and dimmers fit into
the range with our patented Rotoloc® system. --Sockets terminals: --4 x 2.5mm2 cables
310
Expert tips
01 02 03 04
With a thickness of only For maximum lustre, Strong impact resistant Our patented Rotoloc®
4mm off the wall surface, metal covers have a polycarbonate material will system eliminates
silhouette has the lowest treated surface to reduce not ‘yellow’ over time. the possibility of the
profile on the market. fingerprint marks. mechanism being pushed
back into the wall cavity.
Switches and
05 06 07 08
sockets
Generous slots for easy A spring loaded shutter Built-in arc shielding helps A full range of accessories
fitment with no need protects little fingers from reduce visible flash in all and mechs including
for screw caps to meet live parts inside sockets. switch mechanisms. electronic push buttons
standards compliance. and dimmers are available.
311
silhouette - switches, push buttons and dimmers
Features Switches features Electronic push button

- Multiple mounting holes - Rocker features in-built arc shield switch features
- Supplied with standard 32mm and chemical resistant pivots - Programmable LED colour
tapered point fixing screws - All plates fitted with 16AX - blue or orange
- No mechanism push back mechanisms (suitable for - Slave push button switch available
- High impact high gloss UV stabilised fluorescent loads) (see mechanisms section)
Polycarbonate construction - 2 way and loop terminal as standard - Supplied with White, BK,
- Combination head screws TG and CG front caps
Phillip’s #1 ‘backed off’ for
ease of cable insertion Dimension data Page 349
- Terminals accommodate
Featured in all switch plates 4 x 1.5mm2 cable
Switch plates only - no mechanisms

Description Available colours Box qty Cat ref.
1 gang White 10 WBSSP1
Matt Black 10 WBSSP1-MB


WBSSP4



WBSSEA2
Blank White 10 WBSSPB
Special application module plate White 10 WBSSEA2
Switches
1 gang White 10 WBSSV1
Matt Black 10 WBSSV1-MB


WBSSV1 3 gang 5 WBSSV3
White

Switches and

sockets

WBSSV1-MB
Electronic push button switches

1 gang White 1 WBSEV1
WBSEV2

silhouette - sockets
Sockets features - Bevelled and colour coded Technical data

- Removable covers for cable entries aligned for - All sockets 250V 50Hz rated
ease of painting ease of termination - Extra switch models fitted
- Transparent blue mounting - Supplied with standard tapered with 16AX mechanisms
grid for easy installation point 32mm fixing screws - Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised
- Multiple mounting holes Polycarbonate construction
- Terminal screws “backed off” - Terminal accommodates
4 x 2.5mm2 cable
Dimension data Page 349 Featured in all extra switches
Sockets - horizontal
Description Characteristics Available colours Box qty Cat ref.
Single sockets 10A White 10 WBSP1S
Matt Black 10 WBSP1S-MB

15A White 5 WBSP115S WBSP2S
Double sockets 10A White 10 WBSP2S

Double socket with extra switch 10A White 5 WBSP2XS
Matt Black 5 WBSP2XS-MB

Double socket with 2 x 2.1A USB 10A White 1 WBSP2SUSB
Matt Black 1 WBSP2SUSB-MB WBSP2S-MB
Sockets - vertical
Single sockets 10A White 5 WBSP1VS
Matt Black 5 WBSP1VS-MB
WBSP1VS
Switches and
sockets

silhouette - decorative covers
Cover features
- Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised - Matt black or clear anodized - Aluminium and stainless
Polycarbonate, real aluminium or aluminium or brushed stainless steel steel covers supplied with
real stainless steel construction finish, to reduce finger printing removable protective film
Switch covers
1 gang Matt Black 5 WBSCV1-MB
Aluminium 5 WBSCV1-AL
Stainless Steel 5 WBSCV1-SS

WBSCV1-MB


WBSCV2-AL

Blank Matt Black 5 WBSCPB-MB
Socket covers - horizontal

Cover single socket Matt Black 5 WBSCP1-MB
Aluminium 5 WBSCP1-AL
WBSCP2-SS Stainless Steel 5 WBSCP1-SS
Cover double socket Matt Black 5 WBSCP2-MB
Aluminium 5 WBSCP2-AL
Stainless Steel 5 WBSCP2-SS
Cover double socket with extra switch Matt Black 5 WBSCP2X-MB

Switches and
Aluminium 5 WBSCP2X-AL
sockets
WBSCP2X-MB Stainless Steel 5 WBSCP2X-SS
Socket covers - vertical

Cover single socket Matt Black 5 WBSVCP1-MB
Aluminium 5 WBSVCP1-AL
Stainless Steel 5 WBSVCP1-SS
WBSCP1-AL

silhouette
So fine,
just stunning
Boasting a clean, modern design, with covers available in real aluminium,
real stainless steel or matt black and at only 4mm off the wall, the
silhouette range has been crafted with distinctive elegance in mind.
hagerelectro.com.au/silhouette
visage
The changing
face of design
Hager’s visage range has changed the face of home decor Meaning ‘face’ in French, visage lives up to its name by
and wiring accessory design forever. Now when you change allowing you to effortlessly clip on faceplates and colours
your decor, you can change your switch covers, without to suit.
changing the technology behind it. Brilliant.
Colour range
White Black (BK) Charcoal Grey (CG) Titanium Grey (TG)
Decorative covers
White and Black and Charcoal Grey and Titanium Grey and
Aluminium (WH-AL) Aluminium (BK-AL) Aluminium (CG-AL) Aluminium (TG-AL)
White and Black and Charcoal Grey and Titanium Grey and White and
Stainless Steel (WH-SS) Stainless Steel (BK-SS) Stainless Steel (CG-SS) Mint Glaze (TG-MG) Mint Glaze (WH-MG)
316
Expert tips
01 02 03 04
Unique cover clipping For maximum lustre, Strong impact resistant Our patented Rotoloc®
technique, for a correct fit metal covers have a polycarbonate material will system eliminates
every time. treated surface to reduce not ‘yellow’ over time. the possibility of the
fingerprint marks. mechanism being pushed
Switches and
05 06 07 08
sockets
317
visage - switch plates and architrave switches
Features - High impact high gloss UV stabilised Architrave switches features

- Transparent mounting grid Polycarbonate construction - Supplied with both a premiere and
for easy installation - Electronic push button switch a visage cover for your choice .
- Multiple mounting holes and dimmer mechanisms are
- Supplied with standard 32mm available for use in switch plates. Dimension data Page 350
tapered point fixing screws
Featured in all switch plates - No mechanism push back

1 gang White 10 WBVSP1
Black 10 WBVSP1-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBVSP1-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBVSP1-TG

WBVSP1
Black 10 WBVSP2-BK

Black 10 WBVSP3-BK

Black 10 WBVSP4-BK
WBVSP2-BK

Black 10 WBVSP5-BK

Black 10 WBVSP6-BK

WBVSEA2 10 WBVSP6-TG
Titanium Grey
Blank White 10 WBVSPB
Special application module plate White 10 WBVSEA2
Architrave switches
Switches and
1 gang White 10 WBSA1

sockets
Black 10 WBSA1-BK
Titanium Grey 10 WBSA1-TG

Black 10 WBSA2-BK
WBSA1-TG

visage - switches and other products
Features Switches features Fan-speed controller features:

- Transparent mounting grid - Rocker features in-built arc shield - 3 speed capacitance fan controller
for easy installation and chemical resistant pivots - Fan knobs cannot be
- Multiple mounting holes - All plates fitted with 16AX removed once installed.
- Supplied with standard 32mm mechanisms (suitable for
tapered point fixing screws fluorescent loads) Dimension data Page 350
- No mechanism push back - 2 way and loop terminal as standard
- High impact high gloss UV stabilised - Combination head screws
Polycarbonate construction Phillip’s #1 ‘backed off’ for
- Electronic push button switch ease of cable insertion
and dimmer mechanisms are - Terminals accommodate
available for use in switch plates. 4 x 1.5mm2 cable Featured in all switch plates
Switches
1 gang White 10 WBVSV1
Black 10 WBVSV1-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBVSV1-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBVSV1-TG

10 WBVSV2-BK WBVSV1
Black

Black 5 WBVSV3-BK

Black 5 WBVSV4-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBVSV4-CG WBVSV2-BK

Black 5 WBVSV5-BK

Black 5 WBVSV6-BK
Titanium Grey 5 WBVSV6-TG WBVSV3-CG
Other products
Switches and

sockets
Fan controller White 1 WBVSF3

3 speed capacitance
250V 75A
TV plate - PAL 75 OHM White 1 WBVTV75
TV plate - ‘F’ to ‘F’ pay TV White 1 WBVTV75PY
WBVSF3

visage - sockets horizontal
Sockets features ease of termination - Extra switch models fitted

- Removable covers for - Supplied with standard tapered with 16AX mechanisms
ease of painting point 32mm fixing screws - Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised
- Transparent blue mounting Polycarbonate construction
grid for easy installation Technical data - Terminal accommodates
- Multiple mounting holes - All sockets 250V 50Hz rated 4 x 2.5mm2 cable
- Terminal screws “backed off” - Rocker features in-built arc shield
- Bevelled and colour coded and has chemical resistant pivots Dimension data Page 350
Featured in all extra switches cable entries aligned for
Single sockets - horizontal

10A White 10 WBVP1S
Black 10 WBVP1S-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBVP1S-CG

WBVP1S
Titanium Grey 10 WBVP1S-TG
15A White 5 WBVP115S
Black 5 WBVP115S-BK

20A White 5 WBVP120S
10A with neon White 5 WBVP1NS
WBVP1XS-BK 10A with extra switch White 5 WBVP1XS
Black 5 WBVP1XS-BK
10A with 2 extra switches White 5 WBVP1XXS
Black 5 WBVP1XXS-BK
10A with round earth pin White 5 WBVP1R
Double sockets - horizontal

10A White 10 WBVP2S
Black 10 WBVP2S-BK

WBVP2S-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBVP2S-TG
10A with neon White 5 WBVP2NS
10A with extra switch White 5 WBVP2XS
Black 5 WBVP2XS-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBVP2XS-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBVP2XS-TG

WBVP2SUSB-TG 10A with 2 x 2.1A USB White 1 WBVP2SUSB
1 WBVP2SUSB-BK
Switches and
Black
Titanium Grey 1 WBVP2SUSB-TG
sockets

visage - sockets vertical
Sockets features ease of termination - Extra switch models fitted

- Removable covers for - Supplied with standard tapered with 16AX mechanisms
ease of painting point 32mm fixing screws - Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised
- Transparent blue mounting Polycarbonate construction
grid for easy installation Technical data - Terminal accommodates
- Multiple mounting holes - All sockets 250V 50Hz rated 4 x 2.5mm2 cable
- Terminal screws “backed off” - Rocker features in-built arc shield
- Bevelled and colour coded and has chemical resistant pivots Dimension data Page 350
cable entries aligned for Featured in all extra switches
Single sockets - vertical

10A White 5 WBVP1VS
Black 5 WBVP1VS-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBVP1VS-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBVP1VS-TG

15A White 5 WBVP115VS
WBVP1VS
Black 5 WBVP115VS-BK

10A with extra switch White 5 WBVP1VXS
Black 5 WBVP1VXS-BK
10A with 2 extra switches White 5 WBVP1VXXS
Black 5 WBVP1VXXS-BK
Double sockets - vertical

10A White 10 WBVP2VS
Black 10 WBVP2VS-BK

10A with extra switch White 5 WBVP2VXS
WBVP2VS-CG
Black 5 WBVP2VXS-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBVP2VXS-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBVP2VXS-TG
Switches and
sockets
WBVP2VS

visage - switches - aluminium decorative covers
Cover features - Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised - Supplied with removable

- Removable covers for Polycarbonate construction protective film
ease of painting - Clear anodized aluminium finish,
to reduce finger printing Dimension data Page 350
Large switch plate covers

1 gang White and Aluminium 10 WBVCSV1-WH-AL
Black and Aluminium 10 WBVCSV1-BK-AL
Charcoal Grey and Aluminium 10 WBVCSV1-CG-AL
Titanium Grey and Aluminium 10 WBVCSV1-TG-AL

WBVCSV1-WH-AL



WBVCSV2-BK-AL



WBVCSV3-CG-AL
WBVCSV4-TG-AL
Switches and
sockets

visage - sockets - aluminium decorative covers
Cover features - Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised - Supplied with removable

- Removable covers for Polycarbonate construction protective film
ease of painting - Clear anodized aluminium finish,
to reduce finger printing Dimension data Page 350

Cover single socket White and Aluminium 10 WBVCP1-WH-AL
Black and Aluminium 10 WBVCP1-BK-AL
Charcoal Grey and Aluminium 10 WBVCP1-CG-AL

WBVCP1-WH-AL
Titanium Grey and Aluminium 10 WBVCP1-TG-AL
Cover double socket White and Aluminium 10 WBVCP2-WH-AL
Black and Aluminium 10 WBVCP2-BK-AL
Charcoal Grey and Aluminium 10 WBVCP2-CG-AL
Titanium Grey and Aluminium 10 WBVCP2-TG-AL

Cover double socket with extra switch White and Aluminium 10 WBVCP2X-WH-AL
Black and Aluminium 10 WBVCP2X-BK-AL WBVCP2-BK-AL
Charcoal Grey and Aluminium 10 WBVCP2X-CG-AL
Titanium Grey and Aluminium 10 WBVCP2X-TG-AL

Cover single socket White and Aluminium 10 WBVCP1V-WH-AL
Black and Aluminium 10 WBVCP1V-BK-AL
Charcoal Grey and Aluminium 10 WBVCP1V-CG-AL
Titanium Grey and Aluminium 10 WBVCP1V-TG-AL

Cover double socket White and Aluminium 10 WBVCP2V-WH-AL
WBVCP1V-CG-AL
Black and Aluminium 10 WBVCP2V-BK-AL
Charcoal Grey and Aluminium 10 WBVCP2V-CG-AL
Titanium Grey and Aluminium 10 WBVCP2V-TG-AL
WBVCP2V-TG-AL Switches and

sockets

visage - switches - stainless steel decorative covers
Cover features Polycarbonate construction - Supplied with removable

- Removable covers for - Brushed Stainless Steel finish protective film
ease of painting with clear protective coating
- Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised to reduce finger printing Dimension data Page 350
Large plate switch covers

1 gang White and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCSV1-WH-SS
Black and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCSV1-BK-SS
Charcoal Grey and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCSV1-CG-SS


WBVCSV1-WH-SS



WBVCSV2-BK-SS

Blank White and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCSPB-WH-SS
WBVCSV3-CG-SS
Switches and
sockets

visage - sockets - stainless steel decorative covers
Cover features Polycarbonate construction - Supplied with removable

- Removable covers for - Brushed Stainless Steel finish protective film
- Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised to reduce finger printing Dimension data Page 350

Cover single socket White and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP1-WH-SS
Black and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP1-BK-SS
Charcoal Grey and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP1-CG-SS

WBVCP1-WH-SS
Cover single socket White and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP1X-WH-SS
with extra switch
Cover double socket White and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP2-WH-SS
Black and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP2-BK-SS
Charcoal Grey and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP2-CG-SS

Cover double socket White and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP2X-WH-SS
with extra switch
Black and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP2X-BK-SS
WBVCP2-BK-SS
Charcoal Grey and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP2X-CG-SS
Single socket covers - vertical

Cover single socket White and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP1V-WH-SS
Black and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP1V-BK-SS
Charcoal Grey and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP1V-CG-SS

Cover double socket White and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP2V-WH-SS
Black and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP2V-BK-SS

WBVCP1V-CG-SS
Charcoal Grey and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCP2V-CG-SS
Switches and
sockets

visage - mint glaze decorative covers
Cover features - Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised Dimension data Page 350
- Removable covers for Polycarbonate construction
ease of painting
Large switch covers

1 gang White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCSV1-WH-MG
Titanium Grey and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCSV1-TG-MG


WBVCSV1-WH-MG 10 WBVCSV3-TG-MG
Titanium Grey and Mint Glaze



Cover single socket White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP1-WH-MG
Titanium Grey and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP1-TG-MG

Cover single socket White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP1X-WH-MG
WBVCP1-WH-MG
with extra switch
Cover single socket White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP1XX-WH-MG
with 2 extra switches
Cover double socket White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP2-WH-MG
Titanium Grey and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP2-TG-MG

Cover double socket White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP2X-WH-MG
with extra switch
Titanium Grey and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP2X-WH-MG
WBVCP2-TG-MG

Cover single socket White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP1V-WH-MG
Titanium Grey and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP1V-TG-MG

Switches and
Cover single socket with extra switch White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP1VX-WH-MG
Cover single socket White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP1VXX-WH-MG
sockets
with 2 extra switches

WBVCP1V-WH-MG Cover double socket White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP2V-WH-MG
Titanium Grey and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP2V-TG-MG

Cover double socket White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCP2VX-WH-MG
with extra switch
WBVCP2V-TG-MG

visage - replacement covers
Cover features - Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised Dimension data Page 350
- Removable covers for Polycarbonate construction
ease of painting
Large switch replacement covers

1 gang White 10 WBVCSV1
Black 10 WBVCSV1-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBVCSV1-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBVCSV1-TG

10 WBVCSV2-BK WBVCSV1
Black

Black 10 WBVCSV3-BK
Socket replacement covers - horizontal

Cover single socket White 10 WBVCP1
Black 10 WBVCP1-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBVCP1-CG WBVCP1-BK

Titanium Grey 10 WBVCP1-TG
Cover double socket White 10 WBVCP2
Black 10 WBVCP2-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBVCP2-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBVCP2-TG
Socket replacement covers - vertical

Cover single socket Charcoal Grey 10 WBVCP1V-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBVCP1V-TG

Cover double socket Charcoal Grey 10 WBVCP2V-CG
Switches and
Titanium Grey 10 WBVCP2V-TG

sockets
WBVCP2V-TG

premiere
An award-winning
modern day classic
When the space demands accessories that don’t dominate, effect on its surroundings. Quietly boasting functionality
choose a timeless mix of classic and brand new, combining and a beautifully understated form, you can now add a
classic aesthetics with modern day benefits. Now you can finishing touch to your decor with premiere Switches and
enjoy a simple and stylish look that creates a soothing sockets.
Colour range
White Black (BK) Charcoal Grey (CG) Titanium Grey (TG)
Decorative surrounds
Arctic Ice (AI) Anthracite Coal (AC) Mountain Mist (MM) Slate (SL)
Tempered glass Tempered glass Tempered glass Real slate White (WH)
Polycarbonate
Frost (FR) Midnight (MT) Wild Mushroom (WM) Nimbus (NB) Aquamarine (AM)
Polycarbonate - glass effect Polycarbonate - glass effect Polycarbonate - glass effect Polycarbonate - glass effect Polycarbonate - glass effect
328
Expert tips
01 02 03 04
Some surrounds are made One cover fits all and Strong impact resistant Our patented Rotoloc®
of tempered safety glass cannot be removed polycarbonate material will system eliminates
or real slate for a genuine unnecessarily. not ‘yellow’ over time. the possibility of the
luxury touch mechanism being pushed
Switches and
05 06 07 08
sockets
329
premiere - switch plates only
Features - Supplied with standard 32mm - Removable surrounds

- Transparent mounting grid tapered point fixing screws for ease of painting
for easy installation - No mechanism push back
- Multiple mounting holes - High impact high gloss UV stabilised Dimension data Page 351
Featured in all switch plates Polycarbonate construction

1 gang White 10 WBSP1
Black 10 WBSP1-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBSP1-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBSP1-TG

WBSP1
Black 10 WBSP2-BK

Black 10 WBSP3-BK

Black 10 WBSP4-BK
WBSP2-BK

Black 10 WBSP5-BK

Black 10 WBSP6-BK

WBSP3-CG
Blank White 10 WBSPB
Special application module plate White 10 WBSEA2
WBSP4-TG
Switches and
sockets
WBSEA2

premiere - switches
Features - Removable surrounds - 2 way and loop terminal as standard

- Transparent mounting grid for ease of painting - Combination head screws
for easy installation Phillip’s #1 ‘backed off’ for
- Multiple mounting holes Switches features ease of cable insertion
- Supplied with standard 32mm - Rocker features in-built arc shield - Terminals accommodate
tapered point fixing screws and chemical resistant pivots 4 x 1.5mm2 cable
- No mechanism push back - All plates fitted with 16AX
- High impact high gloss UV stabilised mechanisms (suitable for Dimension data Page 351
Polycarbonate construction fluorescent loads) Featured in all switch plates
Large plate switches - vertical

1 gang White 10 WBSV1
Black 10 WBSV1-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBSV1-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBSV1-TG

WBSV1-BK
Black 10 WBSV2-BK

Black 5 WBSV3-BK

Black 5 WBSV4-BK
WBSV2-CG

Black 5 WBSV5-BK

Black 5 WBSV6-BK

WBSV3-TG
Large plate switches - horizontal

1 gang White 10 WBSH1
Switches and
2 gang White 10 WBSH2

sockets
3 gang White 5 WBSH3 WBSH2

premiere - architrave switches and other products
Architrave switches features Fan controller features Shaver outlet features

- Supplied with both a premiere and - Fan Knobs cannot be - 240V and 115V multi-pin outlets
a visage cover for your choice removed once installed
- Common cover and Dimension data Page 351
mounting centres Card entry features
- Supplied with 12mm tapered - Micro switch controlled
Featured in all switch plates point fixing screws - Supplied with card
Architrave switches
Black 10 WBSA1-BK
Titanium Grey 10 WBSA1-TG

Black 10 WBSA2-BK
WBSA1-TG
Black 5 WBSA3-BK
Other products
Fan controller White 1 WBSF3
3 speed capacitance
Black 1 WBSF3-BK
250V 75A
Charcoal Grey 1 WBSF3-CG
Titanium Grey 1 WBSF3-TG

TV plate - PAL 75 OHM White 1 WBTV75
WBSF3
TV plate - ‘F’ to ‘F’ pay TV White 1 WBTV75PY
International shaver outlet White 1 WBHS
Permanent connection plate White 1 WBPPCU
WBHS
Switches and
sockets

premiere - IP66 switches
Features IP66 features - Designed to ensure IP66 when

- Removable surrounds - 16A rated mechanism installed on suitable flat, smooth,
for ease of painting - 2 way as standard non water absorbent surfaces
- Transparent mounting grid - Loop terminal as standard - Factory sealed IP tested gaskets
for easy installation - Terminals take - IP rating maintained with
- Multiple mounting holes 4 x 1.5mm2 cable sealing plugs in place
- Supplied with standard - All IP66 switches can be
32mm fixing screws mounted onto the WBBMI Dimension data Page 351
- High impact high gloss UV for surface mounting
stabilised Polycarbonate Featured in all switch plates
IP66 large plate switches - vertical

1 gang White 1 WBWSV1
Black 1 WBWSV1-BK
Charcoal Grey 1 WBWSV1-CG
Titanium Grey 1 WBWSV1-TG

WBWSV3LFH-TG
Black 1 WBWSV2-BK

Black 1 WBWSV3-BK

Black 1 WBWSV4-BK
WBWSV4LFHH-CG

3 gang with Light/Fan/Heat White 1 WBWSV3LFH
printed mechs
Black 1 WBWSV3LFH-BK
Charcoal Grey 1 WBWSV3LFH-CG
Titanium Grey 1 WBWSV3LFH-TG

4 gang with Light/Fan/Heat/Heat White 1 WBWSV4LFHH
printed mechs
Black 1 WBWSV4LFHH-BK
Charcoal Grey 1 WBWSV4LFHH-CG
Titanium Grey 1 WBWSV4LFHH-TG
IP66 large plate switches - horizontal

Switches and
1 gang White 1 WBWSH1

sockets
Black 1 WBWSH1-BK
2 gang White 1 WBWSH2 WBWSH3LFH
Black 1 WBWSH2-BK
Black 1 WBWSH3-BK
Black 1 WBWSH4-BK
3 gang with Light/Fan/Heat White 1 WBWSH3LFH
printed mechs WBWSH4LFHH-BK
Black 1 WBWSH3LFH-BK
4 gang with Light/Fan/Heat/Heat White 1 WBWSH4LFHH
printed mechs
Black 1 WBWSH4LFHH-BK

premiere - single sockets horizontal
Sockets features - Bevelled and colour coded and has chemical resistant pivots
- Common cover cable entries aligned for - Extra switch models fitted
- Removable covers for ease of termination with 16AX mechanisms
ease of painting - Supplied with standard tapered - Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised
- Transparent mounting grid point 32mm fixing screws Polycarbonate construction
for easy installation - Terminal accommodates
- Multiple mounting holes Technical data 4 x 2.5mm2 cable
- Terminal screws “backed off” - All sockets 250V 50Hz rated
Featured in all extra switches - Rocker features in-built arc shield Dimension data Page 351
Single Sockets - horizontal

10A White 10 WBP1S
Black 10 WBP1S-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBP1S-CG

WBP1S
Titanium Grey 10 WBP1S-TG
15A White 5 WBP115S
Black 5 WBP115S-BK

20A White 5 WBP120
10A double pole White 10 WBP1DS
WBP115S-BK
Titanium Grey 10 WBP1DS-TG
15A White 5 WBP115DS
10A with extra switch White 5 WBP1XS
Black 5 WBP1XS-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBP1XS-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBP1XS-TG
WBP1XS-CG 10A with 2 extra switches White 5 WBP1XXS
Black 5 WBP1XXS-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBP1XXS-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBP1XXS-TG

10A with round earth pin White 5 WBP1R
Black 5 WBP1R-BK
WBP1XXS-TG
Switches and
sockets

premiere - double & 4 outlet sockets horizontal
Sockets features - Bevelled and colour coded Technical data - Terminal accommodates
- Common cover cable entries aligned for - All sockets 250V 50Hz rated 4 x 2.5mm2 cable
- Removable covers for ease of termination - Rocker features in-built arc shield
ease of painting - Supplied with standard tapered and has chemical resistant pivots Dimension data Page 351
- Transparent mounting grid point 32mm fixing screws - Extra switch models fitted
for easy installation - 4 outlet sockets have with 16AX mechanisms
- Multiple mounting holes same mounting centres as - Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised
- Terminal screws “backed off” double socket outlets. Polycarbonate construction
Featured in all extra switches
Double sockets - horizontal

10A White 10 WBP2S
Black 10 WBP2S-BK

WBP2S
Red 10 WBP2S-RD
10A double pole White 10 WBP2DS
Titanium Grey 10 WBP2DS-TG

Black 5 WBP2XS-BK
10A with circuit id White 10 WBP2CID
WBP2SUSB-BK
Black 10 WBP2CID-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBP2CID-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBP2CID-TG

10A with 2 x 2.1A USB White 10 WBP2SUSB
Black 10 WBP2SUSB-BK
Titanium Grey 10 WBP2SUSB-TG
4 outlet sockets - horizontal

10A White 4 WBP4S
Black 4 WBP4S-BK
WBP4S-CG

Black 4 WBP4XS-BK
Charcoal Grey 4 WBP4XS-CG
Titanium Grey 4 WBP4XS-TG

WBP4XS-TG
Switches and
sockets

premiere - sockets vertical
Sockets features - Bevelled and colour coded and has chemical resistant pivots
- Common cover cable entries aligned for - Extra switch models fitted
- Removable covers for ease of termination with 16AX mechanisms
ease of painting - Supplied with standard tapered - Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised
- Transparent mounting grid point 32mm fixing screws Polycarbonate construction
for easy installation - Terminal accommodates
- Multiple mounting holes Technical data 4 x 2.5mm2 cable
- Terminal screws “backed off” - All sockets 250V 50Hz rated
Featured in all extra switches - Rocker features in-built arc shield Dimension data Page 351
Single sockets - vertical

10A White 5 WBP1VS
Black 5 WBP1VS-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBP1VS-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBP1VS-TG
Red 5 WBP1VS-RD
WBP1VS
15A White 5 WBP115VS
Black 5 WBP115VS-BK

10A with extra switch White 5 WBP1VXS
Black 5 WBP1VXS-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBP1VXS-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBP1VXS-TG

10A with 2 extra switches White 5 WBP1VXXS
WBP1VXS-BK
Black 5 WBP1VXXS-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBP1VXXS-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBP1VXXS-TG
Double sockets - vertical

10A White 10 WBP2VS
Black 10 WBP2VS-BK

10A with extra switch White 5 WBP2VXS
WBP2VS-CG
Black 5 WBP2VXS-BK
Switches and
Charcoal Grey 5 WBP2VXS-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBP2VXS-TG

sockets
WBP2VXS-TG

premiere - decorative and replacement surrounds
Features - Manufactured from tempered

- Surrounds to fit to premiere range glass, slate or polycarbonate
- Easily removable for cleaning
Decorative glass surrounds

Single decorative Anthracite Coal 10 WBCG-AC
tempered glass surround Mountain Mist 10 WBCG-MM
Arctic Ice 10 WBCG-AI
WBCG-MM
Decorative slate surrounds

Single decorative Slate 10 WBCS-SL
real slate surround
WBCS-SL
Decorative polycarbonate surrounds

Single decorative ‘glass effect’ Midnight 10 WBCP-MT
polycarbonate surround Wild Mushroom 10 WBCP-WM
Nimbus 10 WBCP-NB
WBCP-NB
Aquamarine 10 WBCP-AM
Frost 10 WBCP-FR
Single decorative White 10 WBCP
polycarbonate surround
WBCP-AM
Standard polycarbonate surrounds

Single product surround White 10 WBC1Z
Black 10 WBC1Z-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBC1Z-CG WBC1Z-CH

Switches and
Titanium Grey 10 WBC1Z-TG

10 WBC1Z-CH
sockets
Chrome
2 product vertical surround White 10 WBC2V
Black 10 WBC2V-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBC2V-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBC2V-TG

2 product horizontal surround White 10 WBC2H
Black 10 WBC2H-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBC2H-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBC2H-TG

WBC2V

Mechanisms - special application modules
Features - The motion detector can - The HDMI connection can

- Motion detector, LED Night be set to slave for multiple be used in conjunction with
light and HDMI modules detection for one load HD TV and Audio devices
can be easily mounted into - The LED night light Lux can
any of the ‘SEA2’ plates be adjusted on the unit to Dimension data Page 351
reduce the light output
Motion detector modules

Motion detector (PIR) 3 wires White 1 WS051
WS051A
Night light modules

Night light White 1 WS603
WS603
HDMI connection modules

HDMI passthrough White 1 WS263
WS263
silhouette module plates

silhouette plate White 10 WBSSEA2
WBSSEA2
visage module plates

Switches and

sockets
visage plate White 10 WBVSEA2
WBVSEA2
premiere module plates

premiere plate White 10 WBSEA2
WBSEA2

Mechanisms - electronic push buttons and dimmers
Electronic Push Button - Slave Push button switch available - Most supplied with White, Black,
Switch features: - All electronic mechanisms Matt Black, Titanium Grey and
- Programmable LED colour are EMC compliant Charcoal Grey front caps
- Blue or Orange
Electronic push button switch mechanism

230/240V AC 1200W White 5 WBME5A
Complete with BK, MB, TG and CG WBME5A
interchangeable coloured caps
Electronic push button universal dimmer mechanism

230/240V AC - 250W White 5 WBMD400UPB
(70W LED, 120W ceiling fans) Complete with BK, MB, TG and CG WBMD400UPB
Suitable for fan control interchangeable coloured caps
Electronic universal rotary dimmer mechanism

230/240V AC - 250W (70W LED) White 5 WBMD400U
Complete with BK, TG and CG WBMD400U
interchangeable coloured knobs.
MB knob sold separately, see below.
Electronic push button slave mechanism

To be used only in conjunction with White 5 WBMESL
either WBM400UPB or WBMD400U Complete with BK, MB, TG and CG WBMESL
or WBME5A. No LED on slave interchangeable coloured caps
Dimmer mechanisms
250V - 10W - 120W dimmer, (LED) White 5 WBMD400LED
250V - 40VA - 400VA dimmer, (Leading edge) White 5 WBMD400LO WBMD400LED
Switches and
250V - 40VA - 400VA dimmer, (Trailing edge) White 5 WBMD400TO

sockets
Dimmer knobs
Dimmer knob White 10 WBADK
Black 10 WBADK-BK
WBADK
Matt Black 10 WBADK-MB
Charcoal Grey 10 WBADK-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBADK-TG

Electronic dimmer knob for WBMD400U Matt Black 10 WBAERK-MB
WBAERK-MB

Mechanisms - 250V
Features head Phillips No. 1 and backed off 2 x 4mm2 cables

- Easy mechanism removal - Intermediate and double pole
- By standard 5mm flat Technical data: have 75% of terminal screws
blade screwdriver - In built arc shield on rocker and accessible from 1 direction
- By Hager mechanism chemical resistant pivots - 10A, 16AX and 20A terminals
removal tool (WBMS) - 3mm contact gap in WBM16AX accommodate 4 x 1.5mm2 cables
- By standard electricians pliers - All 250V mechanism’s
- Rear housing colour coded for easy have motor rating Technical information Page 353
recognition of mechanism type - 32A and 20AX mechanism ‘socket
- All terminal screws are combination size’ terminal accommodates
250V mechanisms
16A AX rated STANDARD White 5 WBM16AX
WBM16AX Black 5 WBM16AX-BK
Standard Mechanism
Matt Black 5 WBM16AX-MB
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM16AX-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBM16AX-TG
Red 5 WBM16AX-RD
20A Standard White 5 WBM20
WBM16AXL Black 5 WBM20-BK
Matt Black 5 WBM20-MB
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM20-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBM20-TG

16A AX rated with lens White 5 WBM16AXL
Black 5 WBM16AXL-BK
WBM16AXN
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM16AXL-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBM16AXL-TG

16A AX rated with neon light White 5 WBM16AXN
10A double pole White 5 WBM10D
Black 5 WBM10D-BK
WBM10D-MB Matt Black 5 WBM10D-MB
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM10D-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBM10D-TG

10A intermediate White 5 WBM10I
Black 5 WBM10I-BK
Matt Black 5 WBM10I-MB

WBM10I-MB
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM10I-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBM10I-TG

20A AX rated 1 way only White 5 WBM20AX
Black 5 WBM20AX-BK
Matt Black 5 WBM20AX-MB
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM20AX-CG

Switches and
WBM15P-MB
Titanium Grey 5 WBM20AX-TG
sockets
32A 1 way only White 5 WBM32
Black 5 WBM32-BK
Matt Black 5 WBM32-MB
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM32-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBM32-TG

15A press White 5 WBM15P
Matt Black 5 WBM15P-MB

Mechanisms - 250V printed
Features head Phillips No. 1 and backed off 2 x 4mm2 cables

- Easy mechanism removal - Intermediate and double pole
- By standard 5mm flat Technical data: have 75% of terminal screws
blade screwdriver - In built arc shield on rocker and accessible from 1 direction
- By Hager mechanism chemical resistant pivots - 10A, 16AX and 20A terminals
removal tool (WBMS) - 3mm contact gap in WBM16AX accommodate 4 x 1.5mm2 cables
- By standard electricians pliers - All 250V mechanism’s
- Rear housing colour coded for easy have motor rating Technical information Page 353
recognition of mechanism type - 32A and 20AX mechanism ‘socket
- All terminal screws are combination size’ terminal accommodates
250V printed mechanisms

‘LIGHT’ 16A AX 2 way White 5 WBM16L
Black 5 WBM16L-BK WBM16L
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM16L-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBM16L-TG
‘FAN’ 20A 1 way White 5 WBM20F
Black 5 WBM20F-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM20F-CG

WBM20F
Titanium Grey 5 WBM20F-TG
‘HEAT’ 20A 1 way White 5 WBM20H
Black 5 WBM20H-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM20H-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBM20H-TG

‘HOT WATER’ 20A 1 way White 5 WBM20HW WBM20H
‘SENSOR’ 20A 1 way White 5 WBM20SN
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM20SN-CG
‘HOB’ 32A 1 way White 5 WBM32HO
Black 5 WBM32HO-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM32HO-CG WBM32HO

Titanium Grey 5 WBM32HO-TG
‘OVEN’ 32A 1 way White 5 WBM32O
Black 5 WBM32O-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM32O-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBM32O-TG

WBM32O
‘RANGE’ 32A 1 way White 5 WBM32R
Black 5 WBM32R-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBM32R-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBM32R-TG

*Other printing available on request
Switches and
sockets
250V rotary mechanisms

10A 3 position rotary White 10 WBM10R3
10A 3 pos. rotary - w/ capacitor (fan) Matt Black 10 WBMSF3-MB
WBM10R3
10A 3 pos. rotary - Auto/Manual White 10 WBM10RAM
10A 3 pos. rotary - Lo/Hi White 10 WBM10RLH
10A 3 pos. rotary - Sensor White 10 WBM10RSN
10A 3 pos. rotary - Up/Down White 10 WBM10RUD
Rotary Knob to suit rotary mechs White 10 WBARK1
Black 10 WBARK1-BK
10 WBARK1-MB WBARK
Matt Black
Charcoal Grey 10 WBARK1-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBARK1-TG

Mechanisms - TV, data and audio
Rotoloc Data Mechanisms Audio connectors for both bare wire termination
- All mechanisms use IDC and - RCA jacks have ‘F’ and banana plugs
are suitable for use with a connection at rear
standard punch down tool - Available in multiple colours for Technical information Page 360
maximum installation flexibility
- Speaker connectors suitable
TV mechanisms
‘F’ to PAL type mechanism White 10 WBMTV75PF
WBMTV75PF Black 10 WBMTV75PF-BK
Matt Black 10 WBMTV75PF-MB
Charcoal Grey 10 WBMTV75PF-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBMTV75PF-TG

TV socket mechanism White 10 WBMTV75PY
3GHz 75Ohm Foxtel approved
Black 10 WBMTV75PY-BK
WBMTV75PY-MB Matt Black 10 WBMTV75PY-MB
Charcoal Grey 10 WBMTV75PY-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBMTV75PY-TG
Rotoloc data mechanisms

4 Pin Cat3 Jack White 10 WBMRLD3
WBMRLD6K Black 10 WBMRLD3-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBMRLD3-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBMRLD3-TG

8 Pin Cat5e Jack White 10 WBMRLD5
Black 10 WBMRLD5-BK
Matt Black 10 WBMRLD5-MB

WBMRLD6SK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBMRLD5-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBMRLD5-TG
8 Pin Cat6 ‘KRONE’ Jack - Unshuttered White 10 WBMRLD6K

8 Pin Cat6 ‘KRONE’ Jack - Shuttered White 10 WBMRLD6SK
Audio connectors
Switches and
Speaker connectors White 10 WBMSPK

sockets
1 x black and 1 x red

WBMSPK Black 10 WBMSPK-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBMSPK-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBMSPK-TG

RCA connectors White 5 WBMRCA1
for composite audio/video -
Black 5 WBMRCA1-BK
1 x red, 1 x white and 1 x yellow
WBMRCA1 Charcoal Grey 5 WBMRCA1-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBMRCA1-TG

Mechanisms - special mechanisms
Circuit ID features: Technical data:

- Circuit ID cannot be removed - Cord grip mechanism will accept
from front of plate once installed light and heavy duty flexible cables
- Circuit ID labels supplied in
sheets of 10, A4 size.
Special mechanisms
Cord grip mechanism White 5 WBMPCU
Circuit ID mechanism White 5 WBMCID
WBMCID
Circuit ID labels White 1 WBMCIDL
1 pack contains 10 sheets,
with 135 labels per sheet
Blank mechanism White 5 WBMBP
Black 5 WBMBP-BK
Charcoal Grey 5 WBMBP-CG

WBMBP
Titanium Grey 5 WBMBP-TG
ELV tactile mechanism White 5 WBMLVT
extra low voltage tactile switch
Black 5 WBMLVT-BK
momentary contact
Charcoal Grey 5 WBMLVT-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBMLVT-TG

ELV tactile mechanism + neon extra low White 5 WBMLVTN WBMLVT
voltage tactile switch
Black 5 WBMLVTN-BK
with LED indication momentary contact
Matt Black 5 WBMLVTN-MB
Charcoal Grey 5 WBMLVTN-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBMLVTN-TG

Neon lights 250V Neon – red 5 WBM250NRD
WBMLVTN
250V Neon – amber 5 WBM250NAM
250V Neon – green 5 WBM250NGR
250V Neon – clear 5 WBM250NCL
USB Mechanism White 5 WBMUSB
2 x 2.1A
Black 5 WBMUSB-BK
Matt Black 5 WBMUSB-MB

WBM250NRD
Titanium Grey 5 WBMUSB-TG
WBMUSB
Switches and
sockets

Accessories - mounting and surface
Mounting block features: Surface sockets features: Dimension data Page 362
- Hi Impact UV stabilised - Safety Shroud for extra
Polycarbonate security and safety.
- Compatible with all large plate - Can be tested when fitted
switches and sockets to mounting plate
Mounting accessories - premiere and visage only

Mounting block 32mm deep White 5 WBBMD
Black 5 WBBMD-BK
Titanium Grey 5 WBBMD-TG

Mounting block 18mm deep White 5 WBBMS
WBBMD
Mounting block to suit 4 gang outlet White 4 WBBM4
Insulated back to suit 4 White 8 WBBM4BP
gang mounting block
Insulated mounting block White 10 WBBMI
32mm deep IP66 rated
Black 10 WBBMI-BK
Surface mounting kit 29mm deep White 5 WBBSMK
suits premiere plates only
Black 5 WBBSMK-BK
WBBM4
Charcoal Grey 5 WBBSMK-CG
Titanium Grey 5 WBBSMK-TG

Wall box 1 gang moulded plastic White 10 WBBWB
WBBMI
Surface sockets
Single surface sockets 10A White 10 WBAP1
15A White 10 WBAP115
with round earth pin 10A White 10 WBAP1R
WBAP1
Replacement mounting plate White 30 WBAP1MP
Switches and
sockets

Accessories - general
Junction box features Miscellaneous

- Include quickfix screws and - Mounting screws Zinc plated
terminal connectors - WBMS and WBAPC free
issue, contact your local
Shrouds and covers Hager representative
- Shroud for insulating live parts
- Reusable paint cover free Dimension data Page 362
Junction boxes

Giant junction box White 5 WBAJB4
with quick fix screws
and 4 cable connectors
Standard junction box White 10 WBAJB4S
with quick fix screws WBAJB4S
and 3 cable connectors
Shrouds and covers

Description Box qty Cat ref.
Insulating shroud size 2 suits premiere and visage products 10 WBBS2
Paint cover suits premiere and visage products 30 WBAPC
WBBS2
Miscellaneous
Description Box qty Cat ref.
M3.5 X 50mm long pan head tapered point mounting screw 50 WBASC50
50 screws per box WBASC50
Mechanism removal tool 50 WBMS
Screw connectors - single 100 WBAC1B
Screw connectors - twin 50 WBAC2B
WBAC2B Switches and

sockets

Weather protected - switches and sockets
Description Electrical Specification Mechanical specification

The surface mounted range of IP rated Switch - 16A, 250V AC - IP66 for switches
switches and sockets are designed for Single pole 2 way with loop - IP53 for sockets
outdoor applications. Easy to install Socket - 10/15A, 250V AC - External material is UV
with two single screws fixing the top Single pole stabilised polycarbonate
cover to the base.
Switches
Description Characteristics Box qty Cat ref.
16A IP66 switches 1 gang 1 WBWS116
2 gang 1 WBWS216
WBWS216
Single sockets
IP53 single socket 10A 1 WBWP1S
15A 1 WBWP115S
WBWP1S
10A Double sockets

10A, IP53 double socket 1 WBWP2S
shallow mount 1 WBWP2SH
WBWP2S
WBWP2SH
Switches and
sockets

Isolators - IP66
Description a 2 screw quick release top cover. Mechanical Specification

The range of IP66 isolators are Electrical Specification - IP66
designed to be used in outdoor - IEC 60947-3 - External material is UV
applications with IP66 degree of AS/NZS 60947-3 stabilised polycarbonate
protection. They are disconnector - Rated voltage: 250V AC - 25mm threaded conduit entry
switches for 2, 3 and 4 pole supply. 440V AC - Handle provides padlocking
Rated at AC23, they can also be - Rating AC23 A is for isolating facility in closed position
used to isolate motor circuits. They of motor loads or other
are compact and easy to install with highly inductive loads Technical information Page 363
2 pole isolators
IP66 20A 1 JG220IN
32A 1 JG232IN
40A 1 JG240IN
63A 1 JG263IN
JG240IN
3 pole isolators
IP66 20A 1 JG320IN
32A 1 JG332IN
40A 1 JG340IN
JG340IN
4 pole isolators
IP66 20A 1 JG420IN
32A 1 JG432IN
40A 1 JG440IN
63A 1 JG463IN
JG440IN
Switches and
sockets

Approval information and cutout dimensions
Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM)
Terminal Capacities and Motor Rating

Product Max No. of cable cores to each terminal hole
1.0mm2 1.5mm2 2.5mm2 4.0mm2 6.0mm2 Motor rating
Switch mechanisms 10A mechanism 4 M60
15A mechanism 4 M60
16A mechanism 4 M60
16AX mechanism 4 M60
20A mechanism 4 M60
20AX mechanism 2 M80
32A mechanism 2 M80
Sockets 10A mechanism 4 N/A
15A mechanism 4 N/A
20A mechanism 4 N/A
Card entry switches 4 N/A
Shaver outlets 4 N/A
Screw connectors 4 3 2 N/A
Motor Rating - Indicated on the mechanism as Mxx, where xx is the nominated locked rotor current in amperes (as per AS/NZS3133:2008)

cutout dimensons
97mm
81mm
TOP
22
30.22mm
Switches and
58.75mm
16.5mm
sockets
28.53mm
20.25mm
8mm
Hager Switch & GPO wall cutout Scale 1:1
Suits visage, premiere & silhouette ranges

Dimension data - silhouette
WBSP1S WBSP115S WBSP2SUSB

77
77
77
117 4 117 4 7
48
117
WBSP1VS
WBSP2S WBSP2XS
117
77
77
4 7
48 48
77 4
117 117
WBSSV1 WBSSV2 WBSSV3

117
117
117
49
32
77 4 77 4 77 4
WBSSV4 WBSSV5 WBSSV6

Switches and
117
117
117
sockets
32
49
49
25 4 25 4 25 4
77 77 77

Dimension data - visage
WBVP1S WBVP115S WBVP120

77
117 12
WBVP1R WBVP1XS WBVP1XXS
WBVP2S WBVP2XS
48 48
WBVP1VS WBVP115VS WBVSV1 WBVSV2

117
117
32
77 12 77 12
WBVP1VXS WBVP1VXXS WBVSV3 WBVSV4

32
49
Switches and
sockets
25
WBVP2VS WBVP2VXS WBVSV5 WBVSV6
49
49
44
44
25 25

Dimension data - premiere
WBP1S WBP115S WBP120

77
117 11
WBP1R WBP1XS WBP1XXS
WBP2S WBP2XS
48 48
WBP1VS WBP115VS WBSV1 WBSV2

117
117
25
77 11 77
WBP1VXS WBP1VXXS WBSV3 WBSV4

49
Switches and
sockets
25
25
WBP2VS WBP2VXS WBSV5 WBSV6
49
49
25 25

Dimension data - premiere
WBP4S WBP4XS
78
78
47 53 47 26 47 53 47
211 211
WBSF3 117 WBHC2 WBHS
117
25 25 25 21 26 77 12 46
77
WBWSV1 WBWSV2 WBWSV3 WBWSV4

117
32
32
32
77 25 23 25
WBWSH1 WBWSH2 WBSA1 WBSA2 WBSA3

77
85
113
49
25
Switches and
117 25 32 36
sockets
36
WBWSH3 WBWSH4 WBSEA2
46
77
23
25
32 32 46
117

Mechanism connection legends
WBM15P WBM10D
15A Press mechanisms 10A double pole mechanism
4
C - Common terminal 1 - Fixed terminal
1 - N/O terminal 3 - Fixed terminal
3
2 - N/C terminal 2 C 1 2 - N/O Contact 1
L - loop 4 - N/O Contact
L 2
WBM10I
10A intermediate mechanism
1 - Fixed terminal 4
3 - Fixed terminal
2 - Change over terminal 3
4 - Change over terminal 1
2
Switches and
sockets
WBM16AX WBM20
16AX mechanism 20A mechanism
C - Common terminal C - Common terminal

1 - N/O terminal 1 - N/O terminal
2 - N/C terminal 2 C 1 2 - N/C terminal 2 C 1
L - loop L - loop
L L

Mechanism connection legends
WBM20XX WBM20AX
Printed mechanisms 20AX mechanism
1 way only
C - Common terminal
C - Common terminal 1 - N/O terminal
1 - N/O terminal
L - loop C 1
C 1
WBM32 WBM10R3
32A mechanism Rotary mechanism
C - Common terminal A - Common terminal

1 - N/O terminal 1 - load 1
2 - load 2
C 1 3 - load 3 1 A 3
WBMD400LO WBMD400TO WBMD400LED

Switches and
Leading Edge Dimmer Trailing Edge LED Dimmer

sockets
mechanism Dimmer mechanism mechanism
A - Line A - Line A - Line

L - Load L - Load L - Load
A L A L A L

Wiring diagrams
Two Way Mechanism
2 C 1 WBM16AX WBM16AX
2 C 1
ON position ON position
L
L
A-Line Load Neutral
Lamp
WBM16AX WBM16AX
2 C 1
2 C 1
OFF position ON position
L
A-Line Load Neutral
Lamp
Intermediate Mechanism
4 WBM10I
WBM16AX
OFF position 3 ON position WBM16AX
2 C 1
2 C 1
1
ON position
L
A-Line Load Neutral
Lamp
Switches and
sockets
WBM16AX 4
WBM10I
OFF position OFF position WBM16AX
2 C 1
2 C 1
3
1 ON position
L
A-Line Load Neutral
Lamp

Wiring diagrams
Double Pole Mechanism
WBM10D
4 ON position
3
1
2
A-Line Load
Neutral
WBM10D
4 OFF position
3
1
2
A-Line WBM10D Load
Neutral
20AX Mechanism
WBM20AX
ON position
C 1
A-Line Load Neutral
Lamp
WBM20AX
Switches and
sockets
32A Mechanism
WBM32
ON position
C 1
A-Line Load Neutral
Lamp
WBM32

Wiring diagrams
3 Position Rotary Mechanism
WBM10R3 A-Line WBM10R3 A-Line WBM10R3 A-Line WBM10R3 A-Line

OFF position ON position 1 ON position 2 ON position 3
A
1 A 3 1 A 3 1 3 1 A 3
2 2 2 2
Neutral Neutral Neutral Neutral
Dimmer Connections
WBM16AX
2 C 1
ON position
L
Neutral A-Line
Load
WBMD400LO
Dimmer Connections WBM16AX WBM16AX

2 C 1
2 C 1
Switches and
Two Way ON position ON positiovn

L
sockets
Neutral A-Line
Load
WBMD400LO

Wiring diagrams
Fan Speed Control Connections for WBSF3 & WBVSF3
A-Line
WBM10R3
ON position 1
1 A 3
2
Neutral
Load
High speed
Low speed
Black wire
Red wire
Medium
speed
White
wire
Keycard Switch
WBHC2 WBHC2 WBHC2 WBHC2

2 C 1 Keycard 2 C 1 Keycard inserted 2 C 1 Keycard not inserted 2 C 1 Keycard not
inserted inserted
A-Line A-Line A-Line A-Line
N/C Contactor
N/O
Contactor
Switches and
Load Load Neutral Neutral

sockets
A-Line
Normally Normally
Open Closed
Load Load
Neutral Neutral Wiring diagram Wiring diagram
when using for use with normally
a normally open closed contactor.
contactor To be used where
noiseless contactor
operation is critical,
e.g. bedrooms
Neutral Neutral

2 - load
2 - load 2 2
C C 1 1 3 - load
3 - load 3 3 1 1A A3 3
2 2

Dimmer installation guide
WBM20XX WBM20AX
Printed mechanisms 20AX mechanism
1 way only WBMD400LO
WBMD400LO WBMD400TO
WBMD400TO WBMD400LED
WBMD400LED
Leading
Leading EdgeEdge Dimmer
Dimmer Trailing
Trailing EdgeEdge LED LED Dimmer
Dimmer
mechanism
mechanism Dimmer
Dimmer mechanism
mechanism mechanism
mechanism
Warning:
- Derating of units is required if multi-ganging factor from the transformer manufacturer and
dimmers. Refer to table above. ensure it does not exceed the maximum current
- Variation in transformers can result in differing
C - Common terminal
capacity of the dimmer.
C - Common terminal
1 - N/O terminal
1 - N/O terminal maximum numbers that can be connected to the - Hager products must only be installed by a
L - loop
Blue Body C 1 Red Body dimmer. C 1 licensed electrician or other suitably qualified
Leading Edge Trailing Edge - If multiple transformers are to be installed on 1 person.
L
WBMD400LO
A - Line
A - Line WBMD400TO A - Line
A - Line dimmer, please Aconfirm
A - Line
- Line the transformer power
L - Load
L - Load L - Load
L - Load L - Load
L - Load
A L
A L A AL L A L
A L
Dimmer selection chart BLUE RED Dimmer specification WBMD400LO WBMD400TO

Leading Edge Trailing Edge Parameter Leading Edge Trailing Edge
WBM32 WBM10R3
Load
32A mechanism symbol Type of load WBMD400LO
Rotary mechanism WBM400TO Operating voltage 240V +10%/-15% 240V +10%/-15%
Operating frequency 50Hz 50Hz
Incandescent lamps or 240V
halogen lamps Load range (0o to 25o) 40VA - 400VA 40VA - 400VA
Humidity range 10 to 90% RH 10 to 90% RH
Low voltage lamps with Derating for power as a function of temp
electronic transformers 400W @ 25oC 400W @ 25oC
C - Common terminal A - Common terminal 1 Dimmer 300W @ 35oC 300W @ 35oC
1 - N/O terminal Low voltage lamps with iron1 - load 1 200W @ 45oC 200W @ 45oC
2 - load 2
core transformers 3 - load 3 1 A 3
C 1 200W @ 25oC 200W @ 25oC
2 2 Dimmers 150W @ 35oC 150W @ 35oC
100W @ 45oC 100W @ 45oC
WBMD400LO WBMD400TO WBMD400LED

Leading Edge Dimmer Trailing Edge LED Dimmer
mechanism Dimmer mechanism mechanism
Product Features: Dimmer specification WBMD400LED

- Soft Start - This feature adds to the life of
the bulb, by gradually applying the load when Nominal operating voltage 240V +10%/-15%
switching on the dimmer. Nominal operating frequency 50Hz
- Overheating protection - If the dimmer Load range (0o to 25o) 10W to 120W
overheats the lighting level will automatically
Operating humidity range - 10% - 90% RH
reduce to 20% of the max. output. The light level LED Dimmer
will automatically return to the original level once WBMD400LED Derating for power as a function of temperature
overheating
A - Line
L - Load
condition has passed A - Line
L - Load
A - Line
L - Load
120W @ 25oC
- Short Circuit
A L Protection - When a shortAcircuit L is A L 1 Dimmer 100W @ 35oC
detected the lighting load is automatically cut off. 80W @ 45oC
The dimmer may then be reset by switching off, then back on. Max load 120W or 10 x LED’s - max.
Warnings:
- Derating of units is required if multi-ganging dimmers.
- Variation in transformers can result in differing maximum numbers that can be - Loads exceeding 120W may cause some variations in dimming performance.
connected to the dimmer. - Should the dimmer be connected to the wrong type of transformer, the
- It is possible to connect up to 10 different bulbs or transformers to the dimmer dimmer will fail and will need to be replaced.
as long as all bulbs or transformers are compatible to trailing edge mode and
the total maximum power consumption does not exceed 120W.
Dimmer specification WBMD400U

Nominal operating voltage 230V +10%/-15%
Switches and
Nominal operating frequency 50Hz

Circuit breaker Max. 10A
sockets
Degree of protection IP20

Rotary Dimmer
WBMD400U Power consumption in standby < 0.1W
230V incandescent and halogen lamps 20 to 250W
Programmable to: Dimmable conventional transformers 20 to 250W
- Select blue or orange LED indication. Dimmable electronic transformers 20 to 250 VA
- Have a ‘dim’ or ‘No indication’ in the ‘OFF’ position.
Dimmable 230V LED lamps 3 to 70W
- Be used as a fan controller (only on fans suitable for electronic
control). Number of dimmable LED Max. 10
- Set the minimum dim level Ceiling fans (motors) Max.120W
Motor inrush current Max.1.2A
Warnings:
Cable length extension units Max. 40m
- Derating of units is required if multi-ganging dimmers.
- Variation in transformers can result in differing maximum numbers Operating temperature -5 to 45oC
that can be connected to the dimmer. Storage temperature -20 to 60oC
- Not all LED lights are compatible with the dimmer due to many Relative humidity (without condensation) 0 to 65%
different LED brands and drivers. Always test the compatibility with
Screw terminals 1 x 2.5mm2
your desired LED lights before installing.
1 x 1.5mm2

TV mech wiring instructions and Rotoloc data
WBMTV75PY, WBMRCA1
& WBMTV75PF
F to F, PAL to F, F to RCA mechanism
Strip 15mm off sheathing

Crimp connector onto cable
and fit assembly to
mechanism
WBMRCA1
SPECIFICATIONS
WBMTV75PF
Fold braid, strip insulation REFERENCE TYPE CABLE RESISTANCE SIGNAL LOSS
QUAD
WBMTV75PF RG6 <1dB
SHIELD
QUAD
WBMTV75PY RG6 <1dB
SHIELD
QUAD WBMTV75PY
WBMRCA1 RG6 <1dB
SHIELD
Rotoloc data
WBMRLD3
Cat 3 data jack
Orange/White 3
5 Blue/White
Blue 4
3 4 5 6 6 Orange
PIN LAYOUT
WBMRLD5
A Green/White
Cat 5e data jack
B Orange/White 1 7 A Brown/White
B Brown/White
A Green
B Orange
2 8 A Brown
B Brown
Switches and
A Blue/White
5 A Orange/White
B Blue/White 3
sockets
B Green/White
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A Blue
4 A Orange
B Blue 6 B Green
PIN LAYOUT
Specifications
Mechanical Electrical Environmental
Contact material - phosphor bronze 0.46mm Current rating - 2A Storage - 40oC to 85oC
Contact finish - gold plating over nickel Voltage rating - 125V AC RMS Max Operational 0oC to 70oC
Casing material - PCUL94V-0 Contact resistance - <20mΩ
Insulation resistance - 1000mΩ at 500V DC

Krone rotoloc data
WBMRLD6K A Brown/White
Krone Unshuttered Cat 6 data jack 7 A Green/White
B Brown/White 1
B Orange/White
A Brown
8 A Green
B Brown 2
B Orange
A Orange/White
3 A Blue/White
B Green/White 5
B Blue/White
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A Orange
6 A Blue
PIN LAYOUT B Green 4
B Blue
WBMRLD6SK
Krone Shuttered Cat 6 data jack A Brown/White
7 A Green/White
B Brown/White 1
B Orange/White
A Brown
8 A Green
B Brown 2
B Orange
A Orange/White
3 A Blue/White
B Green/White 5
B Blue/White
PIN LAYOUT for
this product is the A Orange
6 A Blue
same as WBM- B Green 4
RLD6K B Blue
Specifications
Operation temperature range -20OC to +60OC
Relative humidity ≤ 93% non-condensing
FCC 68.500
RJ Socket, 8 positions, general specification
IEC603-7
Voltage/Current rating at 25OC ambient ≤150V AC at 2.5A max.
Dielectric strength ≥1.5kV AC
RJ interface resistance ≤ 20m Ω
Wire diameter range for solid and stranded copper conductors 0.50 - 0.65mm* (24-22AWG)
Wire insulation diameter range (PE,PVC) 1.04 - 1.40mm
≥TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1 Category 6
Transmission, performance and reliability
≥ISO/IEC 11801 Class E
Number of plug insertion cycles ≥ 750
“KRONE” tool ≥ 200
Number of wire terminations,
110 tool ≥10
Flammability of plastic components UL 94 V-O
Switches and
*If any conductors have been terminated, reversal to smaller conductors is no longer possible
sockets

Dimension data - accessories
WBBMD WBBWB WBBMI
61
80
81
121 32 98 44 120 37
WBSMK WBC2V
WBC2H
118
118
78
234
78 29 152
WBAJB4
WBCG WBAP1 WBAJB4S
70
100
130
90 56
70
71 56
36
90 11
WBBM4 WBBM4BP
214 208
Switches and
sockets
76
82
22

Dimension data - Weatherproof switches and sockets
87 84
WBWP1S
85 88
85
WBWP2S WBWP2SH
115 88 115 65
85
85
WBWS116 WBWS216
85 85
85
85
62 62
Switches and
sockets

IP66 Isolator switches
JG440IN
170
87 84
WBWP1S
Isolator Ratings to AS/NZS IEC60947-3 / IP66
85 88
Type 2 pole 3 pole 4 pole
Rated operational voltage 250V AC 50/60Hz 440V AC 50/60Hz 440V AC 50/60Hz
Utilization category AC23 A AC23 A AC23 A
Model number JG220IN JG232IN JG240IN JG263IN JG320IN JG332IN JG340IN JG420IN JG432IN JG440IN JG463IN
Rated Operational current 20A 32A 40A 63A 20A 32A 40A 20A 32A 40A 63A
85
Rated insulation voltage (AC) 440V 440V 440V 440V 440V 440V 440V 440V 440V 440V 440V
Rated impulse
4000V 4000V 4000V 4000V 4000V 4000V 4000V 4000V 4000V 4000V 4000V
withstand voltage
Rated short-time withstand
240A 384A 480A 756A 240A 384A 480A 240A 384A 480A 756A
current for 1 sec
Rated short-circuit making and
240A 384A 480A 756A 240A 384A 480A 240A 384A 480A 756A
breaking capacities for 50ms
WBWP2S WBWP2SH
Max. horsepower rating 3.2kW 5.2kW 6.5kW 10.2kW 9.9kW 15.8kW 19.8kW 9.9kW 15.8kW 19.8kW 31.2kW
115 88 115 65
Live terminal screws
2Nm 2.5Nm 2.5Nm 2.5Nm 2Nm 2.5Nm 2.5Nm 2Nm 2.5Nm 2.5Nm 2.5Nm
torque value
Neutral terminal screws
2Nm 2Nm 2Nm 2.5Nm 2Nm 2Nm 2Nm 2Nm 2.5Nm 2.5Nm 2.5Nm
torque value
Earth terminal screws
2Nm 2Nm 2Nm 2Nm 2Nm 2Nm 2Nm 2Nm 2Nm 2Nm 2Nm
torque value
85
85
Min. size 2.5 6 6 10 2.5 6 6 2.5 6 6 10
(sq.mm)
Conductor & number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Rigid- stranded
Max. size
4 10 10 16 4 10 10 4 10 10 16
(sq.mm)
Rated duty Uninterrupted duty
Note: Use padlock with Ø6.00 mm shank when required to lock the unit in the ‘OFF’ position.
WBWS116 WBWS216
85 85
Switches and
sockets
85
85
62 62

Ingress protection
The IP rating for all low voltage enclosures up to 1000 V a.c. and 1500 V The second character numeral indicates the degree of protection provided
d.c. is defined in identical fashion by the standards EN 60529 - IEC 529. It by the enclosure with respect to harmful effects on the equipment due to
comprises the letters IP followed by two character numerals and or additional/ the ingress of water. An X signifies that the tests are not applicable to the
supplementary letters. product.
The first character numeral indicates the degree of protection

provided by the enclosure against access to hazardous parts by preventing or
limiting the ingress of a part of the human body or an object held by a person
and ingress of solid foreign objects.
The first character numeral:

Protection against foreign objects The second character numeral:
Protection against ingress of water with harmful effects
IP Description
IP Description
0 Non-protected
0 Non-protected
1 Protected against solid objects ≥ than 50mm

1 Protected against vertically falling water drops
2 Protected against solid objects ≥ than 12.5mm

Protected against vertically falling water drops
2
when enclosure titled up to 15°

3 Protected against spraying water

4 Protected against splashing water
5 Dust-protected
5 Protected against water jets
6 Dust-tight
6 Protected against powerful water jets
Protected against the effect of temporary

7
immersion in water
Switches and
Protected against continuous immersion in

8
water
sockets
Additional letter (in option) Additional letter (in option)

Protection of people against access to hazardous parts Specific information on the product
A Protected against access to hazardous parts with the H High voltage apparatus
back of the hand
M Motion during water test
B Protected against access to hazardous parts with a finger
S Stationary during water test
C Protected against access to hazardous parts with a tool
- ø 2.5mm W Weather conditions
D Protected against access to hazardous parts with a wire
- ø 1mm

Building
automation
tebis building automation is designed around the KNX open standard which offers the
greatest flexibility and scalability when installing a bus based control system.
09 Page
Building automation overview 368
KNX easy overview 374
KNX easy 377
KNX system overview 394
KNX system 397
automation
Building
Building automation
A business generator
Front page news

With the focus on energy efficiency both in commercial
and residential developments, building automation is
becoming a component in its own right for many projects.
Quite rightly, the media has seized on this topic and
aroused public interest in the solutions. Architects, interior
designers and end-users are keen to find information and
are approaching manufacturers and installers.
Capitalise on
your know-how
Choosing Tebis-KNX building automation is to access a
higher level of electrical installation. Using original and
custom functions, you can capitalise on your know-how
and enhance your proposals to distinguish yourself from
your competitors.
Customer loyalty
The lifestyle and the work place of your customers changes
regularly. With building automation, it is easy to adapt
the solution to their changing needs. Take advantage of
these readily available opportunities to demonstrate new
functionality or control interfaces to your customers.
368
369
370
KNX
the strength
of a standard.
70%
Guaranteed compatibility
For over 20 years, the presence of the KNX logo
on products has certified that they communicate
perfectly with each other, even when they are
offered by different manufacturers. This ensures of the home
a high degree of flexibility in the extension and
modification of facilities.
automation market*
Seamless continuity
The extent of the KNX community
gives the protocol a unique power
in the home automation market. Its
340
manufacturers
broad range of products constitutes a
set of solutions to meet all situations.
Openness, a state of mind

Various gateways are offered by the adherents
of KNX to create links with other specification
standards such as DALI and BACNET.
7000
products
*Source: knx.org
371
When technology
meets design
Add a new dimension to your decor, with our award-winning
range of switches and sockets. All ranges are available in
white or with a choice of colours and real material plates.
So fine, so stunning
silhouette range
The silhouette range has a simple but elegant form based on the
serene balance of proportions and the reduction to the object
essentials, giving the product the right tone of voice in order to fit
within its environment. Pg.390 and Pg.424
372
Clean lines,
modern styling
visage range
Meaning ‘face’ in French, visage
has been influenced by the interior
fashion trends coming out of Europe.
The range has a ‘squared off’ design
which gives a clean, sharp linear
appeal with a modern style.
Pg.391 and Pg.425
A modern
day classic
premiere range
Quietly boasting functionality
and a beautifully understated
form, premiere has a simple and
stylish look that creates a soothing
effect on its surroundings.
Pg.393 and Pg.427
Easy operation
Thermostat and
room controller
Make an impact not once, but twice – thanks
to their attractive design and to their innovative
operating concept, the new thermostat features
the wipe-and-type function that is exclusive to
Hager. Simply wipe along the sensor strip and tap
to select from a whole range of building functions.
Pg.380 and Pg.403
For more information on any of the products above, to download datasheets,

or create a project list, register at our website hagerelectro.com.au
373
As easy as
1-2-3
easy from Hager, the new home control system that
provides an easy-to-use application for smart homes. It's an
uncomplicated and quick solution – you don't need any new
hardware, or costly software, programming and control is
done using a smart device.
01 02
Comprehensive Intuitive
installation configuration
easy devices are equipped with all With easy, there is no need for a computer or
the functions that residential buildings complex programming software. All you need
need – whether these involve switching is to connect your easy configuration tool to the
lights on and off or dimming, moving bus and with your smart device you can create
blinds, or adapting to wind and weather simple yet effective control solutions. The easy
conditions. easy system devices are drag and drop program reduces programming
compact, aesthetically pleasing and time significantly.
come complete with all the secure and
comfort functions customers expect.
374
03
User-friendly
control
The entire easy configuration can be
exported to the domovea end-user
interface module via wireless or USB stick.
The system can then be controlled using
any smart device at home or remotely.
375
KNX easy
As easy as 1-2-3.
easy from Hager, the new home control system that provides an
easy-to-use application for smart homes, is the answer that many
electrical installers have been waiting for. It‘s an uncomplicated
and quick solution – but above all else, the new easy configuration
software is, as its name suggests, a breeze to use.
376
KNX easy Page
domovea and configuration devices 378
Thermostats and room controllers 380
Relays, dimmers, shutter and blind devices 381
KNX power supplies 386
Presence detectors 387
Time switches and weather sensors 388
Input / output devices 389
Accessories 389
automation
Tactile switches 390

Building
377
Building automation
KNX easy - domovea
Features: - Configuration and client - Integration of max. 10

- For control and visualisation of software on USB stick network cameras
e.g. shutters, lights, heating, - Status LEDs for LAN status, - RJ45 Port for LAN connection
ventilation, alarm system, sensors operational stand-by and - Bus connection via
- Creation of max. 50 sequences connection status to web portal connecting terminal
from different actions - Creation of scenes - RJ45 connection for
- User interface can be configured - Creation of measured Ethernet/IP networks
individually for each room with value archives and energy - Quick Connect plug-in terminals
special background images consumption visualisation - Large labelling field
- Domovea server to supply with KNX energy meters - Selection switch for
up to 30 visualisation clients - Managing up to 30 users with online/offline mode
simultaneously with KNX data different access rights - Integrated bus coupling unit
- Configuration tool for installation of - Software update via USB
IP settings and parametrisations interface on the device
domovea Server kit including power supply and license

Set consisting of: 10 mod TJA451
1 - domovea server - (TJA450)

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32V DC
Auxiliary voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption (operation) 150 mA
Power consumption (operation) 1.5 W
RAM 128 MB
Graphics memory 20 MB
Processor 400 MHz
TJA451 Width of device 6 modules
- Central operating and visualisation unit for KNX installations via client software.
- Knowledge of the relevant network technology is required for installation.
- System requirements: Windows XP, VISTA and Windows 7 (32 or 64-bit).
2 - KNX power supply 24V DC - (TGA200)

Operating voltage 230V AC
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Output voltage 24 V DC
Output current max. 1 A
Current consumption < 150 mA
Power consumption 36 W
Operating temperature + 0 to + 45 °C
Width of device 4 modules
3 - Remote access license
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX easy - configuration devices
TXA100 Features - RJ45 Port for LAN connection - Power supply via PoE
- Portable suitcase with a - 2 USB jacks type B, - 2 RJ45 Ports for LAN connection
complete set of devices needed USB 2.0 compliant - 2 USB jacks type B,
for commissioning of KNX USB 2.0 compliant
installations in easy mode TJA665 Features - Large labelling field
- For connection to a 230 - Configuration tool for commissioning - Integrated bus coupling unit
V AC socket outlet of KNX installations in easy mode - Bus connection via
- Two RJ45 jacks - Selection switch for connecting terminal
- Selection switch for online/offline mode - Quick Connect plug-in terminals
online/offline mode - Green and red status LED for LAN
- Green and red status LED for LAN status, operational stand-by, KNX
status, operational stand-by, KNX status and gateway connection
status and gateway connection - Illuminated programming button
KNX system package commissioning tool kit easy link

Transmission rate Ethernet max. 2 x 100/1000 Mbit/s TXA100
Set consisting of:
- Configuration server , order no. TJA665
-P ower supply 30 V DC + 24 V DC, order no. TXA114
- WI-FI access point
- KNX bus connection
- RJ45 connection cable TXA100
Knowledge of the relevant network technology is required for installation.
Min system requirements: Windows 8.1, Android 4.4, iOS 8.
The system package has been designed as a complete tool for commissioning via easy link.
KNX Configuration server easy link

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC TJA665

Transmission rate Ethernet max. 2 x 100/1000 Mbit/s
Connections 0.75 to 2.5 mm²
Width of rail mounted device 6 modules TJA665
Knowledge of the relevant network technology is required for installation.
System requirements: Windows 8.1, Android 4.4, iOS 8.
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX easy - thermostat and room controller
Common features: convector fan or split unit can be controller lockout, room/out
- For individual single room selected side temperature, time
temperature control - Switching of up to 64 scenes - Screen savers
- Control parameter for heating / possible - TFT colour display with
cooling unit pre-set - Key-lock symbol display
- Operating mode heating, cooling or - Holiday switching - Time and date display
heating/cooling can be selected - Frost protection function - Menu guidance in DE/EN/FR/NL/
- Comfort, standby, night-time - Additional connection for external IT/ES/PT/PL/DK/SV/FI/NO/TR
reduction, frost/heat protection temperature sensor - Integrated bus coupling unit
operating mode switchable via - Temperature measurement - Bus connection via
scene via internal, external temper connecting terminal
- Switching PI-control (PWM) or ature sensor or via object and
switching 2-point control can be their mean value formation WUT09 features:
selected - Temperature adjustable for comfort, All functions of the WUT08 plus:
- Heating type warm water heating, standby and night-time reduction - Push-button functions: Switching,
warm water underfloor heating, - Operation via sensitive dimming, roller shutter/blind, value
electric heating, electric underfloor Touch control surface transmitter 2 byte, thermostat,
heating or split unit can be selected - To display and initiate actions scene, priority
- Cooling type cooling ceiling, - Display of operating mode,
KNX thermostat
Display WUT08
Integrated bus coupling unit
KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC

Energy efficiency class IV (2%)
TFT screen size 1.93"
WUT08 Operating temperature - 5 to + 45 °C
Dimensions of display (W x H) 38.3 x 30.3 mm
Insertion depth 32 mm
The configuration server (order no.: TJA665) or the tool set (order no.: TXA100) is required for easy
commissioning via easy link.
Requires separate 24V DC supply (TGA200)
Requires cover and surround (see below)
KNX room controller

Display WUT09
Integrated bus coupling unit
KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC

TFT screen size 1.93"
WUT09 Operating temperature - 5 to + 45 °C
Requires separate 24V DC supply (TGA200)
Requires cover and surround (see below)
Cover for KNX thermostats and room controllers

Description Available colours Cat ref.
automation
Covers White WYA780

Building
Black WYA787
Supplied with matching colour frame surround
WYA780

Building automation
KNX easy - relays
Features - Illuminated programming button - Normally-open contact

- For switching of an independent - Manual operation button for on/ - Large labelling field
load per actuator channel off and bus function on/off per - Integrated bus coupling unit
- Any combined operation from drive channel (single area operation) - Bus connection via
and switching functions possible - Status LED integrated in connecting terminal
- Manual operation manual operation button - Quick Connect plug-in terminals
10A relays
Description Channels Cat ref.
For switching of independent loads or activation of drives. 6 TXA606B
KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC 8 TXA608B
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Switching current at cos DC 0.8 max. 10 A 10 TXA610B
230 V LED lamps 12 x 23 W
Quantity LED lamps per channel max. 12
Quantity energy-saving lamps per channel max. 12
230 V incandescent lamps 1200 W TXA606B
230 V halogen lamps 1200 W
Conventional transformers 1200 VA
Electronic transformers 1000 W
Fluorescent lamps:
- with electronical ballast (EB) 15 x 36 W
Operating temperature - 5 to + 45 °C
Follow the motor manufacturers' instructions.
TXA610B
16A relays - capacitive load

For switching of independent loads or activation of drives. 4 TXA604D
KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC 6 TXA606D
Frequency 50/60 Hz 8 TXA608D
Switching current at cos = 0.8 max. 16 A
230 V LED lamps 18 x 23 W 10 TXA610D
230 V incandescent lamps 2300 W TXA604D
Follow the motor manufacturers' instructions.
TXA608D
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX easy - relays
Features manual operation button button for manual operation

- For switching of an independent - Large labelling field - Integrated bus coupling unit
load per channel - Integrated bus coupling unit - Potential-free normally-open contact
- Manual operation can be activated - Bus connection via - Pre-assembled, with cables
via 2-level selection switch, thereby connecting terminal - Installation in flush-mounted or
deactivation of the KNX function - Screw terminals splash-protected junction box
- Illuminated programming button - Bus connection via pre-assembled
- Manual operation button for on/ TXB601B Features cable with bus connection terminal
off and bus function on/off per - Status LED integrated into the - Screw terminals
channel (single area operation) manual operation button
- Status LED integrated in - Illuminated programming button/
16A relays - capacitive load

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC 16 TXM616D
Frequency 50/60 Hz 20 TXM620D
TXM616D Quantity LED lamps per channel max. 12
230 V incandescent lamps 1200 W
Fluorescent lamps:
TXM620D
10A relays 1gang flush-mounted

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC TXB601B
Max. switching capacity at 230 V AC
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Current consumption KNX {typ.} typ. 7 mA
Energy-saving lamps 5 x 15 W
TXB601B 230 V incandescent lamps 600 W
Fluorescent lamps:
Compact fluorescent lamps 600 W
Dimensions (W x H x D) 44 x 22.5 x 43 mm
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX easy - dimmers
Features - Large labelling field - Frequency, 50/60 Hz

- For switching/dimming - Integrated bus coupling unit - Operating temperature,
of an independent load - Bus connection via - 5 to + 45 °C
per actuator channel connecting terminal - Conductor cross-section
- Illuminated programming button - Quick Connect plug-in terminals flexible 0.75 to 2.5 mm²
- Manual operation button - Operating voltage over rigid 0.75 to 2.5 mm²
- Status LED integrated in bus, 21 to 32 V DC
manual operation button - Auxiliary voltage, 230 V AC

Dimmable 230 V LED lamps 60 W TXA661A
Qty of dimmable, 230 V LED lamps max. 8
Dimmable energy-saving lamps 60 W
Quantity energy-saving lamps max. 8
Dimmable transformers 300 VA
Electronic transformers 300 W TXA661A
Dimensions (W x H x D) 70 x 90 x 65 mm
Width of rail mounted device 4 modules

Dimmable 230 V LED lamps 120 W TXA661B
Dimmable energy-saving lamps 120 W
Qty energy-saving lamps max. 8
Dimmable transformers 600 VA
Electronic transformers 600 W TXA661B
Universal dimmer 3x 300W

Dimmable 230 V LED lamps per channel 60 W TXA663A
Dimmable energy-saving lamps per channel 60 W
230 V incandescent lamps per channel 300 W
230 v halogen lamps per channel 300 W TXA663A
Dimmable transformers per channel 300 VA
Electronic transformers per channel 300 W
Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers.
Universal dimmer 4x 300W

automation
Building
Dimmable 230 V LED lamps per channel 60 W TXA664A

Dimmable energy-saving lamps per channel 60 W
230 V incandescent lamps per channel 300 W TXA664A
230 V halogen lamps per channel 300 W
Dimmable transformers per channel 300 VA
Electronic transformers per channel 300 W
Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers.

Building automation
KNX easy - shutter and blind devices
Features - Illuminated programming button - Bus connection via

- Manual operation can be activated - Positioning function for connecting terminal
via selection switch, thereby shutter and blade position - Quick Connect plug-in terminals
deactivation of the KNX function - Safety functions e.g. for
- Manual operation per channel using wind, rain, alarm TXM632C
button (single-area operation) - Sun shade function - Screw terminals
- Status LED integrated in - Large labelling field
manual operation button - Integrated bus coupling unit
24V DC shutter devices

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC 4 TXA624D
Switching current (ohmic) max. 6 A
Switching current at 24 V DC max. 6 A
TXA624D Follow the motor manufacturers' instructions.
230V AC shutter devices

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC 4 TXA624C
Frequency 50/60 Hz 8 TXA628C
Width 4 Modules (TXA624C)
Width 6 Modules (TXA628C)
TXA624C Follow the motor manufacturers' instructions.
230 V blind actuator

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC 12 TXM632C
Frequency 50/60 Hz
TXM632C Connections 0.5 to 6mm²
Width 10 Modules
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX easy - flush mount shutter and blind devices
TXB602F Features - Bus connection via KNX control and timer operation
- For switching of two independent bus connection cable - Positioning function for
loads or activation of a blind drive - Screw terminals shutter and blade position
- Positioning function for - Status LED integrated into the
shutter and blade position TXB692F Features manual operation button
- Status LED integrated into the - 2 binary inputs and 2 switching - Illuminated programming button
manual operation button outputs or 1 blind - Potential-free normally-open contact
- Illuminated programming button/ input parameterisable - Pre-assembled, with cables
button for manual operation - Any combined operation from - Installation in flush-mounted or
- Potential-free normally-open contact binary input and drive or switch splash-protected junction box
- Pre-assembled, with cables ing functions possible - Bus connection via pre-assembled
- Installation in flush-mounted or - Binary input functions: Switching, cable with bus connection terminal
splash-protected junction box dimming, blind, scene, forced - Screw terminals
6A, 2 output or 1 shutter/blind devices

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC TXB602F
max. switching capacity at 230 V AC
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Conventional transformers 500 VA TXB602F
Fluorescent lamps:
- uncompensated 500 VA
6A 2 input + 1 shutter output or 2 ON/OFF output devices

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC TXB692F
max. switching capacity at 230 V AC
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Conventional transformers 500 VA TXB692F
Fluorescent lamps:
- uncompensated 500 VA
Binary cable length, extendable to max. 9.9 m
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX easy - KNX power supplies
Features - Quick Connect plug-in terminals

- Electronic short-circuit and - Green LED for display of
overload protection power supply per output
- Protected earth conductor - Red LED for display of short-circuit
must be connected and overload protection per output
KNX BUS power supply

Operating voltage 230 V AC 640mA TXA112

Frequency 50/60 Hz
Output voltage 28 to 32 V DC
Output current max. 640 mA
Conductor cross-section (flexible) 0.75 to 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross-section (rigid) 0.75 to 2.5 mm²
TXA112 Width of rail mounted device 4 modules
KNX BUS power supply

Operating voltage 230 V AC 320mA TXA111

Frequency 50/60 Hz
Output voltage 28 to 32 V DC
Output current max. 320 mA
Bus lines max. 1
Conductor cross-section (flexible) 0.75 to 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross-section (rigid) 0.75 to 2.5 mm²
TXA111
DC power supply 24 V DC
Operating voltage 230 V AC TGA200

Frequency 50/60 Hz
TGA200
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX easy - presence detectors
Description - Energy saving by presence and - Integrated bus coupling unit

- Energy saving by presence and brightness-controlled lighting control - Potentiometers for setting the
brightness-controlled lighting control - Bus connection via response brightness and delay
connecting terminal time without dismantling
TXC511 features: - Constant light control - Programming button
- Potentiometers for setting the - Bus connection via
response brightness and delay TCC510S features connecting terminal
time without dismantling - Linking several detectors in order - Spring clips for ceiling installation
to expand the detection range
Presence detector with constant light control

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC TXC511
Current consumption 12 mA
Recommended installation height 2.5 to 3.5 m
Brightness measuring range 5 to 1200 lx
Delay time, adjustable 1 min to 30 min
Detection angle 360 °
Dimensions (Ø x H) 110 x 44 mm TXC511
IR presence detector
KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC TCC510S
Recommended installation height 2.5 to 3.5 m
Delay time, adjustable 1 min to 1 h
Detection angle 360 ° TCC510S
Detection field Ø, on floor 7 m
Detection field Ø, at desk height 5 m
Installation opening Ø 60 to 63 mm
Dimensions (Ø x H) 78 x 70 mm
The configuration server (order no.: TJA665) or the tool set (order no.: TXA100)
is required for easy commissioning via easy link.
Surface mount housing for presence detectors

Description Characteristics Dimensions (Ø x H) Cat ref.
For use in applications requiring mounting Housing for the installation of presence 70 x 45mm EE813
to the underside of conctrete slabs or steel detector TXC511.
beams e.g. carparks and utility rooms - with cable entry
Housing for the installation of 75 x 65 mm EEK005 EE813 EEK005
presence detector TCC510S.
Remote controls
Description Characterisitcs Cat ref.
Battery service life [years] 2.5 EE807
Dimensions (L x W x H) 111 x 63 x 10 mm
Infrared commissioning remote control for TCC510S
automation
Battery service life [years] 3.5 EE808

Building
Dimensions (L x W x H) 120 x 70 x 10 mm

Infrared user remote control for the local adjustment of detector settings for TCC510S
EE807

Building automation
KNX easy - time switches and weather sensors
Time switch (via EG003U) of predefined parameters

- Switch program can be stored - Bar display chart of day profile - Predefined parameters when
in programming key - EG005 - Weekly program included activating heat protection function
which comes with the TXA022. - 2 channel control or heat recovery function
- Program can be simply activated - Impulse cycle time setting - Periodical emission for outside
by insertion of the programming - Holiday mode temperature, frost alarm, brightness,
key into the time switch. The time - Can be locked using the day/night mode, wind alarms
switch will start to run the program EG004 locking key and rain alarm predefined
stored in the programming key. - Three pre-set limit values
- Using the programming key Weather sensor for wind alarm
provides a simple and safe copy - Wind, Precipitation, twilight, - bus connection via
of a sequence of input switching. temperature and brightness sensor connecting terminal
- Override control and priority control - Automatic summer/winter - Plug-in terminals for power supply
- Temporary priority control time change-over - For wall and mast assembly
- Winter / summer schedule - Heater element for winter operation - Pipe clamp for mast fixing
- Lithium battery with a 5-year - Red programming LED - The configuration server (order
functioning reserve - For control of shading systems no.: TJA665) or the tool set (order
- Up to 56 program steps for up to 4 façades no.: TXA100) is required for easy
- Programmable by computer - Easy commissioning by means commissioning via easy link.
2 channel time switches

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC 2 mod TXA022
Lithium cell power reserve [years] 5
Conductor cross-section (flexible) 1.5 to 10 mm²
Conductor cross-section (rigid) 1 ... 6 mm²
TXA022
Time switch accessories

Locking key, yellow EG004
Authorization control to prevent change switch program
Features:
- Colour: yellow
EG004 - Protection of program and operation buttons
Programming key, grey EG005
Supplied keys have been preprogrammed to “continuous close” mode. Specific programs can
be installed to run on the time switch by inserting the programming key into the time switch.
Features:
- Colour: grey
Key storage module 1 mod EG006
For storage of 3 programming locking keys
Programming key adapter, USB computer interface EG003G
for the computer programming of keys.
Features:
- Supplied with the required cable connection
EG006 - Simple computer programming for programmable keys
- Software available for download from www.hagerelectro.com.au
Weather station with GPS surface-mounted

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC TXE530
Auxiliary voltage 24 V AC/ DC
automation
Rated current (heating incl.) 81 mA

Building

Temperature measuring range - 30 to + 80 °C
Measuring range, wind speed 0 to 35 m/s
Precipitation (Yes/No) 1 bit
TXE530
Weight 170 g
For detection of wind, precipitation, temperature and brightness to process the signals.
Ensure correct orientation and free-standing installation.

Building automation
KNX easy - input / output devices and accessories
Input /output devices with - Easy Tool is used to configure - The Scene function sends group
voltage free contacts the individual inputs of the controls to different kinds of
- Power supply by Bus. TXB322 products. outputs to create ambiances or
- The modules are associated - The products allow controlling scenarios (leaving home scenario,
with push buttons or switches of lighting, blinds, shutters, reading ambience, etc.).
- Connection length to push button heating and scenes - The 2-channel mode function
and LEDs must not exceed 5m allows controlling, with the same
push button, 2 independent
circuits having different functions.
2-input / 2-output module LED (status indication)

LED outputs specifications I = 850 μA TXB322
U = 1.8V DC
KNX supply voltage 30V DC
Busline max consumption 15 mA
Dimensions 38 x 35 x 12 mm
Degree of protection IP 30
Operating temperature +0 to +45°C
Storage temperature -20 to +70°C TXB322
Standards EN 60 669-2-1
NF EN 50 428
- The universal input modules interface potential free contacts with KNX.
- Push buttons, switches and conventional automatisms can thus be used to drive standard LED indicators.
- Outputs can control conventional signaling LEDs.
- 2 independent channels.

U = 1.8V DC
NF EN 50 428
Accessories
KNX cable 100m roll TG018
- EIB - Y (ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0.8 TG018
500m roll TG019
(Voltage withstanding: 4kV)
100m roll halogen free TG060
500m roll halogen free TG061
Connection terminals -5 to +45 °C TG008
- Operating temperature Ø 0.6 to 0.8 mm
- Conductor 2x4
automation
- Number of conductors 10.2 x 11.5 x 10 mm

Building
- Dimensions (L x W x H) TG008
Connection bridges Grey, 50 per pack TG200B

- For bridging between quick connect
terminals on DIN relay devices
TG200B

Building automation
silhouette - tactile switches and switch covers
Switch plate features: Technical data Cover features

- Removable covers for - High impact high gloss UV stabilised - Removable covers for
ease of painting Polycarbonate construction ease of painting
- Multiple mounting holes - Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised
- Supplied with standard 32mm Supplied with: Polycarbonate construction
tapered point fixing screws - Switch plate - Matt black or clear anodized
- Tactile mechanism(s) aluminium or brushed stainless steel
Mechanism features: - Cover Plate finish, to reduce finger printing
- Tactile mechanism with quick - Wiring loom - Aluminium and stainless
fit cable plug system - Bus coupling unit(s) steel covers supplied with
removable protective film
Large plate switches with LED

Characteristics Available colours Box qty Cat ref.
1 gang White 1 WBSTS1N
Matt black 1 WBSTS1N-MB


WBSTS2N
Switch covers
1 gang Stainless Steel 10 WBSCV1-SS
WBSCV1-SS 4 gang Stainless Steel 10 WBSCV4-SS
automation
Building

Building automation
visage - tactile switches
Switch plate features: Mechanism features: Supplied with:

- Removable covers for - Tactile mechanism with quick - Switch plate
ease of painting fit cable plug system - Tactile mechanism(s)
- Transparent blue mounting - Cover Plate
plates for easy installation Technical data - Wiring loom
- Multiple mounting holes - High impact high gloss UV stabilised - Bus coupling unit(s)
- Supplied with standard 32mm Polycarbonate construction
tapered point fixing screws

1 gang White 10 WBVTS1N
Black 10 WBVTS1N-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBVTS1N-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBVTS1N-TG
2 gang White 10 WBVTS2N WBVTS1N
Black 10 WBVTS2N-BK
Black 5 WBVTS4N-BK
6 gang White 5 WBVTS6N WBVTS2N-CG
Black 5 WBVTS6N-BK
automation
Building

Building automation
visage - switch covers
Cover features steel supplied with removable Stainless steel cover features
- Removable covers for protective film - Brushed Stainless Steel finish
- Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised Aluminium cover features to reduce finger printing
Polycarbonate construction - Clear anodized aluminium finish,
- Aluminium and Stainless to reduce finger printing
Aluminium switch covers

WBVCSV1-CG-AL 2 gang White and Aluminium 10 WBVCSV2-WH-AL
WBVCSV1-BK-AL 6 gang White and Aluminium 10 WBVCSV6-WH-AL
Stainless steel switch covers

Charcoal Grey & Stainless Steel 10 WBVCSV1-CG-SS
WBVCSV1-WH-SS Black and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCSV2-BK-SS
Mint glaze switch covers

automation

Building
WBVCSV1-TG-MG 4 gang White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCSV4-WH-MG

Building automation
premiere - tactile switches and surrounds

- Common covers - Tactile mechanism with quick - Switch plate
- Transparent mounting grid fit cable plug system - Tactile mechanism(s)
on all large plate switches - Available with or without neon - Cover Plate
for easy installation indication - blue colour - Wiring loom
- Multiple mounting holes - Bus coupling unit(s)
- Supplied with standard 32mm Technical data
tapered point fixing screws - High impact high gloss UV stabilised Features
- No mechanism push back Polycarbonate construction - Surrounds to fit to premiere range * tebis KNX switch assemblies are
assembled to order and will incur
- Manufactured from tempered
a 2-4 week delivery lead time.
glass, slate or polycarbonate

1 gang White 10 WBTS1N
Black 10 WBTS1N-BK
Charcoal Grey 10 WBTS1N-CG
Titanium Grey 10 WBTS1N-TG
2 gang White 10 WBTS2N WBTS1N
Black 10 WBTS2N-BK
Black 5 WBTS4N-BK

WBTS1N-BK
Black 5 WBTS6N-BK
tempered glass surround
Mountain Mist 10 WBCG-MM

WBCG-MM
Single decorative ‘glass effect’ Midnight 10 WBCP-MN
Wild Mushroom 10 WBCP-WM
Nimbus 10 WBCP-NB
Frost 10 WBCP-FR
WBCS-SL
real slate surround
automation
Building

A flexible and
scalable system
For large-scale projects in commercial
buildings the architecture of a Hager
KNX system encompasses flexibility
and scalability.
Hager KNX system uses ETS programming software which guarantees full interoperability with
any other KNX member solutions from intrusion and technical alarms, video surveillance and
videophones, all the way to multi-room function and maintenance systems. Gateways to create
links with other control standards such as DALI modbus and BACNET guarantees smooth
integration into more complex Building Management Systems (BMS).
Install and program
394
End-user control
Building management domovea visualisation
395
Programming
using KNX ETS 5
A premium solution
For large-scale and commercial projects requesting a whole range of functionalities,
system is the most adapted solution. Our KNX system range has been developed for the
most complex and demanding installations. Our wide range of KNX devices offer very
advanced configuration possibilities with the use of ETS software.
396
KNX system Page
domovea and IoT controller 399
Touch controls, panels and housing 400
Thermostats and room controllers 403
Relays, dimmers, shutter and blind devices 404
KNX power supplies, DALI gateways and couplers 411
Presence detectors, time switches and light sensitive switches 413
Input and input/output devices 417
Energy meters, CTs and consumption indicators 420

automation
Weather sensors and Accessories 422

Building
Tactile switches 424
397
domovea
the dashboard
of your home
Comfort at A window
your fingertips in your home…
The quality of a home automation system is judged Remotely control your home via the secure portal at
primarily by the benefits it brings to its users. In terms of www.domovea.com you can turn off lights or you can
comfort, offering several solutions to control the home view different locations of your home through IP cameras.
automation functionality of a house is an asset. Stay You can trigger a predefined schedule at a predefined time
connected with your home when you are outside. or as you wish.
398
Building automation
KNX system - domovea and IoT controller
‘App to date’ with the - Configuration tool for installation - Selection switch for
iPhone and iPad app of IP settings and parameters online/offline mode
The new domovea, iPhone and iPad - With configuration and client - With integrated bus coupling unit
App can be downloaded from the software on USB stick
Apple App Store. It allows both local - With status LEDs for LAN IoT controller features
operation via the house WLAN network status, operational stand-by and The TJA560 is a gateway between
as well as external control via the connection status to web portal the KNX products and connected
internet. - Creation of light scenes products from third-parties.
The domovea application is also - Creation of measured The product connects both:
available for Android phones value archives and energy • to the KNX bus via connector Z ;
on the Android Market. consumption visualisation • and to the local IP network via
with KNX energy meters the two Ethernet ports, R and T.
domovea server features: - Managing up to 30 users with The product is equipped with
- For control and visualisation of different access rights configuration software to create
e.g. shutters, lights, heating, - Software update via USB links between KNX products
ventilation, alarm system, sensors interface on the device and connected objects. This
- Creation of max. 50 sequences - Integration of max. 10 software operates in conjunction
from different actions network cameras with web browsers installed on
- User interface can be configured - RJ45 Port for LAN connection tablets, smartphones and PCs.
individually for each room with - Bus connection via
special background images connecting terminal OS compatibility:
- KNX server to supply up - With RJ45 connection for iOS 8, Android 4.4, Windows 8.1
to 30 visualisation clients Ethernet/IP networks
simultaneously with KNX data - With plug-in terminals Browser compatibility:
- Large labelling field IE11, Chrome, Firefox.
domovea Server kit including power supply and license

Set consisting of: 10 mod TJA451
1 - domovea server - (TJA450)

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32V DC
Current consumption (operation) 150 mA
Power consumption (operation) 1.5 W
RAM 128 MB
Graphics memory 20 MB
Processor 400 MHz TJA451
- Central operating and visualisation unit for KNX installations via client software.
- Knowledge of the relevant network technology is required for installation.
- System requirements: Windows XP, VISTA and Windows 7 (32 or 64-bit).
2 - KNX power supply 24V DC - (TGA200)

Operating voltage 230V AC
Frequency 50/60 Hz
3 - Remote access license
IoT controller
KNX supply voltage 30V DC TJA560
Auxiliary voltage 24V DC
Consumption on the bus line 10mA max - 30V DC
Consumption on the auxiliary supply 200mA max - 24V DC
automation
Standard consumption on the KNX bus 8mA

Building
Standard/Standby consumption on the 100mA

24 V Ethernet and USB not connected
Ethernet network communication 2 x 100 / “1000 BaseT” TJA560
IP/Ethernet network socket R T 2 x RJ45

Building automation
KNX system - touch controllers
KNX touch controller and an option to use their own - With alarm function
The KNX touch controller is a symbols (read via SD card) - 16 scene functions
3.5 “touchscreen for controlling - With integrated proximity - Ability to set up password per page
lights, shutters, blinds and climate sensor for automatic activation - Connection for external temperature
control. The screen can be divided from standby mode sensor or 4 binary inputs
in various ways with 37 predefined - With integrated brightness sensor
layouts. It can be programmed for automatic adjustment of screen Frames
up to 10 pages with features. brightness obv ambient brightness By applying the right frame on the
- Logic: 4x AND and OR 4x KNX touch controller unity is assured.
Features function. Each with 4 inputs The angular designs are akin to the
- Up to 10 freely configurable - 5 channels for automatic operation premiere and visage ranges, while
pages for operating elements - With timer function (16 blocks the rounded corner frames are much
- With integrated symbol library, of time on week level) like the silhouette range of switches
Touch controller
Bus load 4 mA WDT030
Auxiliary 12 to 40 V DC < 10 W
Display Type Touch screen, full color
Screen Size (Diagonal) 3.5 “/ 89 mm
Display Resolution 320 x 240 px
WDT030 Installation depth 26 mm
Ambient temperature -0 to 50° C
Power Supply (KNX bus) typ. 30 V DC
Note: This device is used in an isolated single wall box
Frames for touch controller

Rounded corner frames Matt Black WD1115
Matt Titanium Grey WD1116
Matt Charcoal Grey WD1117
WD1118 Matt Ultra White WD1118
Gloss Black WD1121
Angular corner frames Matt Black WD1215
Glass Polar White WD1231
Glass Black WD1235
WD1235
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - touch panels
Common Features: - Connection to KNX system possible on the upper display edge is
- For display of preconfigured via a local server e.g. the domovea accessible without dismantling
functions, measured values and server - 2 USB 2.0 connections on the rear
data - External applications (Apps) available - For flush mounting and
- Suitable for vertical and horizontal in preinstalled Android launcher hollow-wall mounting
domovea visualisation - Integration of door communication - For vertical and horizontal mounting
- Depending on the software functions in the domovea client
visualisation, one and two surface - Silent, long-lasting convection Touch Panel 10" Android
operation, stepless configuration cooling without fan - Suitable horizontal domovea
based on sliding and page scrolling - RJ45 Port for LAN connection visualisation only
by swiping are supported - Card slot with 8 GB SDHC card
- Multi- touch function for the - Microphone and loudspeaker with Touch Panel 10” Windows
connection of multiple actions, echo suppression - Internal memory of 64GB SSD
e.g. to activate a function with - With USB/Mini USB type present
simultaneous setting of a function A adapter cable
value - With RJ45 connector kit from Touch Panel 16” Windows
- Display illumination can be switched connector and patch cable - Internal memory of 32GB SSD
on automatically using brightness - Mini-USB 2.0 jack e.g. for present
sensor external storage media or updates
Touch panel android

Auxiliary voltage 18 to 48 V DC 7” WDI070
Power consumption < 10 W W 189.7mm
Light intensity 300 cd/m² H 125.7mm
Transmission rate Ethernet max. 10/100 Mbit/s D 48.3mm
Processor 1 GHz 10” WDI100
RAM 512 MB WDI100
W 259.4mm
Operating temperature + 5 to + 45 °C H 177mm
D 67.5mm
Touch panel windows

Auxiliary voltage 24 V DC 10” WDI101

Power consumption max. 20 W W 259.4mm
TFT screen size 10" H 177mm
Light intensity 300 cd/m² D 67.5mm
Transmission rate Ethernet max. 1000 Mbit/s 16” WDI161
Processor 2 x 1 GHz WDI101
W 377.4mm
RAM 2 GB H 231.8mm
Operating temperature + 5 to + 35 °C D 66.4mm
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - flush-mount housing
Features: Flush to wall features: - For flush mounting and

- For installation of a Touch Panel - For flush-to-wall installation hollow-wall mounting
- With cleaning cover of a Touch Panel - For vertical and horizontal mounting
- For flush mounting and - With Push-to-open mechanism
hollow-wall mounting for comfortable mounting
- For vertical and horizontal mounting - With cleaning cover
Flush-mounted housing
Description Dimensions PU Cat ref.
For WDI07x, 190w x 126h x 47d mm 1 WDW070
anthracite, lacquered Cavity wall opening
182w x 117h x 47d mm
WDW070
252w x 169h x 64d mm
370w x 225h x 64d mm
Flush-mounted housing, flush-to-wall

Description Dimensions PU Cat ref.
For WDI07x, flush-to-wall, 197.7 x 133.6 x 74 mm 1 WDW071
197.7 x 133.6 x 74 mm
For WDI10x, flush-to-wall, anthracite, 269 x 186 x 74 mm 1 WDW101
lacquered Cavity wall opening
WDW071 269 x 186 x 74 mm
For WDI16x, flush-to-wall, 387 x 242 x 74 mm 1 WDW161
387 x 242 x 74 mm
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - thermostat and room controller
Common features: convector fan or split unit can be controller lockout, room/outside
- For individual single room selected temperature, time
temperature control - Switching of up to 64 scenes - Screen savers
- Control parameter for heating / possible - TFT colour display with symbol
cooling unit pre-set - With key-lock display
- Operating mode heating, cooling or - With holiday switching - Time and date display
heating/cooling can be selected - With frost protection function - With integrated bus coupling unit
- Comfort, standby, night-time - Additional connection for external - Bus connection via connecting
reduction, frost/heat protection temperature sensor terminal
operating mode switchable via - Temperature measurement via - With spreader claws
scene internal, external temperature sensor
- Switching PI-control (PWM) or or via object and their mean value Room controller additional features
switching 2-point control can be formation - Push-button functions: Switching,
selected - Temperature adjustable for comfort, dimming, roller shutter/blind, value
- Heating type warm water heating, standby and night-time reduction transmitter 2 byte, thermostat,
warm water underfloor heating, - Operation via sensitive Touch scene, priority
electric heating, electric underfloor control surface to display and - Function for manual interruption
heating or split unit can be selected initiate actions of automatic functions already
- Cooling type cooling ceiling, - Display of operating mode, triggered
KNX thermostat
KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC WUT08
TFT screen size 1.93”
The configuration server (order no.: TJA665) or the tool set (order no.: TXA100) is required for easy commissioning via easy WUT08
link.
KNX room controller

KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC WUT09
TFT screen size 1.93”
WUT09
Cover for KNX thermostats and room controllers

Covers White WYA780
Black WYA787
Supplied with matching colour frame surround
WYA780
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - relays
Features - The Timer function is used to switch change over, Switching delay,
- Common parameter of switching a lighting circuit ON or OFF for an Tripping delay, Switching and
actuator adjustable time tripping delay, Timer.
- Output states are displayed on the - The Time delayed switch function - Automatic control functions:
product. combines a toggle function and a Authorization, Logical AND or
- Outputs can be controlled manually cut-off delay Logical OR
from the product - The Priority function allows - Manual override, permanent or Time
- Each output to be individually overriding an output to a definite limited.
configured for Lighting or status, ON or OFF - Behavior in the event of bus voltage
Shutters/Blinds applications - The Jamming function allows locking failure/Return parameterisable
- Shutters/Blinds applications an output in its current status - With programming button and red
required two Output Channel - Each output may be integrated into programming LED
- The ON/OFF function is used to 32 different scenes - Bus connection via connecting
switch a lighting circuit ON or OFF - The Timer and Automatic controls terminal
- The Status indication function function allow the outputs to by - Quick Connection Terminal
displays the status of the output controlled by:
contact - Timer functions: Timer/toggle
Relays 4A

KNX supply voltage 30 V DC 4 channel TYA604A
6 channel TYA606A
Quantity energy-saving lamps per channel max. 6 8 channel TYA608A
230 V incandescent lamps 800 W 10 channel TYA610A
Conventional transformers 800 W
TYA604A Electronic transformers 800 W
Fluorescent lamp:
- with electronic ballast 450 W
Width 4 modules (4 & 6 channel)
6 modules (8 & 10 channel)
Operating temperature 0°C to +45°C
Connections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2
Relays 10A

KNX supply voltage 30 V DC 4 channel TYA604B
6 channel TYA606B
Quantity energy-saving lamps per channel max. 12 8 channel TYA608B
230 V incandescent lamps 1200 W 10 channel TYA610B
TYA606B Electronic transformers 1000 W
Fluorescent lamp:
Relays 16A

Bus voltage 30 V DC 4 channel TYA604C
automation

6 channel TYA606C
Building

Quantity energy-saving lamps per channel max. 12 8 channel TYA608C
230 V incandescent lamps 2300 W 10 channel TYA610C
TYA608C Electronic transformers 1200 W
Fluorescent lamp:

Building automation
KNX system - relays
Features - The Timer function is used to switch change over, Switching delay,
- Common parameter of switching a lighting circuit ON or OFF for an Tripping delay, Switching and
actuator adjustable time tripping delay, Timer.
- Output states are displayed on the - The Time delayed switch function - Automatic control functions:
product. combines a toggle function and a Authorization, Logical AND or
- Outputs can be controlled manually cut-off delay Logical OR
from the product - The Priority function allows - Manual override, permanent or Time
- Each output to be individually overriding an output to a definite limited.
configured for Lighting or status, ON or OFF - Behavior in the event of bus voltage
Shutters/Blinds applications - The Jamming function allows locking failure/Return parameterisable
- Shutters/Blinds applications an output in its current status - With programming button and red
required two Output Channel - Each output may be integrated into programming LED
- The ON/OFF function is used to 32 different scenes - Bus connection via connecting
switch a lighting circuit ON or OFF - The Timer and Automatic controls terminal
- The Status indication function function allow the outputs to by - Quick Connection Terminal
displays the status of the output controlled by:
contact - Timer functions: Timer/toggle
Relays 16A for capacitive load

KNX supply voltage 30 V DC 4 channel TYA604D
Quantity LED lamps per channel max. 18 6 channel TYA606D
Quantity energy-saving lamps per channel max. 18 8 channel TYA608D
10 channel TYA610D
Electronic transformers 1200 W TYA610D
Fluorescent lamp:
- parallel compensated 1500 W (200μF)
Relays 16A for capacitive load

KNX supply voltage 30 V DC 16 channel TYM616D
Quantity LED lamps per channel max. 25 20 channel TYM620D
Electronic transformers 1000 W TYM616D
Fluorescent lamp:
- with electronic ballast 27 x 36 W
Width 8 modules (TYM616D)
10 modules (TYM620D )
Relays 16A for current monitoring

automation
Bus voltage 30 V DC 6 channel TYA606E

Building

Electronic transformers 1380 W TYA606E
Fluorescent lamp:
- parallel compensated 1000W (130μF)
Width 6 modules

Building automation
KNX system - relays, flush mount
Features - Outputs can be controlled manually configured for Lighting or Heating

- Output states are displayed on the using the push button - Each product feature depends on
product. - Each output to be individually its configuration and settings.
Relays 6A flush mount

KNX supply voltage 30 V DC 2 channel TYB602F

TYB602F Electronic transformers 500 W
Fluorescent lamp:
Dimensions 53 x 29 mm
- Channels controlled via the KNX bus (depending on features configured).
Relays 10A flush mount

Bus voltage 30 V DC 1 channel TYB601B

TYB601B Electronic transformers 600 W
Fluorescent lamp:
Dimensions 53 x 29 mm
- Channels controlled via the KNX bus (depending on features configured).
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - dimmers
Features on the product. & overload protection

- 1 dimming channels - Manual mode that allows dimming with LED indication
controlled by KNX bus. even when the bus is disconnected. - With programming button and red
- Universal dimmer with - Control button for manual mode. programming LED in same button.
automatic load recognition - Per channels 32 light scenes - Bus connection via
- Min/Max level local setting. with a related scene speed connecting terminal.
- Display of channel state - Short-circuit, over heating - Quick Connection Terminal
1 channel universal dimmer 300W

KNX supply voltage 30 V DC 230 V DC TYA661AN

Busline max consumption 2.3 mA
Consumption without load 3W
Power dissipation 4W
Width 4 modules
Operating temperature -5°C to +45°C
TYA661AN
- Dimming suitability
- 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 300W
- Halogen ELV (12 or 24V) via ferromagnetic transformer 300VA.
- Halogen ELV (12 or 24V) via electronic transformer 300W
- Dimmable CFL lamp (CFLi) with integrated ballast 60W
- Dimmable LED lamp(LEDi) with integrated ballast 60W
1 channel universal dimmer 600W

Bus voltage 30 V DC 230 V DC TYA661BN

Consumption without load 3W
Power dissipation 7.5 W
Width 4 modules
TYA661BN
- Dimming suitability
- 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 600W
- Halogen ELV (12 or 24V) via ferromagnetic transformer 600VA.
- Halogen ELV (12 or 24V) via electronic transformer 600W
- Dimmable CFL lamp (CFLi) with integrated ballast 120W
- Dimmable LED lamp (LEDi) with integrated ballast 120W
3 channels universal dimmer 300W

KNX supply voltage 30 V DC 230 V DC TYA663AN

Consumption without load 1.7 W
Width 6 modules
TYA663AN
- 1, 2, or 3 dimming channels controlled by KNX bus.
- The product can control 1, 2 or 3 independent lighting circuits, the
outputs number depends on the switch position.
- Dimming suitability according to output selector switch per channel:
automation
- 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 300W / 600W / 900W

Building
- ELV halogen (12 or 24V) via ferromagnetic transformer 300W / 600W / 900W
- ELV halogen (12 or 24V) via electronic transformer 300W / 600W / 900W
- Dimmable CFL lamp (CFLi) with integrated ballast 60W / 120W / 210W
- Dimmable LED lamp (LEDi) with integrated ballast 60W / 120W / 210W

Building automation
KNX system - dimmers
Features on the product. & overload protection

- Dimming channels - Manual mode that allows dimming with LED indication
controlled by KNX bus. even when the bus is disconnected. - With programming button and red
- Universal dimmer with - Control button for manual mode. programming LED in same button.
automatic load recognition - Per channels 32 light scenes - Bus connection via
- Min/Max level local setting. with a related scene speed connecting terminal.
- Display of channel state - Short-circuit, over heating - Quick Connection Terminal
4 channels universal dimmer 300W
KNX supply voltage 30 V DC 230 V AC TYA664A

50/60 Hz
Consumption without load 1.7 W
Width 8 modules
TYA664A Connections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2
- Dimming suitability according to output selector switch per channel:
- 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 300W per channel
- ELV halogen (12 or 24V) via ferromagnetic transformer 300W / 600W / 900W
- ELV halogen (12 or 24V) via electronic transformer 300W / 600W / 900W
- Dimmable CFL lamp (CFLi) with integrated ballast 60W / 120W / 210W
- Dimmable LED lamp (LEDi) with integrated ballast 60W / 120W / 210W
1/10V dimmer, 3 channel
- Fluorescent and halogen 4 mod TX211A

lamps with 1/10V ballasts
- Able to interface with 1/10V
LED control equipment
- Halogen lamps ELV supplied
with variable or ferromagnetic
electronic transfomer
TX211A Functions:
- ON/OFF
- Dim control
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - shutters
Features occultation or the direction of the locking a shutter or a blind

- Outputs can be controlled light beams coming from outside. in its current position.
manually from the product - The Stop function allows stopping - Each output may be integrated
- Output states are displayed the current shutter movement. into 32 different scenes.
on the product - The Position in % function - The Status indication function
- Delay time between 2 opposite allows putting a shutter or allows sending on the bus:
directions 600 ms. a blind in a desired position • Status indication (1 byte):
- Application software allows each expressed in % of closure. indicates the current operating
output to be individually configured - The Slat angle function allows mode of the output (Alarm,
for Shutter/Blind applications. inclining the slats of a blind into Priority, Jamming, and Normal)
- The Up/Down Function allows the up a desired position expressed • Position indication in %: indicates
or down movement of a shutter, a in degrees (0° to 180°). the position of the shutter or blind
blind with inclinable slats, an awning, - Wind alarm and rain alarm functions • Slat angle indication in °: indicates
a Venetian blind, etc. or the opening allow putting a shutter or a blind in a the position of the shutter or blind
and closing of electric curtains. parameterisable predefined status. • Status indication (1Bit): indicates
- The Slat angle/Stop function - The Priority function allows the last movement, up or
allows inclining the slats of a forcing a shutter or a blind down, of the shutter or blind
blind and stopping its current into a predefined position.
movement or modifying the - The Jamming function allows
4 channel shutter devices 230V AC

KNX supply voltage 30 V DC SELV 4 shutters TYA624A

4 shutters TYA624C
Typical consumption on KNX bus 5.2 mA
and / or blinds
Standby consumption on KNX bus 4.5 mA
Width 4 modules
Breaking capacity μ230 Vv 6A AC1 TYA624A
Surge voltage 4kV
- The 4-output drivers TYA624A and TYA624C are actuators that allow interfacing Bus KNX with opening devices. They are
part of the tebis Installation System and are designed to control such devices as rolling shutters, blinds with awnings, blinds
with slats, etc.
- 4 independent channels controlled by bus KNX.
- Each product feature depends on its configuration and settings.
4 channel shutter devices 24V DC

KNX supply voltage 30 V DC SELV 4 shutters TYA624B

4 shutters TYA624D
and / or blinds
Width 4 modules
Breaking capacity μ24 V DC 6A DC1 TYA624B
Surge voltage 4kV
- The 4-output drivers TYA624A and TYA624C are actuators that allow interfacing Bus KNX with opening devices. They are
part of the tebis Installation System and are designed to control such devices as rolling shutters, blinds with awnings, blinds
with slats, etc.
- 4 independent channels controlled by bus KNX.
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - shutters
8 channel shutter devices 230V AC
KNX supply voltage 30 V DC SELV 8 shutters TYA628A

8 shutters TYA628C
and / or blinds
Width 6 modules
Breaking capacity μ230 Vv 6A AC1
Surge voltage 4kV
- The 8-output drivers TYA624A and TYA624C are actuators that allow interfacing Bus KNX with opening devices. They
are part of the tebis Installation System and are designed to control such devices as rolling shutters, blinds with awnings,
blinds with slats, etc.
TYA628A - 8 independent channels controlled by bus KNX.
- Product display of outputs status with or without the presence of bus and/or main supply (230V AC).
- The outputs may be switched with or without the presence of bus and/or main supply (230V AC).
1 channel output + 2 channel input shutter device - flush mount
KNX supply voltage 30 V DC SELV 1 out + 2 in shutters TYB692F

Breaking capacity μ 6A AC1 230V
Min. switching current 10mA
Max. switching cycles at full load 20/min
Standby consumption on KNX bus 5mA
Typical consumption on KNX bus 7mA
Incandescent lamps 500W max.
TYB692F HV halogen lamps 500W max.
Conventional transformer 500VA max.
Electronic transformer 500W max.
LED lamps 5 x 13W max.
Inputs 2
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - power supplies and DALI gateways
Power Supply devices in a max. of 32 groups - Disable function or, alternatively,

A power supply provides the 30V DC - Manual control of the groups forced-control position function can
bus power for the KNX system to independent of the bus (site be adjusted for each group, with the
function. operation with broadcast control) disable function, blinking of lighting
- With integral choke - Feedback of DALI error status or groups is possible
- Short-circuit and overload protection short-circuit and supply voltage - Timer functions (ON-delay, OFF-
- The “OK” indicator lights up in failure message delay, staircase lighting function,
normal working mode - Central switching function also with pre-warning function)
- The “I>Imax” indicator lights up, - Incorporation of the groups into up - Response to bus voltage failure and
eliminate the origin of the fault (short to 16 light scenes bus voltage return as well as after
circuit or overload) - All channel-oriented functions ETS programming can be adjusted
- Protected earth conductor must be can be adjusted separately for for each group
connected each group. This feature permits - Automatic device replacement
- Quick Connection Terminal independent and multi-functional - With programming button and red
control of the DALI devices programming LED
DALI Gateway - The Staircase timer function can - Bus connection via connecting
The DALI gateway permits the control only be adjusted for groups 1 to 16 terminal
of DALI devices form the KNX network - Adjusting the limit values for - With screw terminals preferably on
and can provide status information brightness is possible top.
using KNX visualisation. - Dimming response can be adjusted
- Control of a maximum of 64 DALI - Soft-On or Soft-Off function
Power supply modules

Supply voltage 230V AC 50/60 Hz 320mA TXA111

Output voltage 30V DC
640mA TXA112
Absorbed power 15 VA
TXA111
DALI gateway
KNX supply voltage 21 to 32 V DC SELV TYA670D

External supply voltage 110 to 240 V AC
+10%/-15% 50/60 Hz
Busline max consumption typically 150 mW
Power consumption max. 6 W
Total power loss max. 3 W
TYA670D
Connections screw terminal preferably on top
DALI voltage typically 16 V DC with
overvoltage protection
DALI current typically 128mA max. 200mA temporarily
Width 4 modules
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - couplers
Line coupler IP Router - With RJ45 connection for Ethernet/

A line coupler or area coupler is used The IP gateway operates as a line IP networks.
to interconnect two KNX bus lines or coupler and connects KNX lines over - With programming button and red
areas. The coupler device is also used a data network. Besides this coupler programming LED.
as a signal amplifier and a data filter for function the IP gateway offers remote - With green operation LED and
bus communication. communication to KNX devices over yellow data traffic LED.
- Can be used as line/area coupler or the internet. By utilising a LAN or WAN - With green, yellow and red LEDs for
line amplifier. connection, the KNX system can indicating the IP communication.
- With programming button. be expanded between two or more - Line connection via connecting
- With green operation LED, red locations. terminal.
programming LED and red diagnosis - Quick communication of lines/areas - Operating voltage connection via
LED. and systems via data networks connecting terminal.
- With 2 yellow data traffic LEDs for (Internet protocols).
higher and lower ranking line. - Needed for operation a power USB Interface
- Allows extension of a wire line and supply of 24 V DC. For connection between a computer
repeats the messages. - As interface to PCs and data and the KNX bus, for the purpose of
- Ensures a galvanic insulation processing devices. programming.
between lines. - For reporting bus voltage failure via - For addressing, programming and
- Necessary in case of systems with data networks. diagnosis of KNX components.
more than 64 wire products. - Internet protocols supported: ARP, - With B-type USB socket for data
- Line connection via connecting ICMP, IGMP, UDP/IP, and DHCP. traffic (voltage supply via PC)
terminal - IP according to Konnex - Compatible with USB 1.1/2.0
specifications: Core, Routing, transmission protocols.
Tunnelling, Device Management. - With flash-controller technology
- Can be used as line/area coupler.
Line/area coupler
KNX supply voltage 21 - 32 V DC TYF130

Width 2 modules
TYF130
IP Router
KNX supply voltage KNX bus (21 -30V DC) TH210

External SELV power 24V AC/DC (12-30V AC/DC)
Supply: 1.6 GHz
- power usage from the bus line 10mA max 30V DC
- power usage from the 800mW max
auxiliary power supply (25mA - 24V DC)
Operating temperature -5°C to 45°C
TH210 Width 2 modules
USB interface
KNX supply voltage 21 - 32 V DC TH101

Data transfer rate max. 9.6 kBaud
Width 2 modules
automation
Building
TH101
USB cable
Cable length max. 3m TH103
TH103

Building automation
KNX system - presence detectors
High performance detectors Head rotation for detection TX511 - detector with
TX510, TX511 area adjustment. light regulation
That can be used in premises - For KNX control of a light load.
or in passage areas, where they Applications - Separate presence channel fo HVAC.
increase comfort and reduce TX510 - 2 channel detector - Lux level, ON delay setting for light
the energy costs drastically. For KNX control of a light channel and presence channel
load or used as a slave for via ETS or potentiometers.
Combination of presence and detection area enlargement. - Programmable as master
motion detection area. - Lux level and ON delay setting or slave function.
The presence area is especially via ETS or potentiometers.
useful in offices, where the motion - Test mode in order to set lux
area may be used in long corridors. level and the detection pattern
Presence detector, 2 channels

- KNX supply voltage: 30V DC TX510

- Size: 110 x 44 mm
- Colour: white
Functions:
- Switch ON/OFF lighting control
- UP/DOWN shutter and blind control
- Timer
- Heating control TX510
- Override control
- Scene call
- Dimming
Channel 1 “Lighting device”:
- Control the site status and luminance (5-1200Lux)
- Cutoff delay on device of 1min - 30 min. (on ETS 5s - 8s)
Channel 2 “HVAC device”:
- Delay connection function (lowest 15 min.): e.g.: heating device, ventilating unit, in channel 2
“HVAC device control” will switch on these devices when site status becomes stable in 15 min
- Cut-off delay on device of 1min - 30 min
Presence detector, with constant luminance control

- KNX supply voltage: 30V DC TX511

- Size: 110 x 44 mm
- Colour: white
Functions:
- ON/OFF lighting control
- UP/DOWN shutter and blind control
- Timer
- Heating control TX511
- Override control
- Scene call
- Dimming
- Master/slave function
3 potentiometers adjustments
- Potentiometer 1 “close”: presence detector control (without lighting channel control)
- Potentiometer 2: constant luminance control through device Lux value ( 50 to 700 Lux) adjustment
- Potentiometer 3: Cutoff delay of 1min - 3 min
Installation boxes
automation
Surface mount housing for the installation of presence detector EE810/EE811/EE812. EE813
Building
For use in applications requiring mounting to the underside of concrete

slabs or steel beams e.g. carparks and utility rooms.
Flush mount housing for the installation of presence detector EE810/EE811/EE812. EEBOX
For use in plasterboard or timber ceiling. EE813

Building automation
KNX system - presence detectors
High performance detectors TCC520E - detector ON/OFF - DALI/DSI bus output accommodates
TCC510S, TCC520E, TCC521E - Direct control of a light load. up to 24 ballasts.
High performance flush mounted - Lux level and ON delay setting
presence detectors suitable for via ETS, potentiometers or EE807 - IR remote control
use in residential and commercial EE807 remote control. - Installer remote control to
premises where energy control commission settings.
and/or reduction is required. TCC521E - detector for
light regulation EE808 - IR remote control
TCC510S - detector ON/OFF - 3 functional modes. - Customer remote control
- Lux level and ON delay setting - Lux level and ON delay setting for override control.
via ETS, potentiometers or via ETS, potentiometers or
EE807 remote control. EE807 remote control.
Detectors
1 channel - ON/OFF 360o KNX supply voltage: TCC510S
- Channel 1: Presence + brightness 30V DC
1 ON / OFF object
3 channel - ON/OFF 360o Switched phase: TCC520E
TCC510S - Channel 1: Presence + brightness 16A AC1 contact rating
1 ON / OFF object
1 sec contact output KNX supply voltage:
230V 16A resistive 30V DC
- Channels 2 and 3: presence only
1 item per channel (ON /
OFF, timer, scene to)
3 channel - Light control 360o Switched phase: TCC530E
- Dual zone 16A AC1 contact rating
- Channel 1: Presence + brightness
Controls 2 objects and KNX supply voltage:
1 ON / OFF object 30V DC
- Channels 2 and 3: presence only
TCC520E 1 item per channel (ON /
OFF, timer, scene ...)
DALI / DSI - Light control 360o DALI/DSI bus communication TCC521E
Up to 24 ballasts
- 1 output DALI / DSI KNX supply voltage:
- Channel 2 and 3: presence only 30V DC
1 item per channel (ON / OFF,
timer, scene ...)
TCC530E
Installation boxes
Surface mount EEK005

Housing for the installation of presence detectors TCC5xxx.
For use in applications requiring mounting to the underside of conctrete
slabs or steel beams e.g. carparks and utility rooms
EEK005
Remote controls
automation
Building

Infrared commissioning remote control EE807
– For TCC510S, TCC520E and TCC521E presence detectors
– For commissioning
Infrared user remote control EE808
– For TCC510S, TCC520E and TCC521E presence detectors
– For the local adjustment of detector settings
EE807

Building automation
KNX system - time switches
Time switch 2 channel of a sequence of input switching. time on the bus

- Switch program can be stored - Override control and priority control - Impulse cycle time setting
in programming key - EG005 - Temporary priority control - Holiday mode - overrides ON
which comes with the TXA022. - Winter / summer schedule or OFF between two dates
- Program can be simply activated - Up to 56 program steps: On, Off - Lithium battery with a 5-year
by insertion of the programming , 1 s to 30 min pulse or options functioning reserve
key into the time switch. The time - Bar display chart of day profile - Can be locked using the
switch will start to run the program - Weekly program included EG004 locking key
stored in the programming key. - 2 channel control - Programmable by computer
- Using the programming key - Transmission of date and (via EG003G)
provides a simple and safe copy
Time switch, 2 channels

KNX supply voltage Bus 30 V DC TXA022

Consumption 9.5 mA max (TXA022)
IP 20
Operating temperature -5 °C to 45°C
Size 2 modules
TXA022
Accessories
Locking key, yellow EG004

Authorization control to prevent change switch program
Features:
- Colour: yellow
- Protection of program and operation buttons EG004
Programming key, grey EG005
Supplied keys have been preprogrammed to “continuous close” mode. Specific programs can
be installed to run on the time switch by inserting the programming key into the time switch.
Features:
- Colour: grey
Key storage module 1 mod EG006
For storage of 3 programming locking keys
Programming key adapter, USB computer interface EG003G
for the computer programming of keys.
Features:
- Supplied with the required cable connection
- Simple computer programming for programmable keys EG006
- Software available for download from www.hagerelectro.com.au
EG003G
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - light sensitive switches
A light sensitive switch reacts to according to ambient light level. against the preset value threshold of
natural light levels to automate the Each light sensitive switch measures luminance (2……20,000LUX).Master/
control of inside/outside lighting the amount of natural light through a slave functionality via the bus is also an
circuits - ON/OFF and dimming, or light sensor and automates control option for controlling larger applications.
shutters and blinds - UP/DOWN by comparing these measurements
Light sensitive switch, (supplied with EE003)

KNX supply voltage Bus 29 V TXA026

Maximum connection distance of probe 100 m
Operating range 2 to 200 lux
Operating temperature 200 to 20000 lux
Width 0°C to 45°C
2 modules
Functions:
- ON/OFF
TXA026 - Up/Down (e.g.: shutters or blinds)
- Master and slave function
- Manual operation
- LED status indicator
Setting:
- Luminance: in 2 ranges: 2 to 200Lux / 200 to 20,000Lux
- Switch selection: Auto / Manual / Test
- Luminance threshold value can be adjusted through potentiometer
- Luminance range adjustment and calibration carried out in Test Mode
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - input devices DIN mount
DIN mount input devices ON / OFF object (short key-press) 0-65535.

- Power failure detection is available • The Dimming function transmits the - The Scene function is used to select
to filter false alarms due to cut-off Dimming object (long key-press) and storing scenes.
of all inputs connected on the same - This function controls a shutter or a - The Timer function is used to
reference phase. blind using one or two push buttons. switch ON or OFF a lighting circuit,
- Output states are displayed on the • The Up / Down function transmits shutters, heating for an adjustable
product. the Up / Down object (long key- time
- Outputs can be controlled manually press) - The Priority function allows an input
from the product • The Stop / Angle function transmits to be forced to a defined status
- Application software is used to the Stop / Angle object (short key- - The Two Channel mode function
configure the individual inputs press) allows controlling, with the same
- The sensors associated to the inputs - The Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 functions push button, two independent
(push buttons, switches, automatic allow alarms coming from automatic circuits having different functions.
controls) are used to control lighting, controls to be periodically emitted - The Jamming function is used to
shutters, blinds (anemometer, rain detector, light lock an input via an object on the
- The Toggle Switch function changes sensitive switch, etc.) bus
the status of the controlled output - The Heating mode function is used - The power cut detection function
whenever it is operated to select a heating or air conditioning is used for specific management of
- This function is used for switching set point (Comfort, Eco, Frost an input during a power cut, taking
lighting, blind or heating circuits ON protection, Absence). into account all the status changes
or OFF. The command may come - The command may come from which could occur during this period
from switches, push buttons or switches, push buttons or automatic - With programming button and red
automatic controls controls. programming LED
- This function is used to control - The Value function (2 byte) - Bus connection via connecting
lighting circuits using one or two is used for sending: Percentage %, terminal
buttons Temperature °C, Luminosity level - Quick Connection Terminal
• The ON / OFF function transmits the Lux, Brightness value % and Value
6 channel input device, universal

- Universal input modules allow interfacing contacts free of potential 6 mod TXA306
or supplied with 24 - 230V AC/DC power by KNX bus
- In this way, pushbuttons, switches or conventional automatic
controls can become communicating devices
- 6 independent channels with automatic recognition of the type of
connected circuit (24 - 230V AC/DC or circuit free of potential).
- It is possible to connect 5 illuminated pushbuttons per channel
TXA306
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - input devices
Flush mount input devices - The ON / OFF function transmits the push buttons or automatic controls.
- Power supply by Bus. ON / OFF object (short key-press). - The Value function (2 byte) is
- The modules are installed in a 60 - The Dimming function transmits the used for sending: Percentage %,
mm dia. Flush mounting box in Dimming object (long key-press). Temperature °C, Luminosity level
association with a push button or a - This function controls a shutter Lux, Brightness value % and Value
switch. or a blind using one or two push 0-65535.
- Application software is used to buttons. - The Scene function is used to select
configure the individual inputs. - The Up / Down function transmits and storing scenes.
- The sensors associated to the inputs the Up / Down object (long key- - The Timer function is used to
(push buttons, switches, automatic press). switch ON or OFF a lighting circuit,
controls) are used to control lighting, - The Stop / Angle function transmits shutters, heating for an adjustable
shutters, blinds. the Stop / Angle object (short key- time.
- The Toggle Switch function changes press). - The Priority function allows an input
the status of the controlled output - The Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 functions to be forced to a defined status.
whenever it is operated. allow alarms coming from automatic - The Two Channel mode function
- This function is used for switching controls to be periodically emitted allows controlling, with the same
lighting, blind or heating circuits ON (anemometer, rain detector, light push button, two independent
or OFF. The command may come sensitive switch, etc.) circuits having different functions.
from switches, push buttons or - The Heating mode function is - The Jamming function is used to
automatic controls. used to select a heating or air lock an input via an object on the
- This function is used to control conditioning set point (Comfort, Eco, bus.
lighting circuits using one or two Frost protection, Absence). The - With programming button and red
buttons. command may come from switches, programming LED.
2-input universal module

Contact current 0.5 mA TXB302

TXB302 Operating temperature +0 to +45°C
NF EN 50 428
- Universal input modules are used to interface contacts free of potential with KNX bus.
- In this way, pushbuttons, switches or conventional automatic controls can become communicating devices.
4-input universal module

Contact current 0.5 mA TXB304

TXB304 Operating temperature +0 to +45°C
NF EN 50 428
- Universal input modules are used to interface contacts free of potential with KNX bus.
- In this way, pushbuttons, switches or conventional automatic controls can become communicating devices.
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - input / output devices
Input /output devices with using push button and LED. scenarios (leaving home scenario,
voltage free contacts - Application software is used to reading ambience, etc.).
- Power supply by Bus. configure the individual inputs - The Jamming function authorizes
- Control of 2 LEDs. of the TXB322 products. product locking. Jamming
- The modules are associated - The products allow controlling forbids sending commands.
with push buttons or switches lighting, blinds, shutters, - The 2-channel mode function
and are installed in a flush- heating and scenes. allows controlling, with the same
mounted wall box of diameter - The Priority function sends priority- push button, 2 independent
60mm and adapted depth. start or priority-stop commands. circuits having different functions.
- Connection length to push button - The Scene function sends group - LED outputs (status indication)
and LEDs shall not exceed 5m. controls to different kinds of control the lighting of standard
- Physical addressing is done outputs to create ambiences or LED signal lamps.


U = 1.8V DC
NF EN 50 428


U = 1.8V DC
NF EN 50 428
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - energy meters and current transfomers (CTs)
Energy meters - Energy readout: 7 digits CTs

Energy meters measure the active - Backlit display Current transformers are used
energy used in an electric installation. - Indication of instantaneous to feed analogue and digital
They can monitor the detailed power consumption ammeters, as well as kWh meters.
consumption within an installation to - Total/partial counter Their current on secondary circuit
provide the consumption data between - Pulsed output on most meters (0-5A) is proportional to the current
different appliances and circuits. - Unlimited saving of measurements on primary circuit class: 1
- LED flashing according - Can be mounted on copper
Technical data to consumption busbar or on cable
- Fully compliant with EN50470-3 - Display indication in case - Can be mounted on DIN
- Class B of incorrect wiring rail with adaptors
- Accuracy 1%
Three phase energy meters

Direct reading 100A TE360
Voltage 230 V AC 50/60 Hz
Starting current 40 mA
Base current 10A
Max current 63A
Width 7 modules
Connection via current transformer with 5A on the secondary TE370
TE360
Requires NT310C for reference voltage supply
Voltage 230/400 V AC 50/60 H
Starting current 10 mA
Max current on CT secondary 6A
Width 4 modules
TE370
Current transformers (CT)

Ratio Cat ref. Cat ref.
50/5 SR051 SRA00505
100/5 SR101 SRA01005
150/5 SR150 SRA01505
200/5 SRA02005
250/5 SR250 SRA02505
SRI03005 300/5 SRI03005
400/5 SR400 SRC04005
600/5 SR600 SRC06005
DIN rail mount for CTs SRZH01
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - consumption indicator
Description consumption indicator also has: adapted for use with domovea. In
The consumption indicator informs - 1 tariff input T1/T2 this case, the display devices are:
users of their consumption through - a temperature input for the - meter (consumption)
4 metering channels. It is used connection of a probe - meter (production)
to monitor and control energy - It is used to display the current - energy
consumption and is built into an tariff and the energy consumption - power
automatic global energy system. according to the current tariff. - sub-counter (consumption)
- This product can be used The tariff can also be distributed - It can also be interfaced with
in a single-phase or three to other devices on the bus. the ambiance units or other
phase installation. In three - The system can be constructed display systems thanks to
phase, consumption is with several TE332. This makes objects sent on the KNX bus.
measured phase by phase. it possible to measure one or - Includes 3 current
- The data is sent on the KNX bus. more circuits using toroids. transformers and straps.
- In addition to metering, the - The consumption indicator is
Consumption indicator
Voltage 230V AC +10/-15% 50Hz TE332
Max. consumption on the bus: 15mA to 30V DC
Dissipated output 0.5W max.
Width 6 modules
TE332
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - weather sensors
Weather station features - For control of shading systems for wind alarm
For the detection of wind, precipitation, for up to 4 facades - Bus connection via
temperature and brightness to process - Easy commissioning by means connecting terminal
the signals. Ensure correct orientation of predefined parameters - With plug-in terminals
and free-standing installation. - Predefined parameters when for power supply
- With wind, precipitation, twilight, activating heat protection function - For wall and mast assembly
temperature and brightness sensor or heat recovery function - With pipe clamp for mast fixing
- With automatic summer/ - Periodical emission for outside - The configuration server (order
winter time change-over temperature, frost alarm, brightness, no.: TJA665) or the tool set (order
- With heater element for day/night mode, wind alarms no.: TXA100) is required for easy
winter operation and rain alarm predefined commissioning via easy link.
- With red programming LED - Three preset limit values
Weather station with GPS

Operating voltage over bus 21 to 32 V DC TXE530
Auxiliary voltage 24 V AC/DC
Rated current (heating incl.) 81 mA
Temperature meas. range, linear - 30 to + 80 °C
Wind speed measuring range 0 to 35 m/s
Precipitation (Yes/No) 1 bit
TXE530 Operating temperature - 30 to + 50 °C
Weight 170 g
Mounting support for tebis weather station TXE530 TG353
Temperature sensors
Outdoor sensor EK088
EK088
automation
Building

Building automation
KNX system - accessories
Surge protection devices Connection terminal

- The application is recommended if: − 2 pole
• The bus line is laid parallel to high- − For the bus connection of the units
performance power lines, − Polarization
• The bus line is routed in parallel to red + black -
metal installation parts that can flow − Can be used as branch terminal
through the lightning currents, − With plug-in terminals
• The bus line is used building
border.
Surge protection device
Nominal voltage 24 V TG029

Nominal current (max.) 3A
Nominal discharge current 5 kA TG029
Limiting discharge 8 kA
Protection level at 100 V / S ≤ 350 V
Protection level at 1 kV / S ≤ 500 V
Response time ≤ 100 ms
Insulation resistance > 10,000 MΩ
Capacity 1 pF
Bus connection line Ø 0.8 mm, length 200 m
Ground connection conductor 0.75 mm2, length 200 m
Bus cable
EIB - Y (ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0. 8 100m TG018

(Voltage withstanding: 4KV) TG018
500m TG019
100m TG060
Halogen free
500m TG061
Halogen free
Connection terminal
Operating temperature -5 to +45 °C TG008

Conductor Ø 0.6 to 0.8 mm
TG008
Number of conductors 2x4
Dimensions (L x W x H) 10.2 x 11.5 x 10 mm
Connection bridges
For bridging between quick connect terminals on DIN relay devices TG200B
Grey, 50 per pack
TG200B
automation
Building

Building automation
silhouette - tactile switches and switch covers
Switch plate features: Technical data Cover features

- Removable covers for - High impact high gloss UV stabilised - Removable covers for
ease of painting Polycarbonate construction ease of painting
- Multiple mounting holes - Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised
- Supplied with standard 32mm Supplied with: Polycarbonate construction
tapered point fixing screws - Switch plate - Matt black or clear anodized
- Tactile mechanism(s) aluminium or brushed stainless steel
* tebis KNX switch assemblies are Mechanism features: - Cover Plate finish, to reduce finger printing
assembled to order and will incur - Tactile mechanism with quick - Wiring loom - Aluminium and stainless
a 2-4 week delivery lead time. fit cable plug system - Bus coupling unit(s) steel covers supplied with
removable protective film



WBSTS2N
Switch covers
WBSCV1-SS 4 gang Stainless Steel 10 WBSCV4-SS
automation
Building

Building automation
visage - tactile switches

- Removable covers for - Tactile mechanism with quick - Switch plate
ease of painting fit cable plug system - Tactile mechanism(s)
- Transparent blue mounting - Cover Plate
plates for easy installation Technical data - Wiring loom
- Multiple mounting holes - High impact high gloss UV stabilised - Bus coupling unit(s)
- Supplied with standard 32mm Polycarbonate construction
tapered point fixing screws * tebis KNX switch assemblies are assembled to
order and will incur a 2-4 week delivery lead time.

Black 10 WBVTS1N-BK

WBVTS1N
Black 10 WBVTS2N-BK
Black 5 WBVTS4N-BK
5 WBVTS6N-BK WBVTS2N-CG
Black
automation
Building

Building automation
visage - switch covers
Cover features steel supplied with removable Stainless steel cover features
- Removable covers for protective film - Brushed Stainless Steel finish
- Hi impact high gloss UV stabilised Aluminium cover features to reduce finger printing
Polycarbonate construction - Clear anodized aluminium finish,
- Aluminium and Stainless to reduce finger printing
Aluminium switch covers

WBVCSV1-CG-AL 2 gang White and Aluminium 10 WBVCSV2-WH-AL
WBVCSV1-BK-AL 6 gang White and Aluminium 10 WBVCSV6-WH-AL
Stainless steel switch covers

WBVCSV1-WH-SS Black and Stainless Steel 10 WBVCSV2-BK-SS
Mint glaze switch covers

automation

Building
WBVCSV1-TG-MG 4 gang White and Mint Glaze 10 WBVCSV4-WH-MG

Building automation
premiere - tactile switches and surrounds

- Common covers - Tactile mechanism with quick - Switch plate
- Transparent mounting grid fit cable plug system - Tactile mechanism(s)
on all large plate switches - Available with or without neon - Cover Plate
for easy installation indication - blue colour - Wiring loom
- Multiple mounting holes - Bus coupling unit(s)
- Supplied with standard 32mm Technical data
tapered point fixing screws - High impact high gloss UV stabilised Features * tebis KNX switch assemblies are
- No mechanism push back Polycarbonate construction - Surrounds to fit to premiere range assembled to order and will incur
- Manufactured from tempered a 2-4 week delivery lead time.
glass, slate or polycarbonate

Black 10 WBTS1N-BK
2 gang White 10 WBTS2N WBTS1N
Black 10 WBTS2N-BK
Black 5 WBTS4N-BK

WBTS1N-BK
Black 5 WBTS6N-BK
tempered glass surround
Mountain Mist 10 WBCG-MM

WBCG-MM
Single decorative ‘glass effect’ Midnight 10 WBCP-MN
Wild Mushroom 10 WBCP-WM
Nimbus 10 WBCP-NB
Frost 10 WBCP-FR
WBCS-SL
real slate surround
automation
Building

Trunking
systems
Trunking systems offer an ideal solution for distributing low voltage and VDI communication
cables within new installations and renovations in residential and commercial buildings. Slotted
trunking is used to achieve a professional finish within switchboards and cabinets. The HNG
and VK ranges are also Halogen free for lower toxicity of the material in a fire situation.
10 Page
DNG slotted trunking 430
HNG halogen free slotted trunking 431
VK halogen free flexible slotted trunking 432
LFR ‘flatout’ roll trunking 432
SL skirting & architrave trunking 433
SL floor trunking 433
EK ‘chameleon’ corner trunking 433
LF ‘speedway’ trunking 434
LFH halogen free trunking 434
*Note that cable management products are indent items.

Please check availability with your local Hager sales office at the time of order.
Trunking
systems
Trunking systems
DNG slotted trunking
Supplied as: Material: Colour:

- Based (pre-drilled) and lid - Rigid PVC - RAL7030 grey - GR
Temperature range: Standard length:
o o
- -5 C to +65 C - 2000mm Technical information Page 435
DNG slotted trunking

Description Pack qty (lengths) Slot config. Cat ref.
20h x 20w slotted trunking 32 B DNG2002007030B*
25h x 25w slotted trunking 24 A DNG2502507030B*
37h x 20w slotted trunking 16 B DNG3702007030B*
Cable retainers
Description Pack qty (lengths) Cat ref.
Cable retainer for DNG75037 50 DN750373*
Cable retainer for DNG75050 50 LK750503*
cable retainer
Lids only
To suit 20mm width 20 DN3702027030*
Trunking
systems

Trunking systems
HNG halogen free slotted trunking
Supplied as: Material: Standard length:

- Base (pre-drilled) and lid - PPO - 2000mm
Temperature range: - Halogen free Colour:
o o
- -25 C to +65 C - UL file E48414 - RAL7035 light grey - LG
HNG halogen free slotted trunking

25h x 25w halogen free slotted 18 HNG2502507035B*
Trunking
systems

Trunking systems
VK halogen free flexible slotted and LFR ‘flatout’ roll trunking
VK Halogen Free Flexible Material: Temperature range:

o o
Slotted Trunking - Polyamid - -5 C to +65 C
Slotted cable support system - Halogen free Material:
for small applications where the - UL file E48414 - Rigid PVC
need for flexibility exists, clips Standard length: LFR standard length:
together to form longer length - 500mm (except M5690GR 250mm) - 20 metre roll
Supplied as: Colour: Colour:
- Base (pre - drilled) - RAL7035 light grey - LG - RAL9010 pure white
Temperature range:
o o
- -25 C to +65 C LFR Flatout Roll Trunking Technical information
Supplied as: VK Slotted Page 435
- Base (pre-drilled) and lid LFR Flatout Page 436
c/w self adhesive tape
Flexible Slotted Trunking

Description Pack Qty (lengths) Cat ref.
10mm 40 M5690*
20mm 40 M5691*
30mm 40 M5692*
40mm 40 M5693*
LFR ‘flatout’ trunking
Description Area (mm2) Cat ref.
15d x 15h trunking & lid c/w tape 150 LFR1501509010T2*

Trunking
systems

Trunking systems
SL skirting and floor and EK ‘chameleon’ corner trunking
SL Skirting Trunking SL Floor Trunking EK Chameleon Trunking

Supplied as: Supplied as: Supplied as:
- Base (pre-drilled) and cover - SL11040: cable cover - base (pre-drilled) and cover
Temperature range: - SL18075: base (pre- Temperature range:
o o o o
- -5 C to +65 C drilled) and cover - -5 C to +65 C
Material: Temperature: Material:
o o
- Rigid PVC - -5 C to +65 C - Rigid PVC
Standard length: Material: Standard length:
- 2000mm - Rigid PVC - 2500mm
Colour: Standard length: Colours:
- RAL9001 cream white - 2000mm - RAL9010 pure white
Colour:
- RAL7030 grey Technical information Page 436
- RAL9001 cream white
SL skirting trunking
17 x 52 2ch architrave trunking 12 SL1705209001*
15 x 100 3ch skirting trunking 18 SL1510009001*
SL floor trunking
Description Pack qty (lengths) Colour Cat ref.
11 x 40 floor trunking 35 grey SL1104007030*
18 x 75 4 channel floor trunking 16 cream white SL1807509001*
18 x 75 4 channel floor trunking 16 grey SL1807507030*
EK ‘Chameleon’ corner trunking

40h x 40w 2 channel trunking 20 EK4004009010*
Trunking
systems

Trunking systems
LF ‘speedway’ and LFH halogen free trunking
LF Speedway Trunking Colour: Material:

Supplied as: - RAL7030 grey - PC/ABS
- Base (pre-drilled) and lid c/w 2 - RAL9001 cream white - Halogen free
couplings (from 0mm high) & 2 - RAL9010 pure white - UL file E48414
cable retainers (from 57mm wide) Standard length:
Temperature range: LFH Halogen Free Trunking - 2000mm
o o
- -5 C to +65 C Supplied as: Colour:
Material: - Base and lid c/w 2 cable - RAL9001 cream white
- Rigid PVC retainers (from 60mm wide)
Standard length: Temperature range: Technical information Page 437
- 2000mm - -30oC to +65oC
LF speedway trunking
Description Pack qty (lengths) Usable area (mm2) Colour Cat ref.
15d x 15h trunking 55 167 cream white LF1501509001*

25d x 25h trunking grey LF2502507030*
40d X 90h trunking 12 2842 grey LF4009007030*
40d x 110h trunking 10 3133 grey LF4011007030*
60d X 60h trunking 14 2665 pure white LF6006009010*
60d x 90h trunking 8 4215 grey LF6009007030*
60d X 110h trunking 12 5184 grey LF6011007030*
LFH halogen free trunking & accessories
Description Pack qty (lengths) Usable area (mm2) Dim “a” (mm) Cat ref.
20d x 20h halogen free trunking 36 228 LFH2002009001*

20d x 20h End cap (2 pieces) M66139001*
30d x 45h End cap (2 piece) M66539001*
30d x 45h Flat corner 160 M66559001*
30d x 45h Flat tee piece 130 M66569001*
Trunking
systems

Trunking systems
DNG, HNG halogen free and VK halogen free slotted trunking
DNG slotted trunking dimensions
Cross section Slot configuration A Slot configuration B
Base punching configuration

for trunking widths 20, 25, 37
and 50mm to DIN 43659
Base punching configuration for trunking
widths 75, and 100mm to DIN 43659
HNG halogen free slotted trunking dimensions
Base punching configuration

for trunking widths 20, 25, 37
Cross section and 50mm to DIN 43659
Slot configuration Base punching configuration for trunking
widths 75, and 100mm to DIN 43659
VK halogen free slotted trunking dimensions

21
31
45
15
11 23 33 43
VK flex 10mm dimensions VK flex 20mm dimensions VK flex 30mm dimensions VK flex 40mm dimensions
VK flex 10 slot configuration VK flex 20 slot configuration VK flex 30 slot configuration VK flex 40 slot configuration
VK flex 10 base punching configuration VK flex 20 base punching configuration VK flex 30 base punching configuration VK flex 40 base punching configuration
Trunking
systems

Trunking systems
LFR ‘flatout’ roll, SL skirting, floor and EK ‘chameleon’ trunking
LFR flatout roll trunking dimensions
D
Cross section
SL skirting trunking dimensions

52
100
17
Cross section
15
Cross section
SL floor trunking dimensions
40 75
60
13 14
11
18
11 x 40 floor trunking
cross section
4 channel floor trunking
cross section
EK chameleon trunking dimensions

40
40
Cross section
Trunking
systems

Trunking systems
LF ‘speedway’ and LFH halogen free trunking
LF speedway trunking dimensions

H
D
Cross section
LFH halogen free trunking dimensions

H
D
Cross section
Flat corner
Trunking
systems

Index
AC1 - GP1
Cat. ref. Page Cat. ref. Page Cat. ref. Page Cat. ref. Page
A
AC106B 198
A
AEC913T 196
E
EC050 266
E
ESC240 237
AC110B 198 AEC916T 196 EC051 266 ESC240S 238
AC116B 198 AEC920T 196 EC150 266 ESC263 237
AC120B 198 AEC925T 196 EC350 266 ESC263S 238
AC125B 198 AEC932T 196 EC360 266 ESC325 237
AC132B 198 AEC940T 196 EC370 266 ESC325S 238
ACA106T 198 AEM406T 197 EC700 266 ESC340 237
ACA110T 198 AEM410T 197 EE110 260 ESC340S 238
ACA116T 198 AEM413T 197 EE600 262 ESC425 237
ACA120T 198 AEM416T 197 EE610 262 ESC425S 238
ACA125T 198 AEM420T 197 EE702 260 ESC426S 238
ACA132T 198 AEM425T 197 EE804 263 ESC427 237
ACA560T 198 AEM432T 197 EE805 263 ESC428S 238
ACA563T 198 AEM440T 197 EE806 262 ESC440 237
ACA566T 198 AEX406T 199 EE807 265, 387, 414 ESC440S 238
ACA906T 196 AEX410T 199 EE808 265, 387, 414 ESC441 237
ACA910T 196 AEX413T 199 EE810 264 ESC463 237
ACA913T 196 AEX416T 199 EE811 264 ESC463S 238
ACA916T 196 AEX420T 199 EE812 264 ESC464 237
ACA920T 196 AEX425T 199 EE813 264, 387, 413 ESC465 237
AD106B 198 AEX432T 199 EE815 265 ESD225 237
AD110B 198 AEX440T 199 EE816 265 ESD227 237
AD116B 198 EE820 262 ETC225 237
AD120B 198
AD125B 198 B EE825 262
EE827 262
ETC340 237
EV100 259
AD132B 198 BD163T 202 EE840 262 EZN001 258
ADA106T 198 BE163T 202 EE855 262 EZN002 258
ADA110T 198 BF163T 202 EE856 262 EZN003 258
ADA116T 198 EE860 262 EZN004 258
ADA120T 198
ADA125T 198 C EE861 262
EE870 262
EZN005 258
EZN006 258
ADA132T 198 CD280T 200 EE871 262
ADA140T 198
ADA145T 198
CD284T 200
CD481T 200
EE880 263
EE883 263 F
ADA306T 196 CD485T 200 EEBOX 264, 413 FD00A3 83
ADA310T 196 CDA225T 200 EEK005 387, 414 FD00A4 83
ADA316T 196 CDA240T 200 EEN003 260 FD00F2 83
ADA320T 196 CDA263T 200 EEN100 260 FD00P5 83
ADA325T 196 CDA425T 200 EG003G 257, 388, 415 FD00Q1 83
ADA332T 196 CDA440T 200 EG004 257, 388, 415 FD00S0 83
ADA556T 198 CDA463T 200 EG005 257, 388, 415 FD00S1 83
ADA560T 198 CE225T 200 EG006 388, 415 FD02C2 83
ADA563T 198 CE240T 200 EG007 257 FD42DN 82
ADA566T 198 CE263T 200 EG010 257 FD42PN 82
ADA570T 198 CE281T 200 EG071 257 FD42TN 82
ADA575T 198 CE285T 200 EG103E 257 FD52DN 82
ADA582T 198 CE481T 200 EG203E 257 FD52PN 82
ADA906T 196 CE485T 200 EG293B 257 FD52TN 82
ADA910T 196 CZ001 201 EG403E 257 FD62DN 82
ADA913T 196 EG493E 257 FD62PN 82
ADA916T 196
ADA920T 196 D EH010 255
EH011 255
FD62TN 82
FD72DN 82
ADA925T 196 DN750373 430 EH110 255 FD72PN 82
ADA932T 196 DN1000503 430 EH111 255 FD72TN 82
ADA940T 196 DN1000753 430 EH171 255 FL72Z 55, 57
ADC306T 196 DN1001003 430 EH710 255 FL73Z 32, 55, 57
ADC310T 196 DN3702027030 430 EH711 255 FL78Z1AU 55, 57
ADC313T 196 DN3703727030 430 EH771 255 FL78Z3AU 32, 33, 34, 55, 57
ADC316T 196 DN5005027030 430 EK088 422 FL85Z 53, 55, 57
ADC320T 196 DN5007527030 430 EK4004009010 433 FL98Z 55, 57
ADC325T 196 DN5010027030 430 EMERG1W 243 FU42DN 82
ADC332T 196 DNG2002007030B 430 EMERG2W 243 FU52DN 82
ADM406T 197 DNG2502507030B 430 EMERG3W 243 FU62DN 82
ADM410T 197 DNG2503707030B 430 EMERG4W 243 FU72DN 82
ADM413T 197 DNG3702007030B 430 EMN001 259 FZ794 83
ADM416T 197 DNG3703707030B 430 EN145 239
ADM420T 197
ADM425T 197
DNG5002507030B 430
DNG5003707030B 430
EPE510 239
EPE515 239 G
ADM432T 197 DNG5005007030B 430 EPE520 239 GD102T 73
ADM440T 197 DNG5007507030B 430 EPE524 239 GD104T 73
ADX406T 199 DNG5010007030B 430 ERC125 237 GD106T 73
ADX410T 199 DNG7502507030B 430 ERC225 237 GD108T 73
ADX413T 199 DNG7503707030B 430 ERC425 237 GD110T 73
ADX416T 199 DNG7505007030B 430 ERD225 237 GP102P 73
ADX420T 199 DNG7507507030B 430 ESC080 234, 237, 238 GP102T 73
ADX425T 199 DNG7510007030B 430 ESC125 237 GP104P 73
ADX432T 199 DNG10005007030B 430 ESC225 237 GP104T 73
ADX440T 199 DNG10007507030B 430 ESC225S 238 GP106P 73
AEC906T 196 DNG10010007030B 430 ESC226 237 GP106T 73
AEC910T 196 ESC227 237 GP108P 73

Index
GP1 - HYD
G
GP108T 73
H
HIB425M 116
H
HNC040H 104
H
HXD039H 107, 109
GP110P 73 HIB440M 116 HNC041H 104 HXD040H 107
GP110T 73 HIB463M 116 HNC125H 104 HXD042H 107
HIB480M 116 HNC126H 104 HXD065H 107
H HIB490M 116
HIB491M 116
HNC250H 104
HNC251H 104
HXE011H
HXE013H
109, 111
109, 111
HA304 113 HIB492M 116 HND400H 106 HXE014H 109, 111
HA305 113 HIC412E 116 HND401H 106 HXE015H 109, 111
HA306 113 HIC412G 116 HND630H 106 HXE030H 109
HA307 113 HIC416E 116 HND631H 106 HXE031H 109
HA308 113 HIC416G 116 HNE800H 108 HXE040H 109
HA309M 113 HIC420E 116 HNE801H 108 HXE042H 109
HA354 114 HIC420G 116 HNE970H 108 HXE065H 109
HA356 114 HIC425E 116 HNE971H 108 HXF030H 111
HA358 114 HIC425G 116 HNF980H 110 HXF031H 111
HA360 114 HIC440E 116 HNF981H 110 HXF039H 111
HA362 114 HIC440G 116 HNF990H 110 HXF040H 111
HA364 114 HIC463E 116 HNF991H 110 HXF042H 111
HA406 113 HIC463G 116 HNG2502507035B 431 HYA005H 101
HA408 113 HIC480E 116 HNG3702507035B 431 HYA006H 101
HA457 114 HIC480G 116 HNG3703707035B 431 HYA013H 101
HA458 114 HIC490E 116 HNG3705007035B 431 HYA014H 101
HCA125Z 100 HIC490G 116 HNG5002507035B 431 HYA015H 101
HCA160Z 100 HIC491E 116 HNG5003707035B 431 HYA019H 101
HEC040H 104 HIC491G 116 HNG5005007035B 431 HYA021H 101
HEC041H 104 HIC492E 116 HNG5007507035B 431 HYA022H 101
HEC125H 104 HIC492G 116 HNG5010007035B 431 HYA023H 101
HEC126H 104 HMC180T 192 HNG5012507035B 431 HYA024H 101
HED400H 106 HMC280T 192 HNG7507507035B 431 HYA033H 101
HED401H 106 HMC290T 192 HNG7510007035B 431 HYB001H 103
HED630H 106 HMC299T 192 HNG7512507035B 431 HYB002H 103
HED631H 106 HMC380T 192 HR441 118 HYB010H 103
HEE800H 108 HMC390T 192 HR502 118 HYB011H 103
HEE801H 108 HMC399T 192 HR510 118 HYB012H 103
HEE970H 108 HMC480T 192 HR520 118 HYB019H 103
HEE971H 108 HMC490T 192 HR700 118 HYB021H 103
HEF980H 110 HMC499T 192 HR701 118 HYB022H 103
HEF981H 110 HMD180T 192 HR702 118 HYB023H 103
HEF990H 110 HMD190T 192 HR703 118 HYB024H 103
HEF991H 110 HMD199T 192 HR704 118 HYB025H 103
HFD312 117 HMD280T 192 HXA001H 101, 103 HYB026H 103
HHA014Z 100 HMD390T 192 HXA005H 101, 103 HYB032H 103
HHA018Z 100 HMD399T 192 HXA011H 101, 103 HYC003H 105
HHA023Z 100 HMD480T 192 HXA013H 101, 103 HYC004H 105
HHA025U 100 HMD490T 192 HXA014H 101, 103 HYC010H 105
HHA026U 100 HMD499T 192 HXA015H 101, 103 HYC011H 105
HHA030Z 100 HMF180T 191 HXA021H 101, 103 HYC012H 105
HHA040U 100 HMF199T 191 HXA030H 101 HYC021H 105
HHA041U 100 HMF280T 191 HXA031H 101 HYC022H 105
HHA061Z 100 HMF299T 191 HXB030H 103 HYC026H 105
HHA063U 100 HMF380T 191 HXB031H 103 HYC027H 105
HHA064U 100 HMF390T 191 HXB040H 103 HYC028H 105
HHA078Z 100 HMF399T 191 HXB042H 103 HYC031H 105
HHA080U 100 HNA025U 100 HXB065H 103 HYC032H 105
HHA081U 100 HNA026U 100 HXC001H 105, 107, 109, 111 HYD003H 107
HHA098Z 100 HNA040U 100 HXC002H 105, 107, 109, 111 HYD004H 107
HHA123Z 100 HNA064U 100 HXC005H 105, 107, 109, 111 HYD010H 107
HHA125U 100 HNA080U 100 HXC011H 105, 107 HYD011H 107
HI452 115 HNA125U 100 HXC021H 105, 107, 109, 111 HYD015H 107
HI454 115 HNA126U 100 HXC024H 105, 107, 109, 111 HYD019H 107
HI456 115 HNA160U 100 HXC030H 105 HYD021H 107
HI458 115 HNA161U 100 HXC031H 105 HYD022H 107
HI460 115 HNB160U 102 HXC039H 105 HYD023H 107
HI462 115 HNB161U 102 HXC040H 105 HYD024H 107
HI464 115 HNB200U 102 HXC042H 105 HYD025H 107
HIB412M 116 HNB201U 102 HXC065H 105 HYD026H 107
HIB416M 116 HNB250U 102 HXD030H 107 HYD027H 107
HIB420M 116 HNB251U 102 HXD031H 107 HYD028H 107

Index
HYD - MSN
H
HYD031H 107
J
JPA0EXTDW 53
J
JPE1812NSSDW 54
L
L023 206
HYD032H 107 JPA0EXTDX 53 JPE2400NSSDW 54 L14700 206
HYD033H 107 JPA0EXTMP 53, 55, 57 JPE2418NSSDW 54 L17300 206
HYD034H 107 JPA0EXTNE 53, 55, 57 JPE3012NSSDW 54 L17400 206
HYE021H 109 JPA0LCK9 53 JPE3600NSSDW 54 L17500 206
HYE022H 109 JPA0LXT9 53, 55, 57 JPE3600S40TW 56 L17600 206
HYE025H 109 JPA0M16K 53, 55 JPE3618NSSDW 54 L17700 206
HYE026H 109 JPA0M20K 53, 55 JPE3630NSSDW 54 L17800 206
HYE031H 109 JPA0M160 53, 55 JPE4212NSSDW 54 L17900 206
HYE032H 109 JPA0M200 53, 55 JPE4224NSSDW 54 LF1501509001 434
HYE033H 109 JPA0S16K 53, 55 JPE4800NSSDW 54 LF2502507030 434
HYE034H 109 JPA0S25K 53, 55 JPE4800S40TW 56 LF3004509001 434
HZ022 113 JPA0S40K 57 JPE4818NSSDW 54 LF3006009001 434
HZ023 114 JPA0S160 53, 55 JPE4842NSSDW 54 LF4004009001 434
HZ062 113 JPA0S250 53, 55 JPE6000NSSDW 54 LF4006009001 434
HZ072 113 JPA2400NSSTW 52 JPE6000S40TW 56 LF4009007030 434
HZ157 116 JPA3600NSSTW 52 JPE6030NSSDW 54 LF4011007030 434
HZ159 116 JPA6000NSSTW 52 JPE7200S40TW 56 LF6009007030 434
HZ162 116 JPA9600NSSTW 52 JPE9600NSSDW 54 LFH2002009001 434
HZ163 116 JPA9999M16TW 52, 54 JPE9600S40TW 56 LFH3004509001 434
HZ164 116 JPA9999M20TW 52, 54 JPEGPALU 55, 57 LFH4006009001 434
HZC001 113 JPA9999NSSTS 54, 56 JVC0EXTDW 46 LFH6009009001 434
HZC002 114, 117 JPA9999NSSTW 52, 54, 56 JVC0GPL 46 LFH6011009001 434
HZC003 114 JPA9999NSSTX 52, 54, 56 JVC0LCK 46 LFR1501509010T2 432
HZC102 114, 115, 117 JPA9999S16TW 52, 54 JVC0LSK 46, 53, 55, 57 LFR2002009010T2 432
HZC103 113 JPA9999S25TW 52, 54 JVC0MEN 46 LFR2003509010T2 432
HZC106 114, 115 JPAGPALU 53 JVC0PFL 46, 53, 55, 57 LK750503 430
HZC202 115, 116 JPASMSEAL1 53 JVC2400S16TW 46 LK750753 430
HZC203 114 JPASMSEAL2 53 JVC2400S25TW 46 LK751003 430
HZC204 115, 116 JPD3W60NSSDW 52 JVC3600S16TW 46 LNH0050M 112
HZC205 114 JPD4W78NSSDW 52 JVC3600S25TW 46 LNH0063M 112
HZC206 115, 116 JPD1812C 53, 55 JVC4800S16TW 46 LNH0080M 112
HZF202 117 JPD1812NSSDW 52 JVC4800S25TW 46 LNH0100M 112
HZF204 117 JPD2400C 53, 55 LNH0125M 112
HZF301 117
HZF302 117
JPD2400NSSDW 52
JPD2418C 53, 55 K LNH0160M 112
LNH1100M 112
HZI002 115 JPD2418NSSDW 52 KB163N 203 LNH1125M 112
HZI003 115 JPD3012C 53, 55 KB163P 203 LNH1160M 112
HZI202 116 JPD3012NSSDW 52 KB181A1 203 LNH1200M 112
HZI203 116 JPD3600C 53, 55 KB181G1 203 LNH1250M 112
HZI204 116 JPD3600NSSDW 52 KDN180A 203 LNH2160M 112
HZI205 116 JPD3618C 53, 55 KDN180G 203 LNH2200M 112
HZI910 116 JPD3618NSSDW 52 KDN280A 203 LNH2250M 112
HZI911 116 JPD3630C 53, 55 KDN380A 203 LNH2315M 112
JPD3630NSSDW 52 KDN380G 203 LNH2400M 112
J JPD4212C
JPD4212NSSDW 52
53, 55 KF81A 203
KF82A 203
LS201 206
LT052 112
JG220IN 347 JPD4224C 53, 55 KF83A 203 LT150 112
JG232IN 347 JPD4224NSSDW 52 KF83D 203 LT250 112
JG240IN 347 JPD4800C 53, 55 KF84A 203 LZ051 112
JG263IN 347 JPD4800NSSDW 52 KM03A 203 LZ060 193, 201, 237, 238, 259
JG320IN 347 JPD4818C 53, 55 KM035 203 LZ151 112
JG332IN 347 JPD4818NSSDW 52 KN00A 83 LZ152 112
JG340IN 347 JPD4842C 53, 55 KN10E 83
JG420IN 347
JG432IN 347
JPD4842NSSDW 52
JPD6000C 53, 55
KN10N 83
KN10P 83 M
JG440IN 347 JPD6000NSSDW 52 KN14E 83 M5690 432
JG463IN 347 JPD6030C 53, 55 KN14N 83 M5691 432
JK1XKLS 74 JPD6030NSSDW 52 KN14P 83 M5692 432
JK2B60PA 53, 55 JPD7200C 53, 55 KN18E 83 M5693 432
JK2B78PA 53, 55 JPD7200NSSDW 52 KN18N 83 M66139001 434
JK2X007AU 53, 55, 57 JPD7218C 53, 55 KN18P 83 M66539001 434
JK4P12C1 57 JPD7218NSSDW 52 KN22E 83 M66559001 434
JK4P16C1 57 JPD9600C 53, 55 KN22N 83 M66569001 434
JK4P20C1 57 JPD9600NSSDW 52 KN22P 83 MSN106 188
JK4P24C1 57 JPE0EXT0L 55, 57 KN26E 83 MSN110 188
JK4P32C1 57 JPE0EXT0W 55, 57 KN26N 83 MSN113 188
JK4P204C1 57 JPE0EXT0X 55, 57 KN26P 83 MSN116 188
JK4P208C1 57 JPE0EXTDL 55, 57 KN99E 83 MSN120 188
JK4P212C1 57 JPE0EXTDW 55, 57 KN99N 83 MSN125 188
JK4P416C1 57 JPE0EXTDX 55, 57 KN99P 83 MSN132 188
JP002 83 JPE015PFL 55, 57 KRN163 203 MSN140 188
JP010 72, 73, 74, 75 JPE3W60NSSDW 54 KZ059 203 MSN150 188
JP011 72, 73, 74 JPE4W78NSSDW 54 KZN021 203 MSN163 188
JPA0D25K 53, 55 JPE0612S40TW 56 KZN023 203 MSN163R 188
JPA0DSS0 53, 55 JPE0624S40TW 56 MSN206 188
JPA0EXT0W 53 JPE0636S40TW 56 MSN210 188
JPA0EXT0X 53 JPE1248S40TW 56 MSN216 188

Index
MSN - TYA
M
MSN220 188
N
NT210C 189
S
SM500 267
T
TG008 389, 423
MSN225 188 NT216C 189 SM501 267 TG018 389, 423
MSN232 188 NT220C 189 SM600 267 TG019 389, 423
MSN240 188 NT225C 189 SM601 267 TG029 423
MSN250 188 NT232C 189 SNO10DA 241 TG060 389, 423
MSN263 188 NT240C 189 SNO15DA 241 TG061 389, 423
MSN306 188 NT250C 189 SPA212A 205 TG200B 389, 423
MSN310 188 NT263C 189 SPA412A 205 TG353 422
MSN316 188 NT302C 189 SPN008D 205 TGA200 386
MSN320 188 NT304C 189 SPN008N 205 TH101 412
MSN325 188 NT306C 189 SPN015D 205 TH103 412
MSN332 188 NT310C 189 SPN015R 205 TH210 412
MSN340 188 NT316C 189 SPN040D 205 TJA451 378, 399
MSN350 188 NT320C 189 SPN040R 205 TJA560 399
MSN363 188 NT325C 189 SPN065R 205 TJA665 379
MSN363R 188 NT332C 189 SPN115D 205 TN002S 81
MZ178 206 NT340C 189 SPN115R 205 TN003S 81
MZ201 193, 201 NT350C 189 SPN140D 205 TN010S 81
MZ202 193, 201 NT363C 189 SPN140R 205 TN111 81
MZ203 193, 201 SPN165R 205 TN131 81
MZ204
MZ206
193, 201
193, 201 S SPN208D 205
SPN208S 205
TN470D 80
TN735B 81
MZN120 193 SBR140 234 SPN408D 205 TN740B 81
MZN121 193 SBR163 234 SPN408S 205 TN901 81
MZN130 192 SBR180 234 SPN505 205 TN902 81
MZN131 192 SBR190 234 SR051 269, 420 TN970D 80
MZN175 193, 201 SBR240 234 SR101 269, 420 TX211A 408
SBR263 234 SR150 269, 420 TX510 413
N SBR280 234
SBR290 234
SR250
SR400
269, 420
269, 420
TX511 413
TXA022 388, 415
NDN106A 190 SBR340 234 SR600 269, 420 TXA026 416
NDN110A 190 SBR363 234 SRA00505 269, 420 TXA100 379
NDN116A 190 SBR380 234 SRA01005 269, 420 TXA111 386, 411
NDN120A 190 SBR390 234 SRA01505 269, 420 TXA112 386, 411
NDN125A 190 SBR399 234 SRA02005 269, 420 TXA306 417
NDN132A 190 SBR463 234 SRA02505 269, 420 TXA604D 381
NDN140A 190 SBR490 234 SRC04005 269, 420 TXA606B 381
NDN150A 190 SF263 235 SRC06005 269, 420 TXA606D 381
NDN163A 190 SF463 235 SRI03005 269, 420 TXA608B 381
NDN206A 190 SFB125 235 SRZH01 269, 420 TXA608D 381
NDN210A 190 SFB225 235 ST303 242 TXA610B 381
NDN216A 190 SFL125 235 ST305 242 TXA610D 381
NDN220A 190 SFL225 235 ST312 242 TXA624C 384
NDN225A 190 SFM125 235 ST315 242 TXA624D 384
NDN232A 190 SFT125 235 SU212 242 TXA628C 384
NDN240A 190 SFT140 235 SU213 242 TXA661A 383
NDN250A 190 SFT225 235 SU214 242 TXA661B 383
NDN263A 190 SFT240 235 SU215 242 TXA663A 383
NDN306A 190 SFT440 235 SVN121M 241 TXA664A 383
NDN310A 190 SK001 236 SVN122M 241 TXB302 418
NDN316A 190 SK600 236 SVN124M 241 TXB304 418
NDN320A 190 SK601 236 SVN125M 241 TXB322 389, 419
NDN325A 190 SK602 236 SVN127M 241 TXB344 389, 419
NDN332A 190 SK603 236 SVN311M 240 TXB601B 382
NDN340A 190 SK604 236 SVN312M 240 TXB602F 385
NDN350A 190 SK606 236 SVN321M 240 TXB692F 385
NDN363A 190 SL1104007030 433 SVN352M 240 TXC511 387
NDN406A 190 SL1510009001 433 SVN391M 240 TXE530 388, 422
NDN410A 190 SL1705209001 433 SVN411M 240 TXM616D 382
NDN416A 190 SL1807507030 433 SVN413M 240 TXM620D 382
NDN420A 190 SL1807509001 433 SVN422M 240 TXM632C 384
NDN425A 190 SM005 267 TYA604A 404
NDN432A 190
NDN440A 190
SM015 267
SM020 267 T TYA604B 404
TYA604C 404
NDN450A 190 SM030 267 TCC510S 387, 414 TYA604D 405
NDN463A 190 SM050 267 TCC520E 414 TYA606A 404
NT102C 189 SM100 267 TCC521E 414 TYA606B 404
NT104C 189 SM101C 268 TCC530E 414 TYA606C 404
NT106C 189 SM102E 268 TE332 421 TYA606D 405
NT110C 189 SM103E 268 TE360 420 TYA606E 405
NT116C 189 SM150 267 TE370 420 TYA608A 404
NT120C 189 SM151 267 TFL3254P 58 TYA608B 404
NT125C 189 SM204 268 TFL5654P 58 TYA608C 404
NT132C 189 SM210 268 TFM25023P 58 TYA608D 405
NT140C 189 SM211 268 TFM40023P 58 TYA610A 404
NT150C 189 SM213 268 TFS16023P 58 TYA610B 404
NT163C 189 SM214 268 TFS25013P 58 TYA610C 404
NT202C 189 SM250 267 TFS25023P 58 TYA610D 405
NT204C 189 SM400 267 TFS40013P 58 TYA624A 409
NT206C 189 SM401 267 TFS40023P 58 TYA624B 409

Index
TYA - WBM
T
TYA624C 409
V
VF318TT 77
V
VYGMV8W 33
W
WBAP1 344
TYA624D 409 VF318TTQ 77 VYGMV9 33 WBAP1MP 344
TYA628A 410 VF412BP 78 VYMBNSW 28 WBAP1R 344
TYA628C 410 VF412PT 77 VYMBQ 28 WBAP115 344
TYA661AN 407 VF412PTQ 77 VYMBQ-P 28 WBAPC 345
TYA661BN 407 VF412TT 77 VYMBV 28 WBARK1 341
TYA663AN 407 VF412TTQ 77 VYMBV-P 28 WBARK1-BK 341
TYA664A 408 VF418BP 78 VZ011 75 WBARK1-CG 341
TYA670D 411 VF418PT 77 VZ091 75 WBARK1-MB 341
TYB601B 406 VF418PTQ 77 VZ092 75 WBARK1-TG 341
TYB602F 406 VF418PZD 79 VZ093 75 WBASC50 345
TYB692F 410 VF418TT 77 VZ094 75 WBBM4 344
TYF130 412 VF418TTQ 77 VZ095 75 WBBM4BP 344
TYM616D 405 VS104PT 76 VZ096 75 WBBMD 344
TYM620D 405 VS104TT 76 VZ097 75 WBBMD-BK 344
VS108PT 76 VZ098 75 WBBMD-TG 344
U VS108TT 76
VS112PT 76
VZ100 75
VZ311 75
WBBMI 344
WBBMI-BK 344
UZ01V1 83 VS112PTQ 76 VZ312 72, 73 WBBMS 344
UZ02B9 83 VS112TT 76 VZ313 72, 73 WBBS2 345
UZ25V1 83 VS112TTQ 76 VZ405N 83 WBBSMK 344
UZ25V2 83 VS118PT 76 VZ601N 78 WBBSMK-BK 344
VS118PTQ 76 VZ602N 78 WBBSMK-CG 344
V VS118TT 76
VS118TTQ 76
VZ603N 78
VZ604N 78
WBBSMK-TG 344
WBBWB 344
VD101NT 72 VS212PT 76 VZ605N 78 WBC1Z 337
VD102NT 72 VS212PTQ 76 VZ606N 78 WBC1Z-BK 337
VD103NT 72 VS212TT 76 VZ607N 78 WBC1Z-CG 337
VD104NT 72 VS212TTQ 76 VZ608N 78 WBC1Z-CH 337
VD106PT 72 VS218PT 76 VZ609N 78 WBC1Z-TG 337
VD106TT 72 VS218PTQ 76 VZ610N 78 WBC2H 337
VD108PT 72 VS218PZD 78, 79 VZ621N 78 WBC2H-BK 337
VD108TT 72 VS218TT 76 VZ622N 78 WBC2H-CG 337
VD110PT 72 VS218TTQ 76 VZ623N 78 WBC2H-TG 337
VD110TT 72 VS312PT 76 VZ624N 78 WBC2V 337
VE103H 75 VS312PTQ 76 VZ625N 78 WBC2V-BK 337
VE106H 75 VS312TT 76 VZ626N 78 WBC2V-CG 337
VE110H 75 VS312TTQ 76 VZ627N 78 WBC2V-TG 337
VE112H 75 VS318PT 76 VZ628N 78 WBCG-AC 337, 393, 427
VE118H 75 VS318PTQ 76 VZ629N 78 WBCG-AI 337, 393, 427
VE212H 75 VS318PZD 79 VZ630N 78 WBCG-MM 337, 393, 427
VE218H 75 VS318TT 76 VZ696N 78 WBCP 337, 393, 427
VE312H 75 VS318TTQ 76 VZ699N 78 WBCP-AM 337, 393, 427
VE412H 75 VS412PT 76 VZ788N 78 WBCP-FR 337, 393, 427
VF104PT 77 VS412PTQ 76 VZ794N 78, 81 WBCP-MN 337, 393, 427
VF104TT 77 VS412TT 76 VZ843N 78 WBCP-NB 337, 393, 427
VF108BP 78 VS412TTQ 76 VZ850N 79 WBCP-WM 337, 393, 427
VF108PT 77 VS418PT 76 VZ851N 81 WBCS-SL 337, 393, 427
VF108TT 77 VS418PTQ 76 VZ852N 79 WBHS 332
VF112BP 78 VS418PZD 79 VZ853N 81 WBM10D 340
VF112PT 77 VS418TT 76 VZ854N 81 WBM10D-BK 340
VF112PTQ 77 VS418TTQ 76 VZ855N 81 WBM10D-CG 340
VF112TT 77 VT09F 74 VZ856N 81 WBM10D-MB 340
VF112TTQ 77 VT09S 74 VZ857N 81 WBM10D-TG 340
VF118BP 78 VT09TP 74 VZGM001 33, 34 WBM10I 340
VF118PT 77 VT12F 74 VZGM002 32, 33, 34 WBM10I-BK 340
VF118PTQ 77 VT12S 74 VZGM004 32, 33, 34 WBM10I-CG 340
VF118TT 77 VT12TP 74 VZGM005 32, 33, 34 WBM10I-MB 340
VF118TTQ 77 VT18F 74 VZGM006 32, 33, 34 WBM10I-TG 340
VF212BP 78 VT18S 74 VZGM007 32, 33, 34 WBM10R3 341
VF212PT 77 VT24F 74 VZGM008 32, 33, 34 WBM10RAM 341
VF212PTQ 77 VT24S 74 VZGM009 32, 33 WBM10RLH 341
VF212TT 77 VT36F 74 VZGM010 34 WBM10RSN 341
VF212TTQ 77 VT36S 74 VZMB001 28 WBM10RUD 341
VF218BP 78 VT041 74 VZMB002 28 WBM15P 340
VF218PT 77 VT042 74 VZMB003 28 WBM15P-MB 340
VF218PTQ 77 VT043 74 VZMB004 28 WBM16AX 340
VF218PZD 79 VT044 74 WBM16AX-BK 340
VF218PZE 79
VF218TT 77
VT045 74
VT046 74 W WBM16AX-CG 340
WBM16AXL 340
VF218TTQ 77 VT48F 74 WBAC1B 345 WBM16AXL-BK 340
VF312BP 78 VT48S 74 WBAC2B 345 WBM16AXL-CG 340
VF312PT 77 VYGMN6 32 WBADK 339 WBM16AXL-TG 340
VF312PTQ 77 VYGMN9 32 WBADK-BK 339 WBM16AX-MB 340
VF312TT 77 VYGMS4W 34 WBADK-CG 339 WBM16AXN 340
VF312TTQ 77 VYGMS6W 34 WBADK-MB 339 WBM16AX-RD 340
VF318BP 78 VYGMS8W 34 WBADK-TG 339 WBM16AX-TG 340
VF318PT 77 VYGMV4W 33 WBAERK-MB 339 WBM16L 341
VF318PTQ 77 VYGMV6 33 WBAJB4 345 WBM16L-BK 341
VF318PZD 79 VYGMV6W 33 WBAJB4S 345 WBM16L-CG 341

Index
WBM - WBS
W
WBM16L-TG 341
W
WBMRLD6SK 342
W
WBP4XS-CG 335
W
WBSP2XS-MB 313
WBM20 340 WBMS 345 WBP4XS-TG 335 WBSP3 330
WBM20AX 340 WBMSF3-MB 341 WBP115DS 334 WBSP3-BK 330
WBM20AX-BK 340 WBMSPK 342 WBP115S 334 WBSP3-CG 330
WBM20AX-CG 340 WBMSPK-BK 342 WBP115S-BK 334 WBSP3-TG 330
WBM20AX-MB 340 WBMSPK-CG 342 WBP115S-CG 334 WBSP4 330
WBM20AX-TG 340 WBMSPK-TG 342 WBP115S-TG 334 WBSP4-BK 330
WBM20-BK 340 WBMTV75PF 342 WBP115VS 336 WBSP4-CG 330
WBM20-CG 340 WBMTV75PF-BK 342 WBP115VS-BK 336 WBSP4-TG 330
WBM20F 341 WBMTV75PF-CG 342 WBP115VS-CG 336 WBSP5 330
WBM20F-BK 341 WBMTV75PF-MB 342 WBP115VS-TG 336 WBSP5-BK 330
WBM20F-CG 341 WBMTV75PF-TG 342 WBP120 334 WBSP5-CG 330
WBM20F-TG 341 WBMTV75PY 342 WBPPCU 332 WBSP5-TG 330
WBM20H 341 WBMTV75PY-BK 342 WBSA1 318, 332 WBSP6 330
WBM20H-BK 341 WBMTV75PY-CG 342 WBSA1-BK 318, 332 WBSP6-BK 330
WBM20H-CG 341 WBMTV75PY-MB 342 WBSA1-CG 318 WBSP6-CG 330
WBM20H-TG 341 WBMTV75PY-TG 342 WBSA1-TG 318, 332 WBSP6-TG 330
WBM20HW 341 WBMUSB 343 WBSA2 318, 332 WBSP115S 313
WBM20-MB 340 WBMUSB-BK 343 WBSA2-BK 318, 332 WBSP115S-MB 313
WBM20SN 341 WBMUSB-MB 343 WBSA3 332 WBSPB 330
WBM20SN-CG 341 WBMUSB-TG 343 WBSA3-BK 332 WBSSEA2 312, 338
WBM20-TG 340 WBP1DS 334 WBSCP1-AL 314 WBSSP1 312
WBM32 340 WBP1DS-TG 334 WBSCP1-MB 314 WBSSP1-MB 312
WBM32-BK 340 WBP1R 334 WBSCP1-SS 314 WBSSP2 312
WBM32-CG 340 WBP1R-BK 334 WBSCP2-AL 314 WBSSP2-MB 312
WBM32HO 341 WBP1S 334 WBSCP2-MB 314 WBSSP3 312
WBM32HO-BK 341 WBP1S-BK 334 WBSCP2-SS 314 WBSSP3-MB 312
WBM32HO-CG 341 WBP1S-CG 334 WBSCP2X-AL 314 WBSSP4 312
WBM32HO-TG 341 WBP1S-TG 334 WBSCP2X-MB 314 WBSSP4-MB 312
WBM32-MB 340 WBP1VS 336 WBSCP2X-SS 314 WBSSP5 312
WBM32O 341 WBP1VS-BK 336 WBSCPB-MB 314 WBSSP5-MB 312
WBM32O-BK 341 WBP1VS-CG 336 WBSCV1-AL 314, 390, 424 WBSSP6 312
WBM32O-CG 341 WBP1VS-RD 336 WBSCV1-MB 314 WBSSP6-MB 312
WBM32O-TG 341 WBP1VS-TG 336 WBSCV1-SS 314, 390, 424 WBSSPB 312
WBM32R 341 WBP1VXS 336 WBSCV2-AL 314, 390, 424 WBSSV1 312
WBM32R-BK 341 WBP1VXS-BK 336 WBSCV2-MB 314 WBSSV1-MB 312
WBM32R-CG 341 WBP1VXS-CG 336 WBSCV2-SS 314, 390, 424 WBSSV2 312
WBM32R-TG 341 WBP1VXS-TG 336 WBSCV3-AL 314 WBSSV2-MB 312
WBM32-TG 340 WBP1VXXS 336 WBSCV3-MB 314 WBSSV3 312
WBM250NAM 343 WBP1VXXS-BK 336 WBSCV3-SS 314 WBSSV3-MB 312
WBM250NGR 343 WBP1VXXS-CG 336 WBSCV4-AL 314, 390, 424 WBSSV4 312
WBM250NRD 343 WBP1VXXS-TG 336 WBSCV4-MB 314 WBSSV4-MB 312
WBM250WCL 343 WBP1XS 334 WBSCV4-SS 314, 390, 424 WBSSV5 312
WBMBP 343 WBP1XS-BK 334 WBSCV5-AL 314 WBSSV5-MB 312
WBMBP-BK 343 WBP1XS-CG 334 WBSCV5-MB 314 WBSSV6 312
WBMBP-CG 343 WBP1XS-TG 334 WBSCV5-SS 314 WBSSV6-MB 312
WBMBP-TG 343 WBP1XXS 334 WBSCV6-AL 314, 390, 424 WBSTS1N 390, 424
WBMCID 343 WBP1XXS-BK 334 WBSCV6-MB 314 WBSTS1N-MB 390, 424
WBMCIDL 343 WBP1XXS-CG 334 WBSCV6-SS 314, 390, 424 WBSTS2N 390, 424
WBMD400LED 339 WBP1XXS-TG 334 WBSEA2 330, 338 WBSTS2N-MB 390, 424
WBMD400LO 339 WBP2CID 335 WBSEV1 312 WBSTS4N 390, 424
WBMD400TO 339 WBP2CID-BK 335 WBSEV2 312 WBSTS4N-MB 390, 424
WBMD400U 339 WBP2CID-CG 335 WBSEV3 312 WBSTS6N 390, 424
WBMD400UPB 339 WBP2CID-TG 335 WBSEV4 312 WBSTS6N-MB 390, 424
WBME5A 339 WBP2DS 335 WBSEV5 312 WBSV1 331
WBMESL 339 WBP2DS-TG 335 WBSEV6 312 WBSV1-BK 331
WBMLVT 343 WBP2S 335 WBSF3 332 WBSV1-CG 331
WBMLVT-BK 343 WBP2S-BK 335 WBSF3-BK 332 WBSV1-TG 331
WBMLVT-CG 343 WBP2S-CG 335 WBSF3-CG 332 WBSV2 331
WBMLVTN 343 WBP2S-RD 335 WBSF3-TG 332 WBSV2-BK 331
WBMLVTN-BK 343 WBP2S-TG 335 WBSH1 331 WBSV2-CG 331
WBMLVTN-CG 343 WBP2SUSB 335 WBSH2 331 WBSV2-TG 331
WBMLVTN-MB 343 WBP2SUSB-BK 335 WBSH3 331 WBSV3 331
WBMLVTN-TG 343 WBP2SUSB-TG 335 WBSP1 330 WBSV3-BK 331
WBMLVT-TG 343 WBP2VS 336 WBSP1-BK 330 WBSV3-CG 331
WBMPCU 343 WBP2VS-BK 336 WBSP1-CG 330 WBSV3-TG 331
WBMRCA1 342 WBP2VS-CG 336 WBSP1S 313 WBSV4 331
WBMRCA1-BK 342 WBP2VS-TG 336 WBSP1S-MB 313 WBSV4-BK 331
WBMRCA1-CG 342 WBP2VXS 336 WBSP1-TG 330 WBSV4-CG 331
WBMRCA1-TG 342 WBP2VXS-BK 336 WBSP1VS 313 WBSV4-TG 331
WBMRLD3 342 WBP2VXS-CG 336 WBSP1VS-MB 313 WBSV5 331
WBMRLD3-BK 342 WBP2VXS-TG 336 WBSP2 330 WBSV5-BK 331
WBMRLD3-CG 342 WBP2XS 335 WBSP2-BK 330 WBSV5-CG 331
WBMRLD3-TG 342 WBP2XS-BK 335 WBSP2-CG 330 WBSV5-TG 331
WBMRLD5 342 WBP4S 335 WBSP2S 313 WBSV6 331
WBMRLD5-BK 342 WBP4S-BK 335 WBSP2S-MB 313 WBSV6-BK 331
WBMRLD5-CG 342 WBP4S-CG 335 WBSP2SUSB 313 WBSV6-CG 331
WBMRLD5-MB 342 WBP4S-TG 335 WBSP2SUSB-MB 313 WBSV6-TG 331
WBMRLD5-TG 342 WBP4XS 335 WBSP2-TG 330 WBSVCP1-AL 314
WBMRLD6K 342 WBP4XS-BK 335 WBSP2XS 313 WBSVCP1-MB 314

Index
WBS - WDW
W
WBSVCP1-SS 314
W
WBVCP2X-WH-SS 325
W
WBVP1VXXS 321
W
WBVSV5-CG 319
WBTS1N 393, 427 WBVCSPB-WH-SS 324 WBVP1VXXS-BK 321 WBVSV5-TG 319
WBTS1N-BK 393, 427 WBVCSV1 327 WBVP1XS 320 WBVSV6 319
WBTS1N-CG 393, 427 WBVCSV1-BK 327 WBVP1XS-BK 320 WBVSV6-BK 319
WBTS1N-TG 393, 427 WBVCSV1-BK-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVP1XXS 320 WBVSV6-CG 319
WBTS2N 393, 427 WBVCSV1-BK-SS 324, 392, 426 WBVP1XXS-BK 320 WBVSV6-TG 319
WBTS2N-BK 393, 427 WBVCSV1-CG 327 WBVP2NS 320 WBVTS1N 391, 425
WBTS2N-CG 393, 427 WBVCSV1-CG-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVP2S 320 WBVTS1N-BK 391, 425
WBTS2N-TG 393, 427 WBVCSV1-CG-SS 324, 392, 426 WBVP2S-BK 320 WBVTS1N-CG 391, 425
WBTS4N 393, 427 WBVCSV1-TG 327 WBVP2S-CG 320 WBVTS1N-TG 391, 425
WBTS4N-BK 393, 427 WBVCSV1-TG-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVP2S-TG 320 WBVTS2N 391, 425
WBTS4N-CG 393, 427 WBVCSV1-TG-MG 326, 392, 426 WBVP2SUSB 320 WBVTS2N-BK 391, 425
WBTS4N-TG 393, 427 WBVCSV1-WH-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVP2SUSB-BK 320 WBVTS2N-CG 391, 425
WBTS6N 393, 427 WBVCSV1-WH-MG 326, 392, 426 WBVP2SUSB-TG 320 WBVTS2N-TG 391, 425
WBTS6N-BK 393, 427 WBVCSV1-WH-SS 324, 392, 426 WBVP2VS 321 WBVTS4N 391, 425
WBTS6N-CG 393, 427 WBVCSV2 327 WBVP2VS-BK 321 WBVTS4N-BK 391, 425
WBTS6N-TG 393, 427 WBVCSV2-BK 327 WBVP2VS-CG 321 WBVTS4N-CG 391, 425
WBTV75 332 WBVCSV2-BK-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVP2VS-TG 321 WBVTS4N-TG 391, 425
WBTV75PY 332 WBVCSV2-BK-SS 324, 392, 426 WBVP2VXS 321 WBVTS6N 391, 425
WBVCP1 327 WBVCSV2-CG 327 WBVP2VXS-BK 321 WBVTS6N-BK 391, 425
WBVCP1-BK 327 WBVCSV2-CG-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVP2VXS-CG 321 WBVTS6N-CG 391, 425
WBVCP1-BK-AL 323 WBVCSV2-CG-SS 324, 392, 426 WBVP2VXS-TG 321 WBVTS6N-TG 391, 425
WBVCP1-BK-SS 325 WBVCSV2-TG 327 WBVP2XS 320 WBVTV75 319
WBVCP1-CG 327 WBVCSV2-TG-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVP2XS-BK 320 WBVTV75PY 319
WBVCP1-CG-AL 323 WBVCSV2-TG-MG 326, 392, 426 WBVP2XS-CG 320 WBWP1S 346
WBVCP1-CG-SS 325 WBVCSV2-WH-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVP2XS-TG 320 WBWP2S 346
WBVCP1-TG 327 WBVCSV2-WH-MG 326, 392, 426 WBVP115S 320 WBWP2SH 346
WBVCP1-TG-AL 323 WBVCSV2-WH-SS 324, 392, 426 WBVP115S-BK 320 WBWP115S 346
WBVCP1-TG-MG 326 WBVCSV3 327 WBVP115S-CG 320 WBWS116 346
WBVCP1V-BK-AL 323 WBVCSV3-BK 327 WBVP115S-TG 320 WBWS216 346
WBVCP1V-BK-SS 325 WBVCSV3-BK-AL 322 WBVP115VS 321 WBWSH1 333
WBVCP1V-CG 327 WBVCSV3-BK-SS 324 WBVP115VS-BK 321 WBWSH1-BK 333
WBVCP1V-CG-AL 323 WBVCSV3-CG 327 WBVP115VS-CG 321 WBWSH2 333
WBVCP1V-CG-SS 325 WBVCSV3-CG-AL 322 WBVP115VS-TG 321 WBWSH2-BK 333
WBVCP1V-TG 327 WBVCSV3-CG-SS 324 WBVP120S 320 WBWSH3 333
WBVCP1V-TG-AL 323 WBVCSV3-TG 327 WBVSEA2 318, 338 WBWSH3-BK 333
WBVCP1V-TG-MG 326 WBVCSV3-TG-AL 322 WBVSF3 319 WBWSH3LFH 333
WBVCP1V-WH-AL 323 WBVCSV3-TG-MG 326 WBVSP1 318 WBWSH3LFH-BK 333
WBVCP1V-WH-MG 326 WBVCSV3-WH-AL 322 WBVSP1-BK 318 WBWSH4 333
WBVCP1V-WH-SS 325 WBVCSV3-WH-MG 326 WBVSP1-CG 318 WBWSH4-BK 333
WBVCP1VX-WH-MG 326 WBVCSV3-WH-SS 324 WBVSP1-TG 318 WBWSH4LFHH 333
WBVCP1VXX-WH-MG 326 WBVCSV4-BK-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVSP2 318 WBWSH4LFHH-BK 333
WBVCP1-WH-AL 323 WBVCSV4-BK-SS 324, 392, 426 WBVSP2-BK 318 WBWSV1 333
WBVCP1-WH-MG 326 WBVCSV4-CG-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVSP2-CG 318 WBWSV1-BK 333
WBVCP1-WH-SS 325 WBVCSV4-CG-SS 324, 392, 426 WBVSP2-TG 318 WBWSV1-CG 333
WBVCP1X-WH-MG 326 WBVCSV4-TG-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVSP3 318 WBWSV1-TG 333
WBVCP1X-WH-SS 325 WBVCSV4-TG-MG 326, 392, 426 WBVSP3-BK 318 WBWSV2 333
WBVCP1XX-WH-MG 326 WBVCSV4-WH-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVSP3-CG 318 WBWSV2-BK 333
WBVCP2 327 WBVCSV4-WH-MG 326, 392, 426 WBVSP3-TG 318 WBWSV2-CG 333
WBVCP2-BK 327 WBVCSV4-WH-SS 324, 392, 426 WBVSP4 318 WBWSV2-TG 333
WBVCP2-BK-AL 323 WBVCSV5-BK-AL 322 WBVSP4-BK 318 WBWSV3 333
WBVCP2-BK-SS 325 WBVCSV5-BK-SS 324 WBVSP4-CG 318 WBWSV3-BK 333
WBVCP2-CG 327 WBVCSV5-CG-AL 322 WBVSP4-TG 318 WBWSV3-CG 333
WBVCP2-CG-AL 323 WBVCSV5-CG-SS 324 WBVSP5 318 WBWSV3LFH 333
WBVCP2-CG-SS 325 WBVCSV5-TG-AL 322 WBVSP5-BK 318 WBWSV3LFH-BK 333
WBVCP2-TG 327 WBVCSV5-TG-MG 326 WBVSP5-CG 318 WBWSV3LFH-CG 333
WBVCP2-TG-AL 323 WBVCSV5-WH-AL 322 WBVSP5-TG 318 WBWSV3LFH-TG 333
WBVCP2-TG-MG 326 WBVCSV5-WH-MG 326 WBVSP6 318 WBWSV3-TG 333
WBVCP2V-BK-AL 323 WBVCSV5-WH-SS 324 WBVSP6-BK 318 WBWSV4 333
WBVCP2V-BK-SS 325 WBVCSV6-BK-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVSP6-CG 318 WBWSV4-BK 333
WBVCP2V-CG 327 WBVCSV6-BK-SS 324, 392, 426 WBVSP6-TG 318 WBWSV4-CG 333
WBVCP2V-CG-AL 323 WBVCSV6-CG-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVSPB 318 WBWSV4LFHH 333
WBVCP2V-CG-SS 325 WBVCSV6-CG-SS 324, 392, 426 WBVSV1 319 WBWSV4LFHH-BK 333
WBVCP2V-TG 327 WBVCSV6-TG-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVSV1-BK 319 WBWSV4LFHH-CG 333
WBVCP2V-TG-AL 323 WBVCSV6-TG-MG 326, 392, 426 WBVSV1-CG 319 WBWSV4LFHH-TG 333
WBVCP2V-TG-MG 326 WBVCSV6-WH-AL 322, 392, 426 WBVSV1-TG 319 WBWSV4-TG 333
WBVCP2V-WH-AL 323 WBVCSV6-WH-MG 326, 392, 426 WBVSV2 319 WD1115 400
WBVCP2V-WH-MG 326 WBVCSV6-WH-SS 324, 392, 426 WBVSV2-BK 319 WD1116 400
WBVCP2V-WH-SS 325 WBVP1NS 320 WBVSV2-CG 319 WD1117 400
WBVCP2VX-WH-MG 326 WBVP1R 320 WBVSV2-TG 319 WD1118 400
WBVCP2-WH-AL 323 WBVP1S 320 WBVSV3 319 WD1121 400
WBVCP2-WH-MG 326 WBVP1S-BK 320 WBVSV3-BK 319 WD1215 400
WBVCP2-WH-SS 325 WBVP1S-CG 320 WBVSV3-CG 319 WD1231 400
WBVCP2X-BK-AL 323 WBVP1S-TG 320 WBVSV3-TG 319 WD1235 400
WBVCP2X-BK-SS 325 WBVP1VS 321 WBVSV4 319 WDI070 401
WBVCP2X-CG-AL 323 WBVP1VS-BK 321 WBVSV4-BK 319 WDI100 401
WBVCP2X-CG-SS 325 WBVP1VS-CG 321 WBVSV4-CG 319 WDI101 401
WBVCP2X-TG-AL 323 WBVP1VS-TG 321 WBVSV4-TG 319 WDI161 401
WBVCP2X-WH-AL 323 WBVP1VXS 321 WBVSV5 319 WDT030 400
WBVCP2X-WH-MG 326 WBVP1VXS-BK 321 WBVSV5-BK 319 WDW070 402

Index
WDW - ZZ4
W
WDW071 402

WDW100 402
WDW101 402
WDW160 402
WDW161 402
WS051 338
WS263 338
WS603 338
WUT08 380, 403
WUT09 380, 403
WYA780 380, 403
WYA787 380, 403
Z
ZZ42BS 83

Hager Electro - Terms and Conditions of Sale
ACN 061 639 576 ABN 84 061 639 576
[NB: for use in sales of wholesalers only] (c) Any delivery dates or periods are for information purposes only and do not form
1. DEFINITIONS part of the contract unless specifically agreed in writing to be of the essence of
In these Standard Conditions: the contract. In the absence of such special agreement, the Company accepts
- “Company” means Hager Electro Pty Ltd ABN 84 061 639 576; and no liability for any loss or damage of whatever nature and however arising
- “Buyer” means the entity purchasing the Goods; and which may be suffered by the Buyer as a result of any failure on the part of the
- “Goods” means the products and/or services the subject of the contract Company to deliver Goods on or within the dates or periods.
between the Company and the Buyer. (d) The Buyer agrees to provide at the Buyer’s expense (if requested by the
- “Hager Electro Delivery Area” means those metropolitan areas and other Company) assistance to the Company’s driver or contract carriers in off loading
geographical areas listed on the Website as the Hager Electro Delivery Areas at heavier items.
the date of despatch of the Goods. 9. ACCEPTANCE
- “Website” means www.hagerelectro.com.au The Buyer must inspect the Goods immediately upon delivery and must within
2. GENERAL seven (7) days from the date of inspection give written notice to the Company
These Standard Conditions will be deemed incorporated in any order placed by of any alleged defect in the Goods, or other alleged breach of contract by the
the Buyer and any acceptance of a Buyer’s order by the Company will be deemed Company. The Buyer waives any claim for shortage of any Goods delivered if a
subject to the acceptance by the Buyer of these Standard Conditions. These claim in respect of short delivery has not been lodged with the Company within
Standard Conditions override and replace any other conditions of the Company. 7 days from the date of receipt of the Goods by the Buyer.
3. QUOTATIONS and prices 10. RETURNS POLICY
(a) A quotation is not an offer or obligation to sell and the Company reserves the (a) Goods which are not defective may not be returned to the Company for credit
right to accept or reject any orders received. unless prior agreement has been given by the Company and then will only be
(b) A quotation includes only such Goods as are specified in it. We reserve the right accepted under the following conditions:
to cancel any sale where Goods offered ex stock have been previously sold or (i) the Buyer must raise a credit for a reason other than Goods lost in transit
otherwise committed. within 7 days of receiving Goods and for Goods lost in transit within 7 days
4. PRICES from receipt of invoice;
(a) All prices are subject to change without notice and orders are accepted by the (ii) the Company will issue a goods return authority (“GRA”) number within 5
Company on the condition that they will be invoiced at the prices ruling at the working days after receiving a claim in writing as an acknowledgement of
date of despatch. All prices are strictly net unless otherwise stated. receipt of the request. The issue of a GRA is only an acknowledgement that
(b) Every endeavour will be made to give 30 days notice of any increase. a claim has been raised by the Buyer and does not constitute acceptance of
(c) All prices shown in published catalogues or price lists are recommended selling the Buyer’s claim;
prices only & there is no obligation on the part of any reseller to maintain such (iii) each GRA relates to only one claim and the Buyer must follow this process
prices. and obtain a separate GRA for each claim made;
5. FREIGHT (iv) the Buyer must return the Goods to the Company for inspection by the
(a) Unless otherwise stated prices include delivery to the Buyer’s stores within the Company and consideration whether to accept the credit claim on the
Hager Electro Delivery Area by normal surface means, and packing suitable for following basis:
such transport for orders of value of $250 or more. (1) the Goods must be delivered to the Company free into store;
(b) For orders less than $250 the Buyer must nominate the preferred freight method (2) the Goods must be in their original packaging, unsoiled and undamaged
and be responsible for all freight charges. and in saleable condition; and
(c) Goods dispatched to the Buyer’s stores located outside the Hager Electro (3) the Buyer must provide with the Goods, the GRA number, the original
Delivery Area or Goods which the Buyer requests be delivered direct to site are invoice number with purchase order and date of purchase and an
sold on a Free on Transport (FOT) basis. The Buyer must effect and maintain explanation for the return;
insurance at its own cost on all Goods dispatched under this clause (c). Where (v) the Company will accept or reject the claim;
the Buyer requires freight to be prepaid all expenses will be to the Buyer’s (1) within 30 days from the date a GRA number is issued if no Goods are to
account at cost. be returned; or
(d) Freight cost on return of any Goods which are not in accordance with the (2) within 30 days from the date Goods are returned;
Buyer’s order will only be paid by the Company if returned by the Company’s (vi) a credit note will be issued within 14 days of acceptance of a credit claim;
nominated transport. and
(e) If any of the Goods require freight off-loading facilities (for example large items (vii) where a claim is rejected, the Goods will be returned to the Buyer at the cost
such as switchboards, requiring cranes or trucks, the Buyer must pay the cost of the Buyer.
of providing or procuring the freight off-loading facilities (including any expenses (b) Without limiting the Company’s discretion under clause 10(a), the following
incurred by the Company). Goods will not be accepted for credit:
6. TAX (i) obsolete and/or non-resalable stock;
(a) The prices quoted do not include sales or goods and services tax unless (ii) non standard product which is made to order;
specifically stated. (iii) Goods not returned to the Company within 30 days after the date a GRA
(b) The Buyer must pay for goods and services tax and other duties, taxes or number is issued; and
government charges (“Taxes”). All Taxes (if any) included in a quotation are (iv) Goods the subject of claims made outside the time periods specified in
based upon the rates of those Taxes at the time of quotation. All variations in clause 10(a)(i).
the rates of such Taxes will be to the Buyer’s account. Variations in rates of (c) Where ranged stock has not moved for 6 months the Company may exchange
exchange on imported Goods affecting the amount paid by the Company for the ranged stock with fast moving Goods of equal value. Freight cost incurred
Goods supplied will also be to the Buyer’s account. will be the responsibility of the Buyer and any custom built items are non
7. TERMS OF PAYMENT returnable.
(a) If the Company has accepted the Buyer’s application for credit, each account (d) The Company agrees that any Goods purchased for specific supplier led
is payable within 30 days of the end of the month of despatch or collection of ranging or promotional activities is purchased on a sale or return basis and will
the Goods unless otherwise agreed in writing. The Company is not obliged to also be subject to clause 10(a) and 10(e).
continue to supply Goods to the Buyer on credit and may at any time give notice (e) Sale of return “ranged stock” may only be returned if accompanied by a
to the Buyer requiring any order for Goods delivered after such notice to be paid replacement order to the same value.
for on delivery or prior to despatch of the Goods. (f) If Goods purchased from the Company and stocked by the Buyer no longer
(b) If a credit application has not been accepted, Goods must be paid for on meet the appropriate AS/NZ standard/s and are unsaleable then those Goods
delivery or prior to despatch of the Goods (as the case may be). may be returned to the Company for credit and will not be subject to a restocking
(c) If payment for Goods is not made when due, the Buyer must: fee or any additional charges including freight.
(i) pay interest at the rate of two (2) per cent per annum above the rate charged (g) The Company will normally not charge a restocking fee, but reserves the right to
from time to time to the Company by its bank for overdraft accommodation do so if further costs are incurred such as freight and packaging.
during the period any amount remains unpaid, calculated on a daily basis. (h) The Company may require the Buyer to provide signed documentation as proof
A certificate signed by a manager of the Company’s bank will be conclusive of return of Goods.
evidence of the rate charged by the bank to the Company for overdraft 11. PACKING
accommodation; and Unless stated otherwise in the quotation the price quoted includes packing in
(ii) reimburse the Company for all costs including legal costs on a full indemnity accordance with the Company’s standard practice. Any other packing requested
basis incurred by the Company in collecting any late payments. by the Purchaser or deemed necessary by the Company will be charged in addition
(d) The imposition of interest charges pursuant to this clause will not be regarded to the price quoted.
as allowing any time for payment of any amount owing. All overdue amounts will 12. DAMAGE OR LOSS IN TRANSIT
remain immediately due and payable to the Company and the Company may Where carriage is the responsibility of the Company, the Company will repair or may
take legal proceedings at any time for recovery of any overdue amounts. replace free of charge Goods lost or damaged in transit to the contractual point of
8. DELIVERY AND TRANSPORT delivery provided written notice of such loss or damage is given to the Company
(a) The Buyer warrants that where delivery is to be made by road transport, within three days of delivery or expected delivery, or within such times as will enable
sufficient and suitable access to the destination is available, including a road the Company to comply with the carrier’s conditions of carriage affecting loss or
surface capable of withstanding the weight and size of the transport and loads damage in transit.
involved. If the Company incurs any additional costs or expenses, the full 13. PURCHASER’S SPECIFICATIONS
amount of them will be payable on demand by the Buyer. The Company will not be deemed to have agreed to comply with any specifications
(b) The Buyer warrants that where a delivery is made that requires handling facilities and drawings referred to in any order unless the specifications and drawings have
such as forklifts, cranes etc that such facilities will be made available. If the been produced to the Company prior to the delivery of Goods and are signed or
Company incurs any additional costs or expenses because such facilities are otherwise acknowledged by the Company.
not available, the full amount of them will be payable on demand by the Buyer.

Hager Electro - Terms and Conditions of Sale
ACN 061 639 576 ABN 84 061 639 576
14. PRODUCT DESIGN made until any cheque in payment has been honoured.
The Company engages in a policy of continuous development and improvement of (d) Until the Company has received payment for the Goods in full it reserves the
its products. Therefore the Company reserves the right to alter the design and/or following rights:
specifications of any product or Goods without notice and without incurring liability. (i) legal and equitable ownership of the Goods;
15. LIABILITY (ii) the right to enter the Buyer’s premises and retake possession of the Goods;
(a) The only conditions and warranties which are binding on the Company in (iii) the right to keep or resell any Goods repossessed under clause (ii); and
respect of the state, quality or condition of the Goods supplied to the Buyer are (iv) any other rights it may have at law or under the PPSA.
those described in clause 16 and those imposed and required to be binding by (e) Until the Company has received payment for the Goods in full, the Buyer
statute (including the Competition and Consumer Act 2010), if any. acknowledges that the Company has a Purchase Money Security Interest which
(b) Where the Goods supplied are not Goods of a kind ordinarily acquired for attaches over the Goods and their proceeds and a Security Interest in relation to
personal, domestic or household use or consumption, the Company’s liability other amounts owed by the Buyer to the Company.
for failure to comply with a consumer guarantee under the Australian Consumer (f) For the avoidance of doubt, after the Registration Commencement Time, the
Law (other than a guarantee under section 51, 52 or 53) (if any) is limited to any Company may register its Purchase Money Security Interest and Security
one or more of the following: Interest on the PPS Register established by the PPSA and, where necessary,
(i) the replacement of the Goods or the supply of equivalent Goods; amend the registration.
(ii) the repair of the Goods; (g) The Buyer must not grant any other person a Security Interest in respect of the
(iii) the payment of the cost of replacing the Goods or of acquiring equivalent Goods or their proceeds.
Goods; or (h) The Buyer must now allow an Excluded Interest to exist over the Goods.
(iv) the payment of the cost of having the Goods repaired. (i) The Buyer agrees to do anything (such as obtaining consents, signing and
(c) The limitation in (b) will not apply if the Buyer establishes, in accordance with the producing documents, producing receipts and getting documents completed
Australian Consumer Law, that it is not fair or reasonable for the Company to rely and signed) which the Company asks and considers necessary for the purpose
on this term, having regard to all the circumstances of the case. of:
(d) Where Chapter 3, Part 3-2 of the Australian Consumer Law does not apply to (i) ensuring that a Security Interest created under this contract is enforceable,
the supply then, except as set out in clause16, the Company will not be liable perfected and otherwise effective; and
to the Buyer for any liability, (including liability in negligence) loss or damage (ii) enabling the Company to apply for any registration, or give any notification,
of whatever nature, consequential or otherwise, however suffered or incurred in connection with a Security Interest created under this contract so that
by the Buyer, caused by or resulting directly or indirectly from the supply or the Security Interest has the priority required by the Company, including
manufacture of the Goods. anything the Company reasonably asks the Buyer to do in connection with
16. GOODS WARRANTY the PPSA.
(a) The Company may from time to time provide a warranty against defects in (j) To the extent permitted by law, if the PPSA applies, the Buyer irrevocably waives
relation to Goods supplied to the Buyer in addition to the Buyer’s rights and any rights the Buyer may have to:
remedies under a law in relation to the Goods. (i) receive notices or statements under sections 95, 121(4), 125, 130, 132(3)(d),
(b) Details of any such any warranty against defects will be contained within the 132(4) and 135 of the PPSA;
product packaging for the Goods. (ii) redeem the Goods under section 142 of the PPSA;
(c) The Company may remove, amend or vary any warranty against defects at any (iii) reinstate the contract under section 143 of the PPSA; and
time without notice, but any removal, amendment or variation will only apply to (iv) receive a verification statement (as defined in the PPSA).
Goods despatched on or after the date of the removal, amendment or variation. (k) Nothing in this clause prevents the Company from taking action against the
17. DETERMINATION AND DAMAGES Buyer for the purchase price of the Goods.
If: (l) Until the Company has received payment for the Goods in full:
(a) any distress, execution or other legal process is leveiled upon any of the Buyer’s (i) the Buyer agrees to take the Goods as bailee for the Company;
assets; or (ii) the Buyer must insure the Goods against all usual risks to full replacement
(b) the Buyer enters into any arrangement or composition with its creditors, value until ownership passes to the Buyer noting on such insurance policy
commits any act of bankruptcy or being a company, a controller (as defined the interest of the Company and any insurance monies received by the
in the Corporations Act) is appointed to the whole or any part of its assets, Buyer in respect of Goods owned by the Company, will be received on trust
enters into liquidation or has a winding up petition presented against it or calls a for and paid to the Company;
meeting of its creditors; or (iii) the Buyer must, where reasonably possible, store each delivery of Goods
(c) payment for Goods is not made when due; or separately, clearly identified as the Company’s property and in a manner
(d) the Buyer breaches any material provision of the contract, then, without to enable the Goods to be identified and cross-referenced to particular
prejudice to its rights under any other clause or at law, the Company may (but is invoices;
not bound to do so): (iv) the Buyer may only sell, use or part with possession of Goods in the ordinary
(e) terminate the contract; and/or course of its business. Any sale will be as fiduciary agent for the Company
(f) suspend delivery to the Buyer of all or any outstanding orders; and/or and the Buyer must receive on trust for and account to the Company for that
(g) require payment on delivery for all Goods delivered or to be delivered after the part of the proceeds of sale that equates to the amount owing by the Buyer
relevant event; and/or to the Company for those Goods, however this agency will only extend to
(h) require immediate payment for any Goods delivered and not paid for by the the obligation to account for proceeds, and the Buyer will not be bound by
Buyer prior to the event. any contract between the Buyer and the Buyer’s purchaser; and
18. SET OFF (v) if the Buyer uses the Goods in a manufacturing or value added process of
The Buyer may not withhold or set off payment of any amount due to the Company its own or a third party, then the Buyer will hold that part of the proceeds of
under the contract whether in respect of any claims of the Buyer in respect of faulty the manufacturing or value added process as relates to the Goods on trust
or defective Goods or any other reason. for the Company. Such part will be deemed to equal in dollar terms the
19. FORCE MAJEURE CLAUSE amount owing by the Buyer to the Company for those Goods at the time of
In the event of: the receipt of the proceeds.
(a) war, invasion, act of foreign enemy hostilities (whether war has been declared or (m) Without limiting the generality of the Company’s rights in this clause 20, if
not), civil war, rebellion, revolution, insurrection or military or usurped power; or payment for the Goods is not made by the Buyer when due or the Company
(b) any statute, rules, regulations, order or requisitions issued by any government terminates this contract under clause 17, then the Buyer must return the Goods
department, council or other duly constituted authority; or to the Company on demand. If the Buyer does not return the Goods to the
(c) strikes, lockouts, breakdowns of plant or any other causes (whether or not of Company within 48 hours of receipt of the demand, the Company may for the
a like nature) beyond the Company’s control, the Company will be relieved purposes of recovery of possession of the Goods, enter forcibly, if necessary,
of liabilities incurred under the contract wherever and to the extent to which upon any premises where the Goods are stored or where they are reasonably
the fulfilment of such obligations is prevented, frustrated or impeded as a thought to be stored and may repossess, remove and resell the Goods.
consequence of any such event. (n) The Buyer is liable for all costs associated with the exercise by the Company of
20. PASSING OF RISK, RETENTION OF TITLE AND PPS its rights under this clause 20, including without limitation the cost of registering
(a) For the purpose of this clause 20: any Security Interest on the PPS Register, which costs are payable on demand.
- “Excluded Interest” means any mortgage, charge or other encumbrance (o) These Standard Conditions constitute a security agreement for the purposes of
over real property or personal property (tangible or intangible) that is not a the PPSA.
Security Interest, including non-consensual liens and mortgages over real
property;
- “PPSA” means the Personal Properties Securities Act 2009 (Cth);
- “PPS Register” means the Personal Property Securities Register;
- “Purchase Money Security Interest” has the same meaning as under the
PPSA;
- “Registration Commencement Time” has the same meaning as under the
PPSA; and
- “Security Interest” has the same meaning as under the PPSA.
(b) The Goods supplied by the Company are at the Buyer’s risk immediately on
delivery to the Buyer or into the custody of the carrier or anyone acting on the
Buyer’s behalf whichever is the sooner.
(c) Whilst the risk in the Goods passes on delivery, legal and equitable title remains
with the Company until payment in full for all debts accrued or owed by the Buyer
to the Company is received by the Company. Payment will not be deemed to be

Hager Electro Pty Ltd
1/170 Power St
Glendenning NSW 2761
Phone - 1300 850 253

Email - customerservice@hagerelectro.com.au
Web - hagerelectro.com.au
DISCLAIMER: Whilst every effort has been made to ensure the

reliability of the information is correct at time of publication,
Hager cannot guarantee the accuracy of all of the information
contained herein. Changes/updates brought to the attention of
Hager, once verified, will be corrected in future editions.
09CAT17

Elektronapon Gromobranska Oprema Katalog

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Elektronapon Gromobranska Oprema Katalog

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Catalogue

01 Metering enclosures

Meterboxes 28 Group metering enclosures 32

invicta 46 apex & apex PLUS 52

03 DIN rail & media enclosures

MCCBs 96 DIN NH fuses 112 Load break switches 113

05 Modular protection devices

MCBs 188 RCBOs 196 RCCBs 200

06 Control and indication

Isolating 234 Changeover 235 Selector switches 236

07 Light and energy management

Time switches 255 Delay timers 258 Dimmers 259

08 Switches and sockets

silhouette 312 visage 318 premiere 330

KNX easy 377 KNX system 397

VK 432 DNG 430 HNG 431

Light & energy

Weatherproof switches and sockets 346 Isolators 347

We all value experience. Routine helps us to be fast and reliable,

This is one of those moments.

Renewable energy sources and innovative building technologies are

When it comes to change, we practise what we preach. And we rely

Members of Hager Group

Your trust Our strengths

Before we start designing

Technology for people Ingeniously simple

Friendly, serene, balanced

Most of the product ranges that we currently offer, were specificially

With more Australian-specific releases anticipated for the future and a

If every day in Australia, thousands

To ensure this care and rigor, we have

These ISO 9001 certifications sign our

To ensure customers can check the authenticity

Authentication Process Dedicated Website

Action Plan Ethical Charter

We provide a complete electrical

How can we help?

loads with a 4 module wide RCD and

13 Automatic transfer switches 116

14 Fuse combination switches 117

15 6kA and 10kA single pole RCBOs 196

16 Class II fine surge protection devices 204

17 Changeover switches 235

18 Current transformers 269

20 premiere - decorative surrounds 336

21 Specialty application modules 343

22 Matt black mechanisms 340

Guide to the Hager metering enclosure range 24

Group Metering Enclosures 32

Project solutions - Quadro M switchboards 36

24 Subject to technical modification / New Ended Replacement

Prewired Prewired Prewired

380mm 150mm or 300mm deep modular frame 405mm depth in enclosure

1.5mm galvanised steel 1.6mm galvanised steel 1.6mm galvanised steel

IP23 IP30 IP65 - single door, IP55 - double door

Subject to technical modification / New Ended Replacement 25

--1.2mm Z275 galvanised steel construction

--Powdercoated inside and out in RAL 7035 (light grey)

--IP23 enclosure with a flush door catch

--Patented cable retainers

--Large UV stable cable entry

Advantages: --Knockouts that work

--Strong and reliable --Consumer Neutral and Earth Links

- IP23 - Unpainted - Consumer N&E links - Consumer N&E links